ef
as
be
a)
whe
ta
reat
wa
ws
ROA TER A yey
Pe HR MNT My BER ate Me
CP oe ce So
Riley
Wee,
ait ‘
A aes are
Aw
te
CR TN a DI ay WARS pa mb yr
payed dat Hoe Ricans
aaa hi z
a ne ee
ANZA N AAS
WN ART Te
Vedate yt
om
BE ee
Tre PN AAAS G ene AP Trio es eg ips
DOR Me Akg yy ral Ne
fess Boy shotte tas Be
1
My MAN bogie ala ey ACS NUE RSD Teg
VERE MI OR AZ ee WS OLR aeRO N Te A ea
ina we
Re ae as
Ny Smale Ry
Ma ahs
2 iS ANS eR Oe : oe
i MD aN ble
te eR AS at ‘
Meee Gy Be ae bay,
ce eat he TT
TM ey ate WE dg MOM aN hS aes
AY dteg e Ai wh Rey, es i
Yi the Se we er
WV OD WR te dy, les
PEON IS A mh eet ee
Miah tees
re
wtp oige
ee
Pe ale Ge
vray)
weg
rates
HS, Sle GErp
Cr eae Ae
bit bide at yee’
ge Pheup ta
Dietary
ae
Lele eR a Fay y
renner es
oe pep BNE,
acy Sa
Ry esc Led eit
rae ae i
CS ae Stew te a.
PUM Cre: A ee gay
WG Sy guile Ble Re UDOn i
POUL dER MN Tey Se EDP EL
AE apts ) a fae
a
a0
yey
Parse
wim
Yor as
bhp eds
es yok ese
Pe VHP wet 33 Syste
Raa
bee jie
Re
eee ee ee ee BW YM CaN eh UID ww F OS HV tt GST OF
MIWOTTEU EI
NVINOSHLINS sgdiGVeGaltst LIGKRARI CO ONIIETROUNIAN
OANA Se RCW ee o/ SNe 3] ae OF Lr CN 2]
7 iS con | by % Ae ee oc ng 7 L oc
NE Wasnt 9 ~S = CWas7 ro) CAS a” 7} | = ty o
ad =z ay Wiz —
LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IruvudIT LIBRA!
= “ e ow ° er)
. = = 2 : 2
ra “4 A = 8) — a
Ld) pa wn oe Ws pe
= o z Or eae o
NOILNLILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS Sa IUVUSIT_LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILAL
ee = Sh ee Xs s 2 ae 2 |
., Sr \ par = : = :
S os Bh O Mo Re a > re $ = i Lie
. 8 Oye 2 WO 8 2 5 Gp
= z “Gy eS x 2 = z YY
LIBRARI ES” SMITHSONIAN _ INSTITUTION NOILMLILSNI_NVINOSHLIWS $3 luvugi7_ LIBRA
Lee) < tu z= Ae vas i —_
re 4g “a ~ “ YE a “
_p te 2 =i NON =
< Z = 2 RSS < =
< “jy c 2" =
On DC me A OM re) = Oo 2 fe)
_ = J = ate | =
NOILALILSNI_NWINOSHLINS (S3I8VYatT LI BRARI ES_ SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION | NOILAL
: : : © bly © amp =
rad = a > ee =
» h > = ea =
a = 2 res an =
ao wn me: n* ma ap)
: Oo eZ Dp z a z
LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILOLILSN!I NVINOSHLIWS LIBRA
-) US = . (ep) Ze. a” z= “. 7
= < = Wy < S <
x z a it yy, = x mm Q
z E Ze JO <. = \
: > = >” = —¥ = “a
i = ” a 77) = w ;
NOLLNLILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNS
= os > 7) S a v
Us 7 - 7) = 7) =
=“ ‘ [oe rai w 10 i, jaa
cfs \\ - = < aS :
3 ANS = = a
Oo “NS a nee or: a ro) ae
rd aud ~ 2 4 z al
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILOLILSNI Saiuvudia LIBRA
© :o oO Es re) ‘ na
o ow © es)
= Ps) = 2D = ea
Ey - = a >
- GY, ss = ra ra =
ee ; m el m ” m
| = w = : W Miia wn
NOILMLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYWYGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
=o wo z aks 7) Fd re w
= = Pye = < NY =
: 3 GY > 5 7 -
an fe) gy a Oo c O
= Zz Gy E z E =
Z = > as = ; > >= >
77) ms ” ae T,) a ie
LIBRARI ES SMITHSONIAN _ INSTITUTION | NOILNLILSNI_NVINOSHLINS $3 byvyusit_
w Lo uw 2 Y %
Oo. = \ = oc =
) o < = <C vesd
[ea ae Oo = aa +
[oa] — co a co a
= ) of = ro) a oO
— Z a 2 i a
NOILNLILSNI NWINOSHLINS S3IY¥vugit
oe ae : g - g
oo . — oO hens o a
ee) Ng = &) S er” =
> SSS EE | = = hae is
= S's Z t = b
PT ae eee eae m = vi z
NSTITUTION NOILNILILSNI
A. (| UM nC Cf a ee ee cy Ne of NGG RR CY NSS
WYP A SY a a eee” Gg MSN
ol z il = -
AITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILMLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS S31uVUdIT LIBRARIES SMITHSON
- = a ee z =
“OO = ow ; o 8] =
a 2s 8) = ee) >
= be > ° = a —
a — 9) ae P 9) mon es
fae —_ ad ev fon — vA
{INOSHLINS S3IYVHYSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _ NOILALILSNI_ NVINOSHL
‘ wo — 2 w z es) =
4 = = z 4 + fr =
ar O : = oO a oe? 8 f oO
© 9 as oO 1 oO ¢ ia Y, a
Z iS » 2 = 2 Uy =
in ae 7 Ake norte setae
MTHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILMLILSNI_NVINOSHLIWS saluwagia_ LIBRARIES SMITHSON
= v9) | 2 a Ld <. ul
‘ ~” — ; x Was ” poe
‘ fy ZF 7 - w 4 XY ee a, oc ; f yf eZ
t7 = < = WS < a <i Uf
Yip a 5 SQ. ¢ = “Oy,
UG o ms 3S ve S ol
= al ae . wd oak
INOSHLINS “S31YVYGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION | NOILOLILSNI _NVINOSHL
= 2 S ty, a » 2 =
3 x = nae E 2
a = *, pee |
= a a = =
z m Z a = sh
— Lop) sa omen
MITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILMLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVUdIT LIBRARIES
Ze n- = uv ; 2 w
< = Vi <=. = WA ame cs
S =a ! tp, os = Uy, = \ a
2 8 y & hp hi 2 XY é
= Z : Z + f/ i Zz "A ye f = RNS Zz
ao a — 2 Bh ee
VINOSHLINS S31YWAaIT_LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION pNOILALILSNI_ NVINOSH:
us a tu! ty, & us aS XY
e z = Yim ® - 2 &.
= pe < en. < 2 Wo
ood
MITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NVINOSHLINS S31uvydi7 LIBRARIES SMITHSO!
0 2 . fe) = Qo,
of ,* 9) - Po - f fy)
iffy > = zs > = xg iM
tiff = = 2 i Gr
CY, ~ - — - GG
@ » 2 z m 2 “i
WINOSHLINS S31NVHUAIT_LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILOLILSNI_ NVINOSH.
NVINOSHLINS S3iuvudl
w ie =z wn =
= ee = < ae ee a
~—f At J% he = , ¥ + z
o SG ty o Oo . \ S ae (@)
SU4e = < B z
= 7 = E z iE
a 77) ; = z 7
INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS LIBRARIES SMITHSOD
LIBRARIES
NOILALILSNI
S3JtyvVuRaIT LIBRARIES INSTITUTION NOILOALILSNI NVINOSHI
NSTITUTION NOILNMLILSNI
NSTITUTION NOILALILSNI
JINVUGIT LIBRARIES
s31uVNGIT LIBRARIES
JIYVUSiy
NSTITUTION
A 4 rl
ae ,
7 : ;
+ : : :
A “ 1
n : : it
f ;
5
a 4
1
1
7 r
¥
i i
‘1
i? 2
i ait : oth
1 : -
' 1
et t
: ‘ : Gy Bs
a ‘ i
1 ‘
*
’
! 1
1
’
=e
7
1
iy
at
i
5
i =
5
me
‘
‘
% ‘
— -
} -
' i ’
ae
=a } et
a ot —L
7 '
Pad 7 _
—_ ra -
i) Yn _
) 7
. 7
, "
a)
=
: ~
: t
‘ ;
1 - pt
: 4
7 - ~s
|
: -
- |
. 7
i
'
Frag
% -
; 2
a7 > 4 ’
: 1 a , : :
1 7 *
7 SS ee
a f : 7
7 : 5
‘ sale
oe A ms
ces a =, '
4 oe —
hy Me A
‘'. :
: vel
t : P
\
‘
‘
: 1
i
Vt
i
#
‘ , a ho
5 a
Coy rh
wh
i
Koeal ar
{
1 ow i
i ik
i‘
, aa i
¥ u ; -
' it i rma
1 re et
in
b j - : :
JOURNAL
of the
ENTOMOLOGICAL
SOCIETY of
BRITISH COLUMBIA
Vol. 76 Issued December 31, 1979
ECONOMIC
H. F. MADSEN & B. E. CARTY—Organic pest control: Two years experience
in a commercial apple orchard
D. G. FINLAYSON, A. T. S. WILKINSON & J. R. MacKENZIE—Efficacy
of insecticides against tuber flea bettles, wireworms and
aphids in potatoes
DAVID L. KULHAVY & R. W. STARK—Effects of the antitranspirant Dow
Corning RXEF-4-3561 on arthropods on a
of the caudal appendage in cocoon jumping of Phobocampe sp.
2 : (Hymenoptera:Ichneumonidae:Campopleginae)
oo BOOK REVIEW |
F: North Idaho catchment
io GENERAL
et R. S. VERNON & J. H. BORDEN—H ylemya Antiqua (Meigen):Longevity
As ; and oviposition in the laboratory
et ' ROBERT A. CANNINGS & RICHARD J. CANNINGS—Northerly range
ma extension for Cramptonomyia Spenceri Alexander
a. | (Diptera:Pachyneuridae)
et RONALD L. MAHONEY, JAMES A. MOORE & JOHN A. SCHENK—
=i Validation and refinement of a plant indicator model for
ss | grand fir mortality by the fir engraver
Me KAREN HOSSACK AND ROBERT A. COSTELLO—Predation by
xg Anisogammarus Confervicolus (Amphipoda:Gammaridea) on
ee Aedes Togoi (Diptera:Culicidae)
oa J. W. E. HARRIS & A. F. DAWSON—Predator release ‘program for
td balsam woolly aphid, Adelges Piceae (Homoptera:Adelgidae),
a in British Columbia, 1960-1969
peg D. S. RUTH & A. F. HEDLIN—Observation on a twigminer,
ol Argyresthia Pseudotsuga Freeman (Lepidoptera:Y ponomeutdae),
ea in Douglas Fir seed orchards
Ma J. W. E. HARRIS & A. F. DAWSON—Parasitoids of the western spruce
eae budworm. Choristoneura Occidentalis (Lepidoptera:Tortricidae),
PSs in British Columbia 1977-78
1 . DAVID R. GILLESPIE & THEMLA FINLAYSON—The function
JOURNAL
of the
ENTOMOLOGICAL
SOCIETY of
BRITISH COLUMBIA
Issued December 31, 1979
ECONOMIC
H. F. MADSEN & B. E. CARTY—Organic pest control: Two years experience
in a commercial apple orchard
D. G. FINLAYSON, A. T. S. WILKINSON & J. R. MacKENZIE—Efficacy
of insecticides against tuber flea bettles, wireworms and
aphids in potatoes
DAVID L. KULHAVY & R. W. STARK—Effects of the antitranspirant Dow
CorningRXEF-4-3561 on arthropods on a
North Idaho catchment
GENERAL
R.S. VERNON & J. H. BORDEN—Hylemya A ntiqua (Meigen):Longevity
and oviposition in the laboratory
ROBERT A. CANNINGS & RICHARD J. CANNINGS—Northerly range
extension for Cramptonomyia Spenceri Alexander
(Diptera:Pachyneuridae)
RONALD L. MAHONEY, JAMES A. MOORE & JOHN A. SCHENK—
Validation and refinement of a plant indicator model for
grand fir mortality by the fir engraver
KAREN HOSSACK AND ROBERT A. COSTELLO—Predation by
Anisogammarus Confervicolus (Amphipoda:Gammaridea) on
Aedes Togqoi (Diptera:Culicidae)
J. W. E. HARRIS & A. F. DAWSON—Predator release program for
balsam woolly aphid, Adelges Piceae (Homoptera:Adelgidae),
in British Columbia, 1960-1969
D.S. RUTH & A. F. HEDLIN—Observation on a twigminer,
Argyresthia Pseudotsuga Freeman (Lepidoptera:Y ponomeutdae),
in Douglas Fir seed orchards
J. W. E. HARRIS & A. F. DAWSON—Parasitoids of the western spruce
budworm. Choristoneura Occidentalis (Lepidoptera:Tortricidae),
in British Columbia 1977-78
DAVID R. GILLESPIE & THEMLA FINLAYSON—The function
of the caudal appendage in cocoon jumping of Phobocampe sp.
(Hymenoptera:Ichneumonidae:Campopleginae)
BOOK REVIEW
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 76 (1979), DEc. 31, 1979
Directors of the Entomological Society of
British Columbia for 1979-1980
President
R. ELLIOTT
University of B.C., Vancouver
President-Elect
A. R. FORBES
Research Station, Agriculture Canada
Vancouver
Past President
P. BELTON
Simon Fraser University
Burnaby
Secretary-Treasurer
B. D. FRAZER
6660 N.W. Marine Drive
Vancouver, B.C. V6T 1X2
Editor
H. R. MacCARTHY
Vancouver
Directors
R. A. CANNINGS (lst) L. SAFRANYK (ist) G. MILLER (ist)
D. BATES (2nd) J. McLEAN (2nd)
Regional Director of National Society
J. ARRAND
B.C. Min. of Agriculture, Victoria
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 76 (1979), DEc. 31, 1979 3
ORGANIC PEST CONTROL: TWO YEARS EXPERIENCE
IN A COMMERCIAL APPLE ORCHARD!
H. F. MADSEN AND B.E. CARTY
Agriculture Canada, Research Station,
Summerland, British Columbia VOH 1Z0
ABSTRACT
An orchard under an organic control program was studied for the in-
cidence of pests during 2 years. Sex pheromone traps were used to control
codling moths, Laspeyresia pomonilla (Linnaeus), by removing males. The
only pesticides used in the orchard were petroleum oil at the delayed dormant
period to suppress the overwintering eggs of the European red mite,
Panonychus ulmi (Koch); and Bacillus thuriengiensis to control leafrollers,
Archips argyrospilus (Walker), and Archips rosanus (Linnaeus). Leaf and
fruit samples were taken for all the major pests which attack apples but the
only pests which required treatment were the white apple leafhopper,
Typhlocyba pomaria McAtee in 1977 and the codling moth in 1978. The
failure to control codling moth may result in the curtailment of the organic
program unless supplemental controls can be found.
INTRODUCTION
Considerable experience has been obtained in
British Columbia interior apple orchards on pest
management (Madsen, Peters and Vakenti 1975,
Madsen and Carty 1977). All of the pest-
managed programs so far have depended upon
chemical control when samples indicated a need
for treatment. In 1977, one of our orchardists,
who had been under a pest-managed program
for 4 years, decided to manage his apple orchard
organically. We viewed this move as an oppor-
tunity to evaluate organic control on a commer-
cial basis. The orchardist did not eliminate
pesticides, but restricted their use to petroleum
oils, Bacillus thuriengiensis, and soaps which
are approved as organic pesticides.
METHODS
The isolated orchard of about 5 ha was
bordered by Vaseux Lake on the west and
Highway 97 on the east. A relative of the orchar-
dist had about 2 ha of peaches and apples across
the highway and there were a few apple trees 1
km to the south and an orchard 2 km to the
north. There were three cultivars in the orchard,
‘Spartan’, ‘Red Delicious’ and ‘Golden
Delicious’.
We decided to use pheromone sticky traps to
remove male codling moths, Laspeyresia
pomonella (Linnaeus), since this method had
been successful in an isolated orchard in another
area of the Okanagan Valley (Madsen, Vakenti
and Peters 1976). Pheroncon® 1 CP traps
(Zoecon Corp., Palo Alto, CA) baited with
Pherocon® rubber caps containing 1 mg of
codlemone were used to capture male codling
moths. The traps were installed at a density of
10 per ha because codling moth populations
were similar to those in the orchard where male
removal had been successful. The traps were
‘Contribution No. 499, Research Station, Summerland.
suspended about 1.6 m from the ground, ex-
amined weekly and the captured moths recorded
and removed. The entrapment portion of the
trap was replaced if contaminated and was
changed routinely after 3 months use. The at-
tractant caps were replaced at 4-week intervals.
All major pests were sampled during 1977
and 1978 but because the orchard was under an
organic program, sprays were not necessarily
applied even though an economic threshold level
may have been exceeded. Sampling methods
were the same as those described by Madsen
and Carty (1977) with one exception: a limb tap
sample at full bloom was substituted for the
pink bud cluster sample to assess lepidopterous
pests which attack apples during this period.
Only 2 chemicals were used during 1977 and
1978. One was petroleum oil which was applied
as a delayed dormant spray to reduce popula-
tions of aphids and European red mites,
Panonychus ulmi (Koch), by suppressing their
eggs. The other was Dipel® a 3.2 percent wet-
table powder formulation of Bacillus thuringien-
sis applied at the pink and petal fall stages to
control leafrollers and other lepidoptera.
The final evaluation of the program was
made at harvest where about ™% of the three
apple cultivars were examined in the field for in-
sect damage. All damage was recorded and used
to calculate the percentage of the fruit injured
by insects which attack fruit directly. We esti-
mated the injury caused by pests which attack
leaves and have an indirect effect upon the
apples, by examining the apples for size and
color.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
The best way to discuss our data over the 2-
year period is to present the information by pest
species.
Codling Moth — Male codling moth captures
4 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 76 (1979), Dec. 31, 1979
are illustrated in Fig. 1. In 1977, we captured a
total of 166 male moths and the percentage in-
jured fruit, an average of the 3 varieties, was 0.6.
These were encouraging results in the initial
year of male removal, but an infestation of 0.6
presented a potential problem for the following
season. Total male captures during 1978 was
878, a 5-fold increase over the previous year. As
Fig. 1 illustrates, most of the moths were cap-
tured during second generation activity. The
percent injured fruit was 7.0 which is an 11-fold
increase and an unacceptable level in a commer-
cial orchard. These data demonstrate the
resurgence capability of the codling moth and
indicate that male removal is effective only
under special circumstances, of which isolation
is one (Madsen, Vakenti and Peters 1976).
Leafrollers — Two species of leafroller were pre-
sent, the fruittree leafroller, Archips
argyrospilus (Walker), and the European
leafroller, Archips rosanus (Linnaeus). In addi-
tion, heavy populations of Bruce spanworm,
Operophtera bruceata (Hulst) were recorded in
1977. Bruce spanworm is active during the pre-
bloom period and is mainly a blossom and leaf
feeder (McMullen 1973). Since Bacillus thur-
ingiensis is considered an organic pesticide, we
applied 2 sprays, one at the pink stage and one
at the petal fall in both seasons. Samples in-
dicated a need for treatment in 1977, but not in
1978. The orchardist, however, decided to apply
Bacillus in 1978 regardless of our sample and ad-
vice. Injury to the fruit caused by this complex
of lepidoptera was 0.2 percent in both 1977 and
1978 which is excellent control. Although we
were not able to establish a control plot in the or-
chard, injury caused by leafroller was in the
range of 2.0 percent in 1976 following a single
petal fall spray of axinphos-methyl These data
indicate that Bacillus thuringiensis can provide
control of leafroller and Bruce spanworm on ap-
ples although 2 applications are required to pro-
vide protection during the period from pink to
petal fall.
Scale Insects — The samples at harvest showed
no infestation of San Jose _ scale,
Quadraspidiotus perniciosus (Comstock),
although it is abundant in the area. It is pro-
bable that the routine application of petroleum
oil keeps this pest under control.
CODLING MOTH SEX PHEROMONE TRAP CAPTURES
THORSTENSON ORCHARD - OLIVER
TRAP DENSITY - 10/HA.
% Injury - 0.6
= 1.5
ec
=
ec
Ww 104
n”
=
°
> 0:55
0
2 16 30 13 27
MAY JUNE
3.5
30 orl moths - 878
% Injury - 7.0
az 25
[og
c
ee 20
no
x=
=
215
1 15 29 12 26
MAY JUNE
2.0
| Total moths - 166
11
JULY AUGUST SEPTEMBER
1978
10 24
JULY AUGUST SEPTEMBER
1977
25 8 22 5 19
7 21 4 = 18
Fig. 1. Male codling moth captures, 1977-1978, in the Thorstenson Orchard, Vaseaux Lake, Oliver,
B.C
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. COLUMBIA 76 (1979), Dec. 31, 1979 5
Leafhoppers — The white apple leafhopper,
Typhlocyba pomaria McAtee, exceeded our
treatment level in 1977 and leaf damage was ex-
tensive. At harvest, we were unable to show any
effect upon size or color of the apples as a result
of this heavy infestation. Leafhopper adults
were sO numerous, however, that they were a
nuisance factor to the pickers. In 1978, our
samples showed very few leafhoppers and ex-
amination of leafhopper eggs indicated a high
percentage of parasitism from an unidentified
braconid parasite. This parasite effectively con-
trolled white apple leafhopper so that it was not
a problem during the entire season.
Thrips and Campylomma — The western flower
thrips, Frankliniella occidentalis (Pergande),
was present in both years, but blossom samples
did not indicate a need for treatment. Injury to
the susceptible ‘Spartan’ variety was negligible.
Campylomma verbasci (Meyer), a fruit feeding
mirid, was present but in very low numbers and
there was no indication of injury to the suscepti-
ble varieties ‘Red Delicious’ and ‘Golden
Delicious’.
Aphids — Rosy apple aphid, Dysaphis plan-
tagina (Passerini) was present on scattered
trees in both seasons, but the orchardist was
able to keep the pest under control by pruning
the infested terminals. Apple aphid, Aphis pomi
DeGeer was noted only on young trees and was
not abundant enough to cause any damage.
Mites — Biological control of the European red
mite and the apple rust mite, Aculus
schlechtenali (Nalepa), occurred in both
seasons. The applications of delayed dormant
petroleum oils assisted by reducing the number
of viable eggs of the European red mite. There
was an excellent ratio of the _ predator,
Typhlodromus occidentalis Nesbitt to the
phytophagous mites and the latter was held well
below a treatment level. Downing and Arrand
(1978) state that a ratio of 10:1, European red
mite to predators, is sufficient to control this
pest; the ratio here was about 5:1 to 8:1
throughout the growing season. The eggs of
European red mite were sampled in December
1978; the counts indicated a very low level of
eggs and thus no need for an oil spray in 1979.
In summary, 2 years of organic control in
this orchard has resulted in satisfactory control
of all pests except white apple leafhopper in 1977
and codling moth in 1978. The codling moth is
the key pest on apples and an infestation of 7.0
percent in 1978 will undoubtedly result in a con-
siderable increase in codling moth in 1979. Our
data indicate that male removal will not sup-
press this population level and that the experi-
ment on organic control will have to be aban-
doned unless supplemental controls for codling
moth are found.
REFERENCES
Downing, R. S. and J. C. Arrand. 1978. Integrated control of orchard mites on apple orchards in
British Columbia. B.C. Ministry of Agriculture 78-1: 1-8.
McMullen, R. D. 1973. The occurrence and control of the Bruce spanworm in the Okanagan Valley,
1972. J. Entomol. Soc. Brit. Columbia 70: 8-10.
Madsen, H. F., F. E. Peters and J. M. Vakenti. 1975. Pest Management: Experiences in six British
Columbia apple orchards. Can. Entomol. 107: 873-877.
Madsen, H. F., J. M. Vakenti, and F. E. Peters. 1976. Codling Moth: Suppression by male removal
with sex pheromone traps in an isolated apple orchard. J. Econ. Entomol. 69: 597-599.
Madsen, H. F. and B. E. Carty. 1977. Pest Management: Four years experience in a commercial ap-
ple orchard. J. Entomol. Soc. Brit. Columbia 74: 3-6.
6 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 76 (1979), DEc. 31, 1979
EFFICACY OF INSECTICIDES AGAINST TUBER FLEA BEETLES,
WIREWORMS AND APHIDS IN POTATOES
D. G. FINLAYSON, A. T. S. WILKINSON AND J. R. MACKENZIE
Research Station, Agriculture Canada
6660 N.W. Marine Drive, Vancouver, B.C. V6T 1X2
ABSTRACT
Soil-incorporated and foliar-applied insecticides, alone and in combination,
were tested in silt loam to control tuber flea beetle, Epitrix tuberis Gent., the
green peach aphid, Myzus persicae (Sulz.) and the wireworm Agriotes
obscurus (L.) Most soil-incorporated band treatments did not give adequate
protection from tuber flea beetles. However, supplemental foliar applications,
July 15 and 30 and August 15, reduced the percentage unmarketable tubers.
to 138% under a heavy infestation in 1977 and to 0% in a lighter infestation in
1978. Fonofos, broadcast and soil-incorporated, gave the best control of
wireworms and of a light infestation of tuber flea beetles. Methamidophos
was the best aphicide.
INTRODUCTION
Carbaryl, a carbamate, and endosulfon, a
chlorinated hydrocarbon, are the only insec-
ticides registered for the control of the tuber flea
beetle, Epitrix tuberis Gent., in British Colum-
bia. When used against light infestations these
two insecticides give acceptable control, but
they do not prevent damage to tubers in moder-
ate and heavy infestations. Field experiments
with both organophosphorous and carbamate
insecticides, applied in band or broadcast with
three supplemental foliar sprays to prevent
damage by larvae of second and third generation
flea beetles, showed that both carbofuran and
fensulfothion gave excellent protection (Fin-
layson et al. 1972). Carbaryl was ineffective
against the heavy infestations in these ex-
periments.
Subsequent experiments (Campbell and Fin-
layson 1976) showed that carbofuran was the
best insecticide for protecting potatoes against
tuber flea beetle larvae, permethrin was ex-
cellent against tuber flea beetles and
methamidophos was the best against aphids
(mainly green peach aphid, Myzus persicae
(Sulz.) ). None was satisfactory against both
aphids and tuber flea beetles. In their experi-
ment endosulfan allowed 53% unmarketable
tubers even though 8 sprays were applied at 10-
day intervals throughout the growing season.
Concurrent experiments against the
wireworm, Agriotes obscurus (L.), showed that
potatoes could be protected with fonofos and
terbufos (Wilkinson et al. 1977). Carbofuran,
previously registered and recommended for
wireworm control in potatoes, was removed
from the Vegetable Production Guide of British
Columbia because of its inability to protect
potatoes against wireworms in alkaline soil
(Wilkinson et al. 1977). Carbofuran 10G for-
mulation was subsequently withdrawn from the
market in British Columbia by the manufac-
turer, F.M.C. of Canada Ltd., following misap-
plication of the formulation which resulted in a
serious duck-kill in 1975.
This paper reports experiments conducted in
1977 and 1978 to compare methods developed
for wireworm control and to determine their ef-
fectiveness in a control program against aphids
and tuber flea beetles.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
At Agassiz, in a silt loam, single-row plots,
10 m long, were randomized within blocks. In
1977 there were 12 blocks with 1 untreated and 9
treated plots; in 1978 there were 8 blocks with 1
untreated and 7 treated plots. Plots were spaced
1 m apart in 1977 and 90 cm in 1978. There were
2 m between blocks. Granules of aldicarb, car-
bofuran 5G, CGA 12223 (0,0-diethyl 0 [1-isopro-
pyl-5-chloro-1,2,4-triazolyl-(3) ] phosphorothio-
ate), chlorfenvinphos, ethoprophos (Mocap® ),
fensulfothion, fonofos, isofenphos, permethrin
and terbufos were applied as 30-cm band treat-
ments at 2 g a.i./10 m row; fonofos was also ap-
plied at 2 ga.i./10 m in the furrow and broadcast
at 5 kg a.i./ha. The band and broadcast applica-
tion were incorporated to 10 cm by rototilling.
Potatoes, cv. Netted Gem, were planted at ap-
proximately 30-cm spacing in the middle of the
treated area immediately after incorporation of
the insecticides. The potatoes were sprayed at
two-week intervals starting in mid July to con-
trol second and third generation tuber flea
beetle and to contain populations of aphids. In
1977 3 blocks were sprayed with carbofuran at
0.5 kg a.i. in 1100 liters of water/ha/application,
3 with methamidophos at the same rate, 3 with
permethrin at 0.2 kg a.i./ha and 3 were left un-
sprayed. In 1978 2 blocks were sprayed with
each of the 3 insecticides and 2 were left un-
sprayed. The plots were treated pre-emerge with
the herbicide metribuzin at 1.12 kg a.i./ha and
top-killed in early September with diquat at 1.12
kga.i./ha.
Efficacy of the treatments was determined
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 76 (1979), DEc. 31, 1979 7
by counting the aphids (1978 only) on an upper
and lower compound leaf from each of 5 plan-
ts/plot at 2-week intervals. Tuber flea beetle and
wireworm (1978 only) damage was assessed
from 50 tubers taken at harvest from each of the
120 plots in 1977 and 64 in 1978. The tubers were
washed and peeled and the numbers of tuber flea
beetle larval tunnels and wireworm feeding-
holes/tuber recorded. Tubers were graded for
larval tunnels: 0, 1-4, 5-9, 10-14, 15-19, and 20
plus. Tubers with 10 or more tunnels were
deemed unmarketable. Tubers with one or more
wireworm holes were considered unmarketable.
Statistical significance was determined by
analysis of variance. The treatment averages
were ranked and compared by Duncan’s
multiple range test (Duncan 1955).
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
Aphid populations were held to low numbers
when aldicarb was applied as a band treatment
averaging 2 aphids/plot. When permethrin, and
to a lesser degree carbofuran, were added as sup-
plementary foliar sprays to aldicarb-treated
plots the numbers of aphids increased to 64 and
18 respectively. Untreated plots averaged 41
aphids/plot whereas those sprayed with carbo-
furan or permethrin averaged 96 and 271 aphids
respectively. Average numbers of aphids for
untreated and soil-treated plots ranged from 2
(aldicarb) to 41 (untreated) and averaged 22
aphids. When the 3 supplementary foliar sprays
were applied the ranges and averages were: car-
bofuran, 18 (aldicarb) to 117 (fonofos), average
73; permethrin, 64 (aldicarb) to 278 (chlorfen-
vinphos), average 183. The three supplementary
sprays with methamidophos controlled the
aphid population, counts ranged from 0 to 6
aphids/plot with an average of 3. Since
unsprayed plots averaged only 22 aphids it ap-
pears that the numbers of parasites and
predators had been reduced by both carbofuran
and permethrin sprays and possibly even when
sprays of methamidophos were applied.
In 1977 (Table 1) soil-incorporated insec-
ticide treatments alone did not prevent damage
to tubers by larvae of tuber flea beetle. Un-
marketable tubers ranged from 37% (terbofos
band treatment) to 100% (untreated). When
three foliar sprays were applied the percentage
unmarketable tubers was lowered to 13% with
carbofuran and 17% with permethrin. Plots
receiving only sprays with carbofuran or
permethrin to control only the second and third
generations of beetles had 95 and 85% un-
marketable tubers. Methamidophos was not so
effective as carbofuran and permethrin sprays
TABLE 1. Percentage of unmarketable potatoes’ after various soil-incorporated and foliar-applied
insecticides to prevent damage by tuber flea beetle larvae, Agassiz, 1977.
Soil applications
Foliar applications
Carbofuran Methamidophos Permethrin Untreated
Carbofuran, band 29 bed 54 bcde 29 de 7Z2D
CGA 12223, band Do. DE 84 b 62 abc 83D
Fonofos, band 35 bed 65 bed 31 cde 63 be
Fonofos, broadcast 230d 38 de 20 e 66 be
Fonofos, furrow | 5 be 67 bed 62 abc 73 b
Isofenphos, band 26 ed 51 cde 45 bede 55 cde
Mocap, band 35 bed 59 ‘bed 55 abcd 67 be
Permethrin, band bib 82 be 67 ab 83 b
Terbufos, band she iecel 22 e l7 e 37 ec
Untreated 23> a 97 a 85 a 100 a
ol. 9 v2 47.4 b 69.8 a
Average 42.la
"Means in columns followed by the same letter are not significantly different (P = 0.05). Averages of foliar applications were
compared independently.
8 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 76 (1979), Dec. 31, 1979
TABLE 2. Percentage of unmarketable potatoes’ after various soil-incorporated and foliar-applied
insecticides to prevent damage by tuber flea beetle larvae, Agassiz, 1978.
Foliar applications
Soil applications
Carbofuran Methamidophos Permethrin Untreated
Aldicarb, band 6 be 2 «be 3b 93 ab
Chlorfenvinphos, band £2 5D 19 ab 29 a 78 b
Fensulfothion, band Oe 9 be 6 b 76 b
Fonofos, band Zac 6c be Se
Fonofos, broadcast Lad led i: ee 13 d
Isofenphos, band Oe 10 ¢ Le 42 c¢
Terbufos, band 3°¢ oie 4 b 38 c
Untreated 29 a 33 a 2la 95 a
Average 6.6 ¢ 11,9 b 8.3 %¢ 58.3 a
‘Means in columns followed by the same letter are not significantly different (P = 0.05). Averages of foliar applications were com-
pared independently.
TABLE 3. Percentage unmarketable potatoes by wireworms after application of soil-incorporated
insecticides at Agassiz, 1978.
Insecticide and method Unmarketable cuberen
of application (%)
Aldicarb, band 54.8 ab
Fensulfothion, band 40.0 be
Chlorfenvinphos, band 61.3.4
Fonofos, band 21.0*¢cd
Fonofos, broadcast 16.3-d
Isofenphos, band 32.0. ed
Terbufos, band 26.5 ed
Untreated 6/.5 a
‘Means followed by the same letter are not significantly different (P = 0.05).
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. COLUMBIA 76 (1979), DEc. 31, 1979 9
for preventing damage by second and third in-
star larvae.
In 1978 (Table 2) E. twberis larval damage to
tubers was not so severe as in 1977. Untreated
plots had 95% unmarketable tubers, but three
sprays for second and third generation control
reduced damage to less than 33%. Both the 1977
and 1978 results show the need to control the fir-
st generation beetles. Fonofos broadcast and
soil-incorporated allowed 4% unmarketable
tubers. This was reduced to 1% unmarketable
tubers by 3 applications of any of the foliar
treatments. Soil-incorporated band treatments
with the exception of chlorfenvinphos followed
by the 3 sprays all produced acceptable control
ranging from 88 to 100% marketable tubers.
Again carbofuran and permethrin were equally
effective and both significantly better than
methamidophos.
Although aldicarb applied as a band treat-
ment gave satisfactory control of aphids by
systemic action, its contact activity did not pre-
vent wireworm damage (Table 3). Of the soil-
incorporated treatments, only the fonofos
broadcast treatment with 16% unmarketable
tubers, and possibly band treatments with
fonofos (25% unmarketable tubers), isofenphos
(32% unmarketable) and terbufos (27% un-
marketable) can be considered as possible con-
didate materials for preventing damage to
potatoes by A. obscurus.
In summary, aldicarb is an excellent Sys-
temic aphicide, but appears to lack sufficient ef-
fectiveness against wireworms and possibly
tuber flea beetle even when foliar sprays are ap-
plied against second and third generation
beetles. Fonofos broadcast was the most effec-
tive soil-incorporated insecticide but even it al-
lowed 16% damage by wireworm. Carbofuran
and permethrin were the most effective sprays
against flea beetles, but aphid populations in-
creased when these insecticides were applied.
Methamidophos was the best aphicide and
against a low level infestation of tuber flea
beetle good protection was afforded. However,
under a high level of infestation (1977) the per-
centage of unmarketable tubers from methami-
dophos sprayed plots was not significantly dif-
ferent from that of plots which had no foliar ap-
plications.
REFERENCES
Campbell, C. J., and D. G. Finlayson. 1976. Comparative efficacy of insecticides against tuber flea
beetle and aphids in potatoes in British Columbia. Can. J. Plant Sci. 56: 869-875.
Duncan, D. B. 1955. Multiple range and multiple tests. Biometrics, 11: 1-42.
Finlayson, D. G., M. J. Brown, C. J. Campbell, A. T. S. Wilkinson, and I. H. Williams. 1972. Insecti-
cides against tuber flea bettle on potatoes in British Columbia (Chrysomelidae: Coleoptera).
J. Entomol. Soc. Brit. Columbia, 69:9-13.
Wilkinson, A. T. S., D. G. Finlayson, and C. J. Campbell. 1977. Soil incorporation of insecticides for
control of wireworms in potato land in British Columbia. J. Econ. Entomol. 70: 755-758.
The recent death of Colin Curtis marks the passing of one of British Columbia’s
early authorities on biting insects which affect man, livestock and wildlife.
Formerly a science teacher and a director of audio-visual education in Victoria,
Mr. Curtis was employed at the Federal Department of Agriculture, ‘“‘Mission Flats”
laboratory at Kamloops, from 1948 until his retirement in 1969. During this period he
was engaged in various phases of life-history, identification and control studies in-
volving blackflies, no-see-ums, snipeflies and mosquitoes, as well as spiders. Among
his publications are several pertaining to mosquito control and a Monograph on the
Mosquitoes of British Columbia published by the Provincial Museum.
Mr. Curtis was also widely known among Ham Radio operators, with whom he
kept in regular touch until his recent illness, and, in addition, maintained a knowled-
geable interest in early B.C. steamship and railway history.
His wife Audrey, two sons and four grandchildren are left to mourn.
10 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. COLUMBIA 76 (1979), Dec. 31, 1979
EFFECTS OF THE ANTITRANSPIRANT
DOW CORNINGRXEF-4-3561 ON ARTHROPODS
ON A NORTH IDAHO CATCHMENT'
DAVID L. KULHAVY? AND R. W. STARK
College of Forestry, Wildlife and Range Sciences
University of Idaho, Moscow, Idaho
ABSTRACT R
The effects of an antitranspirant material, Dow Corning’ ‘XEF-4-3561,
applied aerially on arthropods in 1974 were examined.
The only detectable difference (P > .05) noted was of short duration
( < 120 h) in the lower 10% of the treated watershed which received an ex-
cessive application. Only sheets placed in the open had significant arthropod
collections.
INTRODUCTION
The initiation of a field investigation of an
antitranspirant material Dow CorningRXEF-
4-3561 on water yield (Belt et al. 1977) on a north
Idaho catchment provided an opportunity to
investigate whether the material affected
arthropods. Dow Corning Corporation of Mid-
land, Michigan, contracted with the College of
Forestry, Wildlife and Range Sciences, Uni-
versity of Idaho, to conduct these tests.
METHODS AND MATERIALS
On 8 June 1974, from 0800 to 1600 h, 375
litres/hectare of a 5% aqueous emulsion of the
XEF-4-3561 material was applied aerially to a
watershed catchment (Belt et al. 1977) of 26.3
hectares on the Priest River Experimental
Forest 14.4 km N or Priest River, Idaho. An
adjacent catchment was maintained as a con-
trol.
The treated catchment has a northwest
aspect and ranges in elevation from 1049 to
1541 m. Slopes range from 10 to 45%. Soils are
silt loam 1.31 to 1.97 m in depth underlain by
coarse rocks, primarily gneiss. Vegetation was
characteristic of the cedar-hemlock-grand fir
(Thuja plicata Donn, Tsuga heterophylla Sar-
gent and Abies grandis (Douglas) Lindley)
type. The overstory vegetation was 30.5 to
61 m in height with a dense canopy. The sparse
understory was composed of hemlock and red
cedar seedlings and forbs.
Sample cards placed to monitor the disper-
sal of the XEF-4-3561 emulsion indicated do-
sage was reduced by 50% in an area near the
ridge top; and in the lower 10% of the drainage,
a convergence in flight pattern resulted in an
excessive deposit. The bulk of the spray was
intercepted by the canopy (Belt et al. 1977).
‘Supported in part by a grant from Dow Corning Corporation,
Midland, Michigan. Published as contribution No. 175, Forest,
Wildlife and Range Experiment Station, University of Idaho,
Moscow, Idaho.
*Present address: Stephen F. Austin State University, School
of Forestry, Nacogdoches, Texas 75962.
To investigate the effects of the emulsion on
arthropods, the catchment was divided into 3
treatments (T) with 11 replicates in each treat-
ment. A control of 11 replicates was established
in the untreated catchment. Each treatment
consisted of the placement of eleven 1.2 by 1.8
m plastic drop sheets at random intervals in
the catchment.
In treatment 1 (T1) 50% of the sheet was
covered by vegetation; treatment 2 (T2) and
the control had 100% coverage; and treatment
3 (T3) was in the open. At distances of 4 to 11
m, along the roads, the drop sheets were placed
either up or down slope at a distance of 1 to
4m from the road. Each sheet was oriented to
the slope; a small trough was placed at the
bottom of each sheet to catch any arthropods
sliding down the sheet. Moisture did not collect
on the sheets. The sheets were cleared of any
arthropods or debris 24 h before the aerial
application. Each sheet was then checked 24,
48 and 120 h after application. Arthropod fauna
on the sheets were counted, collected and pre-
served in 75% ethanol. Each collection sample
was kept separate and the number, size, fre-
quency, and kind of arthropod recorded.
Samples of 100 sweeps with a standard in-
sect net were taken 24 h before and 24 h after
the aerial application to monitor insect activity
in the vicinity of the collection sheets. The
major taxa and relative abundance were re-
corded.
The data were analyzed using a Kruskal-
Wallis nonparametric test. Treatment means
were compared using Dunn’s multiple com-
parison procedure (Hollander and Wolfe 1973).
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
A total of 765 arthropods were collected
from the control and treatment drop sheets
from the 24 and 48 h post-application periods.
At 24 h 375 arthropods were collected; and 390
at 48 h. By 120 h, only 100 identifiable insect
parts were collected on all treatments and the
control. Ninety-two percent of the 24 h sample
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 76 (1979), Dec. 31, 1979 11
TABLE 1. Arthropods collected 24 and 48 hours after an aerial application of 375 l/ha of a 5%
aqueous emulsion of Dow CorningR XEF-4-3561, Priest River Experimental Forest,
Priest River, Idaho, 1974.
Mean + SE!
Treatment 24h 48h
Tl 0.73 + 0.38a 0.45 + 0.3la
T2 1.40 + 0.64 ab 1.63 + 0.66 ab
T3 31.54 + 14.42 b 33.36 +17.52 b
Control 0.36 + 0.28a 0.00 a
‘Means of 11 replicates; means in the same columns followed by the same letter are not significantly different at P << 0.05.
and 94% of the 48 h sample were collected from
drop sheets placed in the open (T3).
Two arachnid orders (Acarina and Araneida)
and 10 insectan orders (Coleoptera, Diptera,
Ephemeroptera, Hemiptera, Homoptera, Hy-
menoptera, Neuroptera, Plecoptera, Trichop-
tera, and Thysanoptera) were represented.
Over 80% of the 24 h sample and about 90%
of the 48 h sample were small, fragile (less than
2 mm) insects. Most were small flies (Diptera)
(72% in the 24 h sample; 82% in the 48 h
sample). Midges (Chironomidae) comprised
35% of the 24 h collection and 40% of the 48 h
collection. Small ground beetles (Carabidae)
represented 12% of the 24 h collection and 7%
of the 48 h collection. The insect species are
being identified and a publication recording
their occurrence will be prepared.
There were no observed differences in the
abundance or composition of the sweep net
samples 24 h before and 24 h after aerial appli-
cation.
Significant mean differences were detected
between the open (T3) and the control and
between T3 and the sheets under full forest
canopy (T2) in both the 24 and 48 h samples
(Table 1).
The greatest insect collections occurred on
sheets in the lower 10% of the drainage which
received an excessive dosage. On three collec-
tion sheets in the open (T3), over 80% of the
24 h collection and 77% of the 48 h collection
was from three drop sheets.
We conclude that there is no appreciable
effect of the compound on insect communities
at the prescribed dosage. The excessive dosage
(not measured) had a slight, temporary effect
in clearings. The lack of any differences in
sweep net collections before and after spray
suggests there is no significant effect on popu-
lation levels.
LITERATURE CITED
Belt, G. H., J. G. King, and H. F. Haupt. 1977. Augmenting summer streamflow by use of a sili-
cone antitranspirant. Water Res. Research 13:267-272.
Hollander, M. and D. A. Wolfe. 1973. Nonparametric statistical methods. John Wiley and Sons,
New York. 503 pp.
12 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 76 (1979), Dec. 31, 1979
HYLEMYA ANTIQUA (MEIGEN)'!: LONGEVITY AND
OVIPOSITION IN THE LABORATORY?
R. S. VERNON: AND J. H. BORDEN
Pestology Centre
Department of Biological Sciences
Simon Fraser University
Burnaby, B.C., Canada
V5A 186
ABSTRACT
In laboratory cultures, some female Hylemya antiqua (Meigen) were still
alive and ovipositing after 66 days, whereas males usually survived no longer
than 50 days. The average lifespan of 12 individually-reared, reproducing
females was 48 days. Oviposition began no earlier than 8 days, and on the
average, 10.5 days after the females emerged. Heavy oviposition by most
females was cyclic, occurring every other day. The mean fecundity/female in
3 cultures was 259.2, 114.5 and 218.4, respectively, but for individually-reared
females, it was 491.5. Variations in diet and environment probably lead to
poor or inconsistent correlation of iaboratory data on longevity and fecundity
with actual events in the field. However, these data provide precise guide-
lines for utilization of H. antiqua in laboratory experiments.
INTRODUCTION
In developing a reliable bioassay to examine
chemical induction of oviposition by the onion
maggot, Hylemya antiqua (Meigen) (Vernon
et al. 1977), an understanding of this insect’s
basic reproductive behavior was required. In
previous observations on the Simon Fraser
University H. antiqua culture, A. Syed (unpub-
lished data‘) estimated the longevity of adult
flies to be 60-70 days, with females still capable
of ovipositing after 2 months. Other studies
have been made on H. antiqua oviposition and
longevity in the laboratory (Perron et al. 1953,
Allen and Askew 1970) and the field (Perron
and Lafrance 1961), but precise data were not
collected on a sequential basis for longevity,
duration and interval of oviposition, fecundity
and oviposition periodicity. These topics were
investigated and the results applied to the
operation of an oviposition bioassay for H. an-
tiqua.
METHODS AND MATERIALS
H. antiqua Culture
Onion maggots used in this study were from
a nondiapausing culture maintained at the
Simon Fraser University Insectary. Larvae
were raised on a diet of carrot powder (30 g),
cellulose powder (2 g), IN HCl (12 ml), methyl
paraben (0.025 g), K sorbate (0.025 g), yeast
(12 g), water (200 ml), yeast hydrolysate (1.0 g)
and Ostoco® multi-vitamins (Charles E. Frosst
~ 1Diptera: Anthomyiidae
?Research supported by Natural Sciences and Engineering
Research Council, Canada, Operating Grant No. A3881.
’Present address: B.C. Coast Vegetable Cooperative Assacia-
tion, 1363 Vulcan Way, Richmond, B.C., V6W 1K4.
‘Preliminary report on insect rearing facilities at Simon
Fraser University, May 31, 1974.
and Co.) (5 drops). This diet differed from that
described by Ticheler (1971) with the addition
of yeast hydrolysate (Allen and Askew 1970)
and multi-vitamins. Adults were fed on a mix-
ture of sugar (10 parts), skim milk powder (10
parts), soya flour (1 part), yeast hydrolysate
(1 part) and Brewer’s yeast (1 part) (Ticheler
1971).
Oviposition and Longevity Studies
Mortality and oviposition in 3 adult cul-
tures were recorded daily to assess adult H.
antiqua longevity and fecundity under labora-
tory conditions. The cultures were stocked with
emergent adults that were allowed to emerge
for 3 days after the first females appeared. The
day of the first adult female (day 1 of the cul-
ture) usually occurred 1-2 days after the first
males emerged. Cultures were started in 1975
on June 13 (Culture A), July 1 (Culture B) and
July 21 (Culture C), and were maintained at
20-28°C and 30-40% RH. The flies were held in
35 x 60 x 50 cm wooden frame cages with Plexi-
glas fronts and wire mesh sides and roofs. Ovi-
position was assessed with 2 onion-baited ovi-
position chambers per cage (Vernon et al. 1977).
Freshly prepared chambers were introduced
twice weekly, beginning on day 4 of the culture,
and filter paper substrates were changed daily.
Food and water-soaked vermiculite were sup-
plied to each culture in 9 cm diameter plastic
dishes, and replenished as required.
To examine longevity, fecundity and oviposi-
tion periodicity more closely, individual females
were observed from shortly after ecdysis until
death. Each of 15 newly emerged females was
placed in 13 x 18 x 17 cm wooden cages with
Plexiglas fronts and screened backs. From the
same culture, 2 males were placed in each cage
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 76 (1979), Dec. 31, 1979 13
to ensure mating. They were replaced if lost or
dead during the first 2 weeks. The cages were
maintained in an environmental chamber at
23°C and 30% RH, with a 16 h light, 8 h dark
fluorescent lighting photoperiod. The tempera-
ture selected was at the lower range used to
maintain H. antiqua adults (23-30°C) by Allen
and Askew (1970). Food and water were provid-
ed for each cage in 4.5 cm diameter plastic
dishes. Oviposition chambers (1/cage) were pro-
vided from the first day onwards and replaced
every 4-5 days. Due to the small cage size, 7 cm
diam. plastic petri dishes with filter paper ovi-
position substrates were used. All cages were
thoroughly inspected daily from the beginning
of the study for oviposition in and around the
oviposition chambers and the food and water
dishes.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
H. antiqua Longevity
Some females were still alive and ovipositing
after 66 days (Figs. 1-6), with males not general-
ly surviving after 50 days. In Culture C, how-
ever, (Fig. 5), 2 males lived for 63 days. Abso-
lute longevity was not determined, since the cul-
tures had to be terminated to make room for
others. Extrapolations from the mortality
graphs suggest that the maximum lifespan of
H. antiqua females under the conditions of the
study is about 70 days.
Of the 17 individually reared females, only
12 were sufficiently long-lived and fecund to be
included in the data given in Figs. 7-18. Of those
females not included, 3 escaped early in the
study, and 1 died after 26 days without oviposi-
tion, even though 60 and 45 well developed
eggs were present in the right and left ovaries,
respectively. Another female, which lived for
53 days, did not begin ovipositing until after
33 days. The average lifespan of the 12 healthy,
reproducing females was 48 days, with a range
of from 34 (Fig. 9) to 60 days (Fig. 15).
These data corroborate laboratory observa-
tions by A. Syed (unpublished data‘) that
H. antiqua, when reared on the diet described
above, live for 60-70 days. When reared on a dif-
ferent artificial diet, male and female H. antiqua
life expectancies ranged from 8-41 days (X=
24.8) and 9-85 days (X = 36.5), respectively
(Allen and Askew 1970). In another study,
females lived as long as 139 days in the labora-
tory, and males for 70 days when reared on
onion (Perron et al. 1953). Under field condi-
tions, the mean longevity of females during 3
successively hotter seasons (3 generations/
season) was, respectively, 84.6, 58.3 and 53.3
days (Perron and Lafrance 1961). Mean male
longevity was less than 2/3 that of the females.
From these studies, it appears that diet and
temperature can influence H. antiqua longevity,
and thus total fecundity, under field and labora-
tory conditions. These factors should, therefore,
be considered important in producing and main-
taining adult insects with comparable vigor for
bioassay purposes.
H. antiqua Oviposition
Oviposition was observed no earlier than 8
days after female emergence in the 3 culture
cages (Figs. 2, 4, 6). It began after 5 days and
was maximal after 12 days in the study by
Allen and Askew (1970). In Cultures A and C,
Oviposition continued as long as the females
lived (66 days), whereas in Culture B, oviposi-
tion ceased after 62 days even though 8 females
still remained. For the 12 individually reared
females, egg laying began, on the average, 10.5
days after emergence (Figs. 7-18), with a range
of from 8 (Fig. 18) to 13 days (Fig. 11). In many
cases, Oviposition continued until just before
death, with one female laying 13 eggs the day
before dying at 60 days (Fig. 17). In 2 instances,
egg laying ceased 8 and 10 days before death
at ages 41 and 45 days, respectively (Figs. 7, 10).
If such post-reproductive individuals were to
remain alive in field populations, they should be
taken into account in population dynamics
studies and in assessment of the reproductive
potential of pest populations.
In Figs. 4, 6 and 7-18, egg production/female
was generally highest between days 10 and 30,
after which oviposition decreased and became
irregular. Culture A (Fig. 2) was exceptional,
maintaining a high rate of oviposition for 20-45
days. Individuals in this culture were much less
crowded than flies in Cultures B and C, and may
have benefited from lower levels of competition
for food, water and oviposition sites.
Oviposition by H. antiqua in the laboratory
was cyclic (Figs. 7-18). Following its onset,
heavy oviposition generally occurred once every
2 days as shown (Figs. 7, 10, 12, 14, 15, 16, 18)
although some females were able to oviposit
heavily for 2 or 3 consecutive days (Figs. 7, 8,
12). This distinctive oviposition rhythm de-
teriorated somewhat as the flies aged, and ovi-
position occurred less frequently. In one case
(Fig. 17), after 36 days oviposition occurred
only once every 3 days with a gradual reduction
in brood size. The average maximum daily pro-
duction for the 12 flies was 52 eggs (range, 40-
81). The average fecundity/female in Cultures
A, B and C were, respectively, 259.2, 114.5 and
218.4 eggs, whereas for the individually reared
females fecundity was 491.5 eggs/female (range
319-841). Under laboratory conditions, Perron
et al. (1953) found females to lay up to 706 eggs.
Allen and Askew (1970), obtained an average
oviposition rate of 343 eggs/female. H. antiqua
Oviposition in the field was considerably lower
(Perron and Lafrance 1961), ranging in a 3 year
study from 57.8 to 24.3 eggs/female. Laboratory
studies on adult fecundity, therefore, do not
directly apply to field populations which en-
14 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. COLUMBIA 76 (1979), Dec. 31, 1979
FEMALES
MALES
4) cutture A (2) CULTURE A
100 20
50 10
>
<<
Lu aa)
or =~
5S 0 10 2 30 40 250 60 70 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
= x
— 300 =
= CULTURE B 9 (4) CULTURE B
O =
zm 250 =
ie =
LO 200 : 20
= =
i!
(5 150 =F
= <<
> =
= 100 Tm
a Tl
O 50 ahs
&
m7
Lu =
S 0 10 2 3 4 80 6 7 £ 0 1 2 3 40 50 60 70
=)
300 Y
Z ~\ G) curture c O (6) CULTURE C
O
250 re
200 20
150
100 10
50
0 10 20 30 40 «50 60 70 0 10° 20 30 40° 60 “60 ae
TIME (DAYS)
Figs. 1-6. Mortality and oviposition in 3 laboratory-reared cultures of Hylemya antiqua.
counter variability in diet and environmental the response of H. antiqua females to oviposi-
conditions. tion-inducing kairomones (Vernon et al. 1977,
Pierce et al. 1978). Properly reared and nourish-
CONCLUSIONS ed H. antiqua adults are ready for oviposition
The data reported herein were used in the studies between the ages of 10 and 15 days.
development of a bioassay designed to screen Fairly consistent oviposition can be expected
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 76 (1979), DEc. 31, 1979 15
i
(sAeg ve) 0b
€ ON Ald
b
(oa)
Oo
o
<
oO
b ON Als
02
0)
0
C
Ov
OS
(padeos3 ‘skeg Ob) 2 ON ANS
(SAV) JWIL
Os
(sAeQ 6S) ZL ON ATS
n
jo)
09
NUMBER EGGS LAID
‘gs
©
B
Oo
o
<
oO
2 ON Als
L ON Ald
wo
nm
is)
o
<
oO
m
7)
re)
ow
se)
is)
a
hs
9 ON Ald 20S
(skeqg rr)
S ON Ald
OL
02
Of
Ov
Ov
OL
08
06
(sheg 6S) OL ON AlJ
(sAeG 09) 6 ON AIS
D
oO
Figs. 7-18. Longevity (in parentheses) and fecundity of 12 individually reared Hylemya antiqua
females maintained in 13 x 18 x 17 cm cages under controlled environmental conditions.
from healthy cultures for at least 30 days after
the onset of oviposition. Since a 48 h oviposition
rhythm is in evidence, females should be de-
prived of host odor stimuli for at least a 24 h
period before presenting the test stimuli. This
procedure would ensure that flies are in oviposi-
tion readiness. The duration of an experiment
could be 1 or 3 days, since oviposition would be
expected on these days, but not on the 2nd or
4th days. Since most of the bioassays involve
highly volatile chemicals, and a finite chemical
release system, experiments of longer duration
than 3 days would not be practical, nor would
they be necessary to establish the activity of
candidate stimuli. Ten to 15 females/replicate
would be adequate, since healthy individuals
can each be expected to lay about 40 eggs on the
first and third days, given the proper stimuli.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We thank A. Syed, H. F. Madsen and D. G.
Finlayson for their assistance and advice.
16 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 76 (1979), Dec. 31, 1979
REFERENCES
Allen, W. R. and W. L. Askew. 1970. A simple technique for mass-rearing the onion maggot (Dip-
tera: Anthomyiidae) on artificial diet. Can. Ent. 102: 1554-1558.
Perron, J. P. and J. Lafrance. 1961. Notes on the life-history of the onion maggot, Hylemya antiqua
(Meig.) (Diptera: Anthomyiidae) reared in field cages. Can. Ent. 93:101-106.
Perron, J. P., J. Lafrance and M. Hudon. 1953. Notes on behavior of the adult of the onion maggot,
Hylemya antiqua ( Meig.) in captivity. Reps. Quebec Soc. Prot. P1. (1950-1951) pp. 144-148.
Pierce, H. D., Jr., R. S. Vernon, J. H. Borden and A. C. Oehlschlager. 1978. Host selection by
Hylemya antiqua (Meigen). Identification of three new attractants and oviposition stimu-
lants. J. Chem. Ecol. 4:65-72.
Ticheler, J. 1971. Rearing of the onion fly, Hylemya antiqua (Meigen) with a view to release of steri-
lized insects. In: Sterility principle for insect control or eradication. (Proc. Symp., Athens,
1970). IAEA, Vienna, pp. 341-346.
Vernon, R. S., J. H. Borden, H. D. Pierce, Jr., and A. C. Oehlschlager. 1977. Host selection by
Hylemya antiqua. Laboratory bioassay and methods of obtaining host volatiles. J. Chem.
Ecol. 3:359-368.
NORTHERLY RANGE EXTENSION FOR
CRAMPTONOMYIA SPENCERI ALEX ANDER
(DIPTERA: PACHYNEURIDAE)
ROBERT A. CANNINGS AND RICHARD J. CANNINGS
Department of Zoology, University of British Columbia
Vancouver, British Columbia
Cramptonomyia spenceri Alexander is a
distinctive nematocerous fly of the Pacific coast,
discovered by Professor G. J. Spencer at Van-
couver on 30 March 1930 (Alexander, 1931;
Jacob, 1937; Vockeroth, 1974). It is the only
described Nearctic and Canadian species of the
family Pachineuridae (McAlpine et al., 1979).
The fly is especially prevalent in red alder
(Alnus rubra) woods where the larva tunnels
under the bark of rotten alder logs (Vockeroth,
1974). Vockeroth lists all the known localities
for Cramptonomyia spenceri. These range from
Wallace Bridge and Castle Rock, Oregon north
to Hope and Mount Seymour, British Columbia.
On 26 March 1979, one of us (RJC) collected
a male Cramptonomyia at Kaien Station, Kaien
Island, 5 km south of Prince Rupert, British
Columbia. This is approximately 700 km north-
west of the previous most northerly locality for
the species. At 1200 h, males were common
among the drift logs and shrubbery along the
railway tracks parallelling the shoreline of the
sea. Stands of red alder grew 20 m away from
the collection site. The weather was warm and
sunny; the temperature was about 12°C. No
adults were observed at the same location on 16
April 1979.
On 10 March 1979, one male, and on 31
March 1979, 21 males and two females were
collected in a pure stand of young red alders
at the University of British Columbia in Van-
couver. Eggs (see Vockeroth, 1974) were found
on rotting alder logs on the latter date; in one
case the egg density was 1 per 2 cm’. On 18
April 1979 no adults were seen at the same loca-
tion: Vockeroth (1974) also noted a disappear-
ance of adults from this Vancouver locality in
the first half of April, 1973.
Although the Prince Rupert record represents
a considerable northerly extension of the known
range of Cramptonomyia spenceri, the above
observations suggest there is little difference
‘in its period of activity at the two latitudes.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
Adrian Belshaw, Sydney Cannings and Earl
Mansfield helped in the collecting of Cramptono-
myia at Vancouver. Dr. G. G. E. Scudder read
the manuscript.
REFERENCES
Alexander, C. P. 1931. A new genus and species of Bibionid Diptera. Bull. Brooklyn Entomol. Soc.
26:7-11.
Jacob, J. K. 1937. Winter insects in British Columbia. Diptera: Cramptonomyia spenceri Alexander.
Proc. Entomol. Soc. Brit. Columbia (1936) 33:30-31.
McAlpine, J. F. et al. 1979. Diptera (in) Danks, H. V. (ed.) Canada and its insect fauna. Mem. ent.
Soc. Can. 108:389-424.
Vockeroth, J. R. 1974. Notes on the biology of Cramptonomyia spenceri Alexander (Diptera: Cramp-
tonomyiidae). J. Entomol. Soc. Brit. Columbia 71:38-42.
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 76 (1979), Dec. 31, 1979 17
VALIDATION AND REFINEMENT OF A
PLANT INDICATOR MODEL FOR GRAND FIR
MORTALITY BY THE FIR ENGRAVER!
RONALD L. MAHONEY, JAMES A. MOORE, AND JOHN A. SCHENK?
ABSTRACT
A previously developed plant indicator model that estimates grand fir
mortality by the fir engraver was tested in 7 grand fir stands. The observed
and predicted mortality levels were similiar in 5 of the test stands for trees
killed during a 3-year period. A better statistical fit was achieved by refining
the model and its parameters based on a combined set of data from the
original and test stands.
Additional Key Words: Abies grandis, Scolytus ventralis, understory
plants, linear regression, indicator plants.
Recent research on the associated en-
vironmental factors and prediction of mortality
in grand fir, Abies grandis (Dougl.) Lindl.,
caused by the fir engraver, Scolytus ventralis
(LeConte), has provided a preliminary model
(Schenk et al. 1977) that was subsequently
validated and refined (Moore et al. 1978). The
model relates stand composition and average
competitive stress to the occurrence and level of
grand fir mortality by the fir engraver. Concur-
rent with this investigation, other research was
conducted to identify sites associated with the
development of grand fir stands susceptible or
resistant to the fir engraver. A preliminary
plant indicator model was formulated which ac-
counted for a substantial amount of the varia-
tion in fir engraver-caused grand fir mortality
(Schenk et al. 1976). The predictor variable used
in the model is plant group interaction (PGI), a
ratio of the occurrence of two groups of plant
species associated with high or low grand fir
mortality, respectively. A test of that model is
reported here.
The data required to compute PGI were ac-
quired during late summer, 1978, according to
the method specified by Schenk et al. (1976).
Seven independent test stands were sampled by
a randomly located systematic grid of ten
1/300th acre (0.012 ha) circular plots. On each
plot the presence of the specified plant groups
was recorded, and the stand frequency of each
group was calculated. An estimate of grand fir
mortality by the fir engraver was obtained from
the results of a previous study (Moore et al.
1978), which included these stands. The test
stands ranged in area from about 15 to 30 acres
(6 to 12 ha), occupied relatively uniform sites in
terms of topography and prior disturbance, and
had not sustained logging or fire within the past
15 years. Current stand conditions represented a
‘Published with the approval of the Director, Forest, Wildlife
and Range Experiment Station, University of Idaho, Moscow,
Idaho, as Contribution No. 179 Supported in part by MclIntire-
Stennis funds.
"Research Associate, Assistant Professor, and Professor,
respectively, College of Forestry, Wildlife and Range Sciences,
University of Idaho, Moscow, Idaho.
range of overstory density and species composi-
tion.
The number of trees killed per acre for each
test stand was predicted by the equation devel-
oped by Schenk et al. (1976):
Y =2.291+0.11le* (1]
where: Y = number of grand fir trees killed per
acre by the fir engraver during a 3-year
period (KTA)
X = plant group interaction (PGI).
Equation [1] produced an r’ of .92, and a stan-
dard error of the estimate of 1.55 trees/acre,
and was significant at «= .05.
Observed mortality and the predictions de-
rived from equation [1] showed poor agreement
(Table 1). These results exemplify some of the
hazards of statistical models derived from a
small sample and limited range of data, regard-
less of statistical fit, and of extrapolative predic-
tions outside the range of the original data set.
However, a 95 percent confidence interval about
each predicted value contained the observed
mortality value for 5 of the 7 test stands.
Stand number 3 sustained considerably
higher observed mortality than predicted by
equation [1]. Equation [1] was derived from
stands where root rot pockets involved less than
15 percent of the total stand area. About 40 per-
cent of the total area of stand number 3 consist-
ed of root rot pockets which contained the bulk
of grand fir mortality by the fir engraver. Conse-
quently, the presence of root-rot infected grand
fir will predispose those trees to attack by the fir
engraver (Partridge and Miller 1972) and cause
mortality in excess of that indicated by -quation
[1] when the infected area in the stand exceeds
15% limit included in the original data set.
Stand number 5 had a PGI value of 9.0909,
which is numerically larger than the highest
PGI value (4.7619) used in equation [1].
However, when the exponential transformation
indicated in equation [1] is applied, these values
become 8874.1692 and 116.9684. This drastic in-
crease in relative numerical value is reflected in
the excessively high predicted value of 987
grand fir trees killed per acre (Table 1). Conse-
18 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 76 (1979), Dec. 31, 1979
TABLE 1. Observed and predicted levels of grand fir mortality by the fir engraver in northern Idaho.
Stand
No. PGI ePGI
1 0.732 2.079
2 0.396 1.486
3 0.297 1.346
4 0.297 1.346
5 9.091 8875.057
6 0.000 1.000
| 0.099 1.104
quently, the mathematical expression that best
fits the developmental data set (exponential
transformation) is obviously unreliable for ex-
trapolative predictions. However, it is notable
that equation [1] performed very well within
the range of development data, excluding the
influence of excessive root rot. Furthermore, the
form of the relationship between PGI and grand
fir mortality by the fir engraver remains similar
for all of the test stands. We omitted stand num-
ber 3 because of excessive root rot from a com-
bined data set that includes the 9 original stands
and 6 of the 7 test stands.
The parameters in equation [1] were
reestimated from the combined data set using
least squares regression. The equation for the
combined data set is:
Y = 3.8420 + 0.0015e % [2]
where: Y and X are as defined in equation [1].
Equation [2] produced an r’ of 0.43 and a
standard error of the estimate of 4.14 trees/acre,
and was significant at « = .05. These statistics
indicate a poorer statistical fit than equation [1].
Thus, other transformations of the independent
variable were tested to better describe the func-
20
= 1.7861 + 1.9097X
Stems per Acre
Observed Predicted
1.0 2.5
4.1 2.5
11.3 2.5
0.0 2.5
17.0 987.0
2.0 2.3
4.2 2.4
tional relationship. Although a curve form that
includes an upper and lower asymptote is a
biologically reasonable formulation, the
observed data do not include mortality levels ap-
proaching the upper asymptote because the fir
engraver does not kill 100 percent of the grand
fir trees in actuality. Thus, the “‘best’’ statistical
fit for the range of these data was achieved with
an untransformed linear regression dependent
on PGI. The equation is:
Y = 1.7861 + 1.9097X [3]
where: Y and X are as defined in equation [1].
Equation [3] produced an r’ of .86 and a stan-
dard error of the estimate of 2.08 trees/acre, and
was significant at «= .05 (Table 2, Figure 1).
Equation [3] performed very well for the com-
bined data set, with high statistical correlation
and a low standard error of the estimate. This
mathematical expression is also biologically
reasonable because a high value for PGI in-
dicates a site less conducive to the maintenance
of favorable moisture conditions and vigor of
grand fir. The upper and lower limits of PGI
values are 100 and 0, respectively. Equation [3]
would predict respective mortality levels of 190
5 6 7 8 9 10
PGI
Figure 1. The relationship of plant group interaction (PGI) and grand fir trees killed per acre by the
fir engraver (KTA) for 15 stands in northern Idaho, 1978.
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. COLUMBIA 76 (1979), DEc. 31, 1979
19
TABLE 2. Observed and predicted levels of grand fir mortality by the fir engraver
in 15 northern Idaho stands.
Stems per Acre
PGI Observed Predicted
0.000 2.0 1.8
0.099 0.0 2.0
0.099 4.2 2.0
0.198 2.0 22
0.198 2.0 2.2
0.297 0.0 2.4
0.297 2.0 2.4
0.396 4.1 2.5
0.732 1.0 Be)
0.879 4.0 3.5
0.986 5.0 oon
0.988 3.0 oi
4.286 9.0 10.0
4.762 16.0 11.0
9.091 17.0 19.0
and 1.8 trees per acre. Thus, equation [3] gives
reasonable predictions using the natural ex-
tremes of PGI.
Because the sites were undisturbed for at
least 15 years and also had a mature overstory,
the understory plant community approached
climax in all of the sampled stands. Consequent-
ly, the differences in plant communities are
assumed to reflect site differences rather than
levels of secondary succession due to varying
disturbance. Thus, the procedures to determine
PGI (Schenk et al. 1976) should be applied to
mature grand fir stands with no apparent
ground-level disturbance within at least 15
years. This will help to ensure that the data col-
lected correspond to those conditions sampled in
the current study. The process of testing the
predictions against an independent data set pro-
vides more confidence that equation [3] can pro-
duce information useful for forest management
planning regarding the relative susceptibility of
northern Idaho sites to grand fir mortality by
the fir engraver.
REFERENCES
LITERATURE CITED
Moore, J. A., J. A. Schenk, and C. R. Hatch. 1978. Validation and refinement of a hazard rating
model for fir engraver-caused mortality in grand fir stands. Forest Sci. 24: 309-312.
Partridge, A. D., and D. L. Miller. 1972. Bark beetles and root rots related in Idaho conifers. Plant
Disease Reptr. 56(498-500.
Schenk, J. A., J. A. Moore, D. L. Adams, and R. L. Mahoney. 1977. A preliminary hazard rating of
grand fir stands for mortality by the fir engraver. Forest Sci. 23:103-110.
Schenk, J. A., R. L. Mahoney, J. A. Moore, and D. L. Adams. 1976. Understory plants as indicators
of grand fir mortality due to the fir engraver. J. Entomol. Soc. Brit. Columbia 73:21-24.
20 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 76 (1979), Dec. 31, 1979
PREDATION BY AM/SOGAMMARUS CONFERVICOLUS
(AMPHIPODA: GAMMARIDEA) ON AEDES TOQOI
(DIPTERA:CULICIDAE).
KAREN HOSSACK AND ROBERT A. COSTELLO
British Columbia Ministry of Agrulture
17720-57th Ave., Cloverdale
British Columbia, Canada.
Aedes togoi (Theobald) is native to the
Pacific Coast of Asia where it breeds in saline
rock pools. The first North American report of
Ae. togoi was by Meredith and Phillips (1973)
from Victoria, British Columbia, Canada. Subse-
quent surveyors have collected this mosquito
from rock pools throughout the south western
coast of Canada. The breeding sites in this
study, at Lighthouse Park, West Vancouver,
were supralittoral splash pools of salinity vary-
ing with precipitation and evaporation from 7 to
40 ppt.
While collecting Ae. togoi larvae at these
rock pools we observed an amphipod crustacean,
later identified as A nisogammarus confervicolus
(Stimpson), capturing and feeding upon the
mosquito larvae. The amphipod was found in
most but not all of the pools containing Ae. to-
qgoi larvae and was observed from early June to
late July. A. confervicolus was collected several
times from pools with salinity of at least 37.5
ppt (YSI Model 33 salinity meter), although
Levings et al. (1976) determined the optimum
salinity for adult survival to be less than 29 ppt.
Recorded temperatures during the observation
period varied from 18 to 24°C, considerably
higher than the optimum temperature range for
adult survival of 3 to 10°C determined by Lev-
ings et al.
Anisogammarus confervicolus is the most
common estuarine and brackish-water am-
phipod on the Pacific Coast of Canada. They are
omnivorous, feeding opportunistically on any
suitable organic matter of plant or animal origin
(Bousfield, pers. comm.). The predacious nature
of A. confervicolus was confirmed in the
laboratory. Eleven adult amphipods were main-
tained in 0.8 1 of non-aerated, 37.5 ppt. solution
of aquarium salt and dechlorinated tap water at
23°C for 5 days. No food was provided during
the first 24 h. Thirteen first- and second- instar
Ae. togoi were introduced on the second day and
these were partially or completely consumed in
less than 24 h. Six more first- and second- instar
larvae were introduced on the fourth day. Of
these, 1 second and 2 third instar larvae were
alive after 24 h, suggesting that the smaller lar-
vae were more readily preyed upon. The mos-
quito larvae appeared to be actively sought by
the amphipods and were captured from above
with a swimming-like motion of the amphipod’s
appendages and consumed head first. No am-
phipod mortality was observed. Cannibalism,
reported by Levings et al., was not observed in
this study.
Other authors have reported on amphipods
feeding on mosquito larvae in fresh water
habitats. Baldwin et al. (1955) and James (1961)
observed that Aedes stimulans and Aedes
trichurus larvae in temporary woodland pools
were preyed upon by Crangonyx sp. Affelbeck
(1925) concluded that the most important
natural enemies of larvae of Anopheles bifur-
catus were the crustaceans Gammarus pulex
and Carinogammarus roeselli, and he attributed
the relative scarcity of A. bifurcatus in his study
to the fact that it breeds in streams where these
are abundant. Hinman (1934) experimented
with a small unidentified amphipod which readi-
ly devoured Aedes aegypti larvae, and he
speculated that it might be involved in
regulating natural mosquito populations.
The potential of A. confervicolus as a
predator of brackish-water Culicidae requires
further consideration. In addition to its possible
use as a biological control agent for Ae. togoi, a
potential vector of Japanese B Encephalitis
(McLintock and Iverson, 1975), this amphipod
may be useful in controlling Aedes dorsalis, a
salt marsh mosquito of considerable nuisance
value in south-west British Columbia.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors thank Mark Gardiner for his
technical assistance, Dr. E. L. Bousfield for
identifying the amphipod, and Dr. C. D. Levings
for his helpful comments.
REFERENCES CITED
Affelbeck, V. 1925. Recherches et observations sur les arthropodes pathogenes de l’homme et des
animaux. Ed. Inspectorat Minist. Sante publ., Sarajeva, No. 17, 48 pp. (Rev. appl. Ent. B,
16:178).
Baldwin, W. F., H. G. James, and H. E. Welch. 1955. A study of predators of mosquito larvae and
pupae with a radioactive tracer. Can. Ent. 87:350-356.
Bousfield, E. L. Personal Communication, National Museums Canada, Museum of Natural Sciences,
Ottawa.
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 76 (1979), DEc. 31, 1979 21
Hinman, E. H. 1934. Predators of the Culicidae. I. The predators of larvae and pupae, exclusive of
fish. J. Trop. Med. & Hygiene. 37:145-150.
James, H. G. 1961. Some predators of Aedes stimulans (Walk.) and Aedes trichurus (Dyar)
(Diptera: Culicidae) in woodland pools. Can. J. Zool. 39:533-40.
Levings, C. D., N. G. McDaniel, and E. A. Black. 1976. Laboratory studies on the survival of
Anisogammarus confervicolus and Gammarus setosus (Amphipoda:Gammaridea) in sea
water and bleached kraft pulp mill effluent. Fisheries and Marine Service Canada, Tech. Res.
Series No. 656.
McLintock, J., and J. Iversen. 1975. Mosquitoes and human disease in Canada. Can. Ent.
107:695-704.
Meredith, J., and J. E. Phillips. 1973. Ultrastructure of anal papillae from a seawater mosquito larva
(Aedes togoi Theobald). Can. J. Zool. 51:349-53.
PREDATOR RELEASE PROGRAM FOR BALSAM WOOLLY APHID,
ADELGES PICEAE (HOMOPTERA: ADELGIDABE),
IN BRITISH COLUMBIA, 1960-1969 |
J. W. E. HARRIS AND A. F. DAWSON
Environment Canada
Canadian Forestry Service
Pacific Forest Research Centre
Victoria, B.C. V8Z 1M5
RESUME
Entre 1960 et 1969 on a importé et relaché dans le sud-ouest de la Colom-
bie-Britannique des predateurs du Puceron lanigére du Sapin (Adelges
piceae[Ratz.]),ravageur introduit des A bies spp. Laricobius erichsonii Rosen.
et Pullus impexus (Muls.) se sont établis et on en retrouvait encore en 1978.
De plus, Aphidoletes thompsoni Mohn et Cremifania nigrocellulata Cz. se
sont aussi établis, du moins brievement. Ces parasites, ainsi qu’un complexe
de prédateurs ont réduit ou éliminé quelques infestations de la tige n’ont
pas réduit les ravages du Puceron dans les foréts.
ABSTRACT
Predators of the balsam woolly aphid, Adelges piceae (Ratz.), an intro-
duced pest of Abies spp., were imported and released into southwestern Bri-
tish Columbia from 1960 to 1969. Laricobius erichsonii Rosen. and Pullus
impexus (Muls.) became established and were still found in 1978. Aphido-
letes thompsoni Mohn and Cremifania nigrocellulata Cz. also became estab-
lished, at least briefly. These and a complex of native predators reduced or
eliminated some stem infestations but did not reduce aphid-caused forest
damage.
INTRODUCTION venient release and assessment sites, but such
The balsam woolly aphid, Adelges piceae
(Ratzeburg), has been a serious pest of Abies
species in eastern North America since the early
1900s and, more recently, in the western United
States. In British Columbia, it was first noticed
north of Vancouver in 1958 by the Forest In-
sect and Disease Survey, Canadian Forestry
Service. The protected habitat of the aphid on
the bark of the bole and crown made it difficult
to attack by chemical means and, because it was
a pest introduced without many of its natural
enemies, early control efforts concentrated on
importing these natural enemies from Europe
and western Asia (McGugan and Coppel 1962).
The distribution of A. piceae over the tree is
an important consideration in biological control.
Heavy infestations on the lower bole are con-
concentrations of aphids occur only on a small
number of trees scattered throughout a stand.
Small numbers of woolly aphids, however, are
spread throughout the crowns of many trees
of an infected stand. The ideal predator or pre-
dator complex, therefore, must have a good
searching ability for both crown and stem in-
festations, and must be able to maintain itself
on alternate hosts in situations where the bal-
sam woolly aphid has disappeared or is in very
small numbers. ;
Most of the biological studies and releases
were done in eastern Canada and the western
United States by the respective forest services.
Six species of predaceous Diptera and Coleop-
tera were established in eastern Canada (Clark
et al. 1971) but they did not significantly reduce
damage.
22 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. COLUMBIA 76 (1979), Dec. 31, 1979
LEGEND
RELEASE
RELEASE AND
RECOVERY
RECOVERY ONLY
ASSESSMENT ONLY
NO. OF TREES
we. INFESTATION
**°° BOUNDARY
)
‘@ Francis
,i~,” Park
a
Tongford\®
\)
VICTORIA
Fig. 1. Balsam woolly aphid predator release and assessment sites, British Columbia, 1960-1978.
A-Location of infestation and main study areas.
B-Seymour River Valley/Mt. Seymour sites.
C-Rainy River/Witherby Point sites.
D-Langford, Thetis Lake and Francis parks (Victoria) sites.
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 76 (1979), DEc. 31, 1979 23
The balsam woolly aphid infestation in Bri-
tish Columbia was confined to a small, moun-
tainous area of mild climate in the southwest
corner of the province (Fig. 1-A); releases of the
most promising predaceous insects were made
even if they failed in eastern Canada. The steep
valleys might better confine small numbers of
insects until they could become established and
multiply, and the milder climate could make
overwintering mortality less of a limiting factor
than in the east. The intent was to introduce a
complex of natural enemies that would sup-
plement native predators, reducing aphid num-
bers and damage, and slowing dispersal to new
areas. Consequently, releases were made from
1960 to 1969 and searches were made for their
progeny up to 1978. It was accepted that if pro-
geny developed and overwintering took place,
and specimens were found by limited searches,
establishment could be concluded.
METHODS
Arrangements for the Commonwealth Insti-
tute of Biological Control to capture and ship
predators to Canada were made by the Ento-
mology Research Institute for Biological Con-
trol, Agriculture, Canada, Belleville, Ontario.
The latter agency reared and held them until
weather conditions were suitable in B.C., even-
tually forwarding them in insulated, cooled con-
tainers to Victoria. Here, they were released in
small shelters attached to trees with heavy
stem populations of aphids. Also in 1968, small
numbers of predators initially were confined in
cages around the boles of stem-infested trees
to encourage immediate establishment of a
known aphid population, and to prevent disper-
sal which might lead to later difficulty in locat-
ing aphid populations.
Releases were at three localities (Fig. 1):
Victoria, Mt. Seymour and the Seymour River
Valley, and along the Rainy River and Witherby
Point roads. Nearly 60,000 specimens of eight
predator species were released (Table 1).
Examinations to determine the status of
released and native predators were carried out
annually up to 1969, and in 1971, 1974 and 1978.
The trees on which predators were released
and nearby stem-infested trees were visited
once or twice each month from April to Septem-
ber. Larvae unidentifiable in the field were
reared to adults on aphid-infested bark in the
laboratory; adult predators were sent to Bio-
systematics Research Institute, Agriculture
Canada, Ottawa, for identification.
Assessment consisted primarily of examin-
ing the basal 6 feet of stem-infested boles with
the aid of a hand lens or battery-illuminated
magnifying glass. Also, at most locations,
several trapping methods were used. Glass-
pane ‘‘window flight traps’’ (1- or 2-ft square)
(Chapman and Kingorn 1957) were hung near
stem-infested trees to catch flying insects. Two
funnel traps of polyethylene film were attached
to the bark of each tree about 2 feet from the
ground; one of the funnels led from the bark
into a glass bottle filled with water, the other
into a flower pot filled with forest litter (Franz
1958). When a glass bottle showed significant
numbers of unidentifiable larvae, the flower pot
was placed in a rearing cage where the larvae
could pupate and adults emerge for identifica-
tion. Corrugated cardboard bands were wrap-
ped around infested boles to trap predators
which pupated in protected locations on the
bark.
RESULTS
Ocular examination of stem-infested bark
was the best method of looking for predators
tested. The window flight traps yielded few pre
dators but the funnel traps caught several
species. The corrugated cardboard bands
trapped pupating syrphids, coccinellids and
Neuroptera, and attracted mites.
Four species of released predators over-
wintered at least once and were regarded as
established (Table 1); Laricobius erichsonii
Rosenhauer (Coleoptera: Derodontidae), Pullus
impexus (Mulsant) (Coleoptera: Coccinellidae),
Aphidoletes thompsoni Mohn (Diptera: Ceci-
domyiidae) and Cremifania _ nigrocellulata
Czerny (Diptera: Chamaemyiidae). They ap-
parently did not decrease balsam woolly aphid
numbers enough to noticeably lessen damage.
Stem populations did decline in some release
areas, particularly those where L. erichsonii was
released, but such decline also occurred else-
where. Examinations of various infestations
(Harris 1973) indicated that at any one time
only a small percentage of hosts in an area are
stem-infested ; each year a few new trees become
infested and, after several years, recover or die.
L. erichsonii was released at Mt. Seymour
from 1960 to 1963 and was recovered from 1962
to 1965 and again in 1978, 15 years after release.
It also was recovered in the Seymour Valley in
1966 and 1974, 11 km from the nearest release
point on Mt. Seymour, and at Witherby Point
as late as 1974, 6 years after release there. No
recoveries were made from release at Rainy
River or at Victoria, but stem-infested trees
used to assess releases could not be found at
either location in the years following releases.
P. impexus was recovered in the Seymour
Valley up to 1978, 10 years after release there,
but not at Victoria. It also was recovered on
Mt. Seymour, | year after release, but not since.
Although most frequently found on trees with
moderate to heavy stem attack, it also was
recovered from lightly attacked trees. Corrugat-
ed cardboard bands were useful in trapping
pupae; pupation naturally occurs under bark
scales.
A. thompsoni was recovered in fairly high
numbers, 1 year after release, mainly from a
24 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 76 (1979), Dec. 31, 1979
TABLE 1. Predators of the balsam woolly aphid released in British Columbia
1960-1969, with recoveries noted.
Species Location!/ Year of Approx. Year
Release or numbers of
recovery released recovery
DIPTERA:
Aphidoletes thompsoni Mdhn V 1965 1,080 1967
1966 6,850
MS 1962 280
1963 520
Cremifania nigrocellulata Czerny V 1966 140
SV 1968 710 1969
Leucopis n. sp. nr. melanopus SV 1968 27270
Tanas
COLEOPTERA:
Laricobius erichsonii Rosenhauer V 1960 100
1965 610
1968 17770
MS 1960 700 1962-1965
1961 1,430 1978
1963 4,870
SV 1966,1974
WP 1968 1,390 1969
1971
1974
RR 1968 450
Aphidecta obliterata (Linnaeus) Vv 1960 300
1965 660
1968 30
MS 1960 750
1961 1,140
1962 800
1963 2,000
SV 1969 420
RR 1968 1,100
Pullus impexus (Mulsant) V 1965 2,420
1966 18,510
MS 1960 1,240 1961
1963 1,400
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRiT. COLUMBIA 76 (1979), DEc. 31, 1979 25
SV
Scymnus pumilio (Weise) MS
HEMIPTERA:
Tetraphleps abdulghani V
Ghauri
Total number of predators released:
1968 2,080 1969
1971
1974
1978
1960 2,930
1365 1,280
599,790
1/Victoria = V, Mt. Seymour = MS, Seymour Valley = SV, Rainy River = RR, Witherby Point = WP
tree at Victoria. Although it also was released
at Mt. Seymour, it was never recovered.
C. nigrocellulata pupae were recovered at
Seymour Lake, 1 year after release, but the
species was not seen again.
Many of the native predators belonged to
groups that were general feeders and would not
be specific to the Adelgidae. The most common
predators were mites, the most distinctive
being Allothrombium mitchelli Davis (Acarina:
Trombidiidae), a large slow-moving red mite
densely covered with velvety setae. The tiny
larvae were occasionally found in large numbers,
one or several attacking individual aphid
nymphs and adults. In one instance, on the
basal 6 ft. of each tree bole about 1,000 indivi-
duals were found on a stem infestation. One was
observed attacking a L. erichsonii larva. An
Anystis species (Acarina: Anystidae), a small
fast-moving red mite, was also common and
occasionally seen feeding on aphids.
The most abundant insect predators were
Hemerobius sp. (Neuroptera: Hemerobiidae),
Chrysopa sp. (Neuroptera: Chrysopidae),
Metasyrphus aberrantis (Curran) and WNeo-
cnemodon rita (Curran) (Diptera: Syrphidae).
The most common predaceous coleopteran was
Scymnus phelpsii Cresson (Coccinellidae). Wax-
covered larvae of this tiny ladybird beetle were
observed frequently on the bark in early spring
near Victoria; they pupated in the corrugated
cardboard traps.
Other common native predators were Leu-
copis sp. (Diptera: Chamaemyiidae), Larico-
bius sp. (Coleoptera: Derodontidae) and Tetra-
phleps latipennis Van Dyke (Hemiptera:
Anthocoridae). Several other species suspected
of being predaceous on Adelges piceae also
were found (Harris et al. 1968). M. aberrantis
larvae occasionally were parasitized by Syr-
phoctonus agilis (Cresson) (Hymenoptera:
Ichneumonidae) and Leucopis sp. by Pachy-
neuron altiscutum Howard and P. syrphi Ash-
mead (Hymenoptera: Pteromalidae).
DISCUSSION
Of the four successfully introduced species,
L. erichsonii was the most common, being
readily found in searches of stem-infested bark
up to 1978. It prefers heavy stem populations;
low balsam woolly aphid populations and poor
overwintering conditions in the soil were be-
lieved by Mitchell and Wright (1967) to be the
main factors reducing survival in the western
states. The scarcity of stem infestations in B.C.
probably has been detrimental to establishment,
but L. erichsonii travelled the farthest of any
of the released species, 11 km.
Winter mortality was a major factor affect-
ing Pullus impexus establishment in eastern
Canada (McGugan and Coppel 1962), which
should not be a problem in the west. Aphidoletes
thompsoni may have several generations per
year, attacks the balsam woolly aphid in sum-
mer after populations of Laricocius begin to
decline, can survive at low prey densities and
is said to have a good rate of dispersal (Mitchell
and Wright 1967). All these attributes could
make it useful in B.C. if populations were estab-
lished. Cremifania nigrocellulata has been es-
tablished in eastern Canada but spread was
slow, and it did not persist in light infestations.
The success of this biological control pro-
gram was dependent upon characteristics of the
available species and upon environmental con-
ditions that existed during establishment. The
major factor acting against success probably
was the sporadic nature of balsam woolly aphid
populations. They occur only on Abies, which
often make up a small proportion of a stand, and
stem infestations, on which predators have the
best chance of establishing, were infrequent.
In Victoria, for example, stem infestations could
not be found near the release area 1 year after
release, in spite of intensive searches. Predator
populations may have dispersed and been un-
able to find infestations or, once established and
in the larval stage, may have succumbed from
26 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 76 (1979), Dec. 31, 1979.
starvation because of declining numbers of
woolly aphids.
One possible cause of establishment failure,
low winter temperatures, should not have
affected species already proven in the east,
because in south coastal British Columbia and
particularly on southern Vancouver Island,
temperatures are milder. There may, however,
have been difficulties with unfavorable weather
at critical times, particularly with small delicate
flies such as A. thompsoni and C. nigrocellulata.
Biological control of the balsam woolly
aphid, which is difficult to control economically
by other means, could still reduce aphid popula-
tions and damage if better species were dis-
covered, or if releases were of larger numbers
over a wider area, or if populations were pro-
tected by first releasing in cages. Also, if past
releases were unsuccessful simply because of
bad weather or a scarcity of woolly aphid popu-
lations, similar introductions could be success-
ful given better conditions.
REFERENCES
Chapman, J. A. and J. M. Kinghorn. 1957. Window flight traps for insects. Can. Ent. 87: 46-47.
Clark, R. C., D. O. Greenbank, D. G. Bryant and J. W. E. Harris. 1971. Adelges piceae (Ratz.), bal-
sam woolly aphid (Homoptera: Adelgidae): 113-127, In Biological control programmes
against insects and weeds in Canada 1959-1968. Commonwealth Institute of Biological Con-
trol, Trinidad, Techn. Comm. No. 4.
Franz, J. M. 1958. Studies on Laricobius erichsonii Rosen. (Coleoptera: Derodontidae) a predator on
Chermesids. Entomophaga 3: 109-196.
Harris, J. W. E. 1973. Tree and site characteristics relative to progressive balsam woolly aphid
damage to Abies spp., British Columbia 1959-1970. Pacific Forest Research Centre, Victoria,
Internal Rep. BC-46. 60 pp.
Harris, J. W. E., J. C. V. Holms and A. F. Dawson. 1968. Balsam woolly aphid predator studies,
British Columbia, 1959-1967. Forest Research Lab., Victoria, Inform. Rep. BC-X-23. 18 pp.
McGugan, B. M. and H. C. Coppel. 1962. Biological control of forest insects — 1910-1958: 35-216.
In A review of the biological control attempts against insects and weeds in Canada. Com-
monwealth Inst. of Biological Control, Trinidad, Techn. Comm. No. 2.
Mitchell, R. G. and K. H. Wright. 1967. Foreign predator introductions for control of the balsam
woolly aphid in the Pacific Northwest. J. Econ. Ent. 60: 140-147.
OBSERVATIONS ON A TWIGMINER,
ARG YRESTHIA PSEUDOTSUGA FREEMAN
(LEPIDOPTERA: YPONOMEUTIDAE), IN DOUGLAS-FIR
SEED ORCHARDS
D. S. RUTH AND A. F. HEDLIN
Environment Canada
Canadian Forestry Service
Pacific Forest Research Centre
Victoria, B.C. V8Z 1M5
ABSTRACT
Studies on the twigminer, Argyresthia pseudotsuga Freeman, which
kills new growth on twigs of Douglas-fir, showed that adults oviposited from
mid-April until May on bud scales or on needles close to the buds. Eggs.
hatched in mid-May and larvae continued to mine in the new twigs until late
fall or early winter. The insects pupated by the end of February in chambers
at the bases of the twigs.
RESUME
Les auteurs rapportent que les adultes de la Mineuse, Argyresthia
pseudotsuga Freeman, qui tue la nouvelle croissance sur les ramules de
Douglas taxifolié, pondent depuis la miavril jusqu’en mai sur les écailles des
bourgeons ou sur les aiguilles prés des bourgeons éclos. Les ouefs éclosent a la
mi-mai et les larves continuent de miner sur les nouveaux ramules jusque vers
la fin de l’automne ou au debut de l’hiver. La pupation a lieu a la fin de février
dans des loges aux bases des rameaux.
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 76 (1979), DEc. 31, 1979 27
INTRODUCTION
Several species of insects mine twigs and
shoots of Douglas-fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii
(Mirb.) Franco) and, when numerous, may re-
duce the cone-bearing capabilities of trees in
seed orchards. One of the _ twigminers,
Argyresthia pseudotsuga, described by
Freeman in 1972, has been observed for several
years in seed orchards on the Saanich Peninsula
of Vancouver Island. This paper presents in-
formation on the biology of the insect.
LIFE HISTORY AND HABITS
Adult moths emerge in the spring when
Douglas-fir is flowering. In 1976, caged insects
emerged from April 12 to 22. In 1977, moths
were observed in the field from April 25 to May
2. Periods when the various life stages occur are
shown in Fig. 1.
The moth lays eggs singly during April near
the bases of buds (Fig. 2). Although more than 1
egg per bud may be laid, only 1 larva survives.
When the egg hatches in mid-May, the larva
makes a small channel 1.5 to 2 mm long, usually
just above the node and beneath an elongated
bud scale (Fig. 3). The larva moves toward the
base of the twig, mining around the node, then
moves toward the tip of the twig in a spiral
fashion around the new wood. As feeding pro-
gresses, the larva mines the centre of the twig,
forming a gallery (Fig. 4). Twenty-four galleries
averaged 26 mm in length, ranging from 17 to 35
mm. The larva feeds until fall or early winter,
moving to the base of the twig where it con-
structs a pupal gallery 10 to 18 mm long, just
above the node (Fig. 5). The pupal chamber is
walled off from the feeding gallery by tightly
packed frass and boring dust, and an exit hole is
TABLE I. Head capsule widths of the larval instars of 845 Argyresthia pseudotsuga collected
during 1976 and 1977 at the Tahsis Seed Orchard, Saanichton, B.C.
Sample Range Mean Std. Dev
Instar size (mm) (mm) (mm)
I 120 0.15-0.23 0.19+0.03 0.02
II 131 0.23-0.28 0.26+ 0.02 0.01
Ill 165 0.28-0.37 0.32 + 0.04 0.03
IV 232 0.37-0.52 0.42 +.0.04 0.03
V 197 0.53-0.70 0.63 + 0.06 0.04
TABLE II. Numbers of shoots on Douglas-fir trees infested by Argyresthia pseudotsuga,
Tahsis Seed Orchard, Saanichton, B.C. (Upper four whorls only)
Whor!l no. 1 2 3 4
Avg.no shoots 11 104 153 260
Avg. no infested 0.6 2.2 5.5 8.2
shoots per whorl
cut below the wall. The larva then spins a cocoon
below the exit hole. By November 5 and Decem-
ber 6, 8% and 33% respectively, of the larvae
were at the base of the twig. By February 5, 72%
and by March 7, 100%, had pupated. In 1976 and
1977, larvae were present from May 16 to Feb-
ruary 5, completing their development in ap-
proximately 8 months.
Head capsule measurements were from
reared larvae for the first two instars and from
field-collected larvae for the last three. Data in
Table I provide information on larval head cap-
DESCRIPTION OF LIFE STAGES
The adult has a wingspan of 9.5 to 10 mm and
is pearly grey, with a yellowish tinge (Freeman
1972). The egg is 0.34 by 0.57 mm in size (avg of
7 eggs), is elliptical, cream-colored, and has a
reticulate surface. The young larva is about 0.6
mm long and has a pale cream-colored body with
a dark brown head capsule. The fully developed
larva is 5.5 mm long. The pupa is black and is 6
mm long.
sule sizes for the five instars.
|
Fig. 1. Occurrence of stages of Argyresthia pseudotsuga, Saanichton, B.C.
1979
’
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 76 (1979), DEc. 31
28
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLUMBIA 76 (1979), Dec. 31, 1979 29
FIGURE CAPTIONS
Fig. 2. Egg of Argyresthia pseudotsuga, on
Douglas-fir needle.
Fig. 3. Channel made by Argyresthia pseudot-
suga larva above node of Douglas-fir twig.
Fig. 4. Larva of Argyresthia pseudotsuga, and
mined Douglas-fir twig.
Fig. 5. Argyresthia pseudotsuga, pupa, exit
hole and mined section of Douglas-fir twig.
Fig. 6. Douglas-fir shoots infested by larvae of
Argyresthia pseudotsuga.
DAMAGE
Larvae kill the new shoots and reduce the
number of potential cone-bearing twigs on trees.
Soon after the insect begins to feed the shoot
becomes flaccid (Fig. 6) and slightly lighter in
color than normal foliage. By mid-July, the
apical portion (%4 to 1%) of the shoot is dead and
dry; the remainder, although severely tunneled,
is still succulent. By November, damage
becomes more obvious because of the pale green
foliage; by spring, the twig has turned brown.
To assess the damage caused by A. pseudot-
suga, the number of attacked twigs was counted
on each of the 4 whorls below the leader, on 24
trees which averaged 3.4 metres in height. The
data in Table II show that although damage to
current growth is not severe, the insect can
destroy potential cone-bearing shoots.
REFERENCE
Freeman T. N. 1972. The coniferous feeding species of Argyresthia in Canada (Lepidoptera:
Yponomeutidae). Can. Ent. 104: 687-697.
30
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BriT. COLUMBIA 76 (1979), DEc. 31, 1979
PARASITOIDS OF THE WESTERN SPRUCE BUDWORM,
CHORISTONEURA OCCIDENTALIS
(LEPIDOPTERA: TORTRICIDAE), IN BRITISH COLUMBIA
1977-78
J. W.E. HARRIS AND A. F. DAWSON
Environment Canada
Pacific Forest Research Centre
Canadian Forestry Service
Victoria, B.C. V8Z1M5
RESUME
En 1977, la Tordeuse occidentale de l’Epinette (Choristoneura occiden-
talis Free.), a causé de sérieuses défoliations au Douglas taxifolie (Pseudot-
suga menziesii [Mirb.] Franco) sur 246,000 ha, la plus grande superficie
jamais infestee par la Tordeuse en Colombie-Britannique. La Tordeuse a fait
lobjet d ‘etudes en 1977 et 1978, alors que sa population déclinait; 25 espéces
de parasitdides y ont eté trouvees. Le parasitisme des larves ‘s'est chiffré en
moyenne a 40% au premier stade, a 20% au dernier stade et a 16% (1977) et
25% (1978) au stade pupal. Le parasitisme total a ete de 61% (1977) et 69%
(1978); en 1977, 17% des masses d’oeufs ont ete attaquées. L’incidence de la
maladie a ete tres faible. Le déclin subit de la Tordeuse en 1978 sur toute
l’aire infestée, sans egard aux populations de parasitoides, laisse croire que le
parasitisme n’a pas ete un facteur important. La présence de parasitoides
dans toute l’aire infestée fait supposer qu’en general ils n’auraient pas été
serieusement affectes par les applications de pesticides sur des aires limi-
tees.
ABSTRACT
In 1977, the western spruce budworm, Choristoneura occidentalis Free.,
caused serious defoliation of Douglas-fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii [Mirb.]
Franco) over 246,000 hectares, the largest area ever infested by the budworm
in British Columbia. The budworm was surveyed in 1977 and 1978, as the
population declined; 25 parasitoid species were found. Early-stage larval
parasitism averaged 40%, late-stage 20%, and pupal 16% (1977) and 25%
(1978). Total parasitism was 61% (1977) and 69% (1978); in 1977, 17% of the
egg masses were attacked. Disease incidence was very low. The sudden
decline of the budworm in 1978 over the entire infestation, regardless of
parasitoid populations, suggested that parasitism was not a major factor.
The widespread occurrence of parasitoids throughout the infestation sug-
gests that they would not have been seriously affected overall by pesticide
applications on limited areas.
INTRODUCTION
Changes in populations of the western spruce
budworm, Choristoneura occidentalis Freeman
(Lepidoptera: Tortricidae), a serious pest of
Douglas-fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii [Mirbel]
Franco), can be predicted by observing the
various factors that affect them, such as para-
sitoids. Parasitoid populations also are affected
by various factors, one being the pesticides
which are sometimes used against budworms.
Thus there was concern in 1977 for natural con-
trolling agents when a chemical control program
against the budworm was preposed for approxi-
mately 40,500 hectares north of Hope, British
Columbia.
Records from previous infestations in B.C.
showed a complex of natural enemies associated
with budworm populations. Hewitt (1912) pro-
vided an early record from Victoria in 1911, and
Tothill (1923) reported six species of insect
parasitoids controlling an outbreak near Lil-
looet in 1919-1920. Wilkes et al. (1948) reared
44 parasitoid species from Lillooet, and Silver
(1960) reared 14 species from Pemberton, four of
which had not been recorded by Wilkes. The
Forest Insect and Disease Survey (FIDS) at
Victoria recorded at least 30 parasitoid species
attacking C. occidentalis in B.C. since 1949, of
which 11 were not listed by the above authors;
14 species were collected from the proposed
treatment area. In total, at least 59 parasitoid
species were reared from the western spruce
budworm in the Province since 1911.
The current budworm infestation began in
1967, when localized defoliation of Douglas-fir
occurred near Lillooet. Subsequently, the area
of defoliation increased annually until, in 1977,
the budworm had caused defoliation over the
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. COLUMBIA 76 (1979), Dec. 31, 1979 3]
largest area ever recorded (246,000 hectares)
for this pest in B.C. Prior to 1977 there were no
quantitative parasitoid data available, but in
that year parasitoids were included in a sampl-
ing project designed to assess the control pro-
gram. The sampling procedures and results are
described here.
METHODS
Samples of western spruce budworm were
taken at 72 sites in 12 geographic areas during
1977 and/or 1978, and were examined for para-
sitoids (Fig. 1). Third- and fourth-instar bud-
worm larvae (L3 and L,) were collected from
late May to mid-June; Ls and Lg in late June;
pupae from late June to early July; and eggs
from late July to early August. Overall bud-
worm larval populations were monitored during
the late instar stage by three-tree beatings
(Harris et al. 1972), and by examining branches.
Larvae were reared on an artificial diet in
plastic creamer cups (McMorran 1965), pupae
in empty creamer cups, and egg masses in glass
vials. These were examined frequently and de-
velopment was recorded. Parasitoids reared to
adults were identified at the Pacific Forest Re-
search Centre (PFRC), Victoria, or at the Bio-
systematic Research Institute, Ottawa.
Percent parasitism was determined for each
budworm stage separately and for all stages
combined, for each geographic area. Total para-
sitism was calculated by successively reducing
the initial budworm population by the rate of
parasitism at each sample stage (see formula at
end of Table 2). Mortality from causes other
than parasitism during rearing was as much as
70% at some sites. High temperatures during
transport were probably a significant factor.
Various sites within the infestation had in-
curred from 1 to 8 years of continuous defolia-
tion, according to annual aerial surveys by
FIDS. Sites at which parasitoids were collected
were grouped by age of infestation and the per-
cent larval parasitism was calculated and com-
pared.
To check for disease incidence, larvae and
pupae from 24 locations in 1977 and from 35 in
1978 were sent to the Forest Pest Management
Institute (FPMI), Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario.
Collections also were examined for microspori-
dia at PFRC in 1977.
RESULTS
Twenty-five parasitoid species were found
(Table 1), but only a few were abundant. Each
budworm stage had a different parasitoid com-
plex.
Early-stage larval parasitism averaged over
40%, and ranged from 21 to 100% at different
locations (Table 2). The most common species
were Apanteles fumiferanae Viereck and Glyp-
ta fumiferanae Viereck, with only low numbers
of five other species encountered. Late-stage
larval parasitism averaged over 20% and ranged
from 0 to 71%. Nine species of Diptera were
found on this stage, the most common being
Ceromasia auricaudata Townsend and Win-
themia fumiferanae Tothill.
Total parasitism of both early and late instar
larvae, calculated for 29 plots in 1977, averaged
54%, and ranged from 16 to 99%. In 1978, it
averaged 59% over 20 plots, and ranged from 16
to 95%.
Pupal parasitism averaged 16% in 1977
and 25% in 1978, and ranged from 0 to 75%.
Pupae were parasitized by the ichneumonids
Apechthis ontario Cresson, [toplectis conquisi-
tor Say, Itoplectis quadricingulata Provancher
and Phaeogenes hariolus Cresson.
For 14 plots where both larvae and pupae
were collected in 1977, total parasitism averaged
61%, and ranged from 58 to 99%. For 11 plots
in 1978, parasitism averaged 69%, and ranged
from 37 to 98%
Egg parasitism by Trichogramma minutum
Riley in 1977 averaged 17% for egg masses
affected and 12% of total eggs (Table 3). There
was an average of 1.4 Trichogramma from each
egg, compared to 2.1 reported by Wilkes et al.
(1948) and 2.4 reported by Hewitt (1912).
A larval parasitoid not previously recorded
for B.C. on C. occidentalis was Enytus sp. Four
others not identified to species but which could
be new records were Campoplex sp., Diadegma
sp., and specimens of Campopleginae and Pori-
zontini. Hyperparasites were encountered in
minor numbers: Elasmus atratus Howard para-
sitizing G. fumiferanae, Mesochorus sp. and
Mesochorus tachypus Holmgren parasitizing
A. fumiferanae and Mesopolobus sp. attacking
an unknown host.
Phytodietus fumiferanae Rohwer (Hymen-
optera: Ichneumonidae) and Cyzenis incrassata
Smith (Diptera: Tachinidae) were not found,
although they had been collected by Wilkes et
al. (1948) in large numbers for release in eastern
Canada. The former had been collected by Sil-
ver (1960) near Pemberton, and the latter at
Sumallo River near Hope in 1974. Neither
species was collected by Doganlar and Beirne
(1978) at Yale.
Non-insect parasitoids were of little signifi-
cance in the current infestation. In 1977, a single
Thelonia microsporidium-infested sample was
found at Fountain Valley, and a few larvae on
Mission Mtn. were infected with nuclear-poly-
hedrosis virus. In an isolated patch of defolia-
tion near Revelstoke, however, 30% of the larvae
were infected with a granulosis virus.
The relationship between the number of
years of defoliation at a location and larval
parasitism was examined for 48 sites; an analy-
sis of variance showed no significant difference
(0.5 level) between parasitism at sites grouped
into five defoliation ages:
32 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 76 (1979), Dec. 31, 1979
COLLECTION SITES
OR ras
@ |978
@ BOTH YEARS
30 km
VANCOUVER
British Columbia
oy _ eee ee
United States
Figure 1. Locations where collections were made for western spruce budworm parasitoids, 1977-1978.
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. COLUMBIA 76 (1979), DEc. 31, 1979 33
Gear onran) NG GR bPAve Colarwwal. The data show epidemic populations peaking
Site eee plots Reciiign in 1958 and again in 1977. The best parasitism
———— record of late instar larvae also peaked in 1958
1-2 10 48 but it was still increasing in 1978. Pupal para-
2-3 10 74 sitism peaked in 1955 and declined sharply in
3-4 ay 60 1958. However, it continued to rise in 1978. In
4-5 6 43 the current infestation, early June larval popula-
5-8 5 69 tions on branches and early July beatings
showed an overall decline of about 60% in 1978
lati in the infestati
Budworm populations in e infestation from the previous year (Table 2).
area have been monitored since 1949 (Fig. 2).
TABLE 1. Western spruce budworm parasitoids reared in British Columbia, 1977-1978.
Parasitoid species Budworm stage No. of parasitoids
from which reared
E parasitoid emerged 1977 1978 V7
Diptera
Sarcophagidae
Agria housei Shewell Pupa 0 3
Tachinidae
Actia interrupta Curran Lé 0 1
Aplomya caesar Aldrich Le 0 2
Ceromasia auricaudata Townsend Le, pupa 8 34 (32)
Hemisturmia tortricis Coquillet Pupa 1 0
Madremyia saundersii Williston Le 0 4 (2)
Phryxe pecosensis Townsend Leé, pupa 1 3
Pseudoperichaeta erecta Coquillet L¢ 0 2
Winthemia fumiferanae Tothill Les pupa 4 35 (4)
Hymenoptera
Braconidae
Apanteles fumiferanae Viereck Lar Ls 123 101 (30)
Elasmidae
Elasmus atratus Howard Hyperparasite 3 0
Ichneumonidae
Apechthis ontario Cresson Pupa 14 1
Campopleginae Ly 0 2
Campoplex sp. L4 2 3
Diadegma sp. Ly 0 1
Enytus sp. Ly 3 2
Glypta fumiferanae Viereck La-Le 124 61 (52)
Itoplectis conguisitor Say Pupa 0 10
Itoplectis guadricingulata Pupa 8 0
Provancher
Mesochorus sp. Hyperparasite 0 38
Mesochorus tachypus Holmgren Hyperparasite 11 12 (26)
Phaeogenes hariolus Cresson Pupa 16 48
Porizontini Lg 1 0
Pteromalidae
Mesopolobus sp. Hyperparasite 0 102/
Trichogrammatidae
Trichogramma minutum Riley Egg 301 =
'/ Brackets indicate the number reared from mass collections taken near Cache Creek.
*/ The 10 Mesopolobus sp. all emerged from one budworm larva.
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 76 (1979), Dec. 31, 1979
34
SLL
St
SOL
SS
06
Oe
Osl
Oa Core
but zeeq
{°ATeT /*AIePT
aeqsut 1eysUT
32eT
*ou bay °ou bay
OL2
00S
00L
abet [os
zH0L
O3PT
SOYeCT
6L Sv LZ 0 0 c9 Lt A € vS 6 SL 8L6L TequedizeD-uo
- - - = = cL S 0 0 09 Le OL LL6L -3eS-UOSrSepuY °s
= = = a = L6 LZ L c 69 cL cL BL6L
- ~ ~ ~ - - - - - - - - LL6L “ad peoyueyzta °Z
L6 €S Lt LL 0 €6 Gc S OL L6 v9 8L 8L6L
- - - - - - - - = - - - LL6L °Y Toeseqq °9
a — = = = = = ae = = = = BL6L
66 v v 0 0 66 0S 0 S OOL cS 0 LL6OL “AH YORETICEUEN °G
G9 0c vl c rd 9S LC S L Ov S 8L SL6L
€9 €L L 0 9 9S cE L c 62 8 OL LL6L “a uoSsrtepuy °P
= = = = = vv 62 SL 0 Ec € S 8L6L
8S S 0 v L SS BL L L cv LL OL LL6L uokued Jeserd °€
= = = = = - = = = ce = = 8L6L
= 0 0 0 0 ve GL 0 0 eC 9 LL LL6L °d eTTeYUTNbOD °*Z
€s 6 0 6 0 60 CC LL L ve S vi BL6L
BL 60 SL ral (OA €¢ ce L 0 6E OL cl LL6L ‘a 3Tbexs 1
7E Te 5 Te Va ~
*4aTse1red TeI0L. (Ua “aS"* 7 "07y FE Te20L °s°M *e*O TeIOL *F°D *F°W AePaK /L UOTzeD0T
Tednd *3zTse1red SPAICT SPAICT
x oednd TeAIeT TeBASUT 3ReT aeqsut AT1iese
TeAART JO wstqjtseired 3 % TeRRIOL jJO wstq3tTseirzed ¢% jo wstqtseised
% TeIOL
"8L-LLOI ‘oednd pue oeare] WAOMpNg sonids u19e}seM Jo UIST}ISeIe °Z ATAV AL
35
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BriT. COLUMBIA 76 (1979), DEc. 31, 1979
OOL OOL OOL wST3TSseieg % Tednd pue
oo. x|(eednd uwstatsered g - 1) (97-597 wstatTsezed g - 14) (¥q-tq ustqtseazed g - 1) - 1 TRPAATST TeIOL pue TeAreI [TeqoL /E
*“Sn~ToTaey Seueboeeug = *yurd ‘°dds stqdeTdoqrT = ‘ds*]l ‘otaequo Stujuoedy = °o°y
‘SeueASTTUNJ PTWOYIUTM = °J°M ‘EREPNSOTANS STSPUOISeD = °e*D ‘oeUueASTTUNZ PIAATS = °J°D ‘OvUPASTTUMJ SeTequedY = -s°v /e
*| oanbTq uo severe OF AezoAT sxsqumN /
=|
Se 09S 69 GZ eb 3 L 6S oc v v vv 8 Sy BLé6L
G8 OLLL L9 OL a e ) vS €¢ L L Ov LL LL LL6L seory TW
= = = = = Be = = - = = = = = 8L6l
OL = = = = = = 0 0 0 OOL 62 Ls LL6L *T SWwepW “ZL
se OVE = = zs = = = 0 0 0 x4 6 L 8L6L
OL SOLE = ad “ = = ce 0 0 0 v9 Ld LZ LL6L “ad PTOOTN “Lt
Ov O60L v6 02 8L 0 0 c6 LL 0 S L6 Lt LE 8L6L
SE S662 = = = = = SL v 0 0 VL 8c 6 LL6L “au uosdwoyuL °*OL
O€ See $9 Sl eb 0 0 8S €€ € OL BE v 6 8Lé6élL uoTtTtAed
S8 SSsd 96 SL GZ 0 0 £8 £4 0 0 €8 EL LL LL6t -°PA UTeRUNOT °6
“TTO9 eberjToz c
but zeeq z4ot *3Tsered TRIOL “urd “dS*I °ory JE TeRIOL °F°M °B°D TeRIOL *5°D *3J°w aPeaR /L uotzed07T
J°hAPT /* ATCT Ttednd *3Tsezed SPAICT SCPAICT
ZejsutT aAeASUT xy eednd TeRAIPT ABASUT dReT azeysut AjTazee
a4eT SReT TeAICT JO wStTytTseized ¢ % TeIOL JO wsTtTytTseized ¢ jo wstytserzed %
‘ou Bay -ou bay % TeRIOL
36 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 76 (1979), DEc. 31, 1979
AVERAGE NUMBERS OF BUDWORM LARVAE
PER COLLECTION
sseeeees % PARASITISM OF BUDWORM LARVAE
——— % PARASITISM OF BUDWORM PUPAE
$5 90
i
a &
Se
oO <
oO a
&
xe 60 in
w ; Ly
Ze \
< © | ”
30 ] go
1950 1955 I960
I965 I970 I975
Figure 2. Budworm populations and percent parasitism, 1949-1978, on study areas 1-10. Average
numbers of collections per year = 41.
DISCUSSION
Parasitism of western spruce budworm lar-
vae and pupae generally was high, and there was
considerable variation among areas sampled.
Parasitism, however, did not seem to be related
to the number of years of defoliation in an area.
Budworm populations decreased considerably
in 1978, after 11 years of continuous expansion.
Records of parasitism from earlier infesta-
tions can help us understand the current situa-
tion. Hewitt (1912) believed that parasitoids,
particularly those attacking eggs, effectively
controlled this pest. He found 43% parasitism,
however, compared to 12% in our infestation.
Overall larval parasitism (54 and 59%) in 1977
and 1978, respectively, was similar to that esti-
mated by Tothill (1923) (61%) in the declining
stage of a localized outbreak near Lillooet in
1919. He stated that parasitoids and birds could
reduce populations of the budworm to the point
that bird activities in the following year control-
led the outbreak. Pupal parasitism in the cur-
rent study (23 and 26%) was lower than that
found by Silver (1960), who reported 28 to 62%
from 1954-1958, but none in 1959, the year of
population collapse. However, total larval and
pupal parasitism (61 and 69%) were higher in
1977 and 1978 than that recorded by Wilkes
et al. (1948), who found an average of 11 to 31%
from 1943-1947. In the northwestern U.S.,
McKnight (1971) credited the sudden collapse of
an infestation in Colorado in 1963 to a braconid,
Bracon politiventris Cushman, but this species
was rarely encountered in B.C.
Parasitism reduced budworm populations
but not damage because there usually was an
over-abundance of budworms competing for
limited supplies of foliage, particularly in 1977.
Parasitoid populations were wide-spread
throughout the infestation, so it is unlikely that
pesticide applications over 40,500 ha (17% of the
infected area) would have greatly affected the
parasitoid complex. Since budworm populations
declined markedly over most of the infestation
during 1978, regardless of parasitoid popula-
tions, one concludes that parasitism was not a
major factor causing population collapse.
To confidently interpret current parasitism,
one needs good records from past infestations
for comparison. The existing historical records
of FIDS do not contain adequate parasitoid
data for a good assessment and fewer such
records are being taken each year. This is un-
fortunate because collecting data only during
peak periods when funds are available for emer-
gency situations does not permit us to acquire
37
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 76 (1979), Dec. 31, 1979
*[ ONS UO SBeIB 0} JOJo1SIequUINN / ;
cL LL Poul LOE LOSL OL G8SL cL OL TWLOL
0 0 0°0 0 8PL 0 BULL 0 G “a YORETICURN °C
cL VC O°L 6S 90S 6S LUD v LL "ey uosrspuy °P
vl Lt G°L Zt LULL LSL 066 8 SP uodueD Joseig °€
s66q sosseu bbq bha Azeq T[eIOL wST3tTse1red bey Oo. peztjztTserzeq TeIOL JL uoTRzeDOT
- wstqtseied ¢ perreer TeqIOL wolyJ peTtTd peirzPesy sosseu bbe Jo °ON
sptojztserzed sbhba Jo °oONn
JO °ON
SSS
“LL6T ‘AOTY WNJHuIW euUeIZ0YysIIy, Aq ssZo wLIoMpng sonids us19}SeM Jo UISTIISVIe “E TIAVL
38 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 76 (1979), Dec. 31, 1979
information about parasitism in low and rising
populations which could be used in the future to
help predict budworm populations.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
We thank FIDS technicians George Brown
and Robert Duncan for their assistance in super-
vising the collection and rearing of specimens,
and the latter for procuring identification of
specimens through the Biosystematics Re-
search Institute, Agriculture Canada, Ottawa.
We also thank Dave Evans of FIDS for local
identification of many specimens. This study
was done in part under the auspices of the
CANUSA Canada United States Spruce Bud-
worms Program and with considerable assist-
ance from the British Columbia Forest Service,
Protection Branch.
REFERENCES
Doganlar, M. and B. P. Beirne. 1978. Natural enemies of budworms, Choristoneura spp. (Lepidop-
tera: Tortricidae), on Douglas fir near Yale, British Columbia, in 1977. J. Ent. Soc. B.C.
75: 25-26.
Harris, J. W. E., D. G. Collis, and K. M. Magar. 1972. Evaluation of the tree-beating method for
sampling defoliating forest insects. Can. Ent. 104: 723-729.
Hewitt, C. G. 1912. Some of the work of the Division of Entomology in 1911. 42nd Ann. Rept. Ent.
Soc. Ont. 1911: 25-27.
McKnight, M. E. 1971. Biology and habits of Bracon politiventris (Hymenoptera: Braconidae).
Annals Ent. Soc. Amer. 64: 620-624.
McMorran, A. 1965. A synthetic diet for the spruce budworm, Choristoneura fumiferana (Clem.)
(Lepidoptera: Tortricidae). Can. Ent. 97: 58-62.
Silver, G. T. 1960. Notes on a spruce budworm infestation in British Columbia. Forestry Chron.
36: 362-374.
Tothill, J. D. 1923. Notes on the outbreaks of spruce budworm, forest tent caterpillar and larch saw-
fly in New Brunswick. Proc. Acadian Ent. Soc. 1922, No. 8: 172-179.
Wilkes, A., H. C. Coppel, and W. G. Mathers. 1948. Notes on the insect parasites of the spruce bud-
worm Choristoneura fumiferana (Clem.) in British Columbia. Can. Ent. 80: 138-155.
LQ
CBE Style Manual
4th Edition
RYRQOBDWOEV¥
This publication of the Council of Biology Editors is a guide for
authors, editors, and publishers in the biological sciences. It
was prepared by a committee of the council, with the assistance
of scientists, librarians, editors, and publishers.
Substantially revised, this new edition contains valuable infor- d
mation on article planning and preparation, editorial review of Y
the manuscript, proofreading, and indexing. It delineates
general style conventions as well as style in special fields,
abbreviations, symbols, and word usage and features an
annotated bibliography and a greatly expanded index. The
CBE Style Manual should be readily accessible to anyone
involved in scientific editing, writing, and/or publishing.
265 pages (casebound)... $12.00
Postage and handling included.
£
A 10% discount is available for orders of 10 or more copies
delivered to one address. Make checks/money orders payable
to “AIBS’’.
DPQ QI QIRQHEID QW QHD QQ
All orders must be prepaid.
American Institute of Biological Sciences
1401 Wilson Blvd., Arlington, VA 22209
DPVBGF_C_QWEMDPECG|VQVWECQWVI_I_PLP WWI
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. COLUMBIA 76 (1979), Dec. 31, 1979 39
THE FUNCTION OF THE CAUDAL APPENDAGE IN COCOON
JUMPING OF PHOBOCAMPE SP.
(HYMENOPTERA: ICHNEUMONIDAE: CAMPOPLEGINAE)
DAVID R. GILLESPIE AND THELMA FINLAYSON!
The early-instar larvae of many species of
Hymenoptera Parasitica have caudal appen-
dages but these usually atrophy by the final
instar (Hagen 1964). Finlayson (1964) described
and illustrated caudal appendages of final-instar
larvae of seven species of Phobocampe and three
species of Meloboris (Ichneumonidae: Campop-
leginae). Caudal appendages of final-instar
larvae were reported by Muesebeck and Parker
(1933) in P. disparis (Vier.) and by Thompson
and Parker (1930) in Sinophorus crassifemur
(Thoms.) (Campopleginae). Clausen (1940)
described cocoon jumping in the genera Bathy-
plectes and Sinophorus [=Eulimneria], Fiske
(1903) and Howard and Fiske (1911) in P. clisio-
campe (Weed) [=A meloctonus and Limnerium],
and Morley (1914) in Spudastica (Campople-
ginae).
Finlayson (1964) reviewed the various func-
tions that have been ascribed to the caudal
appendage by other authors. She noted that the
possession of a final-instar caudal appendage
in species of Phobocampe was coincidental with
cocoon jumping and suggested a relationship
between the two. Subsequently Dr. R. Carlson,
U.S. National Museum, Washington, D.C.,
hypothesized that the caudal appendage may
function in cocoon spinning (Pers. Comm.).
The purpose of this paper is to describe the
function of the caudal appendage of the final-
instar larva within the cocoon of an unnamed
species of Phobocampe. The specimens examin-
ed were determined by ourselves and by Dr.
Carlson as an undescribed species. They were
reared from a mixed collection of Operophtera
bruceata (Hulst) and O. brumata (L.) collected
at Victoria, B.C. in May, 1977 and 1978.
The caudal appendage of Phobocampe sp.
(Fig. 1) consists of two discrete sections: an
anterior section that is unsclerotized and fluid-
filled, and of visibly different texture from the
skin; and a posterior section that is heavily-
sclerotized and finely-annulated. The latter is
the caudal appendage described by Finlayson
(1964) from cast skins of various species of
Phobocampe and Meloboris. A re-examination
of the Finlayson specimens showed that there
was an area of textureless skin anterior to the
caudal appendage similar to that shown in
Figure 1.
The entire structure is about 0.4 mm long, or
one-twelfth the length of the larva. The sclero-
‘Graduate Student and Professor, respectively, Department
of Biological Sciences, Simon Fraser University, Burnaby, B.C.
V5A 1S6.
tized section can be moved by inflation and
deflation of the unsclerotized portion. Figure 1
shows the inflated position, and Figure 2 the
relationship between the caudal appendage in
the deflated position and the remainder of the
larva.
Cocoon spinning, as observed in two larvae,
began when the larva had spun a bed of silk on
the substrate. When an obstruction was met,
or when the larva had proceeded about 2 cm,
it stopped and looped its head back over the
abdomen and began to spin a loose net of silk
over its dorsal surface. When a fragile net of
silk had been spun around itself, the larva
reversed its position and began to close up the
spaces between the silk. This process of revers-
ing and further closing the spaces between the
silk net was repeated many times until the
cocoon was complete. The larva moved its head
in a figure-of-eight pattern while spinning. This
whole process took about three days, during
which the cocoon became increasingly hardened
and darkened until the final product had the
consistency of mica. Based upon about 200
examples, cocoons were fine-textured, gray, and
with terminal and sub-terminal, semi-trans-
parent, dark areas (Fig. 3) through which the
larva could be seen. The caudal appendage was
not observed to participate in the cocoon-spin-
ning process.
Cocoon jumping began when the cocoon was
fully formed but was still thin enough for larval
activity to be seen. From a supine position
(Fig. 4), the larva reared its body until the anal
segments and caudal appendage were in contact
with the wall of the cocoon in the sub-terminal
darkened area (Fig. 5). The anal segments were
pushed away from the wall of the cocoon by in-
flation of the caudal appendage which held the
abdomen in place (Fig. 6). When the caudal
appendage was deflated, abdominal segments
4 to 9 were thrown forcefully downwards so that
they struck the ventral rounded portion of the
cocoon, causing the cocoon to jump. The whole
sequence took about one second and happened
not more than once every 5 seconds. The jump
was usually about 2 cm vertically and up to 4 cm
horizontally.
Exposure to light was necessary to initiate
jumping. There was no evidence that tactile or
auditory stimulation was involved. Without a
response to sound or touch, it is unlikely that
cocoon jumping could function as a predator-
or parasite-avoidance mechanism, but solely
for locomotion.
40
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 76 (1979), Dec. 31, 1979
Figs. 1-3. Phobocampe sp.: 1,
the inflated position;
3, cocoon.
2mm
terminal segments of final-instar larva showing caudal appendage in
2, final-instar larva with caudal appendage in the deflated position;
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 76 (1979), Dec. 31, 1979 41
Figs. 4-6. Diagrams of sections of cocoons of Phobocampe sp. showing positions of final-instar
larvae: 4, supine position; 5, anal segments and caudal appendage in contact with cocoon
wall; 6, caudal appendage in inflated position showing anal segments pushed away from
cocoon.
42 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. COLUMBIA 76 (1979), Dec. 31, 1979
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS Centre, Simon Fraser University, for help with
The authors thank Dr. Robert Carlson, U.S. the illustrations of the cocoons; and the Na-
National Museum, Washington, D.C., for tional Research Council, which provided finan-
examining some of the specimens of Phobo- cial support to the junior author through Grant
campe sp. used in this study; the Audio-Visual No. A4657.
REFERENCES
Clausen, C. P. 1940. Entomophagous Insects. McGraw-Hill, New York.
Finlayson, T. 1964. The caudal appendage of final-instar larvae of some Porizontinae (Hymenoptera:
Ichneumonidae). Can. Ent. 96: 1155-1158.
Fiske, W. F. 1903. A study of the parasites of the American tent caterpillar. Tech. Bull. New Hamps.
agric. Exp. Stn 6: 185-230.
Hagen, K. S. 1964. Developmental stages of parasites. In Biological control of insect pests and
weeds. Ed. by P. DeBach, pp. 168-246. Reinhold, New York.
Howard, L. O., and W. F. Fiske. 1911. The importation into the United States of the parasites of
the gipsy moth and the brown-tail moth: a report of progress, with some consideration of
previous concurrent efforts of this kind. Bull. Bur. Ent., U.S. Dept. Agric., No. 91.
Morley, C. 1914. Ichneumons of Great Britain. V. Ophioninae. H. and W. Brown, London.
Muesebeck, C. F. W., and D. L. Parker. 1933. Hyposoter disparis Viereck, an introduced ichneumonid
parasite of the gipsy moth. J. agric. Res. 46:335-347.
Thompson, W. R., and H. L. Parker. 1930. The morphology and biology of Eulimneria crassifemur
an important parasite of the European corn borer. J. agric. Res. 40: 321-345.
Thorpe, W. H. 1932. Experiments upon respiration in the larvae of certain parasitic Hymenoptera.
Proc. R. Soc. Lond. (B) 109: 450-471.
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 76 (1979), Dec. 31, 1979 43
BOOK REVIEW
MOSQUITOES OF CALIFORNIA BY R. M. BOHART & R. K. WASHINO
3rd Edition, March 1978, 153pp., 85 figs. $6 U.S., University of California, Division of Agricultural
Sciences, Berkeley, California 94720
This artistically illustrated and inexpensive
book contains much useful information for those
interested in mosquitoes in British Columbia. Of
the 47 species dealt with, 27 are known or ex-
pected to occur in the province; 14 are serious
pests in California and 10 of these are pests here
when their populations get out of hand.
Introductory sections deal with zoo-
geography, pointing out the diverse topography
of the state and the wide variety of habitats
available for mosquitoes; preserving, pinning
and mounting mosquitoes are covered briefly.
This section recommends killing larvae in near-
boiling water which, in my experience, distorts
them more than penetrating killing agents like
KAA. The adults are mounted on the left side
which may seem a trivial point until a particular
patch of scales has to be identified from a mirror
image diagram. Mounting on the right has been
standard in Canada for many years.
Before the keys, there are short sections des-
cribing the characters used to separate adults
and immature stages into genera and species.
The keys to adult females and larvae deal with
the species of all 8 genera together and don’t
work well on specimens from B.C. The key to
adult males, using genitalia, separates the
genera first, then the species and it worked on
the specimens I tested. The key to pupae goes as
far as genera and is the only key I know of to
pupae in our area.
The order of the genera differs from that of
Stone & Knight (1977) but, with one exception,
the generic and specific names conform to their
catalogue. The exception is Aedes cinereus,
whose Californian subspecific name, hemiteleus,
was sunk into synonymy by Carpenter & La
Casse in 1955. Bohart & Washino have raised it
to specific rank on the basis of a marked dif-
ference in male terminalia between European
and American specimens. There are older names
available for a North American species if it
proves to be uniform and distinct.
There are 14 large dorsal views of adult
females. The scale pattern and setae are shown,
but legs and wings are omitted from most. Four
of them are shown in side view and there are
many additional drawings of parts of adults.
Nearly all the larvae are illustrated, including
those common to the state and our province.
The diagrams are admirably clean, with a mini-
mum of shading on sclerotised cuticle. The fine
lateral branches of the setae are omitted as well
as the swimming setae which tend to obscure
the rest of the figure in most handbooks. The
diagrams correspond well with the B.C. larvae
I have examined with the exception of the 6
siphonal setae shown in Culex tarsalis. This may
be an artist’s error since it does not agree with
the written description.
Sections after each species emphasize the
structural and biological differences between
them and similar species. Breeding sites,
behaviour and some details of laboratory rear-
ing are summarized. Notes on their geographical
distribution are followed by valuable informa-
tion about their role in disease transmission.
There are 2 maps showing the spread of in-
secticide resistance in the biting Culex species,
but no discussion of this important topic in the
text. It is perhaps just as well that this state has
a large budget for mosquito research and control
because, particularly in agricultural areas, ex-
pensive biological and physical methods are the
only controls left.
Peter Belton,
Pestology Centre, Biological Sciences,
Simon Fraser University.
44 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 76 (1979), Dec. 31, 1979
NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS
This society has no support except from subscriptions. It has become neces-
sary to institute a page charge. This has now been set at $28.00. The page
charge includes all extras except coloured illustrations, provided that such
extras do not comprise more than 40% of the published pages. Coloured illustra-
tions will be charged directly to the author. Authors, not attached to universi-
ties or official institutions, who must pay these charges from their personal
funds and are unable to do so, may apply for assistance when submitting a
manuscript.
Reprints are sold only in even hundreds and at the following prices:
Number of pages 1-4 5-8 9-12 13-16 17-20 21-24 25-28
First 100 copies $33.00 46.50 63.00 82.50 105.00 130.50 159.00
Each extra 100 9.00 12.00 15.00 18.00 21.00 24.00 27.00
Author’s discounts (up to 40%) may be granted to authors who certify at
the time of ordering that they are buying reprints at personal expense. Authors
ordering personal reprints in addition to those ordered by an institution will
be billed at the rate for extra hundreds.
Membership is open to anyone with an interest in entomology. Dues are
$5.00 per year; for students $2.00.
Papers for the Journal need not have been presented at meetings of the
Entomological Society of British Columbia, nor is it mandatory, although pref-
erable, that authors be members of the society. The chief condition for publica-
tion is that the paper have some regional origin, interest, or application.
Contributions should be sent to:
H. R. MacCarthy,
6660 N.W. Marine Drive,
Vancouver, B.C. V6T 1X2
Manuscripts should be typed double-spaced on one side of white, line-spaced
numbered paper if possible, leaving generous margins. The original and two
copies, mailed flat, are required. Tables should be on separate, numbered
sheets, with the caption on the sheet. Captions for illustrations should also be
on separate numbered sheets, but more than one caption may be on a sheet.
Photographs should be glossy prints of good size, clarity and contrast. Line
drawings should be in black ink on good quality white paper.
The style, abbreviations and citations should conform to the Style Manual
for Biological Journals published by the American Institute of Biological
Sciences.
BACK NUMBERS
Back numbers of this journal are available from the Secretary-Treasurer,
from volume 45 (1949) to the present, at $8.00 per volume. Certain earlier
back numbers are also available, but only on special request to the Secretary-
Treasurer.
Address inquiries to:
B. D. Frazer; Secretary-Treasurer,
6660 N.W. Marine Drive,
Vancouver, B.C. V6T 1X2
Oat en crt cD tt ee ee ee De et tt tt eT et)
_ SECOND INTERNATIONAL CONGRESS OF
YSTEMATIC AND EVOLUTIONARY BIOLOGY
(ICSEB-IT)
erties
Second International Congress of Sysetmatic and Evolutionary
- Biology (ICSEB-IT) will be held at the University of
rae ‘British Columbia, Vancouver, Canada, 17-24 July 1980.
Origins and Evolution of The North Pacific Marine Biota
. Evolution of Reproductive Strategies
‘
Ries
en Algae and Land Plant Origins
acromolecular Mechanisms In Evolution of Eukaryotic Cells
Allozymes and Evolution
Somparative Studies of The Genetic Material, DNA
Evolution of Colonizing Species
Rare Species and The Maintenance of Gene Pools
Paleobiology of The Pacific Rim
ssions for contributed papers and for papers in specialized fields,
Paxonomic as well as Methodological will also be organized.
Dr. G. G. E. SCUDDER
Department of Zoology
_ The University of British Columbia
2075 Wesbrook Mall
Vancouver, B.C. V6T 1W5
Canada
OUD OO OO OO OO OO BU BOB 8 OO BPO DOD OE BOE BOBO BOO FUD I 6 DFE OF OD 8 0 PA OF 060
ee |
OO BOO FE BO OO BOD BE BOO BP ODO OB EG OO I OE OO OO PO GE OO OT OOO BP BPO PO OPEB EOI OBOE EF 1F 18 OIF OO
ri
ig
HICABED> | a
—! ree
Vernon Interior Printers Utd. *
i : : v#0071—0733 JOU RNA L \
of the
ENTOMOLOGICAL |
SOCIETY of
BRITISH COLUMBIA
Issued December 31, 1980
ECONOMIC
i vot Balsam Woolly Aphid iB amapi fone -Adelgidae) on ae |
of Abies amabilis ........ Bey a aN alak ela Whois Cigar SE hie Uinta! s eeaye dss « ve 15
AS McLEAN—Survey using pheromone traps, of Gnathotrichus sulcatus
| ene) in fe Vancouver oe a vat arte PERN Yi Ps coe a/S ooo a's 20
A Se dsuitete-Curcuticnidae), fed foliage from none current cultivars
i and advanced selections of strawberry in British Columbia ..................0. 25
OSSENTINE AND H. eS, Sapmmamlacael of crabapple cultivars
_ to attack by the Codling Moth ............... cece cece ceenee ce ceseceeeeacs 27
x GENERAL
R. JUDD AND J. H. BORDEN—Oviposition deterrents for Aedes aegypti
ey MICE OF OIG MAINO . cs ce ek co tc et cee eee tecveecccscesees 30
B.L GILLESPIE AND P. ee epestion of Culex ee in water
Pe EIPCTCINCTCIIPCTALUTES oc 6c. cba cc cc ccc teens ct cto necscwevevesncces 34
R.A. CANNINGS—Dasyhelea ¢ oppressa (Ceratopogonidae) Gi
_ Mycetobia divergens (Anisopodidae): Two diptera
new to British Columbia ........... Saree i tg MeL cases eiaty SOAIe ONC! gia pikhia ahin'e «a 37
TAXONOMIC
i. By REES AND C. K. CHAN —The Aphids ae: Aphididae) of
- a sermyniric nore GPA AG Nee RAD oh PO Oe esi oa evs 24
te
i=
et
es
ye
ISSN#0071—0733 J Oo U it Al A L
of the
ENTOMOLOGICAL
SOCIETY of
BRITISH COLUMBIA
Issued December 31, 1980
ECONOMIC
L. SAFRANYIK AND H. S. WHITNEY—Using explosives to destroy
Mountain Pine Beetle broods in Lodgepole Pine trees
G. S. PURITCH, P. C. NIGAM AND J. R. CARROW—Chemical control
of Balsam Woolly Aphid (Homoptera: Adelgidae) on seedlings
of Abies amabilis
J. A. McLEAN—Survey using pheromone traps, of Gnathotrichus sulcatus
(Col:Scolytidae) in two Vancouver Island dryland sorting areas
W. T. CRAM—Fecundity of the Black Vine Weevil, Otiorhynchus sulcatus
(Coleoptera:Curculionidae), fed foliage from some current cultivars
and advanced selections of strawberry in British Columbia
J. COSSENTINE AND H. MADSEN—Susceptibility of crabapple cultivars
to attack by the Codling Moth
G. J. R. JUDD AND J. H. BORDEN—Oviposition deterrents for Aedes aegypti
in extracts of Lemna Minor
B. I. GILLESPIE AND P. BELTON—Oviposition of Culex pipiens in water
at different temperatures
R. A. CANNINGS—Dasyhelea oppressa (Ceratopogonidae) and
Mycetobia divergens (Anisopodidae): Two diptera
new to British Columbia
TAXONOMIC
A. R. FORBES AND C. K. CHAN—The Aphids (Homoptera:A phididae) of
British Columbia 8. further additions
G. E. HAAS, L. JOHNSON, AND N. WILSON—Siphonaptera from mammals in
Alaska. Supplement IL Southeastern Alaska
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 77 (1980), Dec. 31, 1980
Directors of the Entomological Society of
British Columbia for 1980-1981
President
A. R. FORBES
Research Station, Agriculture Canada, Vancouver
President-Elect
L. SAFRANYIK
Pacific Forest Research Centre, Victoria
Past President
R. ELLIOTT
University of B.C., Vancouver
Secretary-Treasurer
B. D. FRAZER
6660 N.W. Marine Drive
Vancouver, B.C. V6T 1X2
Editor
H. R. MacCARTHY
Vancouver
Directors
V. NEALIS (1st) E. BELTON (ist) L. SAFRANYIK (2nd)
R. A. CANNINGS (2nd) G. MILLER (2nd)
Hon. Auditor
Regional Director of National Society
B. D. FRAZER
Research Station, Agriculture Canada, Vancouver
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 77 (1980), Dec. 31, 1980
USING EXPLOSIVES TO DESTROY MOUNTAIN PINE
BEETLE BROODS IN LODGEPOLE PINE TREES
L. SAFRANYIK AND H. S. WHITNEY
Environment Canada,
Canadian Forestry Service,
Pacific Forest Research Centre,
Victoria, B.C., V8Z 1M5,
Canada.
ABSTRACT
The effectiveness of explosives for the destruction of mountain pine
beetles in individual lodgepole pine trees was investigated. Two types of
detonating cord, and various placements, were tested on infested bolts
and trees, and a plastic explosive was tested on bolts. Explosives killed
broods directly, and indirectly by habitat disruption. Direct effects extended
about 9 cm from the explosion and mortality was inversely related to dis-
tance. Indirect effects via extensive loosening and shedding of bark
caused far greater mortality than direct effects. On trees, summer and fall
treatment was much more effective than spring treatment, regardless of
cord placement. Fall treatment using 10 g/m detonating cord helically
wrapped onto the boles at 10, 20 and 30 cm spacings caused 100%, 98%
and 70% mortality of broods respectively. Generally, vertical placement
of the cord into grooves cut through the bark caused more bark disrup-
tion and therefore, more brood destruction than did helically wrapped cord
placed on the surface.
RESUME
Les auteurs ont etudie l’efficacité d’explosifs pour la destruction du
Dendroctone du Pin ponderosa sur differents Pins lodgepole. Deux types
de fil détonateur, places a divers endroits, ont €té experimentés sur des
grumes et des arbres infestes, puis un explosif au plastique a été essayé sur
des grumes. Les explosifs ont tué les couvees directement, et, indirectement
par la dislocation de l’habitat. Les effets directs se sont étendus a environ
9 cm du lieu de |’explosion et la mortalite etait inversement proportionnelle
a la distance. Les effets indirects par suite du relachement et du déchique-
tage de l’é€corce ont causé une mortalité de loin supérieure aux effets directs.
Sur les arbres, le traitement printanier et estival s’est avere beaucoup plus
efficace que le traitement automnal, peu importe l’emplacement du fil. Le
traitement d’automne, utilisant 10 g/m de fil détonateur enroulé en spirale
sur les grumes espacés, 4 10, 20 et 30 cm, a cause 100%, 98% et 70% respec-
tivement de mortalite des couvees. Géneéralement, lorsque le fil était place
verticalement dans des incisions pratiquees dans |’é€corce, causant ainsi une
plus importante dislocation de l’écorce, on notait une destruction plus
accentuée des couveées que lorsqu’il était dispose en spirale a la surface des
arbres.
INTRODUCTION
Since the turn of the century, there have been
many direct control attempts against mountain
pine beetles (Dendroctonus ponderosae
Hopkins) in lodgepole pine (Pinus contorta
Douglas var. latifolia Englemann), both in
Canada and the United States. The effective-
ness of these control attempts in reducing or
preventing tree mortality was recently review-
ed and questioned (Klein 1979). However,
Whitney et al. (1979) noted that most docu-
mented examples of direct control action have
been directed against epidemic infestations.
Recent advances in understanding the
epidemiology of mountain pine beetle popu-
lations indicate that outbreaks may be avoided
if the populations are kept below a critical
threshold level, especially during periods of
temporary tree stress (Berryman 1979).
Whitney et al. (1979) agreed that prevention
of population buildup is a sound strategy for
which tactics can be developed.
There are only a few published reports of
explosives used for pest control, apart from
pyrotechnics to modify bird behavior (Frings
and Frings 1967). Dynamite has been used
to kill pile worms underwater (Quayle 1942)
and in attempts to control predacious fishes’
4 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 77 (1980), DrEc. 31, 1980
(Kuroki and Komanda 1961). Termite eradica-
tion has been attempted using explosives (Gray
and Buchter 1969) and bee colonies were
reported injured from nearby explosions (Kara
1974). It was observed in 1926 that pupae in
mountain pine beetle galleries were killed only
when in close proximity to exploding TNT
(Klein 1979). Exposing bark beetle broods
by debarking is an effective control procedure,
especially in thin bark pines (Evenden e¢ al.
1943). Bark removal with detonating cord was
used by Taylor (1973) to simulate lightning
strikes on ponderosa pine. We now report on
the biological effects of using detonating cord
to destroy mountain pine beetles directly,
and indirectly by physically disrupting their
habitat. A preliminary report describing the
strategy for using detonating cord and its
effectiveness for bark disruption has_ been
published (Whitney et al. 1979).
METHODS
Experiments testing the effectiveness of
explosives to kill large larvae, pupae and adults
of mountain pine beetle in naturally infested
bolts were carried out during the summer of
1977. These bolts were from Riske Creek, B.C.,
and the tests were conducted on a military
site near Victoria, B.C. This work was followed
between mid-October 1977 and the end of June
1978 by field experiments on direct and indirect
brood mortality caused by different explosives,
placements, and timings of treatments relative
to brood development. Hazards of misfire of
explosives and of ignition of combustible mate-
rial beneath treated trees were reduced by
Fig. 1. Diagram of concussion treatment and sampling design. Five bark samples Tj - T5 and
B, - B5 were taken from each of four aspects (I - IV) following detonation. Bark sample for
control was taken from the protected, below-ground portion of the bolt.
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 77 (1980), DEc. 31, 1980 5
employing qualified blasters and a fire sup-
pression crew.
Effect of distance from detonation. In the
first experiment, a naturally infested bolt,
1.5 m long and 30 cm in diameter, was dug
into sand to a depth of 20 cm in an upright
position. Broods were mostly young adults
and pupae. The exposed part of the bolt was
wrapped tightly with a reinforced C-3 yellow
plastic (Military) detonating cord containing
10 g/m of explosive. The cord was wrapped
onto the bolt in a helical pattern at about 20 cm
spacing between wraps. Seven days after det-
onation, three 855 cm? strips of bark, each
3 cm wide and with the long axis running
parallel to the detonating cord, were removed
and sampled for live and dead beetles. The
distances (Xj) between the mid-lines of
strips one to three and the mid-line of the cord
were 1.5, 4.5 and 8.5 cm, respectively. A 756
cm? bark sample, taken from the below-ground
portion of the bolt, at least 15 cm from the
nearest wrap of detonating cord was used as
control and examined in the same manner as
the bark strips. In the second experiment,
six 1.5 m long and 25- to 30-cm-diameter in-
fested bolts were brought to the laboratory
in late August and kept at room temperature
until most of the broods were in late larval
and pupal stages. Four bolts were then selected
randomly and treated as described above. Fol-
lowing treatment, total bark area and area of
remaining undisturbed bark were measured
and the bolts were placed in separate emer-
gence cages at room temperature. The numbers
of emerged beetles were converted to 100 cm?’
for statistical analysis.
Effects of concussion. An infested lodgepole
pine bolt, 1.6 m long and 28 cm is diameter,
was used to determine direct mortality caused
by detonating explosives that were not touch-
ing the bolt. This bolt containing mostly young
adults, was held upright in the firing-hole, as
described previously. Military plastic explosive
C-4 was molded into two cylindrical charges,
about 3 cm thick by 20 cm long, to give an
estimated explosive weight of 170 g/m. These
charges were suspended from a harness fixed
to the top of the bolt so that their centers
were located about mid-distance to the ground
and 50 cm distant from opposite sides of the
log (Fig. 1). Twelve days after detonation, five
15 x 5 cm contiguous bark samples, with long
sides perpendicular to the long axis of the
bolt, were removed from each aspect above
(samples T; - T5) and below (samples By - Bs)
the level of the center of the explosive charge,
two aspects facing the charges and two being
at 90° to the charges. The numbers of dead and
live brood were tallied. A 750 cm? bark sample,
taken from the below-ground portion of the
bolt, was used as a control.
Effect of a mesh-work pattern of detonating
cord. An infested lodgepole pine bolt, 1.6 m long
by 28 cm diameter, was used for determining
brood mortality under bark islands left on the
bolt following detonation. The bolt was held
in an upright position, as described, and 10 g/m
military cord was fixed vertically to its four
sides and also wrapped around it in a helical
pattern, as described earlier. Bark islands left
on the bolt after firing were measured for area
and sampled for dead and live broods, 7 days
after detonation. A 1735 cm? bark sample taken
from the below-ground portion of the bolt at
least 15 cm from the nearest wrap of detonat-
ing cord was used as the control. Spring treat-
ment using vertical and helical placement, groov-
ing, tamping, and two cord types. The experi-
ments were conducted in mid-April, 1978, near
Riske Creek, B.C. The experiment on vertical
placement of the detonating cord compared two
types of cords, Scuf-Flex® and No-Flash-50® ,
that have about the same explosive force as
the military C-3 cord. No-Flash-50® is a low
fire hazard cord. Scuf-Flex® was placed on the
surface and in shallow grooves, tamped and
untamped (Fig. 2A-C). No-Flash-50® was
similarly placed, but without tamping. For
convenience, only the lower 2.0 m of the tree
boles were used. Cords were placed at about
20 cm intervals around the circumference of
the boles. Grooves through the bark and
phloem, were cut with a small chainsaw and
Plasterers’ putty (joint filler) was used for
tamping. For the untamped detonations, cords
were held in place by a few wrappings of flag-
ging tape. Each of the six treatment combina-
tions were applied at random to three infested
lodgepole pines, ranging from 27.4 to 36.2 cm
in dbh. Following detonation, trees were
photographed and bark removal and disruption
were assessed visually from the photos, and
by direct observation on June 20, 1978.
Helical wrapping of Scuf-Flex® was applied
without grooving or tamping to the lower boles
of six infested lodgepole pines at 20 cm spacing,
in the manner described. Following detonation,
results were evaluated, as described for the
experiment with vertical placement.
Fall treatment using helical placement of
detonating cord. In late October 1977, on about
5 hectares near Riske Creek, B.C. five groups
(blocks) of eight infested lodgepole pine trees
each were chosen to have similar diameter,
bark characteristics, attack intensity and
attack success. Within the blocks two trees
were assigned at random to each of four bark
disruption treatments. Treatments 1 to 3 cor-
responded to helical wrappings with 10 g/m
Scuf Flex® detonating cord at, 10, 20 and
30 cm spacings between wraps. Treatment 4,
no detonating cord, was the control. The helical
wrapping was made in the same manner as
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 77 (1980), DEc. 31, 1980
DY enrampty
ie
this,
Mis:
Uigepeiiyyy
YH
ti he
YY
Vii
tiie
8 Oo
®
ee
gue
=s0
gyno
ols
®O = ©
ban] n
fe
28
Fi
a ie
GAS
ee
q 2
38
p=)
g b=
o Be
Fos
‘6 Sk
Sa
a5
San
as
fey
Be 2
rite
8 i=
ome?)
Pad
Bu gs
Soy
ae
$ 5a
~ a8
6 “Ae
28
35%
Bg o
O25 ¢
a go
a< 5 &
—=og
§ go QO
om ° & se
ae) 28 8
hy
os
= ot a
28.
N
bo
F
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 77 (1980), DEc. 31, 1980 7
TABLE 1. Mortality of mountain pine beetle broods in 3-cm-wide bark strips parallel to
detonating cord that was wrapped onto the bolt in a helical pattern with 20 cm spacings.
Mid-distance of strip No. brood Proportion
(X, ) from explosive Live dead Totals dead(p,) p; x Dead
(cm)
es) 0 110 110 1.000 110.000
4.5 11 118 129 Oo 107.938
8.5. 151 65 216 0.301 19.560
Control 88 16 104 0.154 26402
Totals 250 309 529 2392900
p= 309/559 = 0.5528 b702807
xo _ 239.960-170.807
0.5528 (1-0.5528)
described in Whitney et al. (1979). Trees were
sampled prior to treatment by removing one
20x30 cm bark sample from each of the NE
and SW aspects at the 1.35 m height and tally-
ing the live brood by stages of development.
Following brood sampling, branches were clear-
ed from each sample tree to a height of 3.3 m;
cord was wrapped onto the cleared bole and
detonated. The treated portions of the boles
were then individually covered with wire net-
ting cages to prevent woodpecker predation.
The cages were removed June 20, 1978, when
most of the broods had become pupae and
teneral adults. Post-treatment sampling was
done on the same aspects as the pre-treatment
sampling using the same size bark samples,
located 10 cm below the pre-treatment samples.
Brood counts from the two aspect-samples
taken per tree were combined.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
Effect of distance from detonation. Upon fir-
ing, the detonating cord removed a strip of
bark 0.5 to 1.5 cm wide where it contacted the
bolt. A few larger pieces of bark were also
blasted off (Fig. 3A). Margins of the strip
were charred and tiny fragments of cord-casing
and bark were embedded in exposed sapwood.
Bark was loosened up to 1.5 cm from the edges
of the strip. Young adults and pupae adjacent
to the disrupted margin were physically injured
to varying degrees. Some were dismembered
(Fig. 3B) and others were moist as though
body fluids had issued from ruptured inter-
segmental membranes. Brood mortality de-
creased significantly (p < 0.01) with increasing
distance from the detonating cord (Table 1).
The slope of the regression of the proportion
dead (p) on an index of mid-distances
(zj = (x;/1.5)?) for bark strips one to three was
= 279.7 3 with J°df, Gp << O0.01)
significantly different (p < 0.01); from zero
(Cochran 1954), the equation being pj; =1.0674-
.0239z;. Assuming that the pj; for the control
(0.154) in Table 1 is a good estimate of natural
mortality, we can derive an estimate of the
maximum distance (x;,) of treatment effective-
ness (i.e., the distance beyond which the treat-
ment had no effect. on mortality) by substitut-
ing 0.154 for p; in the equation and solving for
xj. Thus, xm=9.3 cm. This finding indicates
that even if little or no bark was blasted off
by the detonating cord, some mortality could
be expected up to about 9 cm from the location
of the explosive.
The four bolts in the second experiment
had an average of 41.9% of the bark removed
by the 10 g/m explosive, and bark removal
ranged from 20% to 67.2% on individual bolts
(Column 3, Table 2). In addition to bark re-
moval, bark disruption in terms of loosening
and shedding of bark was also extensive. How-
ever, the area of loose bark on the treated
bolts was not determined. An average of 0.44
adults /100 cm? residual bark emerged from
the treated bolts, or 7.8% of the density that
had emerged from the control bolts (Columns 5
and 6, Table, 2). Based on total bark area of
the treated bolts, average survival was only
4.8% of that in the control bolts.
Survival in the treated bolts of the second
experiment was considerably lower than in the
aforementioned identically treated bolt of the
first experiment. The most probable reasons
for this difference are that the single treated
bolt contained broods on the verge of emer-
gence, and bark was dry, tightly appressed to
the surface, and very little was removed by the
treatment. This bolt was sampled 1 week after
treatment and contained a high proportion of
young adults (90%), whereas the four treated
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 77 (1980), DEc. 31, 1980
&
Ye! i
Y jsp tiny,
a “nf
Cbearaiiditittbtippiiaparig. 3
Ae
}
Fig. 3. Destruction of late spring brood habitat and injury of young adult mountain pine beetles
caused by firing detonating cord wrapped on the bark surface. A. Strip of bark removed by
explosion exposed the sapwood directly beneath detonating cord, B. Mangled young adult
(arrow) near the margin of disrupted bark.
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 77 (1980), DEc. 31, 1980
TorqUOD A0J (G) UWNTOO xX Bee ATOG [PIO] _ .
*SMOTTOJ SB paze[NoTed sem (S) TeATAINS /9d
*Jusuljee1} SUTMOT[OJ JJe] Y1eq WoOIZ Satjeeq pasaaua jo Ajtsuaq /q
*pautquod e1am s}[Oq [01}U0D OM] aU /e
————————eoa
OOT 00°00T Z9°S OLZI 0°0 1G2GCC ps 101109
eee
8°47 g°/ 77° 0 2.90 6°? 6E°ES aseloay
en
6°L GH] €8°0 ce 6°SY 6°74 V7]
aes cS 97°0 97 Z°L9 76° 61 €
(24 eve or°0 g 0°02 71°19 Z
7°9 0°6 0S°0 6€ 7° QZ 87° LL T
a ai ee oer
(1) (9) (S) (7) (€) (7) Ch
9(%) Te AtTaAans pesiswe zw OOT S2TJooq pe Aouls 1 (zwo OOT) 31°q °ou
[O1}U0d JO ¥ jqaveetele ° ON pesisuea °oN yaeq uo JjJeT yYAegG TOG poqeoIy
TT
"S}[Oq [O1}U09 0m} pur ‘SuTdeds Wd OZ YIM ‘paddeim AyTeot[ey poo Bureu0yap ATO} TUL
WI/3 OT YIM pezeedy S}[0q F Woy a]}00q outd uTeyUNOUI jo soUaSZIaUIe pue uorjdnisip y1eg ‘2 ATAV L
‘Tey ut porjddy -g ‘Surids ut poyddy
"'V * @X98]q-JNIg Jo JUSUIeDeTd soejins Aq uordnistp y1eq Jo suosees ueemyeq UOsTIedUIO) +) °3Iq
‘siayvedpoom
woj pe}0ej01d sem vere pozeel} SITY], “Y1eq pays pue Surysey9 Aq p9}8dIpul sB 4eqIqey pooiq
9[300q JO sseuAIp 930K) “Suloeds wd OZ YIM adRZAINS oY} UO peddeim Ay[eoyey @X2[q-JNIG YIM
‘jueulj}e01} JaIye syjyuoWI 1 ‘Bulids a7] ut ould afodeSpoy peyseyul ue uo uoTydnIsIp HIeg ‘9 ‘314
‘e0BjANS Y1eq uo paoeld ploy *g ‘SseAoo.4d [BOI,10A Ut peoe|d p10g “y ‘p40
BuyeUoJep |XO]J-JNIgG Aq [eAOUIeI YAeq UO qoTTY qiol sisisqsefq YM Zurdurey jo yojjq “¢ “B1q
‘aDUaZIOUI 9[}90q 0} JOTId ysnfl ‘1948]
SYOOM OT JUSUIPBII} |X] Y-JNIG “OQ ‘UOTJeUOJep J0qJe Aep [ ‘ATeATWIedSaI ‘ @X2[YJ-JnNIg pue
@0S-YSeY-ON “A PUue V ‘SLEL ‘FT [dy ‘sevco1 [eoI710A MoTTeYs Ul peoe{d a1aM sp109 ouLL
‘a1}00q eurd ulezUNoW Aq poyseazut auld ajodeZpo] uo Spi0o Sutyeuoyep Aq uorjdnisip yIeg ‘p ‘314
® Canadian Safety Fuses Ltd.
10 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 77 (1980), DEc. 31, 1980
TABLE 3. Mortality of mountain pine beetle broods on the four sides of a 1.6 m lodgepole pine bolt
that had two 20-cm-long plastic charges detonated on opposite sides, 50 cm from bolt (Fig. 1).
No. brood Proportion
Treatment Live Dead Total dead (p;) p, x Dead
Facing explo- Side l 24 69 93 0.742 51.194
sive charge Side 2 1 4 5 0.800 3.200
90° from explo- Side 3 27 89 116 0.767. 68.284
sive charge Side 4 20 89 109 0.816 72.670
Control 65 33 98 0.337 TD S12
coe a eee
Totals 137 284 421 206 .460
p= 284/421=.6746 191.582
a/ Sides 1 + 2 and 3 + 4 designate respectively, all samples taken on the
two sides of the bolt facing the explosive charge and all samples taken on the
other two sides.
2
X” = 206.460 - 191.582 = 67.75 with 4 df (p < 0.01)
0.6764. (1-0.6764)
2 CGaithin sides) = 2222298 — 195-050 291.72 with 3 di(p > 00)
Oo Tee
bolts contained mostly large larvae and pupae
at the time of treatment and were kept in cages
for over a month before the broods matured
and emerged. In the first experiment, nearly
all adults appeared dead within about a 5-cm
bark strip adjacent to the detonating cord, but
their bodies were not broken. By the next day,
a high proportion of the beetles had revived
and moved about normally. However, the long-
term effects of this injury may have been fatal.
Effects of concussion. Average brood mor-
tality did not vary significantly within samples
on the four sides of the bolt treated with plastic
explosive on two sides. However, the chi-square
TABLE 4. Mortality of mountain pine beetle broods in bark samples located at different distances
from the center of explosive charge on a 1.6 m lodgepole pine bolt (Fig. 1).
Sample location
on bolt4
Mortality (%)
Control
a See Fig. l.
41.46
92.8
87.8
97.4
100.0
100.0
100.0
94.3
63.6
1822
oae7
b Each figure represents an average over the
four sides of the bolt.
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 77 (1980), DEc. 31, 1980
Lt
TABLE 5. Size of bark islands and mountain pine beetle mortality on an infested lodgepole pine
bolt following detonation of 10 g/m detonating cord placed vertically and helically with 20 cm:
spacing.
Bark Island No. brood Proportion
area (cm2) Live Dead Totar dead (p;) p, x Dead
50.0 0 il 1 1.000 1.000
b23861 0 1 1 1.000 1.000
VO7 7 0 LI 11 1.000 11.000
22520 i 30 Sul 0.968 29.022
265.6 1 13 14 0.928 12.074
174321 Control) 25 28 53 O.o28 14.792
Total 27 84 111 68.896
p = 84/111=0.7567 63.568
= 684.896 - 63.568
0.75667 (1-0-7567)
Te Ganthen bark islands)
value within treatments and control was sig-
nificantly different (p < 0.01) (Table 3). These
results indicate that mortality in the control
was significantly less than treatment mortality
and that lethal concussion from the explosion
travelled around the entire circumference of
the bolt, within the section that was sampled.
The explosion did not remove bark, but split
it longitudinally 10-15 cm on both sides near
the center of the detonation. In the three
samples closest to the center of the explosion,
below and above center, the broods suffered
nearly complete mortality on all four sides
of the bolt (Table 4). Mortality declined rapidly
with distance beyond the third samples T3 - B3,
which were located 15 cm from the center of
the explosive charge, and it was not signifi-
cantly different from control mortality in the
samples located farthest (20-25 cm) from the
center of the explosion. Eighty-three percent
of the brood were young adults. Since the bolt
was sampled 12 days after treatment, the re-
sults reflect only direct mortality.
Effects of a mesh-work pattern of detonating
cord. Bark islands left following treatment
with military C-3 cord placed vertically and heli-
cally, ranged from 50.0 to 265.6 cm? (Table 5).
There was a significant difference in brood
mortality (p < 0.01) within bark islands and
control, but not within bark islands when
control was excluded. Thus mortality in the
control was significantly different from that
in the bark islands. There was an indication
that mortality was inversely related to the size
of the bark islands (pj vs. bark island size,
= 28.95 with 5 df (p<0.01).
_ 54.1040 - 54.0689- 1.04 with 4 df (p>0.05).
0.9655 (1-0.9655)
Table 5), but this relation was not tested be-
cause too few beetles were found in some bark
islands. Even though the largest bark island
was 66% of the area of the mesh formed by
the detonating cord, brood mortality was
severe. Seventy-seven percent of the brood
were young adults and there were too few
larvae and pupae for testing for differences
in mortality between them and the adults.
Spring treatment using vertical and _ helical
placement, grooving, tamping, and two cord
types. No-Flash-50® placed in vertical grooves
cut through the bark at 20 cm intervals around
the circumference of the lower boles of infested
lodgepole pine was just as effective in removing
and loosening bark as was Scuf-Flex® (Fig.
4 A, B). There was no observable flash on
detonation of the No-Flash-50® cord and _ it
was apparent that this cord would be advan-
tageous in high fire hazard conditions. Exten-
sive loosening and shedding of the bark by
either cord was apparent immediately following
detonation, but bark deterioration was even
more pronounced at the end of June, just a
few weeks before the beginning of beetle emer-
gence (Fig. 4 C). Exceptions were patches of
dry bark that had been worked by woodpeckers
prior to treatment, this bark adhered tightly
to the sapwood and the treatment caused little
bark loosening or removal. Ridgy bark and ex-
tensive scarring of the lower bole tended to
reduce the bark disruption. However, broods
were sparse in these bark types; therefore, it
was unlikely that they would contribute signifi-
cantly to population growth. On ungrooved
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 77 (1980), DEc. 31, 1980 '
12
*p3]T sesng Ajayes uetpeueg a
*ezts o[dues _,
25 810°0O 8£6°0 Gc7°0 8I°l 1éL£°0 9T°6T 9S0°0 Ge°T OLL°O (047) 747°0E ueoW
80°0ZL 620°0O 6£6°0 Te 0 90°T 607°Z GV° LT 6€T°O Ly COS°T § (OT)LT°OE BZutoeds wogg
€1°86 c00°0 966°0 L70°0 60°0 G9C°T €T°O7 674d fg 0) (By eat BcE°T (0T)69°6Z2 BSutoeds ud0Z
0°OOT 000°0 000°T 000°0 00°0 GLT°? CLEOUG 860°0 ce 1 SE9°1. (OD) ci le BZutoeds woe]
0°0 8S0°0 962°0 666 1 6S°E LET°?C 9€°LT 690°0 CC GL8°T pr UlL)ZI OE T013U0D
C21) Ch (OT) (6) (8) (2) (9) (S) (7) (€) (7) (1)
AQtyTeA1OU AjtzTejioW zWo OOT wd OOT wd OOT
x x x ¢ x 4 x
Teanjzeu =s sutads —s /pooiq Butads =—s /poo1q [Ted =—s /syoeqay —s (wo ) Had quoulqeeary
1OJ B3utmo,Te O27 [184
Zaye yToIqUOD ¥
‘Sul[dures pooigq [[e} ey} 10338 Aep auo porjdde
a1aM SJUsUI}BeI] oY, ‘ssuloeds ¢ ye peddeim AT[BOI[ey p10d SuNBUOJP 6, Xe[q-JNIC, WI/3 OT
YUM JUSUI}VII} J94Je puw BIOJeq BYep Pool 9[}90eq oUTd UTeJUNOUI pue SdT}SI}B4S 921], °9 TIAVL
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 77 (1980), Dec. 31, 1980 13
bark, the treatments caused considerably less
immediate bark disruption, but the end of June
(10 weeks later) much bark flaring and loosen-
ing was evident. Grooving of the bark, how-
ever, was definitely superior in causing
immediate extensive bark disruption and
subsequent bark deterioration through wea-
thering.
Tamping of Scuf-Flex® detonating cord into
grooves cut into the bark (Fig. 5A) increased
bark loosening and removal, compared to the
untamped cord placed into grooves, but tamp-
ing Scuf-Flex® on the surface of ungrooved
bark was much less effective than the tamped
or untamped cord placed in grooves (Figs.
4A, 5B). Tamping, however, required much
joint filler and was especially difficult and
time consuming to apply onto ungrooved
bark.
Fall treatment using helical placement of
detonating cord. Results of this experiment
are summarized in Table 6. There were no
statistically significant differences among
the treatments in average tree dbh, attack
density or fall brood density, nor was there
significant correlation between any of these
variables and spring brood density. Therefore,
in the analysis of variance of spring brood den-
sity (Table 7), these variables were not used
as co-variates. The 10-cm spacing treatment
was omitted because it caused complete mor-
tality. There were significant differences,
(p < 0.05) in live brood density among the
five blocks (groups of treated trees) as well as
between the pairs of trees to which the treat-
ments were applied within blocks. Since the
treated trees did not differ in dbh, attack
density or fall brood density, it is likely that
block to block differences in survival are due
to site- and tree-specific bark characteristics
that affected the sub-cortical brood habitat,
as well as the degree of bark disuption by the
treatments (Fig. 6).
There were significant differences (p < 0.01)
among all combinations of treatments for mean
spring brood density (Column 8, Table 6).
Mortality (Column 10, Table 6) decreased with
increased detonating cord spacing. However,
the fall to spring mortality shown in Column
10, Table 6, was caused by treatment effects
plus natural factors, the most important of
which was winter mortality. These two classes
of mortality factors are not mutually exclusive
and if we assume they acted independently
the probability of an individual beetle’s death
(pd) can be expressed in terms of the proba-
bility of death from the treatment (p;) and
natural factors (pn) as follows:
Pd = pt + Pn- pt xpn.
Solving for pt; pt = (Pq-Pn)/(1- pn). Estimates
of pd and the pp values are given by the mor-
tality figures in Column 10, Table 6, for control
and various spacing treatments, respectively.
The percent control figures owing to treatment
(Column 12, Table 6) were obtained by calculat-
ing pt from the above equation for each spacing
treatment and multiplying the result by 100.
Thus, even the 20 cm spacing of detonating
cord caused nearly complete mortality (98%)
acting alone but the estimated mortality caused
by 30 cm spacing was only about 70%. The
20 cm spacing of detonating cord caused similar
mortality as the same treatment applied to four
bolts in the preliminary experiment (Column
7, Table 2). These findings indicate that 10 g/m
Scuf-Flex® detonating cord, wrapped onto
the infested bole with 20 cm spacing between
wraps, is effective in destroying mountain pine
TABLE 7. Analysis of variance of the effects of detonating 10 g/m ‘Scuf-Flex’® detonating cord,
helically wrapped at 3 spacings on mountain pine beetle survival in lodgepole pine. Survival
was measured in spring following fall treatment.
Source of variation DE Sum squares Mean squares F-value
Blocks (areas) 4 3718.80 927.70 4.82%
Treatments 2 9518.70 4759.35 24 .69**
Sampling error 15 £3103'5/0 877.91 4.55%
Experimental error 8 1542.10 192677
rr
Total 29
a
mortality.
Sp ~ O05.
**¥ p < 0.01.
Canadian Safety Fuses Ltd.
27,948.30
The 10-cm spacing treatment was omitted because it caused complete
14 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 77 (1980), Dec. 31, 1980
beetle broods in individual trees when applied
during the fall season.
In the field spring treatment with Scuf-
Flex® helically wrapped, at 20 cm spacing only
superficially scored the bark, removing none
(Fig. 7). This was in marked contrast to appli-
cat.on of the same treatment in the previous
fall, which ultimately resulted in extensive
bark loosening and shedding (Fig. 7B). The
main reason for this difference was that by
spring the dried bark of infested trees adhered
tighter to the wood than in the fall (Reid et al.
1967). Therefore, generally much more exten-
sive dark disruption would be required to cause
the same mortality as by fall treatment. In
the spring period, 10 g/m detonating cord,
placed in vertical grooves cut through the bark
at 20 cm intervals, will generally cause exten-
sive bark removal and loosening and probably
destroy directly a high proportion of the
broods. However, until a tool is developed to
groove bark and apply the tamping material,
or a self-tamped detonating cord is developed,
spring treatment will be limited by time-
consuming application.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We thank the Fleet Diving Unit (Pacific)
Canada Department of National Defense,
Victoria, B.C., for providing explosives, and
consultative, blasting and firing range services;
The British Columbia Ministry of Forests,
Riske Creek Ranger Station, for blasting ser-
vices and a stand-by fire supression capability;
and Canadian Industries Limited, Vancouver,
B.C., for providing ‘No-Flash-50® detonating
cord.
LITERATURE CITED
BERRYMAN, A.A. 1979. A synoptic model of lodgepole pine/mountain pine beetle interaction and
its potential application in forest management. In: Theory and Practice of Mountain Pine
Beetle Management in Lodgepole Pine Forests. Symposium Proceedings. Forest, Wildlife
and Range Experiment Station, University of Idaho, Moscow. April 25-27, 1978.
COCHRAN, W. G. 1954. Some methods for strengthening the common X? tests. Biometrics 10:
417-451.
EVENDEN, J. C., W. D. Bedard and G. R. Struble. 1943. The mountain pine beetle, an important
enemy of western pines. U.S.D.A. Circ. 664.
FRINGS, H. and M. Frings. 1967. Behavioral manipulation (Visual, mechanical and acoustical).
In: Pest Control, Biological, Physical and Selected Chemical Methods. W. W. Kilgore and
R. L. Doutt, Eds. Academic Press, NY pp.477.
GRAY, B. and J. Buchter. 1969. Termite eradication in Araucaria plantations in New Guinea.
Comm. For. Rev. 48: 201-207.
KARA, V. 1974. Injuries to Colonies from explosion (Apis mellifera), Vcelarstvi 27; 198.
KLEIN, W. H. 1979. Strategies and tactics for reducing losses in lodgepole pine to the mountain
pine beetle by chemical and mechanical means. In: Theory and practice of Mountain Pine
Beetle Management in Lodgepole Pine Forests. Symposium Proceedings. Forest, Wildlife
and Range Experiment Station, University of Idaho, Moscow. April 25-27, 1978.
KUROKI, T. and K. Kumanda. 1961. The effects of underwater explosions for the purpose of
killing predacious fishes. Bull. Fac. Fish. Hokkaido Univ. 12: 16-31.
QUAYLE, D. B. 1942. The use of dynamite in teredo control. Can. Fisheries Research Board.
Progr. Rept. Pacific Coast Stations. No. 51.
REID, R. W., H. S. Whitney and J. A. Watson. 1967. Reactions of lodgepole pine to attack by
Dendroctonus ponderosae Hopkins and blue stain fungi. Can. J. Bot. 45: 1115-1126.
TAYLOR, A. R. 1973. Ecological aspects of lightning in forests. Proc. Ann. Tall Timbers Fire
Ecol. Conf., Mar. 22-23, Tallahassee, Florida.
WHITNEY, H. S., L. Safranyik, S. J. Muraro and E. D. A. Dyer. 1979. In defence of the concept
of direct control of mountain pine beetle populations in lodgepole pine: Some modern ap-
proaches. In: Theory and Practice of Mountain Pine Beetle Management in Lodgepole Pine
Forests. Symposium Proceedings. Forest, Wildlife and Range Experiment Station, Univer-
sity of Idaho, Moscow. April 25-27, 1978.
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 77 (1980), DEc. 31, 1980 15
CHEMICAL CONTROL OF BALSAM WOOLLY APHID
(HOMOPTERA: ADELGIDAE) ON SEEDLINGS OF
ABIES AMABILIS
GEORGE S. PURITCH', P.C. NIGAM? AND J. R. CARROW:
ABSTRACT
Assessment was made of the effectiveness of four insecticides for eradi-
cating Adelges piceae (Ratz.) from Abies seedlings. Seedlings with over-
wintering immature aphids were top dipped in the insecticides in fall or
spring (before or after cold storage), while those with mature, egg laying
aphids were treated in spring. The overwintering immature aphids ‘were
completely killed by all of the insecticides and it was recommended that
any one of the following treatments would provide sanitation of Abies from
aphid during this stage: 1.0% propoxur suspension; 2.0% carbaryl suspen-
sion; 2.0% Insecticidal Soap solution; 0.5% permethrin emulsion. Treat-
ment of mature aphids was less effective due to relative tolerance of bwa
eggs and it was recommended that treatment during this stage of the aphid
be avoided.
RESUME
On a évalue l’efficacite de quatre insecticides a éradiquer Adelges piceae
(Ratz) des semis d’Abies. Les semis chez lesquels s’étaient installés des
pucerons non adultes pour passer l’hiver ont éte trempes par le haut dans
les insecticides a l’automne ou au printemps (avant ou aprés entreposage a
froid), alors que ceux abritant des pucerons adultes aptes a la ponte ont
eté traités au printemps. Les pucerons non adultes ont tous été tués par
les insecticides, d’ou la recommandation que n’importe lequel des traite-
ments subsequents fournirait une protection 4 Abies contre les pucerons 4
ce stade de développement: suspension de propoxur a 1%, suspension de car-
baryl a 2%, solution de savon insecticide 4 2% et émultion de permithrine
a 0,5%. Le traitement s’est avéré moins efficace contre les pucerons adultes
et les auteurs ont recommandé d’éviter de les traiter 4 ce stade.
INTRODUCTION
Balsam woolly aphid (bwa), Adelges piceae
(Ratz.), is a serious pest of the true fir (Balch
1952) and has caused substantial damage to
fir stands in Washington, Oregon and British
Columbia (Vyse 1971). In response to the
potential threat caused by bwa to the Abies
inventory in the province, regulations were
enacted in 1966 which quarantined all nursery
stock, prohibited the seeding of any new Abies
spp. and restricted the movement of logs (B.C.
Order-In-Council 460, B.C. Reg. 58/66, 1966).
Recently these regulations were revised to per-
mit growers to plant Abies (B.C. Order-In-
Council 44, B.C. Reg 7/77, 1977). However,
in order to minimize the possibility of bwa
spread, it was specified that all growing stock
be treated with suitable insecticides prior to
transportation to the outplanting sites.
Chemical control studies of bwa (Hopewell
and Bryant 1966, 1969; Randall, Hopewell and
‘Environment Canada, Canadian Forestry Service, Pacific
Forest Research Centre, 506 West Burnside Road, Victoria,
British Columbia, V8Z 1M5.
*Canadian Forestry Service, Forest Pest Management In-
stitute, P.O. Box 490, Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario, P6Z 5M7.
*Ministry of Natural Resources, Forest Resources,
Parliament Buildings, Toronto, Ontario, M7A 1W3.
Nigam 1967; Nigam 1972; Puritch and Talmon
de l’Armee 1974; Puritch 1975) and other
adelgids (Campbell and Balderston 1972a,
1972b) indicate that there are several insec-
ticides which could be used to eliminate bwa
from Abies growing stock and provide a sanita-
tion treatment. Hopewell and Bryant (1966)
treated 10 m-high Abies balsamea (L.) Mill
with 8 insecticides in 16 different formulations
and reported that propoxur gave the highest
bwa mortality. They later reported that it
performed very well in a subsequent field trial
(Hopewell and Bryant 1969). Propoxur was also
rated as one of the best insecticides for ground
application of bwa in an assessment of 27
chemicals (Randall, Hopewell and Nigam 1967),
although it was ineffective in an aerial applica-
tion (Nigam 1972). Carbaryl, another carba-
mate, has been highly effective in controlling
two other adelgid species: Adelges abietis (1.)
(Campbell and Balderston 1972b) and Adelges
cooleyi (Gillette) (Campbell and Balderston
1972a). Besides these carbamates, certain fatty
acid derivatives have been found capable of con-
troling bwa. Puritch and Talmon de |’Armee
(1974) and Puritch (1975) reported that the 18-
carbon unsaturated fatty acids, primarily oleic,
16 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 77 (1980), DEc. 31, 1980
and their potassium salts were toxic to all in-
stars of the aphid, including the overwintering
neosistens. Recently, investigations have shown
that certain synthetic pyrethroids, including
permethrin, are effective against various aphid
species (Nigam, personal communication).
It was decided, therefore, to assess these
four promising insecticides; viz. propoxur, car-
baryl, insecticidal fatty acid salts (soaps) and
permethrin as treatments for sanitizing Abies
seedlings against bwa. Since seedlings are
usually transported in late fall or early spring,
after cold storage, assessments were made on
the overwintering populations in October or
April. In addition, treatments were applied
to mature, egg-laying aphids in the spring.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
Abies amabilis (Dougl.) Forbes seedlings,
obtained from the Campbell River Nursery,
were used for all tests. Seedlings were 2-0 bare-
root or 1-0 container grown stock and were
potted at 4 or 5 per pot. Plants were main-
tained in the greenhouse during summer and in-
fested with bwa by laying eggs and crawlers
on top of the foliage.
A. Overwintering, Immature Aphids.
Treatments on the overwintering aphids were
applied either in the fall or spring (Table 1).
For the fall treatment, seedlings were uprooted
and bundled in groups of 20. Each bundle was
then top-dipped up to the roots in the designat-
ed insecticide, drained and allowed to dry at
room temperature for 24 h. Bundles were select-
ed at random for treatment and four bundles
were assigned to each concentration of each
treatment. The following treatments were
used: propoxur 4.0, 2.0, 1.0%; carbaryl, 6.0,
4.0, 2.0%; Safer’s Insecticidal Soap (Safer Agro
Chem Ltd.), 2.0% and permethrin, 2.0, 1.0, 0.5%.
Treatment Group
Ae Overwintering Immature Aphids
le. Fall treatment
2. Spring treatment
B. Mature Aphids
1. 1978
2.) 2979
Propoxur and carbaryl concentrations were
prepared from 70% and 85% wettable powders,
respectively, while Insecticide Soap concentra-
tions were prepared from 50% liquid concentrate
and permethrin from 50% emulsifiable concen-
trate. After treatment, bundles were temporari-
ly repotted until January when they, along with :
untreated seedlings reserved for spring treat-
ment, were uprooted, placed in B.C. Forest Ser-
vice boxes and stored at 0°C. In March 1977,
all seedlings were taken out of storage; the fall
seedlings were repotted at 4 per pot, while the
remaining untreated seedlings, were treated
with the same treatment-concentration as the
fall group (with the exception of propoxur) and
were also repotted. Propoxur concentrations, in
the spring, were prepared from 12.8% emulsi-
fiable concentrate rather than the wettable pow-
der and were applied at 4% and at 1.75 and
0.93% rather than 2.0 and 1.0%.
Assessment of aphid populations was carried
out in April (Table 1). Aphid mortality was
assessed by recording the number of living and
dead aphids present on the terminal bud, one
lateral bud and one node from two seedlings
selected at random from each pot. For each
treatment-concentration, total number of seed-
lings assessed varied from-36 to 46 and the
number of aphids averaged 563.
B. Mature Aphids
Treatments were applied to aphids in the egg
laying stage during March of 1978 and 1979
(Table 1). Concentrations tested are listed in
Table 2, with the 1979 treatments marked with
an asterisk. In these tests, seedlings were
planted at 4 per pot and treatments were ap-
plied by inverting the pots and top dipping
the seedlings up to the root collar. Sixteen pots
(64 seedlings) were used per treatment concen-
tration and 48 pots were used as water-treated
Time of Time of
Treatment Assessment
October 1976 April 1977
March 1977 April 1977
March 1978 April 1978
March 1979 April 1979
TABLE 1. Schedule of insecticide treatment for balsam woolly aphid control.
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. COLUMBIA 77 (1980), DEc. 31, 1980 17
checks. Assessment of aphid populations was RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
done in April, a month after treatment, in A. Overwintering, Immature Aphids
the manner previously described, on half (32) All concentrations in all treatments in the
of all treated seedlings. Egg numbers were fall and spring groups gave total mortality of
recorded as high ( > 20) medium (10 to 20) or ' the overwintering aphids. These aphids were
low (1 to 10) for each seedling. Egg viability primarily in the neosistens stage, although a
was assessed by collecting the eggs and allow- few had developed as far as 2nd or 3rd instars
ing them to hatch on filter paper in pertidishes. prior to the spring treatment. With the excep-
Aphid mortality in all tests was corrected ac- tion of the 4% propoxur prepared from the
cording to Abbott’s formula (Abbott 1925). emulsifiable concentrate, which caused slight
Insecticide Concentration (%) Number of Aphids Mortality (%) Corrected Amo unt
(All Instars) v4 Mortality2 of
ALIVE DEAD Eggs
Control (H20) 1 437 52 10.6 H3
2 499 45 8.3 H
3 472 50 9.6 H
4xl 408 48 10.5 16
5% 226 20 8.1 L
6* 363 31 7.9 i
Propoxur 0.50 0 521 100.0 L(-)4
0.25 0 486 100.0 L
0. 10* 0 466 100.0 ib
0.025 226 331 55.4 H
0.025* 23 497 94.9 L
0.01% 281 347 48.9 L
Carbaryl 1.00 5 Sai, 99.4 L(-)
0.50 10 560 98.1 L
0.05 290 212 35.8 M
0.05* 90 141 Di/ieul L
0.025% 211 169 39.0 6
0.01* 467 51 0.0 jb
Insecticidal Soap 2.00 33 384 90.7 0
1.50 5 392 98.6 0
1.00 12 499 97.4 0
1.00* 200 562 Vile i
0.50% 295 27 42.7 M
0.10% 646 267 Didier: H
Permethrin 0.25 0 560 100.0 L(-)
0.10 0 532 100.0 L
0.01 12 436 97.0 L
0.01% 64 368 83.7 L
0.005* 61 296 Sle.2 Jb
0.0025* 154 155 45.3 1:
fra
*Denotes 1979 treatment; no asterisk denotes 1978 treatment.
i)
Mortality corrected according to Abbott's formula (Abbott 1925).
P P
re = a Pp. * 100 where Py = corrected mortality, P,. = control mortality
c (average control mortality used in calculation) and P, =
observed mortality.
ies)
L = low egg numbers (1 to 10), M = medium egg numbers (10 to 20) and H = high egg
numbers (>20).
>
(-) eggs nonviable when tested, absence of mark indicates eggs viable when tested.
TABLE 2. Effect of insecticidal application on mortality of balsam woolly aphids infesting
Abies amabilis seedlings. Aphids were treated during the adult, egg laying stage in spring.
18 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 77 (1980), DEc. 31, 1980
foliar damage, there was no evidence of phyto-
toxicity. Controls of the fall and spring groups
had 68 and 63% aphid mortality, a situation
that may have resulted from the storage condi-
tions and frequent repotting of the seedlings.
Thus all four insecticides could provide a suit-
able sanitizing treatment if applied to bwa dur-
ing its immature, overwintering stage, either
before or after cold storage. This stage mainly
occurs during December to February in south-
western British Columbia (McMullen and
Skovsgaard 1972).
B. Mature Aphids
Effects of the various concentrations of the
four insecticides tested are summarized in
Table 2. Only 0.25% permethrin and 0.5% pro-
poxur gave 100% aphid mortality and killed all
the eggs. Lower concentrations of these com-
pounds, viz. 0.1% permethrin and 0.25 and
0.1% propoxur, gave 100% aphid mortality but
left viable eggs. No eggs were observed in three
of the higher concentrations of Insecticidal
Soap. Since this insecticide is not completely
ovicidal at these concentrations (Puritch 1975),
the eggs possibly hatched and developed into
neosistens in the interval between treatment
and assessment. A similar situation likely
occurred in the lower concentrations of the
other three insecticides, thereby decreasing
the true percentage mortality by 1 or 2 points.
It should be noted that in a previous test
using a portable spraying chamber, applica-
tion of 5% propoxur at a dosage rate of 11.23
1/ha caused 61% mortality to eggs, while caus-
ing 100% mortality to adult aphids (Nigam,
unpublished results). The difference between
these and present results may be due to differ-
ences in spraying and dipping techniques.
However, they indicate the relative tolerance of
eggs to insecticidal treatment compared to
aphids. Therefore, the safest time to treat
seedlings for bwa would be during the over-
wintering stages when no eggs are present.
If, owing to some unforeseen reason, spraying
at this time cannot take place, treatments
should be applied 14 days apart to bracket the
egg hatching stage of 12 days (Atkins 1972).
CONCLUSIONS
It is recommended, on the basis of these
results, that sanitization of Abies spp. nursery
stock from bwa take place by dipping seedlings
during the overwintering stage of the aphid
with any one of the following treatments:
1. 1.0% propoxur suspension
2. 2.0% carbaryl suspension
3. 2.0% Insecticidal Soap solution
4. 0.5% permethrin emulsion
Treatment during the summer, when bwa
eggs are present, should be avoided wherever
possible, but if essential, should be applied at
least twice over a 2-week period.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors thank Messrs R. Betts and M.
Talmon de |’Armee for their technical assist-
ance.
REFERENCES
Abbott, W. S. 1925. A method of computing the effectiveness of an insecticide. J. Econ. Ent. 18:
265-267.
Atkins, M. D. 1972. Developmental variability among laboratory reared balsam woolly aphid
(Hemiptera: Chermidae). Can. Ent. 104‘: 203-208.
Balch, R. E. 1952. Studies of the balsam woolly aphid, Adelges piceae (Ratz.) and its effects on
balsam fir, Abies balsamea (L.). Mill. Can. Dept. Agric. Publ. 867. Ottawa.
Campbell, R. L., and C. P. Balderston. 1972a. Insecticidal control of Adelges cooleyi on Douglas-
fir in Ohio, with notes on biology. J. Econ. Ent. 65: 912-914.
Campbell, R. L., and C. P. Balderston. 1972b. Insecticidal control of eastern spruce gall aphid
during autumn in Ohio. J. Econ. Ent. 65: 1745-1746.
Hopewell, W. W., and D. G. Bryant. 1966. Tests of various insecticides for chemical control of the
balsam woolly aphid in Newfoundland, 1965. Dept. Forestry, Bi-Mon. Prog. Rept. 22( (2): 1.
Hopewell, W. W., and D. G. Bryant. 1969. Chemical control of Adelges piceae (Homoptera:
Adelgidae) in Newfoundland, 1967. Can. Ent. 101: 1112-1114.
McMullen, L. H. and J. P. Skovsaard. 1972. Seasonal history of the balsam woolly aphid in coastal
British Columbia. J. Ent. Soc. B.C. 69: 33-40.
Nigam, P. C. 1972. Summary of toxicity of insecticides and chemical control studies against bal-
sam woolly aphid. Environ. Can., Can. For. Serv. CCRI Inf. Rpt. CC-X-26 pp. 7.
Puritch, G. S. 1975. The toxic effects of fatty acids and their salts on the balsam woolly aphid.
Can. J. For. Res. 5: 515-522.
Puritch, G. S., and M. Talmon de l’Armee. 1974. Biocidal effect of fatty acids and soaps on the
balsam woolly aphid. Environ. Can., Can. For. Serv. Bi-mon. Res. Notes 30: 35-36.
Randall, A. P., W. W. Hopewell, and P. C. Nigam. 1967. Chemical control studies on the balsam
woolly aphid (Adelges piceae (Ratz.)). Bi-mon. Res. Notes Dep. For. Rural Dev. 23: 18-19.
Vyse, A. H. 1971. Balsam woolly aphid, a potential threat to the B.C. forests. Can. For. Serv.
P.F.R.C. Inf. Rep. BC-X-61.
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 77 (1980), DEc. 31, 1980 19
BOOK REVIEW
Kono, T., and C. S. Papp. 1977. Handbook of Agricultural Pests, Sacramento, California
Dept. of Food and Agriculture. 205 pp., paperback.
This is not a Handbuch in the traditional Ger-
man sense, a compendium, leather bound in 14
volumes. It is a handbook in the Anglo-Saxon
sense, one that comes readily to hand, pocket-
sized, usable at anytime, in any place. It is
an admirable little book with a forword by G. T.
Okumura of the California Dept. of Food and
Agriculture, who points out that it is intended
to help agriculturists, farm advisors, students,
and pest identifiers. It is a refinement of a man-
ual prepared in 1976 for survey biologists tak-
ing a one-day training course, covering corn,
alfalfa, clovers, barley, oats, rye, wheat, soy-
bean, citrus and home gardens in the western
U.S. and Hawaii. Since many of the pests are
widespread, the book can help identifiers else-
where. There is an impressive list of acknow-
ledgements which includes the names of 42
scientists from several countries. The indexes
list common names grouped by types and scien-
tific names alphabetically, and the all-import-
ant illustrations are well drawn and printed,
with a few exceptions, of good, useful size.
Wherever possible the authors put the descrip-
tions, often very short, on the same or the fac-
ing page with the appropriate illustration. This
wastes a little paper but makes the book more
usable. For the insects and mites there are very
brief, introductory sections on life-cycles, char-
acteristics, importance, collecting, mounting,
and identifying.
Seven aphids are listed with their recent
changes of names but wisely they are discussed
under the old names. The aphids are first keyed
in simplified form into four subfamilies, as in
M. A. Palmer’s Aphids of the Rocky Mountain
Region, but only the 13 genera of Aphidinae
and 2 of Eriostomatinae are dealt with in
detail. Where necessary there are sub-keys to
viviparous females, alate and _ apterous.
Twenty-nine references are cited. A single key
with 26 references is enough for the 21 spp. of
thrips but the 27 spp. of mites are less straight-
forward, covering 5 spp. of Eriophyoids, 1
Eupodid, 1 Acarid, 2 Tenupalpids, and 18
Tetranychids, with 19 references. Ten slugs
and 12 snails are keyed, drawn, and described,
with instructions for preservation and 26
references.
There is no indication of price for non-
Californians.
H. R. MacCarthy
Simon Fraser University
20 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 77 (1980), Dec. 31, 1980
SURVEY USING PHEROMONE TRAPS, OF GNA THOTRICHUS
SULCATUS (COL: SCOLYTIDAE) IN TWO VANCOUVER ISLAND
DRYLAND SORTING AREAS
J. A. MCLEAN
Faculty of Forestry,
University of British Columbia,
Vancouver, B.C.
ABSTRACT
Forty-eight traps baited with the aggregation pheromone, sulcatol, were
placed in two dryland sorting areas on Vancouver Island, B.C. during 1977.
A late summer peak flight of the ambrosia beetle Gnathotrichus sulcatus,
was recorded in both areas. Trap sites with the greatest catches of G. sul-
catus showed where suppression traps would be most effective.
An ambrosia beetle Gnathotrichus sulcatus
(LeConte), is one of three major ambrosia
beetle species in British Columbia. It normally
attacks recently downed conifers in Pacific
Northwest forests (Furniss and Carolin 1977),
but may also attack green lumber and can com-
plete its life cycle therein (McLean and Borden
1975a). G. sulcatus has been intercepted in ex-
port markets (Milligan 1970; Bain 1974), and
the presence of boring beetles in export ship-
ments of lumber can result in costly quarantine
actions (Graham and Boyes 1950).
McBride (1950) showed that even a light am-
brosia beetle attack on better grade logs could
cause a considerable loss in lumber values. A
further study by McBride and Kinghorn (1960)
showed that the average loss was $5.25 per M
fbm. Updating this figure to January 1, 1978
values, Dobie (1978) estimated that moderate
attack could cause degrade of $5.87 per M
fom (Fir Grade 3 log), to $33.87 per M fbm
(Fir Grade 2 log). Degrade and manufacturing
losses in the plywood industry as a conse-
quence of the activity of ambrosia beetles, have
not been well quantified but are nonetheless
serious.
When G. sulcatus males attack logs they pro-
duce the aggregation pheromone, sulcatol (6-
methyl-5-hepten-2-ol), (Borden and Stokkink
1973; Byrne et al. 1974). This pheromone has
since been used for surveying and suppressing
pest populations in the large Chemainus saw-
mill (McLean and Borden 1975b, 1977, 1979).
In 1977, a fall survey of four MacMillan Bloedel
Ltd. dryland sorting areas (DLS) on Vancouver
Island, which regularly supply logs to the
Chemainus sawmill showed that populations of
G. sulcatus were present in all the areas. The
greatest numbers per trap-day were found at
the Shawnigan DLS. Relatively high catches
were also recorded at Eve River, Port McNeil
and Northwest Bay (Fig. 1). Catches at the
Chemainus sawmill during the same period
were also high (McLean 1980). The objective of
this study was to determine the seasonal and
spatial occurrence of G. sulcatus in the Shawni-
gan and Port McNeil DLS.
METHODS
The survey traps, constructed by company
personnel, were panels of fibreglass insect
screening, 90 x 66 cm, attached top and bottom
to 3 x 2 cm lumber, each supported by a dowel
2.5 cm diam. and 1.3 m long, inserted into a
25 cm long iron waterpipe driven into the
ground. The screening was coated on both sides
with Stikem Special® . Sulcatol was released
from an open plastic bottle taped to the sup-
port doweling.
The traps were set out at 28 locations in the
Shawnigan DLS and at 19 in the Port McNeil
DLS, on June 1 and 2, 1978, respectively. Traps
were cleared of ambrosia beetles about every 2
weeks and repaired or replaced when necessary.
The sulcatol was renewed at the same time. Col-
lections at Port McNeil were concluded on
September 30 and at Shawnigan on October
31. The beetles were counted and identified
to species and sex in the laboratory.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
More than 33,000 G. sulcatus were captured
at the Port McNeil DLS and over 17,000 at the
Shawnigan DLS. The greatest catches at Port
McNeil DLS were in late August (13,526) and
early September (10,204), and at Shawnigan
DLS in mid-September (10,426). The traps were
set out too late to disclose the date and magni-
tude of the spring flight (Prebble and Graham
1957; McLean and Borden 1975b, 1977, 1979).
The highest catches at Port McNeil DLS
were from trap sites 1, 7, 8 and 16. (Fig 2).
When the catch for each trap was expressed
as a percentage of the total for each collecting
period, traps 7 and 8 were seen to have cap-
tured a significantly greater proportion of
beetles than other traps (Scheffe’s Test,
P< 0.05). Traps 7 and 8 were close to a pile of
mixed cull logs and slabs which may have
already been infested by G. sulcatus and so
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. COLUMBIA 77 (1980), DEc. 31, 1980 21
Figure 1: Map of Vancouver Island showing locations of the Chemainus sawmill and dryland sort-
ing areas surveyed with sulcatol-baited traps in the fall of 1977. PM = Port McNeil, ER =
Eve River, NW = Northwest Bay and SL = Shawnigan.
produced additional brood beetles. Tree species
in the pile included western hemlock, amabilis
fir, western red cedar and yellow cedar (G.
Farris', pers. com.). Although the DLS was
resurfaced during mid-August and there were
few logs in the sort area, 1100 beetles were
captured, a similar number to catches in pre-
vious weeks. A check of the sex ratio of 100
beetles from each of the forest and DLS sides
of traps 4 and 7 in the September 1 and 2 collec-
tion, showed the same proportion of males and
females on each side of the trap indicating that
there were no sex-related differences between
the two populations of different origins of
the G. sulcatus. The ratios of 9:2for traps 4
and 7 were 1.75 and 1.15 respectively. Female
G. sulcatus are more responsive to sulcatol
‘/Port McNeil Division, MacMillan Bloedel Ltd.
than the males (Borden and Stokkink 1973)
so that the higher proportion of females on
trap 4 may indicate that it was further from the
source of beetles than trap 7.
At the Shawnigan DLS, many more G. sul-
catus were captured on the traps around the
southwest margin than in other areas (Fig. 3).
Traps 18-21 captured 8487 beetles, or about
half of the total. No statistical analysis of the
data was made because of many missing data
resulting from accidental destruction of some
traps. The southwest margin would be the
most shaded during the late afternoon when
G. sulcatus is most active (Rudinsky and
Daterman 1964). G. sulcatus flies when tem-
peratures are above 25°C and light intensities
are below 2000 fc (Rudinsky and Schneider
1969). The physical parameters of this part of
22 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 77 (1980), DEc. 31, 1980
No.
BEETLES
(OOOs)
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
|
0)
@— trap positions
perimeter of dry land sorting area
Figure 2: Map of the Port McNeil dryland sorting area (DLS) showing location of 19 sulcatol-
baited sticky traps. Height of histogram indicates total catch of G. sulcatus at each trap
from June 2 to September 30, 1978.
the margin at flight time may have contributed
to the increased numbers of beetles captured.
The traps confirmed the occurrence of the
late summer peak flight and identified sites of
major G. sulcatus activity around two dryland
sorting areas. Suppression traps (McLean and
Borden 1979) could be set out on these sites to
intercept flying G. sulcatus and so protect logs
in the DLS and reduce the numbers of G. sul-
catus being transported to the sawmill. A
reduced number of survey traps should also be
operated to check whether the population of
G. sulcatus populations are similarly distri-
buted from year to year.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
I acknowledge with thanks the help and
encouragement of: G. Westarp, Regional
Forester, MacMillan Bloedel Ltd., Nanaimo;
G. Farris, R. Cavill, A. Koch, J. Leesing, Port
McNeil Division; J. Lavis, E. Stokkink, Shaw-
nigan Division; and J. Zanuncio, U.B.C. I
thank J. H. Borden and P. Hall for their com-
ments on the manuscript.
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 77 (1980), DEc. 31, 1980 23
. 4
- : PAVED SORTING 4
24 LQ Be 3
: AR WLP & No.
as NSE BEETLES >
NZ (000’s)
,
O
50 m
@ trap position
eee es ae a ---- perimeter of dry land
L 2 ae eee 27 sorting area
17 _ a @
Figure 3: Map of the Shawnigan dryland sorting area (DLS) showing location of 28 sulcatol-
baited sticky traps. Height of histogram indicates total catch of G. sulcatus at each trap,
from June 1 to October 31, 1978.
REFERENCES
Bain, J. 1974. Overseas wood- and bark-boring insects intercepted in New Zealand ports. N.Z.
For. Serv. Tech. Pap. No. 61. 24 pp.
Borden, J. H. and E. Stokkink. 1973. Laboratory investigation of secondary attraction in
Gnathotrichus sulcatus (Coleoptera: Scolytidae). Can. J. Zool. 51: 469-73.
Byrne, K. J.. A. A. Swigar, R. M. Silverstein, J. H. Borden, and E. Stokkink. 1974. Sulcatol;
population aggregation pheromone in the scolytid beetle, Gnathotrichus sulcatus. J. Insect
Physiol. 20: 1895-1900.
Dobie, J. 1978. Ambrosia beetles have expensive tastes. Can. For. Serv. Report BC-P-24. 5 pp.
Furniss, R. L., and V. M. Carolin. 1977. Western Forest Insects. U.S.D.A. Misc. Publ. 1339.
651 pp.
Graham, K., and E. C. Boyes. 1950. Pinworms in lumber. B.C. Lumberman 35 (8):42, 106.
McBride, C. F. 1950. The effect of ambrosia beetle damage upon lumber value. B.C. Lumberman,
35(9):46-8, 122-8.
McBride, C. F. and J. M. Kinghorn. 1960. Lumber degrade caused by ambrosia beetles. B.C. Lum-
berman, 44(7):40-52.
McLean, J. A. 1980. Tracing the origins of a sawmill population of an ambrosia beetle, Gnatho-
trichus sulcatus, with X-ray energy spectrometry. Proc. I.U.F.R.O. Conf. Dispersal of
Forest Insects: Evaluation, theory and management implications. Idaho, 1979. (in press).
McLean, J. A. and J. H. Borden. 1975a. Gnathotrichus sulcatus attack and breeding in freshly-
sawn lumber. J. Econ. Ent. 68:605-6.
24 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 77 (1980), Dec. 31, 1980
1975b. Survey for Gnathotrichus sulcatus (Coleoptera: Scolytidae) in a commercial sawmill
with the pheromone, sulcatol. Can. J. For. Res. 5:586-91.
1977. Suppression of Gnathotrichus sulcatus with sulcatol-baited traps in a commercial
sawmill and notes of the occurrence of G. retusus and Trypodendron lineatum. Can. J. For.
Res. 7:348-56.
___ 1979. An operational pheromone-based program for an ambrosia beetle, Gnathotrichus
sulcatus, in a commercial sawmill. J. Econ. Ent. 72: 165-72.
Milligan, R. H. 1970. Overseas wood- and bark-boring insects intercepted at New Zealand ports.
N.Z. For. Serv. Tech. Pap. 57. 80 pp.
Prebble, M. L. and K. Graham. 1957. Studies of attack by ambrosia beetles in softwood logs on
Vancouver Island, British Columbia. For. Sci. 3: 90-112.
Rudinsky, J. A. and G.E. Daterman. 1964. Field studies on flight patterns and olfactory responses
of ambrosia beetles in Douglas-fir forests of western Oregon. Can. Ent. 96: 1339-52.
Rudinsky, J. A. and I. Schneider. 1969. Effects of light intensity on the flight pattern of two
Gnathotrichus (Coleoptera: Scolytidae) species. Can. Ent. 101:1248-55.
TWO SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA ASSOCIATED WITH
SEMI-AQUATIC UMBELLIFERAE, AND THEIR PARASITES,
IN BRITISH COLUMBIA
A survey of defoliators of aquatic and semi-
aquatic plants was made as part of a larger
study of the possible effects plants might have
on the development and survival of mosquito
larvae. The family Umbelliferae was of interest
because of the known toxic semi-aquatic mem-
bers (e.g. water hemlock) and _ because
members are commercial crops. It was thought
possible that shared species of defoliators and
their associated parasites might be found.
Larval Lepidoptera were collected in Richmond
and Pitt Meadows, B.C. from Heracleum lana-
tum Michx., cow parsnip, and Cicuta douglasii
(DC.) Coult. and Rose, water hemlock, which is
toxic to animals. The larvae were reared in
the laboratory. Depressaria pastinacella
(Duponchel) was reared from cow parsnip and
D. angustati Clke. from water hemlock. It ap-
pears that this is a new host record for D. an-
gustati as the only literature reference reports
that the type specimens were taken from
Lomatium angustatum (Coult. and Rose)
(Clark, 1941, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 90:33).
No parasites emerged from the 200 larvae of
D. pastinacella that were reared. This is un-
fortunate as the species can cause economic
damage to parsnip and carrot seed crops. Two
species of parasites (6 specimens of Onco-
phanes betulae Mues. from a single larva and
1 Phaeogenes sp. from a second larva) emerged
from the 35 D. angustati larvae that were
laboratory reared. — N D. P. Angerilli, Pest-
ology Centre, Simon Fraser University, Burn-
aby, B.C.
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 77 (1980), Dec. 31, 1980 25
FECUNDITY OF THE BLACK VINE WEEVIL, OTIORHYNCHUS
SULCATUS (COLEOPTERA:CURCULIONIDAE), FED
FOLIAGE FROM SOME CURRENT CULTIVARS AND
ADVANCED SELECTIONS OF STRAWBERRY IN
BRITISH COLUMBIA
W. T. CRAM
Agriculture Canada Research Station
6660 N.W. Marine Drive, Vancouver, B.C. V6T 1X2
ABSTRACT
Adults of the black vine weevil, Otiorhynchus sulcatus (F.), kept indivi-
dually in plastic vials in the laboratory were fed foliage picked from straw-
berry cultivars or selections in one field of the British Columbia strawberry
breeding program at Abbotsford. The source of foliage had no significant in-
fluence of preoviposition period, weight gain, or amount of foliage con-
sumed. However, there were significant differences in the number of eggs
laid during a ten-week period and in the number of larvae that hatched. The
fewest eggs were laid and larvae hatched when weevils fed on the new culti-
var Tyee and the selection BC 73-9-79. The other foliage sources in order of
increasing numbers of eggs were BC 70-22-82, Totem, BC 69-5-34, Shuksan,
and BC 70-20R-15.
INTRODUCTION
In earlier laboratory studies the fecundity of
the black vine weevil, Otiorhynchus sulcatus
(F.), was affected when adults were fed on
different cultivars of highbush blueberry (Cram
1970). This paper reports the results from feed-
ing adult O. sulcatus in the laboratory on ex-
cised foliage of some current cultivars and
advanced selections from the British Columbia
strawberry breeding program at Abbotsford.
METHODS
Newly emerged adults of O. sulcatus were
collected from a grower’s field of Totem straw-
berries at Abbotsford on June 14, 1978. Ninety-
one were selected for uniformity of weight
and these were judged to be recently emerged
from the soil on the basis of the softness and
light brown colour of their sterna. Fresh foliage
was picked from plants grown in replicated
trials of cultivars and advanced selections in
the B.C. strawberry breeding program at
Abbotsford and kept overnight in closed plastic
bags in a refrigerator. One leaflet was fed to
each weevil in 16-dram plastic snap-cap pill
vials (35-80 mm). There were 13 replicates for
each of 3 cultivars and 4 advanced selections.
Fresh foliage was picked and fed weekly when
clean vials were also provided. The trays of
vials were kept at room temperature in the
laboratory. The consumption of leaf tissue was
recorded weekly by overlaying the old foliage
on a grid and counting the number of 5 x 5 mm
squares judged to be consumed. All weevils
were weighed after 3 weeks and individual
daily records were kept on the preoviposition
periods. After oviposition began, the eggs were
counted weekly at least 3 days and at most 10
days after they were laid to determine the
viability of the eggs by the number that dark-
ened (Cram and Pearson 1965). In the last 4
weeks the eggs were allowed to hatch and both
eggs and larvae were counted.
RESULTS
All results are summarized in Table 1. There
was no significant difference in weight gain dur-
ing the first 3 weeks nor in the preoviposition
periods or leaf area consumed. There were
significant differences in total and brown viable
eggs and also in the number of larvae in the last
4 weeks. When fed the newly named cultivar,
Tyee (Daubeny 1980), the weevils showed a
significant reduction in fecundity and egg
viability over those fed the standard cultivars,
Totem and Shuksan. The selection BC 73-9-79
also resulted in low egg viability. On the selec-
tion BC 70-20R-15 weevils produced twice
the fecundity and 4 times the larvae in the last
4 weeks than they did on Tyee. These results
indicate that for the black vine weevil there
are significant differences in the nutritional
status of foliage from various strawberry cul-
tivars and selections.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
Dr. H. A. Daubeny, plant breeder, kindly
allowed samples of foliage to be picked from his
plots and Mr. Keith Friedman, summer student
assistant, recorded much of the data.
26 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 77 (1980), Dec. 31, 1980
TABLE 1. Means of weight gains in first 3 weeks, preoviposition periods, leaf areas consumed,
all eggs and brown eggs laid, larvae hatched in the last 4 weeks and survivors of 13 O. sulcatus
adults fed individually in the laboratory on excised leaflets of 3 cultivars and 4 selections of
strawberry! from June 14 to September 26 in 1978.
Means of
Leaf Larvae No. of
Cultivar 3-wk wt. Preov. area All Brown last survivors
or gain period consumed eggs eggs 4 wks OL
selection mg days cm2 no « no. no. adults
Tyee L5el 43 30 3il ‘a 187 a 4la 8
BC 73-9-79 11.9 45 32 392 ab 168 a 33a 10
BC 70-22-82 60 48 31 459 abc 298 ab 98 b eS
Totem sale 40 Seb 496 bcd 310 ab Li be 9
BC 69-5-34 TE Sia2 41 Sul 558 cd 871 be 109 be 13
Shuksan Nyse 43 32 602 cd 354 be 124 be 8
BC 70-20R-15 13.4 43 Sul 640 d A538 aC Lis? axe: 12
1/ Foliage was obtained from plants grown at Abbotsford, B.C. in the Buc:
Strawberry breeding program.
2/ Means in the same column followed by the same letter are not significantly
different at P = ..05.
; REFERENCES
Cram, W. T. 1970. Unacceptability of cultivars of highbush blueberry by adult black vine weevils
(Coleoptera: Curculionidae). J. Entomol. Soc. Brit. Columbia 67:3-6.
Cram, W. T. and W. D. Pearson. 1965. Fecundity of the black vine weevil, Brachyrhinus sulcatus
(F.), fed on foliage of blueberry, cranberry and weeds from peat bogs. Proc. Entomol. Soc.
Brit. Columbia 62:25-27.
Daubeny, H. A. 1980. Tyee strawberry. Can. J. Plant Sci. 60:743-746.
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 77 (1980), DEc. 31, 1980 27
SUSCEPTIBILITY OF CRABAPPLE CULTIVARS TO ATTACK
BY THE CODLING MOTH
JOAN COSSENTINE AND HAROLD MADSEN!
Agriculture Canada, Research Station
Summerland, British Columbia
ABSTRACT
A repository block of ornamental crabapples containing 87 cultivars was
left unsprayed and evaluated for resistance to the colding moth, Laspeyresia
pomonella (L.). Although there were considerable differences in suscepti-
bility, none of the cultivars was resistant to codling moth attack. A number
of trees escaped injury from the first generation, but all showed entries
from the second generation in August.
INTRODUCTION
Crabapples have long been known as hosts
of the codling moth, Laspeyresia pomonella
(L.) (Buckhurst 1921; Quist and Ward 1976).
Recent developments in codling moth control
by the sterility method and the possibility of
eradication (Proverbs 1971) makes reinfesta-
tion from hosts such as crabapples an impor-
tant factor since they are commonly used on
streets and in gardens as ornamentals. A crab-
apple cultivar resistant to codling moth would
be desirable as an ornamental in apple produc-
ing areas and would greatly reduce an im-
portant source of infestation. Cutwright and
Morrison (1935) have discussed varietal sus-
ceptibility of apples to codling moth and de
Sarasola (1976) reported an apple cultivar,
resistant to codling moth, which was developed
from crabapple.
The Research Station, Summerland, main-
tains a crabapple repository containing 87
cultivars and this paper reports on their sus-
ceptibility to attack by the codling moth.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
The crabapple cultivar orchard is a 2.4 m x
2.4 m planting with 87 cultivars randomly dis-
tributed. One side adjoins a block of young
apple trees and the other three sides face open
fields. The orchard receives an annual routine
codling moth spray, but no sprays were applied
in 1979. Two sex pheromone traps were in-
stalled in the orchard to monitor codling moth
populations, and moths were recorded and re-
moved from the traps weekly. During the sea-
son, a total of 62 first generation males and
85 second generation males were captured.
This level was considered high enough to en-
sure an infestation.
It was recognized from the outset that there
would be differences in susceptibility to codling
moth attack by the different cultivars due to
a number of factors. These included time and
density of fruit set, fruit size, relative firmness
‘Contribution No. 508, Summerland Research Station.
of fruit, fruit color, and thickness of epidermis.
Since we were looking for complete resistance
to codling moth, any cultivar that showed in-
fested fruit from either first or second genera-
tion codling moth was rated as susceptible. It
was not possible to secure data on relative sus-
ceptibility of the cultivars because each culti-
var was represented by only one tree, conse-
quently there were no replicates. As the
crabapple fruits were either purple or green, the
role of these two colors in susceptibility was
also evaluated.
The trees were carefully examined for codling
moth entries at 2 periods during the season,
the first, after 10 July for first generation
entries and the second, after 20 August for
second generation entries. The number of fruit
per tree were quite variable, therefore we
searched for entries for 30 minutes on each tree,
from the ground and from a ladder. The number
of entries were recorded for each cultivar and a
sample of infested fruit was collected from each
tree and dissected to ensure that codling moth
larvae were present in the infested crabapples.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
The crabapple cultivars and the number of
codling moth entries are summarized in Table
1. None of the 87 cultivars showed resistance
to codling moth although there was consider-
able variation in the number of entries. A few
of the cultivars failed to set fruit and two trees
(M. Scheideckeri and Red Jade) showed no lar-
val entries, but had been damaged by cultivat-
ing equipment and the tree limbs were prostate
on the ground. Several cultivars had no first
brood entries and most of these had either
very small fruit or very hard fruit. None of the
cultivars escaped injury from the _ second
generation.
Color did not play a role in susceptibility,
as entries in red-purple cultivars were not
significantly different at the 5 percent level
from green varieties (one-tail T test P < 0.05).
Since none of 87 crabapple cultivars was
resistant to codling moth, the chance of finding
28 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 77 (1980), Dec. 31, 1980
a resistant cultivar seems remote. Some of the might be more vulnerable had they not been in
crabapples that had relatively few entries proximity to apparently preferred cultivars.
TABLE 1. Susceptibility of crabapples to attack by the codling moth.
Codling moth entries
Pruue Fruit
Variety Color set generation 1? generation 2b
Mbit tiert green heavy 0 6
Mary Currelly purple medium 5 6
Dolgo green heavy 3 7
Almey purple medium 6 9
M. Sargentii green medium i 13
Makamik purple medium 1 £2
Sissipuk purple medium 0 7
M. purpurea Lemoinei purple medium Me 2
Ferril's Crimson purple medium 2 3
Wisley purple medium 3 Z
Geneva purple light 0 2
Van Eseltine no EruLt = = =
Amisk purple medium ut 8
Sundog purple medium iL 24
Tomiko no’ £FuLe a = =
M. purpurea Aldenhamensis purple light 2 4
Prairie Rose green light 0 2
Cowichan purple heavy 2 26
M. Scheideckeri© green medium 0 0
Dorothea green medium 2 9
Hopa purple light z 8
M. floribunda rosea purple medium 2 16
M. spectabilis 33-15 green heavy 0) 5
Garnet 33-28 green light 0 8
M. fusca 33-30 purple medium 1 6
M. transitoria 33-17 green medium 7 42
M. purpurea purple medium 3 AL
M. spectabilis plena green light al de
M. robusta persicifolia green medium 8 74
M. brevipes green medium 3 63
M. robusta fastigiata green medium 0 7
Profusion purple heavy 0 jfak
Kingsmere purple medium 2 3
Oekonomierat Echtermeyer green heavy Z 19
Cheals Crimson green heavy 7 3L
Purple Wave purple medium 0) 3
Irene green medium ) 45
M. Columbia green heavy 3 47
M. baccata mandshurica purple heavy a's 2
M.spectabi lis (33-33 green heavy 0 Ea
M. spectabilis Riversii green heavy 9 105
M. denticulata green medium 8 163
M. Soulardii green medium 5 Jal)
M. micromalus no fruit 7 e i
Wabiskaw purple medium 3 25
M. pumila paradisiaca green heavy 0 2)
foleus aureus
Prince George's green heavy 3 76
Linda green heavy 0 3
Jay Darling purple light 0 5
M. ioensis green light 2 8
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. COLUMBIA 77 (1980), DEc. 31, 1980
Variety
Yellow Siberian
Oporto
- sylvestris plena
- prunifolia_ macrocarpa
- robusta erecta
M
M. sylvestris
M
M
Kings Crab
Marshall Oyama
Wynema
Liset
Pattie
Patricia
Evelyn
Flame
Veitch's Scarlet
Crimson Brilliant
Sutherland
Strathmore
Red Silver
Stirling Apple
Selkirk
Garry
M. coronoria Charlottae
Leslie
Jubilee
Red Jade©
55-71080
\5)-o2—117
aD-O2-1 14
55-74-02
55-—59-11'6
Exzellenz Thiel
31-0-91; 59-82-01
30-8-65; 55-61-06
no name
no name
Royalty
FruLe Fruit
color set
green medium
purple heavy
green medium
green medium
green medium
green medium
green light
green heavy
green medium
purple heavy
green heavy
purple light
purple light
green heavy
no fruit =
purple heavy
purple medium
purple light
purple light
green medium
purple heavy
purple medium
NOME
purple medium
purple medium
purple medium
purple Pion
purple medium
purple medium
green medium
purple heavy
no fruit =
green medium
green heavy
green light
green light
no LLUuLe =
29
Codling moth entries
: a
generation 1
nie
a
0
14
ibs:
2
0
10
10
bb
Oo
RH
PRR wOrFPILONnNODOdoadOMNwl_ rRFwnNnofraandtlnod
generation gb
“Examined in the field starting July 10.
b
Examined in the field starting Aug. 20.
“Tree damaged, limbs prostrate on ground.
REFERENCES
Buckhurst, A. S. 1921. The codling moth (Cydia pomonella Linn.) its life history in England. Fruit
Grower, Florist and Mkt. Gdnr. 52( 1352): 642-643.
Cutwright, C. R. and H. E. Morrison. 1935. Varietal susceptibility to codling moth injury. J. Econ.
Entomol. 28: 107-109.
de Sarasola, Maria D. R. Campi. 1976. Apple resistance to Carpocapsa pomonella and Grapholita:
molesta, some behavioral aspects. Bull. Genet. Inst. Fitotech. Castlegar 9: 21-26.
Proverbs, M. D. 1971. Orchard assessment of radiation-sterilized moths for control of Laspeyresia
pomonella (L.) in British Columbia. In Application of Induced Sterility for Control of Lepi-
dopterous Populations. Int. Atomic Energy Agency, Vienna: 117-133.
Quist, J. A. and J. P. Ward. 1976. The status of 3 species of Olethreutidae and 3 species of
Tortricidae retrieved in pheromone traps from 2 urban areas in Eastern Colorado. Proc. No.
Central Br. Entomol. Soc. Am 31: 39.
30 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 77 (1980), Dec. 31, 1980
OVIPOSITION DETERRENTS FOR AEDES AEG YPTT
IN EXTRACTS OF LEMNA MINOR?
G. J. R. JUDD AND J. H. BORDEN
Pestology Centre
Department of Biological Sciences
Simon Fraser University
Burnaby, B.C., Canada
V5A 186
ABSTRACT
Dual choice bioassays demonstrated that water and methanolic extracts
of Lemna minor L., in aqueous solution, deterred oviposition by Aedes
aegypti L. The methanolic extracts were active at concentrations of 1000
and 10,000 PPM but were inactive at 1, 10, and 100 PPM. Pentane extracts
and L. minor culture water showed no activity. None of the extracts bio-
assayed were biologically active against Culex pipiens L. Experiments in
which physical contact with the extracts was prevented, provide evidence
that a volatile chemical emanating from the extract is responsible for the
deterrency.
INTRODUCTION
Investigations into the possible insecticidal
properties of plants have disclosed that certain
aquatic plants are detrimental to the develop-
ment of mosquito larvae, while others can
apparently prevent oviposition (Matheson and
Hinman 1929; Matheson 1930; Furlow and
Hays 1972; Angerilli 1977). Among the latter
are several species of Lemnaceae, the duck-
weeks. In field experiments almost no volunteer
egg rafts or larvae occurred in artificial ponds
containing Lemna minor L., and in the labora-
tory, extracts of L. minor deterred oviposition
by Aedes aegypti L. (Angerilli 1977).
Our objectives were: to confirm the oviposi-
tion deterrent activity of L. minor under labor-
atory conditions to A. aegypti and Culex
pipiens L., to measure the sensitivity of any
biologically active fractions, and to determine
if the activity is the result of volatile or non
volatile chemicals.
METHODS AND MATERIALS
Extraction of Plant Material
Samples of L. minor were collected from a
drainage ditch in Cloverdale, B.C., thoroughly
washed in tap water and cultured in laboratory
aquaria filled with distilled water.
Water extracts were prepared by grinding 1 g
(wet wt.) samples of the plant in an electric
blender and suspending the ground material in
100 ml of distilled water. This solution was
filtered once through a Whatman No. 1 filter
paper disk (4.5 cm dia.) in a Buchner funnel
to remove any unsoluble material. Culture
water was taken from the aquaria and filtered’
as above for use in bioassays.
‘Diptera: Culicidae.
7A rales: Lemnaceae.
’Research supported by the British Columbia Ministry of
Agriculture.
For the organic solvent extractions, plants
were ground in the electric blender, frozen at
-60 C and freeze dried. Plant powder in 10 g (dry
wt.) quantities, was extracted with 300 ml of
pentane followed by extraction with 300 ml of
methanol for 24 h/solvent in a Soxhlet appara-
tus (reagent grade solvents, Fisher Scientific
Co.). Solvents were removed from the extracts
using a rotary evaporator. Methanolic extract
residues were weighed and dissolved in distilled
water to produce a stock solution of 1 g ex-
tract/100 ml water or 10,000 PPM of crude
extract. A portion of this solution was serially
diluted with distilled water producing concen-
trations of 1, 10, 100 and 1000 PPM. Pentane
extracts were weighed and dissolved in 10 ml
of a 1% (by wt.) Tween 80 emulsifying solution
(Fisher Scientific Co.), and then diluted with
distilled water to 10,000 PPM crude extract.
These solutions were filtered as before and
all were stored in stoppered vials at 4 C until
needed for bioassays.
Bioassay Procedures
A. aegypti and C. pipiens were obtained
from colonies maintained at Simon Fraser
University and reared by the methods of Ger-
berg (1970), Gillespie and Belton (1980) and
McLintock (1960) since 1966 and 1974, re-
spectively. Bioassays with A. aegypti were per-
formed in 15 x 15 x 17 cm cages, with four
wooden sides, screen rears and Plexiglas
fronts; C. pipiens were bioassayed in 25 x 25 x
45 cm wooden frame screen cages with Plexi-
glas fronts because they will not oviposit when
kept in cages of less than 28,000 cm® (Gerberg
1970). Mosquitoes in each bioassay were reared
from the same batch of eggs. At approximately
10 days of age, adult mosquitoes were blood
fed on a caged guinea pig and then released
into test cages. A 10% sucrose solution in a
25 ml Erlenmeyer flask stoppered with a dental
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 77 (1980), DEc. 31, 1980 31
TABLE I. Effects of extracts and culture water of Lemna minor on
oviposition rates in Aedes aegypti and Culex pipiens.
No. of No. of
Exper. Treatment EXEraACE x NOs Of X No. of
No. Replicates Insects / Choices Concentration Eggs Egg Rafts
Replicate (PPM) A. aegypti? C. pipiens %
1 10 5 Culture water -- 106.0 ns FOmIiS
Control 15 344 .8
2 10 10 Water Ext. 10,000 39, 5*** Oe S
Control 574.4 ae
3 S) 5 Pentane Ext. 10,000 8.0 ns ---
Control 5iOe4
4 10 5 Methanolic Ext. 10,000 2.5%** 74°ns
Control 136.6 Eas:
5 5 5 Methanolic Ext. 10,000 ~O*** ---
Control 119.4
5 5 Methanolic Ext. 1,000 26.2** ---
Con tre! 149.8
5 5 Methanolic Ext. 100 60.4 ns ---
Control 54.2
5 5 Methanolic Ext. 10 66—6msS ---
Control 92-8
5 5 Methanolic Ext. 1 62.2 ns ---
Control 128
“significant difference (t-Test)
cotton wick provided a food source throughout
the bioassays. Insects were held in test cages
for 4-5 days preceding experiments to assure
their ovipositional readiness. All tests were
carried out in an environmental chamber at
23 C, 30-40% RH, and a 16:8 h light:dark
photoperiodic regime. The cages were evenly
spaced on a 1 x 2.3 m shelf, 60 cm below 3
banks of fluorescent lights.
Test solutions were bioassayed for possible
Oviposition deterrency in a dual choice system.
Distilled water served as a control in all tests.
Oviposition containers consisted of 50 ml pyrex
beakers lined with paper towelling and wrapped
in black vinyl tape. The 2 containers were posi-
tioned in the centre of each cage 10 cm apart,
and their positions were randomized in each
replicate cage. Tests were concluded after 48 h
and the mean number of eggs or egg rafts per
treatment were calculated.
Experiments
Three sets of experiments were performed.
The first series tested the oviposition deterrent
between paired experimental and control means
indicated by: *** = P < 0.001 ; ** = P < 0.01
; nS = no Significant difference.
activity of water, methanol, and pentane ex-
tracts of L. minor, as well as L. minor culture
water to both A. aegypti and C. pipiens.
To determine the sensitivity of the methan-
olic extract, solutions containing 1, 10, 100,
1000 and 10,000 PPM of the crude extract were
bioassayed with A. aegypti.
To investigate the role of olfaction in oviposi-
tion deterrency, methanolic extracts, in 20 ml
aliquots, were presented to test insects in 3
types of oviposition containers, each exposing
the extract to different degrees. The first was
a completely exposed, open beaker as described
above. The second was identical with the addi-
tion of a gauze barrier placed 1 cm above the
extract surface. In the third, extracts were
placed in 25 ml gauze covered vials, then set
singly in the centres of the open type oviposi-
tion containers. The outer beakers were filled
with distilled water to the same height as in the
absence of the inner vial. Control beakers with
distilled water were treated in the same way,
for the respective treatments.
32 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 77 (1980), DEc. 31, 1980
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
A water extract of L. minor significantly
deterred oviposition by A. aegypti, but was
ineffective against C. pipiens (Table 1). The
culture water was biologically inactive against
either mosquito species (Table 1). These results
indicate that while the active fraction is water
soluble, it is either absent from the culture
water, or is at concentations too low to be
effective. More time for a culture to develop,
or physical damage to the plants may be neces-
sary to make water inhabited by L. minor
unsuitable for oviposition in the field as found
by Angerilli (1977).
In Experiments 3-4 (Table 1) oviposition by
A. aegypti was deterred by the methanolic
extract but the pentane extract showed no
significant activity. The activity of the water
and methanolic extracts demonstrate the polar
nature of the active principle(s). The methan-
olic extract was inactive against C. pipiens.
Variability between replicates contributed to
the non _ significant results obtained for
C. pipiens. A treatment effect for the methan-
olic extract was significant at concentrations
of 1000 and 10,000 PPM (Table 1, Exp. 5).
The rate of oviposition was negatively correlat-
ed with increasing extract concentration
(r = -0.899, P < 0.05).
If the deterrent mechanism is an olfactory
response, a treatment effect should occur when
the extract cannot be contacted by the test
insects. This effect was demonstrated (Table
II). However, the extract’s deterrent activity
was increasingly apparent as exposure increas-
ed, suggesting the probable ‘involvement of
gustatory, tactile or visual cues in the insects’
response. Using Dethier et al.’s (1960) terms
and definitions, L, minor extracts which cause
a negative oviposition response can be referred
to as oviposition deterrents, although this last
experiment suggests they may also act as
oviposition repellents.
These experiments do not totally exclude
the possible involvement of microorganisms in
producing oviposition repellents in the extract
solutions (Kramer and Mulla 1979). It may be
that chemicals responsible for the observed re-
sults are produced by certain microorganisms
that utilize organic matter in the test solutions
as a substrate. To eliminate any effect that
microorganisms may have, bioassays could
be conducted for a shorter length of time at
periods of peak oviposition.
L. minor clearly deters C. pipiens infestation
of ponds in nature (Angerilli 1977). However,
the lack of activity from any of the extracts
against C. pipiens in this study, indicates that
chemical deterrents probably play a minor role
in this deterrency. Light intensity, water sur-
face reflectance and surface texture can all
influence natural mosquito oviposition behavior
(Belton 1967; Snow 1971). Furthermore, Fur-
low and Hays (1972) concluded that species
of Lemnaceae prevent oviposition of mosqui-
toes by forming a continuoys surface mat.
The relatively high concentrations of crude
extract needed to elicit a response from
A. aegypti and the lack of activity against
C. pipiens suggest that further chemical isola-
tion and identification of the active principle(s)
would probably be unwarranted.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We thank A. Syed and B. I. Gillespie for
supplying the insects and Mr. R. I. Alfaro for
his assistance and advice.
TABLE II. Effect of Z. minor methanolic extract (10,000 PPM) exposed to varying degrees on rate
of oviposition by Aedes aegypti. N = 5 replicates with 5 insects/replicate.
Oviposition
Containers
Open beaker, with L. minor extract
in water and fully exposed allowing
perception by vision, olfaction, touch
and contact chemoreception.
Open beaker, with a gauze disk 1 cm
above L. minor extract water solution.
Olfaction and contact chemoreception
of extract possible through uptake in
paper towelling liner around periphery
of beaker.
= a
X No. Eggs
Open beaker, with gauze covered L. minor
extract solution in a vial in the centre,
No contact
Surrounded by distilled water.
Experimental Control
9. Bree 139::2
17.8%** 119.6
51 0* 957.0
other than olfactory with extract possible.
“significant difference (t-Test) between experimental and control means
indicated by: *** = P 0.001; ** = P 0.01; * = P 0.05.
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BriIT. COLUMBIA 77 (1980), Dec. 31, 1980 33
REFERENCES CITED
Angerilli, N. P. D. C. 1977. Some influences of aquatic plants on the development and survival
of mosquito populations. Ph.D. dissertation. Simon Fraser University, Burnaby, B.C. 141 p.
Belton, P. 1967. The effect of illumination and pool brightness on oviposition by Culex restuans
(Theo.) in the field. Mosq. News 27: 66-68.
Dethier, V. G.. L. B. Browne and C. N. Smith. 1960. The designation of chemicals in terms of
the responses they elicit from insects. J. Econ. Ent. 53: 134-136.
Furlow, B. M. and K. L. Hays. 1972. Some influences of the aquatic vegetation on the species
and number of Culicidae (Diptera) in small pools of water. Mosq. News 32:595-599.
Gerberg, E. J. (ed.). 1970. Manual for mosquito rearing and experimental techniques. Amer. Mosq.
Control. Bull. No. 5.
Gillespie, B. I. and P. Belton. 1980. Fecundity of Aedes aegypti (L.) as affected by rearing tempera-
ture of the larval stages. Mosq. News (in press).
Kramer, W. L. and M. S. Mulla. 1979. Oviposition attractants and repellents of mosquitoes: Ovi-
position responses of Culex mosquitoes to organic infusions. Environ. Ent. 8:1111-1117.
Matheson, R. and E. H. Hinman. 1929. Further studies on Chara spp. and other aquatic plants
in relation to mosquito breeding. Amer. J. Trop. Med. 9:249-266.
Matheson, R. 1930. The utilization of aquatic plants as aids in mosquito control. Amer. Nat.
64: 56-85.
McLintock, J. 1960. Simplified method for maintaining Culex pipiens Linnaeus in the laboratory
(Diptera: Culicidae). Mosq. News 20:27-29.
Snow, W. F. 1971. The spectral sensitivity of Aedes aegypti (L.) at oviposition. Bull Ent. Res.
60: 683-696.
OBITUARY
Paul M. Eide (1906-1980)
Mr. Eide, well known economic entomologist, formerly with the old Bureau of
Entomology, USDA, and later with Washington State University died unexpectedly
April 22nd at his home in Mt. Vernon, Washington from a heart attack. He is
survived by his wife, Grace; a daughter, Judith Widen of Seattle; a brother, Dr. Carl
Eide of St. Paul; a sister, Eleanor Henderson of El Paso; and several nieces and
nephews.
Hide received his B.S. and M.S. degrees in entomology at WSU. While with the
USDA he assisted in the development of the first use of DDT in the United States
during the war years at Orlando, Florida, in cooperation with the Armed Services,
researching insects attacking man and animals.Later, he was stationed at the
Washington State University campus, Pullman, where he initiated research on the
Cherry Fruitfly, a new pest of cherries found in the Yakima Valley. Paul was then
Assistant and Associate Entomologist respectively at the Northwestern Washington
Research and Extension Unit, Mt. Vernon. He retired from WSU in 1971 but main-
tained an office at the Research Unit and continued to serve the farmers in the area
on a voluntary basis until his death.
Paul was a keen observer of insect life and had sound judgment. He was well re-
spected by his peers and by a large following of farmers and fieldmen, especially
in the Skagit Valley of Washington. He had a keen sense of humor and got along
well with his colleagues. He had the amusing habit of belittling his true knowledge.
When asked about an entomological problem he would first answer, ‘I really don’t
know,” but when urged for a specific answer, he would then carefully and in
considerable detail tell all you wanted to know.
His expertise was largely in developing controls for insect pests attacking vege-
.tables and small fruits in northwestern Washington. Recently, at an annual Pacific
Northwestern Vegetable Insect Conference at Portland, Paul received an award for
the longest continued attendance — 32 years.
Horace S. Telford
Dept. of Entomology
Washington State University
Pullman, WA 99164
34 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 77 (1980), DEc. 31, 1980
OVIPOSITION OF CULEX PIPIENS
IN WATER AT DIFFERENT TEMPERATURES
B. I. GILLESPIE AND P. BELTON
Department of Biological Sciences
Simon Fraser University
Burnaby, B.C., Canada
V5A 1S6
ABSTRACT
At 20C air temperature, female Culex pipiens L. laid the greatest number of
egg rafts at water temperatures between 20 and 25C. They laid very few at
15 or 35C even when given no alternative site. The possibility is discussed
of manipulating temperature in a mosquito control programme.
INTRODUCTION
It was once thought that mosquitoes scat-
tered their eggs indiscriminately but that in a
given habitat, only certain species were able to
survive. Field studies have failed to support
this idea; in fact, larvae in a given breeding
site correspond to the eggs found there (Bates
1940). It is more likely that the restriction of
given species to a certain type of larval habitat
results from selective oviposition (Wallis 1954).
Cx. pipiens L., from a recently colonised local
population, was used in this study. The species
was probably introduced into the Vancouver
area early in this century. It now lays egg
rafts in stagnant drainage ditches, sewage
lagoons and a variety of temporary pools and
artificial containers and it can be a pest in
late summer when it enters houses and bites.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
Eggs were obtained as needed from a colony
of Cx.. pipiens maintained at Simon Fraser
University since 1974. The colony was started
from larvae collected at Richmond, B.C., by
Angerilli (1977) and reared continuously since,
using McLintock’s method (1960).
When adults were needed for experiments,
egg rafts were taken from the main colonies
and the larvae were reared in 2000ml of distilled
water in an enamel tray, 40 x 25 x 4.5 cm deep.
Finely-ground Tetramin and ground baker’s
yeast was provided, using the quantities sug-
gested by Gerberg et al. (1969).
The pupae were placed in emergence cages
18 x 12 x 16cm high. Adults were provided
with a 10% sucrose solution and the RH was
maintained at 60 to 65% by immersing a paper
towel wick in a beaker of water.
Oviposition experiments were conducted in a
windowless plywood cage of 182 x 61 x 122
cm. The two oviposition sites were at opposite
ends of the cage. Each consisted of a bowl, 17
cm in diam and 8.5 cm deep, containing 1000
ml of distilled water, a heater with a thermos-
tat, a thermometer, and a temperature probe
leading to a chart recorder. The bowl rested on
a cold water circulating chamber. With this
arrangement we were able to set the tempera-
ture of the water above or below that of the
room and could regulate it within 1C.
For each experiment 200 to 300 adults of each
sex were introduced into the plywood cage. A
100 ml Erlenmeyer flask in front of each ovipo-
sition site contained 10% sucrose solution and
was stoppered with cotton wicks. After 1 week
a restrained, shaved guinea pig was placed in
the cage on.4 consecutive nights so that the
female mosquitoes could obtain blood meals.
Egg rafts were collected over the next 10
days. Each raft was counted as an oviposition
event but the eggs in the rafts were not
individually counted as their number was found
by Wallis (1954) to be independent of the suit-
ability of the water at the breeding site.
A set of experiments was run with both sites
at constant water temperatures of 15, 20, 25,
30 and 35C, one experiment at each tempera-
ture. In another set, duplicate tests were run
with each of the following different pairs of
temperatures, 15 & 20, 15 & 25, 20 & 25, 20 &
30 and 25 & 30.
The data were changed to proportions of total
rafts laid and were transformed using the arc
sine square root, before the data were subjected
to analysis of variance followed by a Student-
Newman-Keuls multiple range test.
RESULTS
When the temperature of the water at the
two oviposition sites was the same, their posi-
tion had no statistically significant effect on
the proportion of egg rafts laid. The total num-
bers of egg rafts laid at the 5 temperatures
were:
DegreesC 15 20 25 30 35
Numbers 4 44 68 37 10
When the two oviposition sites were at dif-
ferent temperatures there was a similar trend
for more rafts to be laid in the middle range of
temperatures. To allow for differences in the
total numbers of rafts laid in the replicated
experiments, proportions of the rafts found at
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. COLUMBIA 77 (1980), DEc. 31, 1980 35
/
19
0
29
15 20
M9
5O
3
15 25
PROPORTION OF EGG RAFTS
20 25
=
=,
=,
//
20 30
25 30
TEMPERATURE C
PAIRS
Fig. 1. Mean proportion of egg rafts laid at paired sites held at the temperatures indicated. Means
and 90% confidence intervals (vertical lines at the top of each bar) were retransformed
from arc sine square roots. Statistical analysis indicates three different responses: J where
significantly more rafts were laid at the higher temperature, JJ where there was no signifi-
cant difference in their numbers and J// where significantly more were laid at the lower
temperature.
each of the two temperatures were tested
statistically. The results are shown in the bar
graphs of figure 1. Differences between the
pairs labelled J and J// are all significant.
When the lower temperature was 15C, the
higher temperature had the most egg rafts
(fig. 1, Z). When the temperatures were 20
and 25C the proportion of rafts laid at the two
sites showed differences no greater than those
found in the experiments with both sites at the
same temperature (Fig. 1, 7). When the higher
temperature was 30C, the lower temperatures
had the most rafts (Fig. 1, IJ).
DISCUSSION
Very few egg rafts were found in water at 15
and 35C. Wallis (1954) stated that Culex mos-
quitoes ‘“‘do not oviposit in water that is
unacceptable to them” and found no Cx. pip-
iens rafts in water with a salinity greater than
0.5%. Bellamy and Corbet (1974) found resorp-
tion of eggs by Cx. tarsalis in unfavourable
conditions.
The simplest explanation for our results
was a difference in the probability of oviposi-
tion at different temperatures. Rafts were sel-
dom laid at 15 or 35C; the females evidently
36 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 77 (1980), DEc. 31, 1980
resorbed their eggs or died without laying.
Most rafts were laid at the intermediate tem-
peratures of 20 and 25C.
Because these trends were similar, whether
the mosquitoes had a choice or not, and because
some rafts were always laid in the water having.
a less favourable temperature, it seems unlikely
that the temperatures of the two oviposition
sites were actually compared.
As the air temperature was maintained at
20 + 1C, the mosquitoes may have been com-
paring air and water temperatures, laying most
rafts at water temperatures up to 5C above
air temperature. These results, however, do not
rule out the possibility that they have an inter-
nal absolute thermometer to measure water
temperature directly. Tests at different air
temperatures would be needed to resolve this
question.
It has been suggested that artificial pools
could be used to determine the presence and
abundance of disease-carrying mosquitoes
(Belton 1967, Smith & Jones 1972). Oviposi-
tion surveys using small containers already of-
fer an economical, rapid and sensitive method
for determining the presence of adult Aedes
aegypti in the field (Fay & Eliason 1966).
Knowledge of the favourable range of water
temperatures shown here, could be used to in-
crease oviposition in artificial pools. Heated
pools have potential for use in an integrated
control programme, either as a sensitive sur-
veying method or perhaps ‘as traps in which
large numbers of immature stages could be
eliminated with little hazard to the environment.
REFERENCES
Angerilli, N. P. D. 1977. Some influences of aquatic plants on the development and survival of
mosquito populations. Ph.D. Thesis. Simon Fraser University.
Bates, M. 1940. Oviposition experiments with Anopheline mosquitoes.
20: 569-583.
Belton, P. 1967. The effect of illumination and pool brightness on oviposition by Culex restuans
(Theo.) in the field. Mosq.News 27:66-68.
Fay, R. W. and D. A. Eliason. 1966. A preferred oviposition site as a surveillance method for
Aedes aegypti. Mosq.News 26: 531-535.
Gerberg, E. J.. T. M. Hopkins and J. W. Gentry. 1969. Mass rearing of Culex pipiens L. Mosq.
News 29: 382-385.
McLintock, J. 1960. Simplified method for maintaining Culex pipiens Linnaeus in the laboratory
(Diptera: Culicidae). Mosq.News 20: 27-29.
Smith, W. W. and D. W. Jones. 1972. Use of artificial pools for determining presence, abundance
and oviposition preferences of Culex nigripalpus Theobald in the field. Mosq.News 32:
244-245.
Wallis, R. C. 1954. A study of oviposition activity of mosquitoes. Ann.J.Hyg. 60: 135-168.
Ann.J.trop.Med.
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. COLUMBIA 77 (1980), Dec. 31, 1980 37
DASYHELEA OPPRESSA (CERATOPOGONIDAE) AND
MYCETOBIA DIVERGENS (ANISOPODIDAE): TWO DIPTERA
NEW TO BRITISH COLUMBIA
ROBERT A. CANNINGS
Entomology Division
British Columbia Provincial Museum
Victoria, B.C. V8V 1X4
ABSTRACT
Larvae and pupae of Dasyhelea oppressa Thomsen and Mycetobia diver-
gens Walker were found in the sap on the ulcerated trunk of a horse-chest-
nut tree in Vancouver, B.C. Adults of both species were reared from these
collections. This record is the first for D. oppressa west of Manitoba in Can-
ada and Iowa in the United States and for M. divergens the first record west
of Alberta and Arizona.
The Diptera fauna associated with trees is,
for the most part, poorly known (Teskey, 1976).
This is especially true for the British Columbia
fauna. A sap-covered wound on a horse-chest-
nut tree (Aesculus hippocastaneum L.) in
Vancouver, B.C. yielded the larvae and pupae of
Dasyhelea oppressa Thomsen and Mycetobia
divergens Walker, two nematocerous species
previously unknown in British Columbia. The
tree, growing beside a city street, was about
10 m high and 45 cm dbh. On the well-shaded
northern side of the trunk a 0.1 m? mass of sap
and organic material oozed over and under
an area of broken bark 2 m from the ground.
The larvae and pupae of both species were
heavily concentrated in this sap.
On 15 May 1979, final instar larvae and
pupae of D. oppressa and M. divergens were
collected and brought into the laboratory.
Adults of D. oppressa emerged 10 days later
and continued to do so for several days, but no
adult M. divergens appeared. Another collec-
tion made on 25 July 1979 from the same tree
yielded a single adult of M. divergens, and on
26 July a number of pupae and adults were
obtained from the surface of the sap. Addition-
al adults emerged from this collection on 29
July.
Dasyhelea oppressa is considered a common
eastern North American species ranging from
Wisconsin to Quebec and south to Florida
(Waugh and Wirth, 1976). Stone et al. (1965)
include Iowa and Forster (in litt.) notes that
the species has recently been found in New
Brunswick and at Churchill, Manitoba. Within
this range D. oppressa has been reared from
tree holes and from the sap oozing from wound-
ed trees, especially American Elm (Ulmus
americana L.) and various oaks (Quercus sp.)
(Waugh and Wirth, 1976). The larvae are sap-
rophagous (Thomsen, 1937). The adults, as
far as is known, are not among those cerato-
pogonid species that suck blood, but rather
feed on honeydew or visit flowers for nectar
(Waugh and Wirth, 1976). :
Mycetobia divergens is the only North
American member of the genus and has been
collected in the United States from Maine to
Colorado and south to Arizona and Florida
(Stone et al., 1965). Teskey (1976 and in litt.)
states that in Alberta the larva has been found
inhabiting the larval galleries of the weevil
Hylobius in lodgepole pine (Pinus contorta
Dougl.). Evidently it has similar feeding habits
to those of D. oppressa.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
I thank Brian Emmett and Richard Cannings
for making the collections of larvae and pupae.
Drs. L. Forster, H. J. Teskey and J. R.
Vockeroth (Biosystematics Research Institute,
Ottawa) identified the specimens.
REFERENCES
Stone, A., C. W. Sabrosky, W. W. Wirth, R. H. Foote and J. R. Coulson. 1965. A catalogue of the
Diptera of North America north of Mexico. U. S. Dept. Agriculture, Washington.
Teskey, H. J. 1976. Diptera larvae associated with trees in North America. Mem. Entomol. Soc.
Can. 100:1-53.
Thomsen, L. C. 1937. Aquatic Diptera. Part V. Ceratopogonidae. Mem. Cornel Univ. agric. Exp.
Stn. 210: 57-80.
Waugh, W. T. and W. W. Wirth. 1976. A revision of the genus Dasyhelea Kieffer of the eastern
United States north of Florida (Diptera:Ceratopogonidae). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer.
69(2):219-247.
38 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 77 (1980), DEc. 31, 1980
THE APHIDS (HOMOPTERA:APHIDIDAE)
OF BRITISH COLUMBIA
8. FURTHER ADDITIONS
A. R. FORBES AND C. K. CHAN
Research Station, Agriculture Canada
Vancouver, British Columbia
ABSTRACT
Twenty-four species of aphids and new host records are added to the
taxonomic list of the aphids of British Columbia.
INTRODUCTION *ALNIFOLIAE (Fitch), PTEROCALLIS
Four previous lists of the aphids of British Alnus incana ssp tenuifolia: Vancouver
Columbia (Forbes, Frazer and MacCarthy (UBC), Jul 22/77.
1973; Forbes, Frazer and Chan 1974; Forbes AQUILEGIAE (Essig), KAKIMIA
and Chan 1976, 1978) recorded 302 species. Aquilegia chrysantha: Vancouver (UBC),
This includes aphids collected from 514 hosts Jul 11/78.
or in traps and comprises 964 aphid-host plant Aquilegia vulgaris: Vancouver, Jun 2/78.
associations. ASCALONICUS Doncaster, MYZUS
The present list adds 24 species of aphids Alyssum montanum: Vancouver (UBC),
(indicated with an asterisk in the list) and 165 May 30/78.
aphid-host plant associations to the previous Anemone halleri: Vancouver (UBC), May
lists. Ninety-seven of the new aphid-host plant 30/78.
associations are plant species not in the pre- Aquilegia vulgaris: Vancouver, Jun 2/78.
vious lists. The additions bring the number Aruabis caucasica: Vancouver (UBC), Mar
of known aphid species in British Columbia to 29/77.
326. Aphids have now been collected from 611 Bletia sp: Vancouver (UBC), Feb 15/77,
different host plants and the total number of (In Greenhouse).
ahid-host plant associations is 1129. Campanula portenschlagiana: Vancouver
Aphids are listed alphabetically by species. (UBC), May 30/78.
The names are in conformity with Eastop and Dahlia sp: North Vancouver, Jun 14/77.
Hille Ris Lambers (1976). The location of each Dianthus graniticus: Vancouver (UBC),
collection site can be determined from Table 1 May 30/78.
or from tables of localities in previous lists. Dianthus microlepis: Vancouver (UBC),
The reference points are the same as those May 30/78.
shown on the map which accompanies the basic Euonymus fortunei ‘Kewensis’: Vancouver
list. (UBC), May 30/78.
TABLE 1. Localities where aphids were col-
lected, with airline distances from
reference points.
Reference Distance
Locality Point Dir. km mi
Beaverdell Kelowna SE 53 33
Coquitlam Vancouver E 27 17
Diamond Head Vancouver NE 72 45
Legate Creek Prince Rupert NE 129 80
Richter Pass Creston W 230 143
Shannon Falls Vancouver N 40 25
Springhouse Williams Lake S 24 15
LIST OF SPECIES Jasione montana: Vancouver (UBC), May
. 30/78.
AEGOPODII (Scopoli), CAVARIELLA Phlox subulata: Vancouver (UBC), May
Aegopodium podograria: Vancouver, Jul 30/78.
12/77, Jul 28/77. Pleione sp: Vancouver (UBC), Feb 15/77,
AGATHONICA Hottes, AMPHOROPHORA (In Greenhouse).
Rubus idaeus ssp melanolasius: Vancouver *ASCLEPIADIS Fitch APHIS
(CDA) Jul 15/76. Asclepias speciosa: Penticton, Aug 24/78.
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 77 (1980), DEc. 31, 1980 39
AVENAE (Fabricius) SITOBION
Dactylis glomerata: Vancouver (UBC), Jun
14/77.
Elymus mollis var mollis: Saanich, Jul 24/77.
Poa glauca: Vancouver (UBC) Jul 22/77.
Polypogon monspeliensis: Vancouver (UBC),
Jul 22/77.
Vulpia myuros var hirsuta: Vancouver (UBC),
Jun 14/77.
BERBERIDIS (Kaltenbach), LIOSOMAPHIS
Mahonia repens: Vancouver (UBC), Jul 11/78.
*BETAE Doane, PEMPHIGUS
Beta vulgaris: Vancouver, Mar 1/78.
*BROMI Robinson, CRYPTAPHIS
Trap: Penticton, May 31/76, June 7/76.
CALLIPTERUS (Hartig), CALLIPTERINELLA
Betula papyrifera: Vancouver (UBC), Oct
7/76.
CARAGANAE (Cholodkovsky),
ACYRTHOSIPHON
Caragana pygmaea: Vancouver (UBC),
Jun 10/77.
CARDUI (Linnaeus), BRACHYCAUDUS
Rhododendron sp: Vancouver, May 23/78.
*CAUDELLI (Wilson), CINARA
Picae sp: Kaslo, Jul 7/03, (Wilson 1919).
CERASI (Fabricius), MYZUS
Galium aparine: Vancouver (UBC), Jun 16/78.
CIRCUMFLEXUM (Buckton), AULACORTHUM
Aquilegia vulgaris: Vancouver, Jun 2/78.
Arctostaphylos uva-ursi: Vancouver
(CDA), Nov. 19/79.
Saintpauliaionantha: Vancouver (CDA),
Oct 18/78, (In Greenhouse).
CORYLI (Goeze), MY ZOCALLIS
Corylus maxima ‘Purpurea’: Vancouver
(UBC), Nov 7/77.
CURVIPES (Patch), CINARA
Abies lasiocarpa: Beaverdell, Aug 23/78.
DIRHODUM (Walker), METOPOLOPHIUM
Polypogon monspeliensis: Vancouver (UBC),
Jul 22/77.
*DREPANOSIPHOIDES MacGillivray & Bradley,
TOXOPTERELLA
Sorbus sitchenis: Legate Creek, Jul 19/55,
(MacGillivray & Bradley 1961).
ERIOPHORI (Walker), CERURAPHIS
Carex glareosa ssp glareosa: Vancouver
(UBC), Jul 22/77.
Viburnum sargentii ‘Flavum’: Vancouver
(UBC), Apr 21/77.
EUPHORBIAE (Thomas), MACROSIPHUM
Aphelandra squarrosa: Vancouver, Jun
10/79, Oct 20/78.
Aquilegia vulgaris: Vancouver, Jun 2/78.
Catharanthus roseus: Vancouver (CDA),
Jul 20/77.
Dianthus deltoides: Vancouver (UBC),
May 30/78.
Dicentra formosa ssp oregana: Vancouver
(UBC), Jul 13/78.
Enkianthus campanulatus: Vancouver (UBC),
May 30/79.
Eriogonum compositum: Vancouver (UBC),
Jul 13/78.
Galium aparine: Vancouver (UBC), Jun
16/78.
Geum schofieldii: Vancouver (UBC), Jul
13/78.
Iris setosa: Vancouver (UBC), Jul 13/78.
Lewisia cantelowii: Vancouver (UBC), Jul
13/78.
Myrica gale: Vancouver (UBC), Jul 11/78,
Jul 23/78.
Polemonium carneum: Vancouver (UBC),
May 25/79.
Polemonium nellitum: Vancouver (UBC), Jul
11/78.
Potentilla atrosanguinea: Vancouver (UBC),
May 25/79.
Rhododendron sp: Vancouver, May 23/78.
Rosa rugosa ‘Alba’ Vancouver (UBC),
May 10/77.
Sedum lanceolatum var nesioticum:
Vancouver (UBC), Jul 4/78.
Silene noctiflora Clearwater, Jun 28/78.
FABAE Scopoli APHIS
Aquilegia vulgaris: Vancouver, Jun 2/78.
Aralia elata: Vancouver (UBC), Jun 3/76.
Myrica californica: Vancouver (UBC), Jul
11/78.
Silene alba ssp alba: Vancouver (UBC),
Jul 11/78.
FAGI (Linnaeus), PHYLLAPHIS
Fagus sylvatica ‘Borneyensis‘: Vancouver
(UBC), Apr 30/76.
FOENICULI (Passerini), HYADAPHIS
Aegopodium podograria: Vancouver, Jul
12747.
*FORMICARIA von Heyden, FORDA
Trap: Summerland, Jun 14/76.
FRAGAEFOLII (Cockerell), CHAETOSIPHON
Rosa rugosa ‘Alba’: Vancouver (UBC),
May 30/78, Oct 31/77.
FRAGARIAE (Walker), SITOBION
Anthoxanthum odoratum: Vancouver
(UBC), Jun 9/77.
Carex flava var flava: Vancouver (UBC),
Jul 22/77.
Festuca brachyphylla: Vancouver (UBC),
Jul 22/77.
Hordeum brachyantherum: Vancouver (UBC),
Jul 22/77.
Lolium perenne: Vancouver (UBC), Jun 14/77.
Phalaris arundinacea: Vancouver (UBC),
Jun 9/77.
Poa glauca: Vancouver (UBC), Jul 22/77.
Poa pratensis: Vancouver (UBC), Jun 9/77.
*FRAXINIFOLII (Riley), PROCIPHILUS
Fraxinus nigra: Vancouver (UBC), Mar 15/78,
Nov 4/77.
Fraxinus ornus: Vancouver (UBC), Apr 11/78,
Oct 28/77.
40 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 77 (1980), DEc. 31, 1980
GLYCERIAE (Kaltenbach), SIPHA
Festuca brachyphylla: Vancouver (UBC),
Jul 22/77.
Hordeum brachyantherum: Vancouver (UBC),
Jul 22/77.
Poa glauca: Vancouver (UBC), Jul 22/77.
Poa pratensis: Vancouver (UBC), Jun 9/77.
*GOSSYPII Glover, APHIS
Begonia cucullata var hookeri: Vancouver,
Oct. 3/76.
Impatiens sp: Vancouver, Oct 12/76.
HELICHRYSI (Kaltenbach), BRACHYCAUDUS
Chrysanthemum parthenium: Vancouver
(UBC), Feb 2/77, (In Greenhouse).
Potentilla atrosanguinea: Vancouver (UBC),
May 25/79.
*HIERACICOLA (Hille Ris Lambers),
UROLEUCON
Trap: Penticton, Jul 19/76, Jul 26/76.
HUMBOLDTI (Essig), UTAMPHOROPHORA
Poa glauca: Vancouver (UBC), Jul 22/77.
JUNIPERI (de Geer), CINARA
Juniperus chinensis ‘Pfitzeriana’: Vancouver
(UBC), Jun 2/78.
KIOWANEPUS (Hottes), MACROSIPHUM
Zigadenus venenosus var gramineus: Spring-
house, Jul 7/75.
*LONICERAE (Siebold), RHOPALOMYZUS
Trap: Summerland, Sep 21/76.
*MINUTISSIMA (Stroyan), CALLIPTERINELLA
Betula papyrifera: Vancouver (UBC), Oct
31/77, Nov 4/75.
MORRISONI (Swain), ILLINOIA
Juniperus chinensis ‘Pfitzeriana’: Vancouver
(UBC), Jun 2/78.
Juniperus sabina: Vancouver (UBC), Jun
2/78.
Juniperus virginiana: Vancouver (UBC),
Jul 13/78.
NASTURTII Kaltenbach, APHIS
Hedera sp: Vancouver, Feb 14/77.
NERVATA (Gillette), WAHLGRENIELLA
Arbutus unedo: Vancouver (UBC), Apr
7/78, Jun 8/78.
Arctostaphylos uva-ursi ‘Point Reyes’:
Vancouver (UBC), Jul 11/78.
*NERVATA ARBUTI (Davidson),
WAHLGRENIELLA
Arbutus menziesii: Vancouver (UBC),
May 30/78.
Paxistima myrsinites: Vancouver (UBC),
June 25/79.
*NIGRAICENTRUS Richards, CHAITOPHORUS
Trap: Summerland, Jun 28/76.
*OREGONENSIS (Wilson), MICROSIPHONIELLA
Artemisia tridentata: Richter Pass, May
24/78.
ORNATUS Laing, MYZUS
Alyssum murale: Vancouver (UBC), Jul
13/78.
Aquilegia olympica: Vancouver (UBC), Jul
13/78.
Arctostaphylos uva-ursi: Vancouver CDA),
Nov 19/76.
Barbarea verna: Vancouver (UBC), Apr 21/78.
Cistus ladanifer: Vancouver (UBC), Jul 11/78.
Collinsia grandiflora: Vancouver (UBC), Aprl
1/77, (In Greenhouse).
Deutzia scabra ‘Candidissima’: Vancouver
(UBC), June 19/78.
Epiphyllum sp: Vancouver, May 10/59.
Galium aparine: Vancouver (UBC), Jun 16/78.
Geranium renardii: Vancouver (UBC),
Jul 11/78.
Geum schofieldii: Vancouver (UBC), Jul
13/78.
Iris setosa: Vancouver (UBC), Jul 13/78.
Oenothera erythrosepala: Vancouver (UBC),
Jul 22/77.
Pereskia aculeata: North Vancouver, May
10/77,
Rubus parviflorus: Vancouver, Jun 13/77.
Salix lanata: Vancouver (UBC), Jul 11/78.
Trifolium dubium: Vancouver (UBC), Jun
2/78.
PADI (Linnaeus), RHOPALOSIPHUM
Carex concinnoides: Vancouver (UBC),
Jul 22/78.
Cyperus alternifolius* Coquitlam, Apr 26/77.
Festuca brachyphylla: Vancouver (UBC),
Jul 22/77.
Poa glauca: Vancouver (UBC), Jul 22/77.
PARVIFOLII Richards, MACROSIPHUM
Vaccinium parvifolium: Vancouver (UBC),
May 22/79, May 31/79, Jun 25/79.
PATRICIAE (Robinson), ILLINOIA
Thujopsis dolabrata; Vancouver (UBC),
Jun 2/78.
PERSICAE (Sulzer), MYZUS
Alcea rosea: Vancouver, Jul 21/76.
Asclepias speciosa: Vancouver (CDA),
Oct 17/78.
Asparagus sprengeri: Vancouver (UBC), Feb
14/77, (In Greenhouse).
Aubrieta deltoidea: Vancouver (UBC), Jan
27/77.
Bletia sp: Vancouver (UBC), Feb 15/77, (In
Greenhouse).
Cistus ladanifer: Vancouver (UBC), Jul 11/78.
Cistus laurifolius: Vancouver (UBC), Jul
11/78.
Collinsia grandiflora: Vancouver (UBC), Mar
15/77, Apr 1/77, (In Greenhouse).
Hebe sp: Vancouver (UBC), Feb. 14/77,
(In Greenhouse).
Impatiens wallerana: Vancouver (UBC), Mar
8/77, (In Greenhouse).
Marsilea vestita; Vancouver (UBC), Apr
1/77, (In Greenhouse).
Nemophila menziesii var discoidalis: Van-
couver (UBC), Feb 16/77, (In Greenhouse).
Pleione sp: Vancouver (UBC), Feb 15/77,
(In Greenhouse).
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 77 (1980), Dec. 31, 1980 4l
Polemonium nellitum: Vancouver (UBC),
Jul 11/78.
Teucrium canadense ssp viscidum: Vancou-
ver (UBC), Feb 16/77, (In Greenhouse).
PISUM (Harris), ACYRTHOSIPHON
Lembotropis nigricans: Vancouver (UBC),
Jul 11/78.
Trifolium pratense; Vancouver (CDA), Oct
17/78, (In Greenhouse).
*POLUNINI (Stroyan), BYRSOCRYPTOIDES
Carex mertensii: Diamond Head, Aug 13/74,
(Foottit & Mackauer 1980); Shannon Falls,
Jun 26/65, Sep 15/74, (Foottit & Mackauer
1980).
POMI de Geer, APHIS
Sorbus aucuparia ‘Edulis’: Vancouver (UBC),
Aug 3/78.
POPULIFOLII NEGLECTUS Hottes & Frison,
CHAITOPHORUS
Populus grandidentata: Vancouver
(UBC), Oct 31/77.
PUNCTIPENNIS (Zetterstedt), EUCERAPHIS
Betula papyrifera: Vancouver (UBC), Oct
7/76, Nov 9/78.
*PUSILLUS Hottes & Frison, CHAITOPHORUS
Trap: Penticton, Jul 19/76.
*ROSARUM (Kaltenbach), MYZAPHIS
Potentilla fructicosa: Vancouver (UBC), Jul
13/78.
*SACCULI (Gillette), PACHYPAPPA
Populus tremuloides: Kaslo, Jun 23/03,
(MacDougall 1926).
*SALICINIGER (Knowlton), CHAITOPHORUS
Trap: Summerland, Jul 12/76.
*SCAMMELLI (Mason), ERICAPHIS
Arctostaphylos uva-ursi: Vancouver (UBC),
May 20/75.
SIPHUNCULATA Richards, PLACOAPHIS
Rosa nutkana: Vancouver (UBC), May 2/78.
Rosa rugosa ‘Alba’: Vancouver (UBC), Apr
7/78, May 10/77, May 30/78, Oct 31/77.
SOLANI (Kaltenbach), AULACORTHUM
Alstroemeria aurantiaca: Vancouver (UBC),
May 30/78.
Anemone halleri: Vancouver (UBC), May
30/78.
Aquilegia vulgaris: Vancouver, Jun 2/78.
Cerastium tomentosum: Richmond, Jun 3/78.
Dahlia sp: North Vancouver, Jun 14/77.
Dianthus graniticus: Vancouver (UBC), May
30/78.
Fuchsia sp: Vancouver, Aug 23/78.
Lamium amplexicaule: Vancouver (UBC),
Mar 18/77.
Lilium mackliniae: Vancouver (UBC), Jun
2) do:
Magnolia sieboldii: Vancouver (UBC), Jun
19/78.
Rubus idaeus: Vancouver (CDA), Sep 20/78,
Oct 10/78, (In Greenhouse).
Tolmiea menziesii: Surrey, Feb 16/77.
Ulmus glabra ‘Camperdownii’: Vancouver
(UBC), Jun 9/77.
STAPHYLEAE (Koch), RHOPALOSIPHONINUS
Aralia elata: Vancouver (UBC), Jun 3/76.
Yucca filamentosa: Vancouver (UBC), Sep
9/78.
TANACETARIA (Kaltenbach),
MACROSIPHONIELLA
Tanacetum bipinnatum ssp huronense:
Vancouver (UBC), Jul 22/77.
TESTUDINACEUS (Fernie), PERIPH YLLUS
Acer saccharinum: Vancouver (UBC), May
30/78.
*ULMICOLA (Fitch), COLOPHA
Trap: Summerland, Sep 23/75.
VERRUCOSA Gillette, THRIPSAPHIS
Carex glareosa ssp glareosa: Vancouver
(UBC), Jul 22/77.
*VICTORIA Essig, MINDARUS
Abies grandis: Victoria, Jun 7/38, (Essig
1939).
*WAKIBAE (Hottes), FIMBRIAPHIS
Kalmia latifolia ‘Alba’: Vancouver (UBC),
Jun 20/78.
WALSHII (Monell), MYZOCALLIS
Ulmus americana: Vancouver (UBC),
Aug 3/78.
*Aphid species not in the previous lists.
REFERENCES
Eastop, V. F., and D. Hille Ris Lambers. 1976. Survey of the world’s aphids. Dr. W. Junk b.v.,
Publisher, The Hague.
Essig, E. O. 1939. A new aphid of the genus Mindarus from white fir in B.C. (Homoptera,
Aphididae). Pan-Pacific Entomol. 15(3):105-110.
Foottit, R., and M. Mackauer. 1980. The alate virginopara of Gharesia polunini (Homoptera:
Aphidoidea) with notes on the biology. Canad. Ent. 112(1): 47-50.
Forbes, A. R., and C. K. Chan. 1978. The aphids (Homoptera: Aphididae) of British Columbia.
6. Further additions. J. ent. Soc. Brit. Columbia 75: 47-52.
Forbes, A. R. and C. K. Chan. 1976. The aphids (Homoptera:Aphididae) of British Columbia.
4. Further additions and corrections. J. ent. Soc. Brit. Columbia 73: 57-63.
Forbes, A. R., B. D. Frazer and C. K. Chan. 1974. The aphids (Homoptera: Aphididae) of British
Coiumbia. 3. Additions and corrections. J. ent. Soc. Brit. Columbia 71:43-49.
Forbes, A. R., B. D. Frazer and H. R. MacCarthy. 1973. The aphids (Homoptera: Aphididae) of
British Columbia. 1. A basic taxonomic list. J. ent. Soc. Brit. Columbia 70: 43-57.
42 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 77 (1980), DEc. 31, 1980
MacDougall, A. P. 1926. An American species of the genus Pachypappella Baker (Hom. Aph.).
Bull. Brooklyn Entomol. Soc. 21(3):119-123.
MacGillivray, M. E., and G. A. Bradley. 1961. A new subgenus and species of Toxopterella Hille
Ris Lambers (Homoptera: Aphididae), from Sorbus. Canad. Ent. 93(11):999-1005.
Wilson, H. F. 1919. Some new lachnids of the genus Lachniella. Canad. Ent. 51(2):41-47.
BOOK REVIEW
THE MOSQUITOES OF CANADA
D. M. Wood, P. T. Dang and R. A. Ellis. 1979. Publication 1686. Research Branch,
Agriculture Canada, Ottawa. 390pp., 75 plates and maps, 203 text figs.
This book, the sixth in the praiseworthy
series of Insects and Arachnids of Canada, has
already received several favourable reviews.
Since it introduces a number of innovative and
some controversial ideas, no apology is needed
for reviewing it again with particular reference
to our fauna in British Columbia.
The seven introductory sections are packed
with information that any entomologist should
find useful. My only serious criticism of the
volume begins in the part dealing with anat-
omy, where five essential diagrams, showing
the positions of taxonomically important setae,
are crowded into a space of 12 x 17cm. Admit-
tedly, the format of the series is octavo (15 x
23 cm), but most of these diagrams could have
covered a full page to advantage. The plates
showing parts of the larva, the adult thorax
and the male terminalia of each species could
also have been larger; I believe such accurate
and artistic work deserves a full quarto page in
the style of Carpenter & La Casse. Special praise
is due to the airbrush expert who transformed
the photographs of tarsal claws into works
of art. There is no explanation of why Aedes
nigripes is singled out to have its thoracic setae
drawn on P1. 37. This may confuse someone
comparing it with impiger which, although
blessed with a similar crop of these outgrowths,
appears naked on Pl. 31. I was interested to
see several well-known taxonomists turn the
book upside-down to study Figs. 10 & 11 where
the male terminalia are drawn with the anterior
at the top of the page for the first time in over
a century. Some of the terminology applied to
the sclerites of the thorax is new and is being
generally accepted, but I wish the authors had
also revised the terms, hypostigmal and sub-
spiracular that refer to different areas of the
mesothoracic anepisternum. It has never been
clear to me why the Greek area should be im-
mediately, and the Latin-some distance, below
the spiracle.
For British Columbian users the keys work
satisfactorily. The use of ‘‘hand lens only”
characters for the larvae is admirable and, for
the first time, I have found it possible to iden-
tify field-collected female aedines with reason-
able confidence, although in the lower main-
land it is still possible to confuse punctor, abor-
iginis and hexodontus without a _ reference
collection of reared adults.
An errant numeral in the key to male aedines
was pointed out in the Bull.Ent.Soc.Can.:
couplet 13 should lead to 14 & 19 not 14 & 18
and couplet 17 should lead to 18 not to fitchii.
Some other inconsistencies should also be cor-
rected; for example the numbering of the wing
veins. They differ in the initial description
(p.34) and in the similar aedines, dorsalis and
melanimon which have acquired two extra
branches of the Media. References to meso-
thoracic seta 1-M being branched only in the
larvae of campestris, dorsalis and schizopinax
are misleading. There are other species in which
this seta is branched, but in no other is it as
long as head setae 5 & 6-C. In melanimon, the
description of siphon seta 1-S does not corres-
pond with the figure and in spencerii both is
its description and figure differ from Table 3.
Also in Table 3, the lengths of seta 3-M and 4-P
appear to be reversed and there are a few other
typographical slips where setae S, X, M and P
are confused; in context, however, their mean-
ing is usually clear. The correct reference is
given for Hearle’s description of A. pacificensis
but the date is misprinted on p.151. There was
perhaps some difference of opinion between the
authors on the spelling of the name Degeer,
which Ellis & Brust (1973) defend. All refer-
ences in this book are to De Geer, including,
wrongly, that to the above paper.
Peter Belton
Pestology Centre, Biological Sciences
Simon Fraser University
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. COLUMBIA 77 (1980), DEc. 31, 1980 43
SIPHONAPTERA FROM MAMMALS IN ALASKA.
SUPPLEMENT II.
SOUTHEASTERN ALASKA
GLENN E. HAAS', LOYAL JOHNSON?, AND NIXON WILSON:
ABSTRACT
Eleven taxa are treated in this first annotated check list of mammal fleas
of Alaska east of longitude 141° west. Twelve new records of six taxa are
listed including the first record of Myodopsylla gentilis J & R for south-
eastern Alaska. Associations with 12 species of wild mammals, the Norway
rat, dog, and man are listed. The zoogeographic position of southeastern
Alaska as a pathway and a destination of two Vancouverian taxa and seven
Vancouverian-Cordilleran taxa is related to Alaska west of 141° and to
British Columbia. Ranges of Monopsyllus ciliatus protinus (Jordan) and
possibly Hystrichopsylla dippiei spinata Holland were extended to Baranof
Island by transplants of red squirrels and martens, respectively.
INTRODUCTION
Mammal fleas of British Columbia and
Alaska are among the better known North
American Siphonaptera. Holland (1949a, 1963)
listed 78 species for British Columbia and 34
for Alaska. Other records augmented the Alas-
kan list to 39 species, but prior to our studies,
only 8 species were known to occur in south-
eastern Alaska. We added the cat flea (Haas
et al. 1978), a bear flea (Haas et al. 1979) anda
bat flea (reported here). Thus, we present a
check list of only 11 species despite the im-
portance of southeastern Alaska in the distri-
bution patterns of northwestern North Ameri-
can fleas. Doubtless several additional species
will be discovered when other wild mammals
are examined.
In this report southeastern Alaska is con-
sidered to be the narrow strip of coastal low-
land, nearby islands, and bordering mountains
lying east of longitude 141° west. Climatologi-
cally this rugged region is dominated by mari-
time influences, characterized by small tem-
perature variations, high humidity, frequent
fog, considerable cloudiness, and abundant
precipitation (Watson 1959). The two main
vegetation types are coastal spruce-hemlock
forests and alpine tundra (Viereck and Little
1972). The mammal fauna consists of elements
found in other regions of Alaska, the Yukon
Territory, and British Columbia (Manville and
Young 1965; Youngman 1975; Cowan and
Guiguet 1965). Transplants have extended the
ranges of certain species and imports have
added others (Elkins and Nelson 1954; Burris
and McKnight 1973; Manville and Young
1965).
‘404 Santa Fe Ave., No. 104, Flagstaff, Az, U.S.A. 86001.
*State of Alaska Department of Fish and Game, P.O. Box
499, Sitka, AK, U.S.A. 99835.
*Department of Biology, University of Northern Iowa, Cedar
Falls, IA, U.S.A. 50613.
Materials and methods are as used in pre
vious studies (Haas et al. 1978, 1979). The re-
sults are presented in a similar style, but the
host-flea list includes records from previous
reports.
host-flea list approx. here...
ANNOTATED LIST
Pulicidae
1. Ctenocephalides felis felis (Bouche)
Cosmopolitan and probably introduced on
domestic cats and dogs. The first collection was
in 1976 from a dog in Sitka (Haas et al. 1978),
and the second was in 1978 from man in Juneau
(Haas et al. 1979).
Hystrichopsyllidae
2. Hystrichopsylla dippiei spinata Holland
Holland (1957) recorded a female of this
species from Ketchikan. We were able to place
females to subspecies after collecting males.
We recorded two males and four females on
martens from Baranof and Magoun Islands
(Haas et al. 1978) and one female from a mink
on Baranof Island (Haas et al. 1979).
Record — Baranof Island: one female, on
marten, 24.XII.1977, L. Johnson.
3. Hystrichopsylla occidentalis occidentalis
Holland
Recorded by Holland (1957) from Prince of
Wales Island (one female) and Juneau (two
males). Campos and Stark (1979) mapped
these records and provided drawings of sterna
VIII and IX of a Juneau male but uninten-
tionally omitted some data. Holland (in litt.)
informed us that the two males from Juneau
(Salmon Creek) were collected from a Norway
rat on 20.X1I.1953 by R. B. Williams. The com-
mon hosts of this subspecies in southcentral
Alaska are shrews, red backed voles, and tundra
voles (Haas et al. 1979).
44 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 77 (1980), Dec. 31, 1980
Mammalian hosts of fleas in the annotated list
Sorex vagrans Baird
Myotis lucifugus (LeConte)
Tamiasciurus hudsonicus (Erxleben)
Peromyscus maniculatus (Wagner)
Peromyscus sitkensis Merriam
Clethrionomys rutilus Pallas
Microtus oeconomus (Pallas)
Microtus sp.
Rattus norvegicus (Berkenhout)
Zapus hudsonius (Zimmermann)
Canis familiaris L.
Ursus arctos L.
Martes americana (Turton)
Mustela vison Schreber
Lutra canadensis (Schreber )
Homo sapiens L.
Vagrant Shrew: 3*, 7
Little Brown Myotis: 6
Red Squirrel: 8
Deer Mouse: 9
Sitka Mouse: 4, 9
Northern Red-backed Vole: 7
Tundra Vole (nest): 3
Vole: 5
Norway Rat: 3
Meadow Jumping Mouse: 7
Dog: 1
Grizzly Bear: 10
Marten: 2, 8, 11
Mink: 2, 8, 11
River Otter: 11
Man: 1
*Species of fleas as numbered in the list.
The new locality record on Baranof Island
is very near Katlian Bay where the H. dippiei
spinata female was collected from a mink (Haas
et al. 1979). The only published sympatric
locality is Vancouver, British Columbia (Hol-
land 1957). Our male specimen of H. o. occi-
dentalis was the only flea we found in a tundra
vole nest under a partly buried log in a grassy
meadow where we also trapped two uninfested
tundra voles. The soil surrounding the cup-
shaped nest was moist, but the inner part of
the nest was dry. The infested shrew was trap-
ped in a grassy meadow populated by many
shrews and long-tailed voles (Microtus longi-
caudus (Merriam)).
Records — Baranof Island, Sitka, 13.6 km
N (Katlian River): one male, tundra vole nest,
16.V1I.1979, G. E. H. & L. J. Yakutat, 4.4 km
SE: one female, on a vagrant shrew, 21.V1.1979.
4. Catallagia charlottensis (Baker)
According to Holland (1963) this species has
a distribution similar to that of H. 0. occiden-
talis but is found mostly on Peromyscus mice.
Our specimens infested a Sitka mouse trapped
in a mature Sitka spruce forest.
Record — Baranof Island, Sitka, 8.8 km N
(Starrigavan Creek): two males, one female,
on Sitka mouse, 16.VI.1979.
5. Delotelis hollandi Smit
The only collection data for this microtine
flea are those of Smit (1953) for a partially
castrated male: Salmon Creek (5.6 km N of
Juneau), Microtus sp., 30.1V.1950, R. B. Wil-
liams. Smit (1952), however, mentioned having
additional specimens from Alaska that he did
not include in the type series when he described
D. hollandi.
Ischnopsyllidae
6. Myodopsylla gentilis Jordan and
Rothschild
Our record of this western bat flea is the
first for southeastern Alaska.
Record — Admiralty Island, Hood Bay:
one female, on a little brown myotis, 1.VI.1979,
ae
Ceratophyllidae
7. Megabothris abantis (Rothschild)
This western flea of voles and jumping mice
was mapped south of latitude 60° by Hopla
(1965), but the data were not included. We
collected three jumping mice on 21 June and
one on 22 June; all were infested with an aver-
age of four M. abantis. Holland (1963) consider-
ed the long-tailed vole to be a common host
of this flea, but none of the seven we trapped
in small grassy meadows near Yakutat on 21
June 1979 was infested. The infested jumping
mice and shrew were trapped nearby in a moist,
sedgy meadow. The infested red-backed vole
was trapped in a willow thicket at another
locality.
Records — Yakutat, 4.4 km SE: one female,
on northern red-backed vole, 21.VI.1979; 6.0
km SE: one female, on a vagrant shrew,
21.VI.1979, G. E. H. & S. Strange; two males,
seven females, 21.VI.1979, and three males,
four females, 22.VI.1979, on meadow jumping
mice, G. E.H.&S.S.
8. Monopsyllus ciliatus protinus (Jordan)
This Pacific coast flea is a parasite of red
squirrels in Alaska and is known from Juneau,
Salmon Creek, Ketchikan, and Baranof Island
(Johnson 1961; Jellison and Senger 1976;
Hopla 1965; Haas et al. 1978). Other hosts were
mink and marten. Johnson’s monograph of the
genus includes a drawing of the clasper of a
male from Juneau.
9. Opisodasys keeni (Baker)
This is a flea of Peromyscus mice that Hol-
land (1963) reported to occur from extreme
southwest (sic) Alaska, including Prince of
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. COLUMBIA 77 (1980), Dec. 31, 1980 45
Wales Island, to California; on deer and Sitka
mice. Manville and Young (1965) stated that in
Alaska, Sitka mice are known only from Bar-
anof, Chichagof, Warren, Duke, Coronation,
and Forrester Islands: other specified islands
and the mainland west to Glacier Bay are popu-
lated by deer mice.
Record — Admiralty Island, Hood Bay: two
females, on deer mouse, 1.VI.1979, L. J.
Vermipsyllidae
10. Chaetopsylla tuberculaticeps (Bezzi)
This flea was collected recently from grizzly
bears on Admiralty and Chichagof Islands
(Haas et al. 1979).
11. Chaetopsylla floridensis (1. Fox)
The first collection of this mustelid flea in
southeastern Alaska was a series of six speci-
mens from mink, Ketchikan, January 1962
(Hopla 1965). Recently we obtained additional
specimens from marten, mink, and river otter
on Baranof Island and from mink on Admir-
alty Island (Haas et al. 1978, 1979).
DISCUSSION
Scudder (1979) reviewed many classification
systems of geographic distributions of flora
and fauna as a service to entomologists seeking
patterns for fitting locality records. He also
recognized the problem of apparent lack of
agreement of distributions of many insect taxa
with the various zoogeographic divisions. Hol-
and (1958) classified northern fleas according
to six different distribution patterns. He re-
fined his classification system when he special-
ized on fleas of Alaska and emphasized that
certain species of fleas have distributions that
do not coincide with those of their preferred
hosts (Holland 1963).
A classification of mammal fleas of south-
eastern Alaska modified from Holland (1963)
is as follows:
Cosmopolitan 1. C. f. felis
Holarctic 10. C. tuberculaticeps (France
to Montana)
Nearctic
Vancouverian
4. C. charlottensis
8. M. c. protinus (Western
species )
Vancouverian-Cordilleran
2. H. d. spinata (Transcontin-
ental species)
3. H. o. occidentalis (Western
species)
. D. hollandi (Western genus)
. M. gentilis
. M. abantis
. O. keeni
11. C. floridensis
The distinction between Vancouverian and
Cordilleran fleas fades at higher latitudes.
OIG OH
Some mammals that are montane in southern
parts of their ranges tend to occur at low eleva-
tions farther north. Hopla (1965) concentrated
on Alaska west of the Yukon Territory and he
classified the fleas according to the Biotic Pro-
vinces of Dice. Thus, certain of Holland’s (1963)
Vancouverian (nos. 3, 4, 8, 9) and Cordilleran
Group B fleas (nos. 5, 7) became grouped as
members of the same Biotic Province, the Sit-
kan, and Hopla named this assemblage Pacific
Northwest for the probable origin of its
members. He also included M. gentilis (no. 6).
“The Sitkan Biotic Province encompasses
southeastern Alaska and extends west along
the gulf coast to the west shore of Cook Inlet
(Hopla 1965). Six fleas of southeastern Alaska
range beyond, i.e. to the southwest (nos. 3, 4,
7), west (nos. 6, 7), and north into the interior
(nos. 7, 10, 11). Three others (nos. 1, 5, 8) range
to or almost to Cook Inlet. Only two (nos. 2,
9) apparently reach the northern limits of their
ranges in southeastern Alaska. All Nearctic
taxa (except perhaps no. 11, C. floridensis)
must have advanced northwestward from their
refugia south of British Columbia as ice age
glaciers retreated (Holland 1963; Hopla 1965).
Man has enlarged the distributions of fleas
in southeastern Alaska by transplanting and
possibly by importing mammals. Norway rats
and house mice were introduced and establish-
ed in several localities (Manville and Young
1965), but no fleas specific to these rodents
are recorded. One Norway rat and one rat’s nest
collected in Sitka, June 1979, were uninfested.
Transplants of red squirrels from Juneau to
Baranof and Chichagof Islands in 1930 and
1931 (Elkins and Nelson 1954; Burris and Mc-
Knight 1973), however, doubtless resulted in
establishment of M. c. protinus on _ these
islands, although there are no records for
Chichagof. Transplants of martens were made
from 1934 to 1952 from several localities in
southeastern and southcentral Alaska to Prince
of Wales, Baranof, and Chichagof Islands
(Elkins and Nelson 1954; Burris and McKnight
1973). If H. d. spinata cannot be collected
from localities between Baranof Island and
Revillagigedo Island, then apparently this flea
was introduced to Baranof Island on martens.
In conclusion, southeastern Alaska is
important in distribution patterns of north-
western North American mammal fleas
primarily as both pathway and destination of
eight or nine Nearctic taxa that advanced north
from their refugia south of British Columbia
after the last ice age ended. All but two or three
mammal fleas of southeastern Alaska, there-
fore, are merely range extensions of members
of the British Columbia fauna. This concept
supports Scudder’s (1979) remark that there
is little evidence of a distinctive Sitkan fauna.
In fact, we expect that additions of indigenous
46 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 77 (1980), DEc. 31, 1980
fleas to the southeastern Alaskan faunal list continuing help with our flea studies; R. Ball
will be of taxa already recorded for British and S. Strange, Yakutat, and Dr. G. R.
Columbia by Holland (1949a, 1949b, 1954, Markham, Sitka, for assisting with field work;
1958). M. J. Smolen, Carnegie Museum of Natural
History, Pittsburgh, PA, for identifying the
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS shrews; and M. K. Gorham for typing the
We thank Dr. G. P. Holland, Ottawa, for his manuscript.
REFERENCES
Burris, O. E. and D. E. McKnight. 1973. Game transplants in Alaska. Alaska Dep. Fish Game
Wildl. Tech. Bull. No. 4, 57 pp.
Campos, E. G. and H. E. Stark. 1979. A revaluation of the Hystrichopsa occidentalis group, with
description of a new subspecies (Siphonaptera: Hystrichopsyllidae). J. Med. Ent. 15:431-444.
Cowan, I. McT. and C. J. Guiguet. 1965. The Mammals of British Columbia. Third ed. (rev.). Brit.
Columbia Prov. Mus. Dep. Rec. Conserv. Handb. No. 11.
Elkins, W. A. and U. C. Nelson. 1954. Wildlife introductions and transplants in Alaska. Proc.
5th Alaska Sci. Conf. 21 pp. (mimeo).
Haas, G. E., R. E. Barrett and N. Wilson. 1978. Siphonaptera from mammals in Alaska. Can. J.
Zool. 56:333-338.
Haas, G. E., T. Rumfelt, L. Johnson and N. Wilson. 1979. Siphonaptera from mammals in Alaska.
Supplement I. Can. J. Zool. 57: 1822-1825.
Holland, G. P. 1949a. A revised check list of the fleas of British Columbia. Ent. Soc. Brit. Columb.
Proc. 45:7-14.
Holland, G. P. 1949b. The Siphonaptera of Canada. Can. Dep. Agric. Tech. Bull. 70, 306 pp.
Holland, G. P. 1954. A new species of Catallagia Rothschild from the Rocky Mountains of Alberta
(Siphonaptera: Hystrichopsyllidae: Neopsyllinae). Can. Ent. 86:381-384.
Holland, G. P. 1957. Notes on the genus Hystrichopsylla Rothschild in the New World, with
descriptions of one new species and two new subspecies (Siphonaptera: Hystrichopsyl-
lidae). Can. Ent. 89:309-324.
Holland, G. P. 1958. Distribution patterns of northern fleas (Siphonaptera). Proc. 10th Int. Congr.
Ent. 1:645-658.
Holland, G. P. 1963. Faunal affinities of the fleas (Siphonaptera) of Alaska: with an annotated
list of species. pp. 45-63 in J. L. Gressitt (Ed.), Pacific basin biogeography. 10th Pacif. Sci.
Congr.
Hopla, C. E. 1965. Alaskan hematophagous insects, their feeding habits and potential as vectors
of pathogenic organisms. I. The Siphonaptera of Alaska. Arct. Aeromed. Lab., Fort Wain-
wright, Alaska, Proj. No. 8241, AAL-TR-64-12. Vol. 1. 267 pp.
Jellison, W. L. and C. M. Senger. 1976. Fleas of western North America except Montana in the
Rocky Mountain Laboratory Collection. pp. 55-136 in H. C. Taylor, Jr. and J. Clark (Eds.),
Papers in honor of Jerry Flora. W. Wash. St. Coll., Bellingham.
Johnson, P. T. 1961. A revision of the species of Monopsyllus Kolenati in North America (Siphonap-
tera, Ceratophyllidae). U.S. Dep. Agric. Tech. Bull. No. 1227, 69 pp.
Manville, R. H. and S. P. Young. 1965. Distribution of Alaskan mammals. U.S. Dep. Inter. Bur.
Sport Fish. Wildl. Circ. 211, 74 pp.
Scudder, G. G. E. 1979. Present patterns in the fauna and flora of Canada. pp. 87-179 in H. V.
Danks (Ed.), Canada and its insect fauna. Mem. Ent. Soc. Can. No. 108, 573 pp.
Smit, F. G. A. M. 1952. A new flea from western North America. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash.
54: 269-273.
Smit, F. G. A. M. 1953. Monstrosities in Siphonaptera IV. Ent. Ber. (Amsterdam). 14:393-400.
Viereck, L. A. and E. L. Little, Jr. 1972. Alaska Trees and Shrubs. U.S. Dep. Agric. Handb. No.
410, 265 pp.
Watson, C. E. 1959. Climates of the States - Alaska. U.S. Weather Bur. Climatography of the
United States No. 60-49.
Youngman, P. M. 1975. Mammals of the Yukon Territory. Natl Mus. Nat. Sci. (Ottawa) Publ.
Zool. No. 10, 192 pp.
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 77 (1980), DEc. 31, 1980 47
NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS
This society has no support except from subscriptions. It has become neces-
sary to institute a page charge. This has now been set at $28.00. The page
charge includes all extras except coloured illustrations, provided that such
extras do not comprise more than 40% of the published pages. Coloured illustra-
tions will be charged directly to the author. Authors, not attached to universi-
ties or official institutions, who must pay these charges from their personal
funds and are unable to do so, may apply for assistance when submitting a
manuscript.
Reprints are sold only in even hundreds and at the following prices:
Number of pages 1-4 5-8 9-12 13-16 17-20 21-24 25-28
First 100 copies $33.00 46.50 63.00 82.50 105.00 130.50 159.00
Each extra 100 9.00 12.00 15.00 18.00 21.00 24.00 27.00
Author’s discounts (up to 40%) may be granted to authors who certify at
the time of ordering that they are buying reprints at personal expense. Authors
ordering personal reprints in addition to those ordered by an institution will
be billed at the rate for extra hundreds.
Membership is open to anyone with an interest in entomology. Dues are
$5.00 per year; for students $2.00.
Papers for the Journal need not have been presented at meetings of the
Entomological Society of British Columbia, nor is it mandatory, although pref-
erable, that authors be members of the society. The chief condition for publica-
tion is that the paper have some regional origin, interest, or application.
Contributions should be sent to:
H. R. MacCarthy,
6660 N.W. Marine Drive,
Vancouver, B.C. V6T 1X2
Manuscripts should be typed double-spaced on one side of white, line-spaced
numbered paper if possible, leaving generous margins. The original and two
copies, mailed flat, are required. Tables should be on separate, numbered
sheets, with the caption on the sheet. Captions for illustrations should also be
on separate numbered sheets, but more than one caption may be on a sheet.
Photographs should be glossy prints of good size, clarity and contrast. Line
drawings should be in black ink on good quality white paper.
The style, abbreviations and citations should conform to the Style Manual
for Biological Journals published by the American Institute of Biological
Sciences.
BACK NUMBERS
Back numbers of this journal are available from the Secretary-Treasurer,
from volume 45 (1949) to the present, at $8.00 per volume. Certain earlier
back numbers are also available, but only on special request to the Secretary-
Treasurer.
Address inquiries to:
B. D. Frazer, Secretary-Treasurer,
6660 N.W. Marine Drive,
Vancouver, B.C. V6T 1X2
48
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 77 (1980), Dec. 31, 1980
JOURNAL
of the
ENTOMOLOGICAL
BRITISH COLUMBIA
Issued December 31, 1981
ECONOMIC
2 & HUTCHESON—Aerial spraying for control of the spiral. re
-cone borer, Hylemya anthricina (Diptera: Anthomyiidae). 02 3eseeer07"...
IN 7ZEE—Improved control of the western cherry fruit fly. ~
th ee ererens peat Tephritidae) pees on area-wide monitoring ........ 27
LLEN, FIDDICK & WOOD—Bark beetles, Pseudohylesinus spp.
(Coleoptera: Scolytidae) associated with amabilis fir defoliated by
eodiprion sp. (Hymenoptera: Neodiprionidae) ............... cece cece reece 43
-EARLE & HOLM—Population dynamics of fruitflies in British Columbia ....... 47
ANLAR & BEIRNE—The apple-and-thorn skeletonizer,
ut: tromula pariana (Lep.:choreutidae), and its parasites in
Se ra ae re a ay gs aide neath SORA Seles a Wielgses. 4 0 ee eve mtece Bt
ES & CHAN—The aphids (Homoptera: Aphididae) of British
Bi Sas ele Woe, ey Rice. CM RON ie Cob ceiihae cv wee hag 53
TON & BELTON—A revised list of the mosquitoes of British Columbia........... 55
eee etay areas eran, ee RD na ples Wis ial Ws G0 Ucho ace e's sie 42, 46
Sere Simin a Mean Lie cas WU dN wo A crac Wie’ a s-s. v4 0 abe o bie 65
(Continued over)
Fi
; XG
-
Sele
ISSN #0071-0733 JOU Fe AY A L
of the
ENTOMOLOGICAL |
SOCIETY of
BRITISH COLUMBIA
VOL. 78 Issued December 31, 1981
ECONOMIC
MILLER & HUTCHESON—Aerial spraying for control of the spiral
spruce-cone borer, Hylemya anthricina (Diptera: Anthomyiidae)
HARRIS, DAWSON & BROWN—Selecting sampling points for larvae of
western spruce budworm, Choristoneura occidentalis (Lepidoptera:
Tortricidae), from survey records in British Columbia
HARRIS, DAWSON & BROWN—Consequences of eliminating aerial
access samples from surveys of forest defoliators in coastal British Columbia
FORBES—Brachycolus asparagi Mordvilko . a new aphid pest
damaging asparagus in British Columbia
CUNNINGHAM, TONKS & KAUPP—Viruses to control winter moth,
Operophtera brumata (Lepid.: geometr.) ........ ccc cece ecw cece e eee eecees 17
HATHAWAY & TAMAKI—Another olethreutine. Phaneta latens
(Lepidoptera: Tortricidae), attracted to the sex pheromone of
the codling moth
ALINIAZEE—Improved control of the western cherry fruit fly.
Rhagoletis indifferens (Dipt.: Tephritidae) based on area-wide monitoring
HANSEN—Radiographic detection of pupal parasites of the larch casebearer,
Coleophora laricella (Lepidoptera: coleophoridae)
WILKINSON—The proportion of immature stages of the Rocky Mountain
wood tick (Dermacentor :andersoni) feeding on artificially infested cattle
McMULLEN, FIDDICK & WOOD—Bark beetles, Pseudohylesinus spp.
(Coleoptera: Scolytidae) associated with amabilis fir defoliated by
Neodiprion sp. (Hymenoptera: Ne odiprionidae)
FITZ-EARLE & HOLM—Population dynamics of fruitflies in British Columbia
DOGANLAR & BEIRNE—The apple-and-thorn skeletonizer,
Eutromula pariana (Lep.:choreutidae), and its parasites in
SW British Columbia
FORBES & CHAN—The aphids (Homoptera: Aphididae) of British
Columbia 9. Further additions
BELTON & BELTON—A revised list of the mosquitoes of British Columbia
SCIENTIFIC NOTES
NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS
(Continued over)
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 78 (1981), DEc. 31, 1981
Directors of the Entomological Society of
British Columbia for 1981-1982
President
L. SAFRANYIK
Pacific Forest Research Centre, Victoria
President-Elect
JOHN McLEAN
University of B.C., Vancouver
Past President
A. R. FORBES
Vancouver Research Station
Secretary-Treasurer
EMERY OTVOS
Pacific Forest Research Centre, Victoria
Editorial Committee (Journal)
H. R. MacCARTHY R. RING A. R. FORBES
Editor (Boreus)
R. CANNINGS
Directors
R. ALFARO (ist) N. ANGERILLI (1st) G. MILLER (lst)
E. BELTON (2nd) V. NEALIS (2nd)
Hon. Auditor
W. T. CRAM
Vancouver Research Station
Regional Director of National Society
B. D. FRAZER
Vancouver Research Station
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 78 (1981), DEc. 31, 1981
AERIAL SPRAYING FOR CONTROL OF THE
SPIRAL SPRUCE-CONE BORER,
HYLEMYA ANTHRICINA (DIPTERA: ANTHOMYIIDAE)
G. E. MILLER AND D. W. HUTCHESON!
RESUME
On a arrose |’Epinette blanche (Picea glauca (Moench) Voss) avec l’insec-
ticide dimethoate; en deux stations, les arbres ont été traités individuelle-
ment avec deux types de rampes” d’arrosage tandis qu’en une troisieme
station, un arrosage a la volée a éte appliqué. Les faibles densités de popu-
lation de la Mineuse des cones de l’Epinette, Hylemya anthracina (Czerny).
ont ete reduites de 87% et de 100% par les arrosages individuels et de 68%
par l’arrosage a la volee. Le augmentation de production de graines par cdne
a ete de 43% dans les cones des arbres aroses individuellement et de 22%
dans ceux des arbres arrosés a la volée.
ABSTRACT
White spruce (Picea glauca. (Moench) Voss) trees were sprayed with
dimenthoate; at two sites, trees were treated individually with different
types of booms; at a third site, a broadcast spray was applied. The low
population densities of the spiral spruce-cone borer, Hylemya anthracina
(Czerny), were reduced by 87% and 100% with individual tree sprays and by
68% with a broadcast spray. Increased seed yields were 43% per cones from
individually sprayed trees and 22% per cone from the broadcast application.
INTRODUCTION
The spiral spruce-cone borer, Hylemya an-
thracina (Czerny) (Diptera: Anthomyiidae),
is a major pest limiting white spruce, Picea
glauca (Moench) Voss, seed production in
British Columbia (Hedlin 1973, 1975). Seed lost
to this insect varies with year and site, and
seed crops may be completely destroyed.
Aerial broadcast sprays for control of cone
and seed insects have resulted in variable
success. Uneven distribution of spray deposit
in tree crowns is a major problem (Johnson
1963). Most aerial applications have tested con-
tact insecticides but few have tested systemic
insecticides. It is necessary to spray cones and
surrounding foliage thoroughly to achieve good
control with systemic insecticides (Hedlin
1966; Johnson and Zing 1967). Dimethoate, a
purported systemic insecticide, has been ef-
fective against spruce cone and seed insects
(Haig and McPhee 1969; Hedlin 1973), primar-
ily as a larvicide. Few aerial application tech-
niques, other than broadcast applications, have
been tested.
The objective of this study was to determine
the effectiveness of three aerial application
techniques, a broadcast application and two
individual tree treatments with different types
of booms, for control of spiral spruce-cone
borer.
‘Forest Entomologist, Environment Canada, Canadian Forest
Service, Pacific Forest Research Centre, Victoria, B.C., V8Z
1M5 and Protection Planning Coordinator, British Columbia
Ministry of Forests, Kamloops, B.C., V2C 2T7, respectively.
The senior author was employed by the B.C. Ministry of For-
ests, Victoria, B.C., and the junior author was a Pest Manage-
ment Officer, B.C. Ministry of Forests, Prince George, B.C.,
when this study was carried out.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
Aerial applications of dimethoate (Cygon®
4-E) were made with a helicopter (Bell 206-B-
Jetranger) at three sites near Prince George,
British Columbia in June, 1979. At two sites,
Willow River and Everett Creek, individual
trees were treated, and a broadcast application
was made at the third site, Evans Creek. White
spruce made up 80% of the stand at Willow
River, 85% of the stand at Everett Creek and
70% of the stand at Evans Creek. The trees
were 29 m tall at Willow River, 27-37 m at
Everett Creek and 24-37 m at Evans Creek. All
the stand were of medium density.
Trees to be treated and sampled were tagged
with numbered cards on wire hoops placed over
the tree tops before spraying. At Willow River
and Everett Creek, 20 trees were tagged for
treatment and 20 as controls (no treatment).
At Evans Creek, two 3.64 ha (8-acre) blocks,
one for treatment and the other for control,
were marked with ribboned rubber hoops
placed over the tops of trees at the corners of
the blocks and 25 trees within each block were
tagged. At all sites, only the tallest trees were
used because tagging and sampling were car-
ried out manually from a helicopter. At the
time when the sprays were applied, cone
development at all 3 sites ranged from mega-
strobili closed and turning to just past the
horizontal position.
At Evans Creek, 2% dimethoate was broad-
cast at a rate of 83.46 1/ha (10 US gal/acre) at
240 KPa on 21 June. The spray solution was
dyed with Erio Red® . The spray-boom was
9.14 m long, with 48 nozzles. The nozzles used
4 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 78 (1981), DEc. 31, 1981
were raindrop nozzles designed to emit droplets
near 1200, mean diameter. The air speed of
the helicopter was 48 km/h. the helicopter
was about 3 m above the tallest trees while
spraying. Kromekote® cards were used to
monitor the spray deposits at the tops of the
25 sample trees as well as at ground level
underneath these trees. However, these cards
could not be analyzed quantitatively because
the large droplet sizes resulted in streaking.
The trees at Everett Creek were sprayed on
19 June with 0.8% dimethoate at 205 KPa with
a 0.5 m horizontal, 5-nozzle boom (the broad-
cast boom without the extension arms). The
same nozzles used on the full broadcast boom
were used on this boom. The helicopter hovered
above each tree while spraying, each tree re-
ceiving 12.3 1. Only 17 trees were treated be-
cause the spray solution was depleated at this
time.
The spray-boom used at Willow River was a
fabricated ‘‘A’’-frame (Fig. 1), each arm of
which was lined with 6 nozzles. The nozzles
were flat fans (8015) designed to emit droplets
of 300, mean diameter. On 9 June, the treat-
ment trees were sprayed with 0.8% dimethoate
at 240 KPa. The helicopter hovered above ech
tree and sprayed for 10 sec, each tree receiving
2.28 1. The boom was damaged while approach-
ing tree 11, resulting in only 10 trees being
treated.
Cones of the tagged trees were hand-picked
from the helicopter at 3 different times: just
prior to spraying; on 20 July (4 to 6 weeks after
spraying), and at cone harvest, 5 September
(10 to 12 weeks after spraying). A sample con-
sisted of four cones from each of five branches
taken from the top 1.53 m of the tree. Unfor-
tunately, no samples were taken on 5 Septem-
ber at Willow River and the numbers of trees
sampled at the other sites were reduced con-
siderably because some tagged trees were
harvested before the samples could be taken.
Cones taken in the first two collections were
dissected and the numbers of eggs and larvae
of H. anthracina were counted. Cones taken in
the third collection were dried and the seeds
extracted and dissected to determine the num-
bers of filled, extractable seeds. The results
were analyzed for each site individually by an
analysis of variance after a correction for
heterogeneity of variance by a log 10,,(x + 1)
transformation and the differences between
means were tested by the Student-Neuman-
Keuls’ test (Sokal and Rohlf 1969).
RESULTS AND DISC USSION
The pre-spray samples indicated low H. an-
thracina population densities (Table 1). The
densities increased between the pre-spray and
the first post-spray samples, as expected, since
Oviposition occurs during this period (Hedlin
1973). No significant differences in numbers
of H. anthracina were found between treatment
and control trees in the prespray samples
(Table 1), indicating similar rates of infesta-
tion.
There were significant differences in numbers
of H. anthricina between sprayed and unspray-
ed cones in the first post-spray samples at all
sites. Spraying resulted in H. anthracina popu-
lation reductions of 87% at Willow River, 100%
at Everett Creek and 68% at Evans Creek. The
reductions could be due to the larvicidal action
SUSPENSION CABLE
AND PRESSURE LINE
SPRAY TANK
SPRAY
NOZZLE
Fig. 1. Diagram of the ‘‘A’’-frame spray-boom used at the Willow River site.
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 78 (1981), DEc. 31, 1981 5
TABLE 1. Numbers of H. anthracina per cone in pre- and post-spray samples of dimethoate-
sprayed and non-sprayed white spruce cones (non-transformed data).
Pre-spray Post-spray
Site No. No.
Treatment trees x* trees x*
Evans Creek Non-s prayed 25 Oe Za 25 0.34a
Broadcast Sprayed 25 O.l6a 25 OF e)
Everett Creek Non-sprayed 20 0.06a 20 0.49a
Individual tree (5-nozzle) Sprayed 20 Osl4a 17 0.00b
Willow River Non-s prayed 20 0.36a 20 0./0a
Individual tree ("A"- frame) Sprayed 20 O.4la 10 0.09b
°
* Means in the same sampling period at each site significantly different
if followed by different letter, Student-Newman-Keuls' test, P< 0.05.
of the dimethoate or to the knockdown of
ovipositing females, or both, depending on the
state of development of the target population.
The differences in numbers of filled seeds
from cone samples taken in the third collection
were significant at Everett Creek and Evans
Creek (Table 2). The percentage increase was
43% at Everett Creek and 22% at Evans Creek,
corresponding to the reductions in infestation
levels.
This study shows that H. anthracina num-
bers and damage can be reduced by aerial
applications of dimethoate and that both indi-
vidual tree treatment and broadcast applica-
tions can be effective.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
This study was funded by the Silviculture
Division, Prince George Forest Region, B.C.
Ministry of Forests. The authors would like to
thank Mr. J. Wiens, Pacific Forest Research
Centre, for diagramming the ‘“‘A’’-frame spray
boom; and Mr. A. MacEwan, Drs. R. F. Shep-
herd, J. R. Sutherland and J. Manville, Pacific
Forest Research Centre, and J. H. Borden,
Department of Biological Sciences, Simon
Fraser univeristy, Burnaby, B.C., for review-
ing the manuscript.
6 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 78 (1981), DEc. 31, 1981
TABLE 2. Numbers of filled seeds per cone extracted from dimethoate-sprayed and non-sprayed
white spruce cones (non-transformed data).
Noe
Site Block Trees x*
Everett Creek Non-sprayed 7 23.84a
Sprayed 11 34.04b
Evans Creek Non-sprayed 18 25.7 52
Sprayed 9 31.43b
Means at each site are significantly different if
followed by a different letter, Student-Newman-Keuls'
test, P< 0.05.
REFERENCES
Haig, R. A. and H. G. McPhee. 1969. Black spruce cone insect control trials, Longlac, Ontario,
1967-68. Can. For. Serv., Ontario Region, Info. Rep. 0-X-110, 9 pp.
Hedlin, A. F. 1966. Prevention of insect-caused seed loss in Douglas-fir with systemic insecticides.
For. Chron. 42: 76-82.
Hedlin, A. F. 1973. Spruce cone insects in British Columbia and their control. Can. Ent. 105:
113-122.
Hedlin, A. F. 1975. Spruce cone insects in British Columbia. Can. For. Serv., Pacific Forest
Research Centre, BCP-14, 4 pp.
Johnson, N. E. 1963. Helicopter application of Guthion for the control of the Douglas-fir cone
midge. J. Econ. Ent. 56: 600-603.
Johnson, N. E. and J. G. Zing. 1967. Effective translocation of four systemic insecticides following
application to the foliage and cones of Douglas-fir. J. econ. Ent. 60: 575-578.
Sokal, R. R. and F. J. Rohlf. 1969. Biometry. W. H. Freeman & Co., San Francisco, 776 pp.
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 78 (1981), DEc. 31, 1981 7
SELECTING SAMPLING POINTS FOR LARVAE OF WESTERN
SPRUCE BUDWORM, CHORISTONEURA OCCIDENTALIS
(LEPIDOPTERA: TORTRICIDAE), FROM SURVEY RECORDS IN
BRITISH COLUMBIA
J. W. E. HARRIS, A. F. DAWSON AND R. G. BROWN
Environment Canada
Canadian Forestry Service
Pacific Forest Research Centre
506 West Burnside Road
Victoria, B.C. V8Z 1M5
RESUME
Les chiffres de population de larves de la tordeuse occidentale de |’epin-
ette, Choristoneura occidentalis Free., releveS annuellement au moyen
d’echantillonnage par battage sur le Douglas taxifolié (Pseudotsuga
menziesii (Mirb.) Franco) ont ete analyses sur une période de 30 ans. Les
données provenant des points d’echantillonnage ayant donné le plus fre-
quemment des comptes élevés at subi une défoliation détectable ont ete
analysées et comparées aux résultats obtenus pour tous les échantillons.
Quand I ’objectif de ]’échantillonnage était la prévision des populations, les 98
points echantillonnés depuis 1949 pouvaient se réduire a 17, ce qui per-
mettait une diminution sensible du coUt de collecte des donnee§.
ABSTRACT
Annual counts of larvae of western spruce budworm, Choristoneura occi-
dentalis Free., from beating samples of Douglas-fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii
(Mirb.) Franco) were analyzed over 30 years. Sampling points which most
frequently yielded high budworm counts and also had detectable defoliation
were analyzed and compared with results from all the samples. When the
purpose of sampling was to predict populations, the 98 points sampled
since 1949 could be reduced to 17, thus enabling a significant reduction in
the cost of data collection.
INTRODUCTION
The western spruce budworm, Choristoneura
occidentalis Freeman, is an important defoli-
ator which periodically causes damage in for-
ests of Douglas-fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii
(Mirbel) Franco) in southern British Columbia.
Larval feeding results in loss of increment, and
deformity or death of trees (Shepherd et al.
1977).
Douglas-firs are sampled uniformly each June
by the Canadian Forestry Service’s Forest
Insect and Disease Survey (FIDS), using a
three-tree beating method, at a series of estab-
lished sampling points (Harris et al. 1972).
Spruce budworm larvae in the samples are
counted and the numbers per 3-tree sample are
used to help determine population and damage
trends.
Limited funds and manpower and pest prob-
lems of higher priority, call for periodic re-
assessment of budworm sampling procedures.
Travel and manpower are the most expensive
factors in sampling, so that it is important to
keep the number of sampling points to a mini-
mum.
Two distinct outbreaks of budworm occurred
in southwestern B.C., from Pemberton through
Lillooet to Hope, in the period since 1949 for
which the FIDS historical data bank contains
budworm records. We re-examined these data
to determine if criteria could be devised by
which we could eliminate samples without
significantly changing the estimates of popu-
lation trends found by using the entire data
base.
METHODS
Sampling points were selected from the FIDS
data for 1949 to 1978, based on the following
criteria:
1. Sampled 5 years or more.
2. Budworm larvae found in at least 30% of
the sample years.
3. Numbers of larvae greater than the aver-
age for all points in at least 30% of the
sample years.
4. Noticeable defoliation within the sampled
Universal Transverse Mercator map grid
for a total of 5 or more years.
5. Defoliation as in No. 4, but visible in the
first year that it was detected anywhere
in the surrounding drainage.
Two measures of budworm population num-
bers were derived from the data. These were
the percentage of all samples which contained
one or more budworm larvae (percent positive
samples) and the average number of larvae per
8 J. ENTOMOL. SoC. BRIT. COLUMBIA 78 (1981), DEc. 31, 1981
Fig. 1. Location of western spruce budworm beating sample points in southwestern British Colum-
bia, 1949-1978.
a. Sampling points (26) with less than 5 years’ records.
b. Sampling points (39) with records of 5 or more years but not meeting criteria in “‘c”’ or
a:
c. Sampling points (33) with
1/ 5 or more years’ records,
2/ larvae found in at least 30% of the years,
3/ numbers of larvae greater than the average in at least 30% of the sample years,
4/ 5 or more years of defoliation.
d. Sampling points (17) meeting criteria 1-4 above but with criterion 5; i.e., initial defoliation
in the drainage occurring at the sampled UTM grid.
sample (Harris 1976). These figures were cal-
culated for all samples, for samples meeting
criteria 1-4, and for those meeting 1-5.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
There were 98 points where western spruce
budworm larvae were found on Douglas-fir
at least once since 1949 in the area studied
(Fig. 1). Of these, 26 had been examined for less
than 5 years (criterion 1) and were discarded
because we considered that they could not be
properly assessed. Thirty-three of the remain-
ing 72 points met criteria 1-4. Although the
average annual larval counts from the 33 points
were higher than the counts from all 98 points,
the year-to-year rate of change was similar;
ie., the trends (Fig. 2) coincided closely, except
for amplitude. Further limiting the sampling
points to those where defoliation was detected
in the first year (criterion 5) reduced the 33
points to 17. These 17 are particularly useful
sampling points since they provide a record
in which population increases coincide with and
may even precede visible damage. The trends
in average larval counts from the 17 points
were still similar to those based on all 98
points.
All the 98 FIDS sampling points studied were
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 78 (1981), DEC. 31, 1981 9
TOTAL COLLECTION POINTS (98)(FIG.1)
—— SELECTED POINTS (33)(FIG.1-@&A)
100 SELECTED POINTS (I7)
/
an
INITIALLY DEFOLIATED ( FIG.1-A) ] Ne
TS
AVG. NUMBERS OF LARVAE
PER COLLECTION
50
20
% POSITIVE COLLECTIONS
a.
19
50
25
1950 1955 1960
1965
1970 1975
Fig. 2. Average annual western spruce budworm numbers and % positive collections at beating
sample points in Figure 1.
originally chosen because they possessed
characteristics typical of the stands they rep-
resented. At that time there were few historical
records to draw upon regarding insect activity.
Until we know more about favorable site fac-
tors new points must be selected as before, and
evaluated as survey data accumulates.
This technique of sample point selection
cannot be used to evaluate infrequently
sampled areas. Also, data from points selected
by this technique cannot be used for studying
site preferences or other factors affecting abun-
dance because of the exclusion of many sites.
Information about the characteristics of points
retained or discarded, however, may help in
the future selection of sampling points.
Most FIDS sampling points provide informa-
tion on several insect species, so all species
should be considered when decisions are made
to preserve or discard any sampling point.
Separate samples, however, may be necessary
for optimum sampling of certain species. In the
present study of western spruce budworm,
no other insects occurred in significant num-
bers in samples taken during the 30 years
studied.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
This study was, in part, a contribution to
CANUSA, the Canada-United States Spruce
Budworms Program.
REFERENCES
Harris, J. W. E., D. G. Collis, and K. M. Magar. 1972. Evaluation of the tree-beating method for
sampling defoliating forest insects. Can. Ent. 104: 723-729.
Harris, J. W. E. 1976. Storage and retrieval of quantitative British Columbia-Yukon Forest Insect
and Disease Survey records. Pacific Forest Research Centre, Victoria, Report BC-X-120,
30 p.
Shepherd, R. F., J. Harris, A Van Sickle, L. Fiddick, and L. McMullen. 1977. Status of western
spruce budworm on Douglas-fir in British Columbia September 1977. Pacific Forest Re-
search Centre Pest Report, 14 p.
10 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 78 (1981), Dec. 31, 1981
CONSEQUENCES OF ELIMINATING AERIAL ACCESS SAMPLES
FROM SURVEYS OF FOREST DEFOLIATORS IN COASTAL
Surveillance of forest defoliators in British
BRITISH COLUMBIA
JOHN W. E. HARRIS, A. F. DAWSON, and R. G. BROWN
Environment Canada
Canadian Forestry Service
Pacific Forest Research Centre
506 West Burnside Road
Victoria, B.C. V8Z 1M5
RESUME
Les populations larvaires des insectes défoliateurs en Colombie Britan-
nique sont évaluées au moins une fois chaque année par battage des arbres
dans un reseau de stations d’echantillonnage permanent. Les donnees ainsi
recueillies sont complétées au moyen d’autres échantillons selectionnés au
hasard. La plupart des lieux d’échantillonnage sont atteints par voie ter-
restre, mais l’avion est employe pour atteindre quelques aires non pourvues
de routes.
Recemment, pour raison d’économie, de grands blocs de stations d’échan-
tillonnage permanent accessibles par avion ont été abandonnés. Pour vérifier
comment cela affectait les estimations des chiffres de population globale, les
releves anterieurs déterminés avec ou sans echantillons aériens et avec et
sans echantillons aleatoires ont éte compares. La cote septentrionale de la
terre ferme et la cdte occidentale de l’Ile de Vancouver ont été choisies
comme sites d’expeérience. Dans la plupart des cas, les populations d’in-
sectes défoliateurs mesurees dans les stations d’échantillonnage permanent
accessibles par air et par terre et au moyen d’echantillons aléatoires mon-
taient et baissaient ensemble, ce qui montre que |’estimation des tendances
des populations ne serait pas serieusement affectée par l’abandon d’echan-
tillons aériens et aleatoires.
ABSTRACT
Larval populations of forest defoliators in British Columbia are assessed
at least once each year by beating trees at scattered permanent sampling
stations. These data are supplemented by additional, randomly selected
samples. Most stations are reached by road, but aircraft are used to reach
some roadless areas.
Recently, to economize, large blocks of aircraft access permanent sampl-
ing stations were dropped. To learn how this affected the estimates of overall
population numbers, we compared past records determined with and with-
out aerial samples and with and without random samples. The northern
mainland coast and the west coast of Vancouver Island were selected as
test sites. In most instances, defoliator populations as measured at aerial
and ground access permanent sampling stations and by random samples
rose and declined together, indicating that estimates of population trend
would not be seriously affected by dropping aerial and random samples.
sampling stations (P.S.S.), and
Columbia is carried out annually by the Forest
Insect and Disease Survey (FIDS), Canadian
Forestry Service. Samples are taken each
spring by the three-tree beating method ( Harris
et al. 1972) at sites called “sampling stations’’,
which are representative of large areas of simi-
lar forest types. At each station, a 2- x 3-metre
sheet is spread beneath each of three trees and
the branches are beaten with a 3.7-metre pole to
dislodge insects. The numbers of defoliating
larvae found are used to determine population
trends and to predict future tree damage.
Many samples are repeated annually by
FIDS field staff at locations called permanent
random samples are taken during travel be
tween P.S.S. This system began in 1949, and
the numbers of samples remained fairly con-
stant from the early 1950s until about 1975,
when fiscal restraints forced a reduction. A
condition for these restraints, however, was
that the effectiveness of the sampling program
to provide information on forest pest popula-
tions should not be impaired.
The intensity of pest surveys in B.C. is
largely controlled by costs, principally relating
to access, by road or air. P.S.S. reached by
air are principally in areas inaccessible by
road; i.e., along the seacoast or at large rivers
or lakes. Random samples are usually reached
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 78 (1981), Dec. 31, 1981 11
by road.
Rapidly rising costs have resulted in intensive
efforts to economize, such as by reducing the
numbers of samples. Those reached using air-
craft, cost about $60 per sample in contrast
to road access samples at about $20. Air sampl-
ing was the first considered for elimination. But
would road access samples alone provide an
adequate assessment of overall pest numbers
in the areas currently reached by aircraft, or
would the large geographic gaps in coverage
created by eliminating aircraft sampling result
in radically different population estimates for
these unsampled areas? Also, is the contribu-
eae
Rupert A
e@e GROUND ACCESS PSS.
4 AERIAL ACCESS PSS.
tion of the additional, less formal random
samples, sufficient to warrant their inclusion
in the sampling system together with P.S:S.
samples?
This study was done to determine the effect
of aerial access permanent sampling station
samples and additional random samples on
region-wide survey estimates of pest numbers
and trends. Data from 1949 to 1980 from two
coastal areas, once sampled annually but since
1975 only every second year, were examined
to see how insect population numbers or trends
based on all samples were affected by deleting
large blocks of aerial and random sample data.
lOO km
Fig. 1. Forest Insect and Disease Survey Permanent Sampling Stations (P.S.S.) on Vancouver
Island and in the Prince Rupert Forest Region.
12 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 78 (1981), Dec. 31, 1981
ALL COLLECTIONS
(PSS. + RANDOM )
ALL BS:S. COLLECTIONS
(GROUND + AERIAL ACCESS)
soeecece GROUND ACCESS PSS.
A. gloverana
20
2
°
ro LG
Ye | | |
5
Oo 40
oO
a A. gloverana
: 30 Vancouver Island
x
>
at
ar eS)
w
(e}
7)
ow 10
WwW
ran)
=
za @)
WwW
o
qt 40
a
> M. imitata
30 Vancouver Island
20
10
fe)
1950
Prince Rupert Forest Region
1960
1970 1980
Fig. 2. Comparison of some coastal B.C. insect populations determined by three-tree beating
technique.
Data on two defoliators which reached out-
break proportions in the Vancouver and Prince
Rupert Forest Regions (Fig. 1) were selected:
the green-striped forest looper, Melanolophia
imitata Walker, and the western blackheaded
budworm, Acleris gloverana (Walsingham).
The average numbers of larvae per sample
(Harris 1976) were graphed (Fig. 2) for the
period 1949-1980 for the following categories:
ground access P.S.S.; ground + aerial access
P.S.S.; and all P.S.S. + random samples. The
latter figure is the one normally calculated. It
uses samples which completely cover the
sampled area.
As shown in Fig. 2, the numbers of larvae in
the three populations rose, peaked and declined
in a similar manner. Apparent population
trends seen from the existing pattern of ground
and aerial samples were not changed when the
data from aerial P.S.S. were omitted. An excep-
tion occurred in 1960 in the Prince Rupert
Forest Region, where Acleris in ground samples
dropped sharply, then rose again in 1961,
whereas those in aerial access samples remain-
ed high in 1960. Two years later, all the samples
showed declining populations. The reason for
the drop in ground sampled populations in 1960
is not known but it may be because samples
were taken later in the season than normal.
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 78 (1981), DEc. 31, 1981 13
This study also confirmed that quantitative
data on population trends were not greatly
improved by taking the additional random
samples included in the normal sampling pro-
gram.
In any case, serious problems will still be
detected by means of annual aerial observa-
tion surveys. In these, aerial observers locate
and map tree damage from the air, but do not
land. These missions, which are in addition
to the previously discussed sampling surveys,
provide an opportunity to observe and record
problems and to schedule detailed ground
surveys where needed.
REFERENCES
Harris, J. W. E., D. G. Collis, and K. M. Magar. 1972. Evaluation of the tree-beating method for
sampling defoliating forest insects. Can. Ent. 104: 723-729.
Harris, J. W. E. 1976. Storage and retrieval of quantitative British Columbia-Yukon Forest Insect
and Disease Survey records. Can. Forest. Serv., Pac. For. Res. Cent., Rept. BC-X-120, 30 p.
BRACHYCOLUS ASPARAGI MORDVILKO, A NEW APHID
PEST DAMAGING ASPARAGUS IN BRITISH COLUMBIA
A. R. FORBES
Research Station, Agriculture Canada
6660 N.W. Marine Drive, Vancouver, B.C. V6T 1X2
ABSTRACT
The aphid Brachycolus asparagi Mordvilko was identified from asparagus
at Summerland, B.C. in 1979. In 1980 and 1981, this aphid damaged aspara-
gus throughout the asparagus-growing areas of the Okanagan as far north
as Armstrong. Feeding by the aphid causes a severe rosetting of the ferns
and weakens the plant.
In September 1979, Dr. R. D. McMullen of
the Summerland Research Station sent me a
vial of aphids collected from asparagus at
Summerland, B.C. He stated that a witches’
broom type of growth was very common on
asparagus and was closely associated with the
occurrence of the aphid. I identified the aphids
as Brachycolus asparagi Mordvilko. This was
the first time this aphid had been identified
from asparagus in Canada. Subsequent exam-
ination of alate aphids caught in Moericke
yellow pan water traps maintained at Penticton
and Summerland in 1975 and 1976 revealed
that B. asparagi had been trapped as follows:
1 from Penticton in 1975, 2 from Penticton in
1976 and 5 from Summerland in 1976. The
aphid was therefore present at both Penticton
and Summerland for several years before its
presence on asparagus became apparent. In
1980 and 1981 B. asparagi was present in
damaging numbers throughout the asparagus-
growing areas of the Okanagan as far north as
Armstrong.
B. asparagi is native to Europe and the
Mediterranean region (Plant Pest Control Divi-
sion, U.S.D.A., 1970) and was first found in
North America in New York in 1969 (Leonard,
1971. It was later found in New Jersey, Penn-
sylvania, Virginia, Delaware, Maryland, Massa-
chusetts and North Carolina (Angalet and
Stevens, 1977). The asparagus aphid was first
observed throughout most of the asparagus-
growing areas of the state of Washington on
the west coast during the fall of 1979 (W. W.
Cone, personal communication).
B. asparagi (Fig. 1) is a long, narrow, green
aphid, covered with a grey mealy wax. Its
antennae are very short and its cauda is moder-
ately long and almost parallel-sided. Its
cornicles are small and mammiform. This aphid
can be easily separated from other aphids
occurring on asparagus by its color, waxy
covering, body shape and small cornicles.
B. asparagi is reported to be specific to
asparagus. We reared it on common garden
asparagus (Asparagus officinalis) and on orna-
mental Sprenger asparagus (A. densiflorus
‘Sprengeri’). It would not colonize such hosts
as celery, Chinese cabbage, potato, or broad-
bean which we placed in cages with our labora-
tory colonies.
‘14 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 78 (1981), DEc. 31, 1981
Fig. 1. Scanning electron micrographs of Brachycolus asparagi Mordvilko. A. Adult apterous
aphid. B. Tip of abdomen showing cornicles and cauda. |
The feeding of this aphid causes growth
abnormalities in the asparagus (Fig. 2). The
ferns grow into what have been described as
witches’-brooms but close examination shows
that the bushy appearance is the result of roset-
ting in which the internodes are severely short-
ened and the cladophylls (modified leaves)
are short and turn a characteristic blue-green
color. Only the branches of the ferns actually
fed upon by the aphids are affected. The
aphids’ feeding and resulting abnormal growth
weakens the plant and the crowns produce
numerous small spears. Morse (1916) has sug-
gested that damage to the top of an asparagus
plant interferes with synthesis of sugar and
translocation to the roots. Data of Capinera
(1974) in Massachussetts indicate that a single
aphid and its progeny can severely affect the
growth of asparagus seedlings both in the field
and in the greenhouse.
We conducted several tests to determine the
nature of the rosetting of asparagus ferns. All
experiments were done with A. officinalis,
variety Mary Washington or Viking. The
B. asparagi were from a laboratory colony
started in 1980 with aphids from Summer-
land, B.C. Cladophylls and stem sections were
cut from rosetted areas of ferns and leaf
exudates both with and without glutaraldehyde
in 2% phosphotungstic acid were examined
in the transmission electron microscope. No
virus particles were found. Similar tissues
were embedded by standard techniques, sec-
tioned, stained, and examined in the TEM.
No virus particles or other pathogens were
found.
Rosetted asparagus plants on which labora-
tory colonies had been reared were fumigated
in a methyl bromide chamber and then returned
to the greenhouse to resume growth. All
growth made after the aphids were removed
was normal. Furthermore, in our laboratory
colonies on any given plant only the ferns that
were colonized by B. asparagi became rosetted ;
those not colonized grew normally.
Mature apterous females were confined in a
petri plate and their newly born nymphs were
taken and used to colonize 6 asparagus seed-
lings. All 6 seedlings developed severe roset-
ting. Barring the very remote possibility of a
transovarially-transmitted virus, these nymphs
were virus-free so the abnormal growth of the
asparagus seedlings cannot be attributed to
virus infection.
Green peach aphids, Myzus persicae (Sulzer),
and potato aphids, Macrosiphum euphorbiae
(Thomas), were also reared on asparagus seed-
lings. These aphids did not produce growth
abnormalities in their hosts.
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 78 (1981), Dec. 31, 1981
Fig. 2. Asparagus ferns. A. Normal growth. B. Rosetted growth, the result of aphid feeding. C.
One branch colonized by aphids showing rosette symptoms (left) and 2 branches not colon-
ized by aphids and growing normally (right).
16 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 78 (1981), Dec. 31, 1981
The results of the experiments show that the gen. We assume that the feeding aphids inject
rosetting of the asparagus fed upon by some substance into the plant that induces the
B. asparagi is a result of the feeding of this _ plant to grow abnormally.
aphid and not because of infection by a patho-
REFERENCES
Angalet, G. W. and N. A. Stevens. 1977. The natural enemies of Brachycolus asparagi in New
Jersey and Delaware. Env. Ent. 6(1): 97-100.
Capinera, J. L. 1974. Damage to asparagus seedlings by Brachycolus asparagi. J. Econ. Ent. 67(3):
447-448.
Cone, W. W. (Washington State University, Prosser, WA). Personal communication.
Leonard, M. D. 1971. A second supplement to a list of aphids of New York (Homoptera:
Aphididae). Search Agric. 1(12): 1-31 (pp. 6-7). :
Morse, F. W. 1916. A chemical study of the asparagus plant. Mass. Agric. Exp. Stn. Bull.
171:265-296.
Plant Pest Control Division, U.S. Department of Agriculture. 1970. A new aphid on asparagus.
FAO PI. Prot. Bull. 18(4): 93.
CBE STYLE MANUAL
4th edition
This substantially revised edition was prepared by the
Style Manual Committee of the Council of Biology
Editors as a guide for authors, editors, redactors,
printers, and publishers. Recommendations on style
and format are based, insofar as possible, on standards
established by international and U.S. organizations con-
cerned with science or information services.
# * * * * + * * * +
CONTENTS
. Planning the Article 7. Indexing
. Writing the Article 8. General Style Conventions
. The Final Draft 9. Style in Special Fields
. Editorial Review of 10. Abbreviations and Symbols
Manuscripts 11. Word Usage
. Manuscript into Print 12. Annotated Bibliography
. Proof Correction Index (25 pages)
“CBE 4 is obligatory for anyone who writes or edits for biology
journals. . . . the book is a prime source of answers to all those
seemingly simple questions that consume hours of an editor's
time."’ Technical Communication
* * * e * * * * e *
265 pages (casebound) ISBN: 0-914340-02-6
Price $16.00, including postage and handling
Orders of 10 or more copies, delivered to one address,
discounted 10 %
ALL ORDERS MUST BE PREPAID TO:
COUNCIL OF BIOLOGY EDITORS
9650 Rockville Pike, Bethesda, MD 20014
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 78 (1981), DEc. 31, 1981
VIRUSES TO CONTROL WINTER MOTH,
OPEROPHTERA BRUMATA (LEPIDOPTERA: GEOMETRIDAE)
J. C. CUNNINGHAM|, N. V. TONKS? AND W. J. KAUPP!
‘Forest Pest Management Institute
Canadian Forestry Service
P.O. Box 490
Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario
P6A 5M7
and
2A griculture Canada
Saanichton Research Station
Sidney, B.C.
V8L 1H3
ABSTRACT
An abandoned apple orchard in Victoria, British Columbia, was used to
test winter moth nuclear polyhedrosis virus (NPV) in 1979. Concentrations
of 10*, 10’ and 10° polyhedral inclusion bodies (PIB)/ml were applied at the
rate of 1 //tree using a backpack mistblower, soon after the larvae hatched
when buds were pre-pink and 8 days later when the buds were full pink.
Each treatment was replicated on 6 trees; 6 trees were untreated checks.
Best results were with 10° PIB/ml on pre-pink buds which caused 46% popu-
lation reduction, a statistically significant saving of foliage and high levels
of larval infection with both NPV and cytoplasmic polyhedrosis virus
(CPV). Both viruses were found in larvae on the check trees and this was
attributed to spray drift. The source of the CPV was investigated and found
to be a contaminant of the NPV suspension in which the ratio of
NPV:CPV PIB was 161:1. Despite the low level of CPV applied, up to 65%
of the larvae were infected. In 1980, a survey to determine levels of infection
in winter moth larvae showed no viruses in 5 untreated sites and only 1%
NPV and 5% CPV in the treated orchard. The virus treatment did not
initiate a continuing epizootic and the effective concentration of 10® PIB/ml
was too costly to produce as a biocontrol agent having an impact only in
17
the season of application.
INTRODUCTION
The winter moth, Operophtera brumata (L.),
is found in Europe, Asia and Africa and was
accidentally introduced into Nova Scotia some-
time before 1930. Its distribution in eastern
North America is limited to Nova Scotia, S.E.
New Brunswick, and Prince Edward Island
(Embree and Cuming, 1967). Prior to 1949,
it was not recognized as winter moth and was
confused with fall cankerworm, Alsophila
pometaria Harris, and spring cankerworm,
Paleacrita vernata Peck (Hawboldt and Cum
ing, 1950). There were reports in 1972 of dam-
age by Bruce spanworm, Operophtera bruceata
(Hulst), around Victoria on Vancouver Island
and further investigations in 1977 revealed that
winter moth was also present (Gillespie et al.
1978). Its distribution in western Canada was
thought to be restricted to this area (Morris
and Wood, 1978), but a U.S.D.A. Forest Ser-
vice report indicates that winter moth was
present in Washington State and Oregon prior
‘to its discovery in British Columbia (Ferguson,
1978).
Three types of includion body viruses have
been isolated from winter moth larvae. A
nuclear polyhedrosis virus (NPV) was reported
in a bibliography of insect viruses (Martignoni
and Langston, 1960), but Wigley (1976) pointed
out that this citation was in error as the work
referred to, by Smith (1956), concerned a
cytoplasmic polyhedrosis virus (CPV). The
first documented report of NPV in winter moth
refers to naturally occurring infection of larvae
in Nova Scotia (Neilson, 1965). NPVs are clas-
sified as Baculoviruses, subgroup A (Mat-
thews, 1979) and it has been shown that winter
moth NPV is a singly-embedded (unicapsid)
type (Wigley, 1976). A naturally occurring
entomopoxvirus was found in winter moth
larvae from Moravia in Europe (Weiser and
Vago, 1966). Naturally occurring CPV infec-
tions have not been recorded, but a CPV was
isolated from winter moth following infection
with NPV from the painted lady butterfly,
Vanessa cardui (L.), by Smith (1954). In the
light of recent investigations, it seems probable
that the NPV from V. cardui was contaminated
with CPV. Later, the CPV obtained in Smith’s
experiment was sent to Canada and tested on
18 species of Lepidoptera and 2 of Hymenop-
tera. Infection resulted in 11 species of Lepi-
doptera, including the winter moth (Neilson
1964).
18 J. ENTOMOL. SOC. BRIT. COLUMBIA 78 (1981), DEc. 31, 1981
During a study of the epizootiology of winter
moth NPV in England, Wigley (1976) calculat-
ed the LD,, for different larval instars in terms
of polyhedral inclusion bodies (PIB) per larva.
For first instar the LD,, was 2.4, for second
instar 15, for third instar 156, for small fourth
instar 295 and for large fourth instar 1,813. He
could not calculate an LD,, for fifth instar
larvae because only 3/233 larvae in his test
became infected after ingesting up to 720,000
PIB. If NPV is to be an effective control agent,
it should be applied on early instar larvae.
However, at this time of year, buds are in a
relatively early stage of development and there
is little target area for a spray deposit. Later,
when the buds are further developed, a good
virus deposit can be obtained on the leaf sur-
faces, but the larvae by then are larger and
less susceptible to infection.
The use of winter moth NPV as a biocontrol
agent had not been investigated and the pres-
ent 2-year study was undertaken to evaluate
NPV for regulating winter moth populations
and to determine its epizootic potential in sub-
sequent generations.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
Virus Production
A sample of winter moth NPV, obtained in
England, was propagated in winter moth larvae
at the Forest Pest Management Institute.
Larvae were reared in 15 ml plastic cups, half
filled with artificial diet (McMorran, 1965).
When larvae reached fourth instar, they were
transferred to fresh cups of diet which were
‘This diet is unsuitable for continuous laboratory rearing of
winter moth because pupae are deformed and no adults emerge.
o
surface-treated with 0.3 ml of a suspension
containing 10’ PIB/ml. Mortality began about
8 days post-infection and dead larvae were har-
vested daily thereafter and placed in beakers
of water. They were homogenized in a Waring
blender and the suspension filtered through 4
layers of cheesecloth to remove the larger
particles of insect debris. The virus was puri-
fied further by differential centrifugation. A
total of 5,500 fourth instar larvae was infected
with NPV and harvested. These produced
2 x 10’? PIB making the average yield/larva
3.64 x 10° PIB.
Virus Application
The trials were conducted in a heavily infest-
ed, neglected orchard of dwarf apple trees
(mostly var. Spartan) on University of Victoria
property at 2,400 Cedar Hill Cross Road. The
aqueous NPV suspensions were applied in a
formulation containing 25% animal-feed grade
molasses, 50 g/l Sandoz Shade® (a UV screen-
ing agent) and 1% Chevron® sticker. Three
concentrations of virus, viz. 108, 107 and 108
PIB/ml, were applied to 6 replicates of 1 tree
each on April 19, 1979 between 0900 and 1100
hr using a Solo Junior 410® mistblower. Appli-
cation rates ranged from 0.75 / to 1.5 l/tree
and averaged 1.3 /. At the time of application,
there was scattered cloud with sunny periods,
wind of 2 to 4 km/hr and temperature of 8°
to 10° C. All the winter moth eggs had hatched
and the larvae were in the first and second
instars but buds on the trees were still in the
pre-pink stage.
The same treatments were applied to an
additional 18 trees on April 27 between 0900
and 1100 hr. About 1 / of spray was applied per
@o@e@eeeoeeeeeee ®@
@©@eeeeoee 08 eee @
@©e2G@ @2@0806808 268 @
®eeeeoeareee ee @
@oe@e@e@ e088 @
Fig. 1. Plan of the University of Victoria apple orchard where virus spray trials for winter moth
control were conducted in 1979. Treated trees are marked with numbers, 1A, 1B, etc., denot-
ing treatment 1 and A to F for the 6 replicates of that treatment (see Table 1 for treat-
ments), @ indicates trees used in a pesticide trial and @indicates missing or unused trees.
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 78 (1981), DEc. 31, 1981 19
TABLE 1. Treatments of nuclear polyhedrosis virus on winter moth larvae on apple trees in Vic-
toria, B.C. in 1979.
No. of. NPV-
infected Larvae
Treatment Application PIB/ PIB/ required to
Number date ml g/tree tree treat 1 tree
i April 19 10° 3 hagas 0? 3.6
2 April 19 107 3 iP, 3 Love 35.6
3 April 19 108 3 Lior 1G! a5 725
4 April 27 10 0 102 2.8
5 April 27 107 0 1019 pais
6 April 27 108 0 11!! 275
7 (check) None ~
*Based on 1978/79 production figures at the Forest Pest Management
Institute.
tree, the weather was clear, there was no wind
and the temperature was 12°C. Buds on the
apple trees had reached full pink and the larvae
were mainly in the third instar.
Besides the 36 treated trees, 6 untreated
trees were designated as checks. The treat-
ments are listed in Table 1, and the orchard
is mapped in Fig. 1. Some of the trees in this
orchard were used for a pesticide trial, making
it necessary to scatter the test trees over a
wide area. However, the basic plot layout can
be considered as a randomized complete block
design.
Assessing Impact of the Treatment
Three methods were used to assess the im-
pact of the 6 treatments: 1) population esti-
mates were made by comparing pre- and post-
spray counts of living larvae; 2) defoliation
estimates were made visually on treated and
untreated trees; 3) levels of virus infection were
Post-spray density
in treatment
Percent population
reduction due to =
treatment
2) Defoliation estimates were made on June
5. All treated and check trees were rated
visually for extent of winter moth defoliation
using a scale of 0 (no defoliation) to 10 (com-
plete defoliation).
Pre-spray density
in treatment
determined by microscopic examination of
samples of larvae.
1) For population estimates, pre-treatment
early spray samples consisted of 15 leaf clust-
ers per tree, collected at random at chest height
from treated and check trees on April 18. On
April 26, 10 leaf clusters per tree were taken
from the late-spray treatment trees and the
check trees were re-sampled. Post-spray
samples of 10 leaf clusters per tree were col-
lected May 11 from all the trees in all the treat-
ments and the check. The larvae on each leaf
cluster were counted and the mean number of
larvae per leaf cluster per tree was calculated.
The mean number of larvae per leaf cluster per
treatment was then established and the per-
centage population reduction due to treatment
calculated using a modified Abbott’s formula
(Abbott, 1925) as follows:
Pre-spray density
in check
x X 100
Post-spray density
in check
3) Larval samples, to determine the incidence
of pathogens in the population, were collected
and shipped to the Forest Pest Management
Institute on April 30, May 7 and 14. From each
sample, squash preparations of gut and fat
20 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 78 (1981), DEc. 31, 1981
tissue were made from about 50 individual
larvae from each treatment and from the check.
These preparations were examined using phase
contrast optics; presence of inclusion body
viruses and other pathogens was recorded.
Determination of CPV in the NPV Preparation
After a fairly high incidence of CPV was
noticed in larvae collected from the treated
and check trees, we examined the purity of the
NPV propagated at the Forest Pest Manage-
ment Institute. The inclusion bodies were
counted by smearing a known volume of sus-
pension on a measured area of a microscope
slide (Wigley, 1976; Evans, Bishop and Page,
1980), and staining them with giemsa instead
of naphthalene black (Wigley, 1976). CPV
inclusion bodies stained blue and those of NPV
remained unstained against a pink background.
The concentration of both viruses could be
determined.
Surveys Conducted in 1980
The orchard which was treated in 1979 was
re-sampled in 1980 along with 5 other sites
which had no previous history of treatment
with virus or pesticide. Random samples were
collected on May 13 when larvae were mainly
in the fifth instar. They were shipped to the
Forest Pest Management Institute where 100
larvae per site were examined for pathogens
as described above. The 6 sites are located in
Fig. 2. Map of the Saanich Peninsula showing
sites where collections of winter moth
larvae were made in 1980. Site no. 1 was
Fig. 2 and described below:
1. University of Victoria apple orchard:
the site of virus and pesticide spray trials
in 1979;
2. Glanford Avenue at Agnes Street: an
abandoned orchard with apple and pear
trees;
3. Interurban Road at Dumeresq Crescent:
includes heavily defoliated maple, willow
and hawthorn. It was here that the winter
moth was first observed on Vancouver
Island. This area had been heavily infest-
ed with geometrid larvae for at least the
past 9 years;
4. Hunt Road at Fowler Road: an old, aban-
doned orchard with a few apple and pear
trees;
treated with viruses in 1979 but sites 2
to 6 had no history of virus or pesticide
treatments.
5. Patricia Bay Highway at Jennings Lane
(Elk Lake): an old, abandoned cherry,
pear and apple orchard;
6. East Saanich Road at Bengordon Road:
roadside apple and pear trees are on this
site.
RESULTS
Assessment of 1979 Spray Trial
Table 2 shows the pre- and post-spray counts
of larvae, percent population reductions due to
treatment and visual defoliation estimates.
The virus concentration which had the greatest
impact was 10° PIB/ml, applied on April 19.
It gave the highest population reduction of 46%
and was the only one in which defoliation esti-
mates differed significantly from the check
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 78 (1981), Dec. 31, 1981 21
TABLE 2. Pre-spray and post-spray counts of winter moth larvae and visual defoliation ratings of
apple trees sprayed with virus preparations and untreated trees.
Percent
population Defoliation
Concentration Mean number of larvae/leaf cluster reduction rating
Treatment Treatment of NPV Pre-spray Pre-spray Post-spray due to GETS. D:.)
number date (PIB/ml1) April 18 April 26 May 11 treatment June 5
1 April 19 10° 5.44 -- 2.08 val 9,00 155
2 April 19 107 6.57 -- 3.10 3 6.2 + 2.5
3 April 19 108 6.39 -- 1.66 46 2.6 + 1.7%
4 April 27 106 -- 8.08 2.43 14 9.8 + 0.4
5 April 27 107 -- 8.23 2.16 26 Be Jt O0e5
6 April 27 108 -- 8.45 2531 29 Sea 3.2
7 Check - 5518 —— 2550 - 956° 057
7 Check - -- 7.15 2.50 = 9516: Oey
*Significantly different from the check at the 95% confidence level
Fig. 3. Typical winter moth defoliation on apple trees in Victoria, B.C. A) untreated, B) sprayed
with viruses at 10° PIB/ml on April 19, 1979. Photographs taken on June 5, 1979.
22 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 78 (1981), DEc. 31, 1981
trees. A typical tree which received this treat-
ment and a typical untreated check tree are
shown in Fig. 3.
Table 3 shows the incidence of virus infection
in larvae examined microscopically. The only
pathogens detected were NPV and CPV and the
levels of CPV were, in several samples, higher
than those of NPV. Infections with both
viruses present were common. The occurrence
of CPV was unexpected and merited further
investigation.
Level of CPV Contamination in the
NPV Preparation
We determined that the ratio of NPV:CPV
PIB in the preparation used in these trials was
161:1.
Surveys Conducted in 1980
From 100 larvae examined from each of the
5 untreatred sites, no virus was found. Even in
site no. 1, the orchard treated in 1979, the
incidence of viruses was low, with only 1.0%
NPV and 5.0% CPV being recorded.
DISCUSSION
The 1979 trial with NPV to control winter
moth larvae raised two interesting points which
were resolved by further investigation. Firstly,
the detection of virus in larvae on untreated,
check trees suggested that there was a natural
virus epizootic in the winter moth population.
The survey conducted in 1980 indicated that
this was not the case. The plan of the orchard
in Fig. 1 shows that there was only one buffer
tree between trees sprayed with virus using a
mistblower and untreated check trees. We
concluded that spray drift caused the virus
infection in larvae on the check trees. This low
deposit, however, did little to control the insect,
and it was not until 33 days after the early
treatment that any marked effect was observed
in samples of larvae which were examined
microscopically. These check trees were then
almost totally defoliated. Virus infection of
larvae on check trees can obviously influence
population studies and appear to diminish the
effectiveness of the treatments. However, the
post-spray count was made on May 11; on
May 7, microscopic examination showed 98.0%
of the check larvae free from virus infection
and on May 14th, 90.0% were free from infec-
tion. Hence, within the scope of this trial, popu-
lation reduction estimates can be regarded s
reasonably unaffected by the spray drift.
TABLE 3. Incidence of viruses in winter moth larvae collected from apple trees sprayed with
viruses in 1979.
Plot Treatment Dosage of NPV Sample
No. date (PIB/m1) date
aT April 19 10° April 30
May 7
May 14
2 April 1S 107 April 30
May 7
May 14
3 April 19 108 April 30
May 7
May 14
4 April 27 10° May 7
May 14
5 April 27 107 May 7
May 14
6 April 27 108 May 7
May 14
7 None (check) - April 30
May 7
May 14
No. of Percent virus infection Percent
larvae NPV + showing no
examined NPV CPV cpv! disease
50 18.0 4.0 2.0 80.0
50 10.0 0 0 90.0
50 22.30 8.0 0 70.0
50 18.0 0 0 82.0
50 14.0 16.0 0 70.0
50 28.0 16.0 4.0 60.0
55 3237 Died 18 63.6
50 322.0 8.0 0 60.0
49 36.7 42.8 2205 42.9
50 8.0 8.0 2.00) 86.0
59 6.8 16.9 aw ar)
50 20.0 18.0 4.0 66.0
50 28.0 20.0 4.0 56.0
49 30.6 65:33 26... 30.6
50 24.0 56.0 10.0 30.0
50 70) DisO) 0 96.0
50 220 2.0 22.0; 98.0
50 6.0 8.0 4.0 90.0
‘Double infections with NPV and CPV together were recorded separately and also in the NPV + CPV
column.
Hence, total infection cannot be calculated by adding these 3 columns.
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. COLUMBIA 78 (1981), DEc. 31, 1981 23
Secondly, the occurrence of CPV is particu-
larly interesting. On further investigation,
we found it was a contaminant of the NPV
preparation which was applied. The source of
the CPV is unknown. It might have been a very
low-level contaminant in the sample received
from England; it might have been present in
the stock of winter moth larvae used for virus
production; or it might have been spruce bud-
worm CPV which was being studied in the
Sault Ste. Marie laboratory at the same time
as the winter moth NPV was being produced.
In general, CPVs have a much wider host range
than NPVs (Neilson, 1964) and detailed bio-
chemical studies are required to establish the
identity of this particular CPV.
With the small quantity of CPV in the prep-
aration, it is surprising that such high levels
of infection were found in larvae following its
application, up to 65.3% in one instance. The
highest level of NPV recorded was 36.7%. A
similar situation was reported when spruce
budworm NPV, contaminated with CPV, was
applied to spruce budworm (Cunningham, in
press) on two occasions. In the first instance,
the ratio of NPV:CPV was 400:1 and in the
second was 178:1. In both cases, a high level
of CPV infection resulted. It is possible that
there is a synergistic effect between these
two viruses, but exhaustive studies would be
needed to establish this hypothesis.
A significant level of foliage protection wds
obtained only from the early treatment with 10°
PIB/ml. Foliage protection was quite evident
from early treatment with 10’ PIB/ml and from
late treatment with 10° PIB/ml. Because there
were considerable variations between the 6
replicates in these treatments, the results were
not statistically significant. To produce a dos-
age of 10° PIB/ml applied at 1 //tree, it is nec-
essary to infect and harvest 275 winter moth
larvae to treat one tree. This is obviously un-
acceptable in economic terms. Similar situa-
tions exist with spruce budworm NPV (Cun-
ningham et al., 1978) and Bruce spanworm
NPV (Ives and Cunningham, 1980).
We hoped that the application of winter moth
NPV in 1979 would result in a virus epizootic
in the treated orchard in 1980, but this did not
occur. Population studies were not needed in
1980 because a high winter moth population
was obvious and defoliation was_ severe
throughout the entire orchard. Microscopic
examination of samples of larvae revealed that
NPV and CPV were both present in the popula-
tion, but at levels which were too low to have
any regulating effect. This preliminary trial
indicates that, at present, neither NPV or CPV
appears to show promise as a biocontrol agent
for winter moth.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We wish to thank Mr. P. F. Entwistle, Virol-
ogy Institute, Natural Environment Research
Council, Oxford, England for providing a
sample of winter moth nuclear polyhedrosis
virus and Dr. S. F. Condrashoff, Professional
Ecological Services Ltd., Victoria, B.C. for
supplying winter moth eggs. The following
staff members of the Forest Pest Management
Institute also provided assistance and advice
during this project: Miss M. B. E. White, Mr.
J. M. Burke, Mr. D. Grisdale and Dr. A.
Retnakaran.
REFERENCES
Abbott, W. S. 1925. A method of computing the effectiveness of an insecticide. J. Econ. Entomol.
18:265-267.
Cunningham, J. C. Field trials with baculoviruses: control of forest insect pests. In ‘‘Microbial
and Viral Pesticides’’. (E. Kurstak, ed.) Marcel Dekker, New York, in press.
Cunningham, J. C., G. M. Howse, J. R. McPhee, P. deGroot and M. B. E. White. 1979. Aerial
application of spruce budworm baculovirus: replicated tests with an aqueous formulation
and a trial using an oil formulation. Can. For. Serv. Sault Ste. Marie, Ont. Inf. Rep.
FPM-X-21. 19 pp.
Embree, D. G. and F. G. Cuming. 1967. Winter moth, Operophtera brumata (L.). In ‘“‘Important
Forest Insects and Diseases of Mutual Concern to Canada, the United States and Mexico’’.
(A. G. Davidson and R. M. Prentice, Comp. and ed.) Can. Dept. For. Rural Dev., Ottawa.
Pub. No. 1180.
Evans, H. F., J. M. Bishop and E. A. Page. 1980. Methods for the quantitive assessment of
nuclear-polyhedrosis virus in soil. J. Invertebr. Pathol. 35: 1-8.
Ferguson, D.C. 1978. Pests not known to occur in the United States or of limited distribution.
Winter moth, Operophtera brumata (L.) Lepidoptera: Geometridae. U.S.D.A. Coop. Plant
Pest Rep. 3:687-694.
Gillespie, D. R., T. Findlayson, N. V. Tonks and D. A. Ross. 1978. Occurrence of the winter moth,
Operophtera brumata (Lepidoptera: Geometridae), on Southern Vancouver Island, British
Columbia. Can. Entomol. 110:223-224.
Hawboldt, L. S. and F. G. Cuming. 1950. Cankerworms and European winter moth in Nova Scotia.
Bi-M on. Prog. Rep. Dom. Dept. of Agric., Ottawa, Can. 6:1-2.
24 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 78 (1981), DEc. 31, 1981
Ives, W. G. H. and J. C. Cunningham. 1980. Application of nuclear polyhedrosis virus to control
Bruce spanworm (Lepidoptera: Geometridae). Can. Entomol. 112:741-744.
Martignoni, M. E. and R. L. Langston. 1960. Supplement to an annotated list and biography of
insects reported to have virus disease. Hilgardia 30: 1-40.
Matthews, R. E. F. 1979. Classification and nomenclature of viruses. Intervirology 12: 129-296.
McMorran, A. 1965. A synthetic diet for spruce budworm, Choristoneura fumiferana (Clem.)
(Lepidoptera: Tortricidae). Can. Entomol. 97:58-62.
Morris, E. V. and C. S. Wood. 1978. Forest insect and disease conditions, Vancouver forest dis-
trict, British Columbia. 1977. Can. For. Serv., Inf. Rep. Victoria, B.C. BC-X-170. 8 pp.
Neilson, M. M. 1964. A cytoplasmic polyherdrosis virus pathogenic for a number of lepidopterous
hosts. J. Insect Pathol. 6:41-52.
Neilson, M. M. 1965. A new nuclear polyhedrosis virus of the winter moth, Operophtera brumata
L. Can. Dept. For. Bi-Mon. Prog. Rep. 21:1.
Smith, K. M. 1954. Viruses and the control of insect pests. Discovery 15:455-458.
Smith, K. M. 1956. Virus diseases of insects — their use in biological control. Agriculture 63:271-
275.
Weiser, J. and C. Vago. 1966. A newly described virus of the winter moth, Operophtera brumata
Hubner (Lepidoptera: Geometridae). J. Invertebr. Pathol. 8:314-319.
Wigley, P. J. 1976. The epizootiology of a nuclear polyhedrosis virus of the winter moth, Opero-
phtera brumata L., at Wistman’s Wood, Dartmoor. D. Phil Thesis, Oxford University,
England. 185 pp.
ANOTHER OLETHREUTINE, PHANETA LATENS
(LEPIDOPTERA: TORTRICIDAE), ATTRACTED TO THE
SEX PHEROMONE OF THE CODLING MOTH?
DARRELL O. HATHAWAY AND GEORGE TAMAKI
Yakima Agricultural Research Laboratory, Agricultural Research,
Science and Education Administration, USDA
Yakima, WA 98902
ABSTRACT
The olethreutine, Phaneta latens (Heinrich), was attracted to the phero-
mone of the codling moth Cydia pomonella (L.), (E,E)-8,10-dodecadien-1-o01.
Field trapping records indicated that flights of P. latens occurred between
May 12 and June 20, 1978, with the greatest trap catches in late May. In
1979 flights occurred from May 15 to July 2, and the peak catches dispersed
throughout May and June. Responses of P. latens to the pheromone was
significantly less at concentrations of 0.25 mg/trap than at 1.0 and 2.0 mg/
trap; the latter two were equally attractive.
The attraction of extracts from female cod- Dr. Ejichlin said that information about P.
longmoths, Cydia pomonella (L.), to male latens was limited and that specific determina-
colding moths was first shown at Yakima,
Wash., in July 1963 (Butt and Hathaway 1966).
Later, Roeloefs et al. (1971) identified the sex
attractant of codling moth to be (E,E) 8,10-
dodecadien-1-01. We found another olethreu-
tine, Phaneta latens (Heinrich), to be attracted
to this pheromone.
In 1929, Heinrich reported that the adult
tortricid, P. latens, was known only from the
type locality in Tulare County, Calif. The food
plant was listed as unknown. Dr. Thomas D.
Eichlin of the Insect Taxonomy Laboratory,
Sacramento, Calif., identified P. latens for us
strictly by comparing the male genitalia with
illustrations of the species in Heinrich (1929).
‘Mention of a commercial product does not constitute a
recommendation for use by the U.S. Department of Agriculture.
tions were very difficult (pers. comm. ).
In this paper we describe the effects of the
sex attractant of the codling moth on P. latens,
including the seasonal flight activity and varia-
tions in the attractiveness of different dosage
rates of the attractant.
METHODS AND MATERIALS
The seasonal activity of the moth was deter-
mined with two pheromone traps tht were set
out in peach trees from May 1 to Sept. 28 in
1978, 1979, and 1980 at Moxee, Wash. In 1980,
two additional pheromone traps were placed in
apricot trees in Moxee from May 20 to June 12
and in pear trees in Ellensburg, Wash., from
June 10 to July 7. The Sectar 1® traps were
baited with red rubber-sleeve stoppers (septa)
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 78 (1981), DEc. 31, 1981 25
september
august
20
n =
z co 0) O = 2
Me ~ me © =
a DOO
Bip - - =
< id:
- @o4
= °
= lds Ry
a.
cencsonsmmescerdeen’ 2S
eee
bl Te
oe
Q
>
2g .°]
2) i=
Ln o) Ln
AVG /dVY1L/GAYNLd VO SHLOW ‘ON ‘SAV
Fig. 1. The seasonal catches of Phaneta latens by codling moth pheromone traps set in peach trees
in one location in 1978, 1979 and 1980.
26 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. COLUMBIA 78 (1981), DEc. 31, 1981
impregnated with codling-moth pheromone
obtained from Zoecon Corporation. These traps
were hung about 30 m apart and 1.7 m high in
trees. The septa were changed every 4-5 wk
to maintain uniform attractiveness. Other
traps without pheromone were hung in the
trees to serve as controls.
In another experiment the attractiveness of
the pheromone was tested at concentrations of
of 0.25, 0.5, 1.0 and 2.0 mg. Two traps at each
concentration were tested from May 20 to June
2. The traps were spaced by placing them in
every other tree in a peach orchard, and the
sites were rotated several times per week dur-
ing the test.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
Adults of P. latens were first captured on
May 12, 1978, and peak catches occurred in
mid-May; catches declined rapidly thereafter
(Fig. 1). Other activity occurred from June 1
to 21. Although the traps were left in the field
until Sept. 28, no additional moths were
caught. A somewhat similar pattern occurred
in 1979, with the first moth being captured on
May 14 and the first peak of activity occurring
in mid-May. Unlike 1978, however, more moths
were caught from the end of May to mid-June
than earlier in May. No additional moths were
caught from July 2 to Sept. 28, 1979. In 1980
the 1st moths were captured on May 18, with
the peak activity occurring the early part of
June. The last moths caught were collected in
traps on June 20.
When different concentrations of colding
moth pheromone were compared in the field
(Table 1), the low concentration of 0.25 mg/
trap caught significantly less moths than con-
centrations of 1.0 and 2.0 mg/trap. The number
of moths caught at 0.5 mg/trap was not signifi-
cantly different from the numbers caught in
traps with lower or higher concentrations.
There were 67 P. latens moths caught from
May 20 to June 12, 1980 in the pheromone
traps in apricot trees, and other 45 moths were
caught in pheromone traps in pear trees from
June 10 to July 7.
In summary, this study showed that another
olethreutine moth species was attracted to
(E,E')-8,10-dodecadien-1-01, a known sex at-
tractant of the codling moth. Furthermore,
because all captured moths were identified as
males, we assumed that the pheromone was
also an important component of the sex attract-
ant of P. latens.
TABLE 1. The comparison of different concentrations of E,E-8,10-dodecadien-l-o1 pheromone in
the field in capturing the moths of Phaneta latens.
Concentration
of pheromone
(mg/trap)
Mean no.
moths captured per
trap per day!
O.lla
0.45 ab
L383 2p
1.31 b
1/Means in a column not followed by the same letter are
significantly different (P = 0.05) by Duncan’s multiple range
test.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
We thank Dr. Leslie M. McDonough of the
Yakima Agricultural Research Laboratory in
Yakima, WA 98902, for his helpful comments
during the course of this research. We are also
grateful for the statistical analysis of the re
sults by Mark Weiss of the same laboratory.
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 78 (1981), DEc. 31, 1981 27
REFERENCES
Butt, B. A. and D. O. Hathaway. 1966. Female sex pheromones as attractant for male codling
moths. J. Econ. Entomol. 59: 476-477.
Heinrich, C. 1929. Notes on some North American moths of the subfamily Eucosminae. Proc.
U.S.Nat. Mus., 57: 1-25.
Roelofs, W. L., A. Comeau, A. Hill and G. Milicevic. 1971. Sex attractant of the codling moth:
characterization with electroantennogram technique. Science 174: 297-299.
IMPROVED CONTROL OF THE WESTERN CHERRY FRUIT FLY,
RHAGOLETIS INDIFFERENS (DIPT.:TEPHRITIDAE),
BASED ON AREA-WIDE MONITORING
M. T. ALINIAZEE
Department of Entomology, Oregon State University, Corvallis, OR 97331
ABSTRACT
A monitoring program, using spherical wooden traps of Saturn Yellow®
color, was tested on an area-wide basis for control of the western cherry fruit
fly, Rhagoletis indifferens Curran. All calendar sprays were eliminated
and substituted by sprays applied only after the first female flies were
caught on any of 8 traps/acre. This approach resulted in elimination of all
spray treatments for R. indifferens control in 4 of 10 study orchards during
the 1977 season. The remaining study orchards required one fewer spray
treatment. In 1978, 1 of 14 study orchards required 4 fewer treatments.
Among the remaining orchards, 3 sprays were eliminated in 2 orchards,
2 sprays in 4 orchards and 1 spray in 6 orchards. It is estimated that the
average saving in spray costs alone amounted to about $31.00/acre in 1977
and $26.00 in 1978. The overall reduction in number of sprays applied was
about one-half during 2 seasons. The orchard blocks under the fly monitor-
ing program had about the same level of infestation in the fruit as the calen-
dar treatment blocks.
INTRODUCTION
The western cherry fruit flyRhagoletis in-
differens Curran, is the most important pest of
cherries in the Pacific Northwest. More than
80% of all insecticide sprays applied to cherry
trees are directed against this pest. Untreated
orchards sustain between 50 and 100% fruit
infestation. Almost all commercial growers in
Oregon and Washington rely on preventative
sprays ranging from 3 to 6 ULV sprays of
malathion or ground sprays of diazinon per
season, and causing excessive over-spraying,
with resultant environmental contamination
and financial loss. As an alternative to this
method, AliNiazee (1978) suggested a program
of minimum presticide use based on trap
catches. This involved the use of suspended or
hanging spherical traps of 5 cm diam., painted
with Saturn Yellow® fluorescent paint or
Zoecon’s AM standard traps, at the rate of
4-8/acre. The application of control treatments
was delayed until the flies were trapped in each
individual orchard. Frick et al. (1954) also sug-
gested the use of traps to determine the emer-
gence of flies and the timing of control treat-
ments. Other workers (Madsen and Vakenti
1973, Riedl and Croft 1974, Minks and DeJong
1975, Neilson et al. 1976, Westigard and Graves
1976) used pheromone or attractant traps to
monitor pest emergence and population fluctua-
tions, to provide a basis for pest control deci-
sions.
Reported here are the results of an area-wide
application of a cherry fruit fly management
program involving 22 cherry growers through-
out the Willamette Valley of Oregon.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
Fly emergence in study orchards was moni-
tored by using 5 cm diam. wooden shperical
traps (AliNiazee 1978), at 8 traps/acre.
The spheres were painted with fluorescent
Saturn yellow paint (Day Glo Co., Cleveland,
Ohio) and a thin coat of Stickem Special®
(Michael Pelton Co., Emeryville, California)
for catching the attracted flies. The traps were
placed randomly throughout the study blocks
28 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 78 (1981), DEc. 31, 1981
about 2-2.5 m above ground, hung on 20-30
cm-long wires, mostly in the outer canopy
where they were easily visible. A number of
border traps were placed to check for incoming
flies. The traps were made locally at a cost of
about $0.25 each.
No. FLIES 7 COUNT
23 30 6
MAY
pram
13 20
In 1977, 11 orchards were involved in the
study whereas in 1978 there were 15. The grow-
ers were selected from different cherry growing
areas within the Willamette Valley to encom-
pass differences in elevation and varieties. The
study orchards were located within a 2589
ELLIOT
WALKER
SCHIFFERER
WALKER YOUNG
ORCHARD
SCHREPEL
TOTTEN
HIT
CHAPIN
JENSON
PAULS
BOWYER
LINDBECK
27 3)
JUNE
Fig. 1. No of western cherry fruit flies trapped/3-4 days/8 yellow sphere traps showing emergence
pattern for 1977 in different study orchards. Arrow indicates 1st fly emergence in the area.
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 78 (1981), DEc. 31, 1981 29
km? (=1000 mi?) area of the mid-Willamette
Valley. All the orchards except one had been
under a commercial spray program during the
previous year. The study blocks varied in size
from 0.75 to 2.0 acres.
The traps were placed in the 2nd week of
May. The flies caught on each trap were count-
ed and removed 3 times/week, when the traps
were cleaned and serviced. Captured flies were
sexed and females were brought to the labora-
tory to determine the stage of ovarian develop-
ment. The study was continued until the fruit
was harvested, normally in the lst week in
July. As soon as one female fly was taken on
any of the traps, the grower was informed and
a regular spray program initiated. Thus, no
sprays were applied if no flies were found on
the traps for the entire season. By contrast, in
blocks using a calendar spray program, the
grower applied regular sprays on scheduled
dates. These sprays were initiated by the grow-
wers immediately after the 1st fly was caught
in the area and notices were sent by the County
Extension Agents.
The effectiveness of the program was evalu-
ated by randomly collecting 500 - 1000 cherries/
acre and examining them for eggs and mag-
gots, 5 to 10 days before harvest. Similar
samples were collected and examined from
adjacent standard-treatment blocks where a
calendar spray program was used.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
In 1977, the first fly was caught in the area
on May 24. The cherry growers of the Willa-
mette Valley were informed and fruit fly sprays
began on May 26, and continued for 6 weeks
at 8 - 10 day intervals. But in the study or-
chards, no fly activity was noticed until the
lst week of June. In Walker’s young orchard
near Salem, the lst fly was caught on June 1
(Fig. 1). A total of 9 flies (Fig. 1) was caught by
the end of the growing season. Flight activity
increased in August and early September most-
ly due to migration of flies from the surround-
ing orchards. Trap counts from Elliot’s orchard
near Dalles, indicated the presence of a large
number of flies. A total of 30 flies were trapped
before the July 4 harvest, however, the first
fly was not caught until the end of the first
week in June, indicating late emergence. A
large number of flies was trapped in this
orchard towards the end of the season. Lind-
beck’s orchard (North Salem) also had a
substantial number of flies (28 total on 8 traps
by July 5th), but the first emergence did not
occur until June 3. A late season increase in
trap catches was also noticed in this orchard.
No flies were caught in Walker, Bowyer and
Chapin orchards throughout the study period;
a very small number of flies was caught in the
other 4 orchards (Totten, Pauls, Schrepel and
Jensen), mostly towards the end of the season.
In general, the fly emergence in study orchards
was about 1 - 3 weeks later than the 1st fly
emergence in the valley (Fig. 1).
A comparison of number of sprays applied
and the infestation levels (Table 1) of the
management blocks vs. standard blocks (where
no traps were used and chemicals were ap-
plied on a calendar basis) indicates the use-
fulness of this approach for cherry fruit fly
management. Out of the 10 commercial or-
chards involved in the 1977 program, 4 did not
require any sprays, saving $45.00 - $60.00/
acre. The remaining orchards used one less
spray, although some of these could have saved
more by delaying the lst treatment. On an
average, 2.1 sprays/season were eliminated,
which is almost one half of the total spray
program for cherry fruit fly control.
In 1978, the program was further expanded,
growers were allowed bigger blocks (2 - 5
acres), and several new growers were added.
The overall performance of the program was
comparble to that in 1977. Of the 14 commer-
cial orchards involved in the program, few had
appreciable numbers of flies (Fig. 2). Most of
the flies were caught towards the end of the
season, consequently, they posed little threat.
Among the study orchards, Walker and Jen-
sen orchards had only one fly throughout the
season. Small numbers of flies were caught
in Bowyer, Askey, Shingler, Nusom, Totten,
and Kubin orchards. Most of these orchards
had late fly emergence (for instance Bowyer
on June 29, Nusom on June 16, Askey and
Shingler on June 19, Totten on June 12, Kubin
on June 19), thus eliminating the need for a
number of sprays. Lindbeck, Pauls, and Wilson
orchards had moderate number of flies, mostly
towards the end of the season. Precise monitor-
ing of fly emergence and the subsequent popu-
lation trends resulted in reduced use of spray
treatments in the management blocks. In 1978,
the management blocks received an average
of 1.8 sprays/season whereas the standard
blocks, using calendar treatments based on
County Agent’s recommendations received
about twice as many, or 3.9 sprays/season.
Using a conservative figure of $15.00/spray/
acre including the cost of material and labor,
the program resulted in an average saving of
about $26.00/acre.
Attempts were made to estimate the cost
of traps and the monitoring program. The
initial cost of the traps was about $2.00/acre.
Their maintenance and checking will depend on
individual growers and how the program is
run. We estimated $10.00/acre for running this
program, primarily based on our costs for the
2 years. We believe that costs could be reduced
substantially if growers would monitor their
own orchards. Even after the deduction of
these costs, the saving in 1978 was about
$16.00/acre, but in 1977 it was about $21.00/
acre (Table 2). Further benefits were the re-
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 78 (1981), DEc. 31, 1981
30
"ysanuey uazse uo HBulung -—
/
"ySaAUeY Ze PUNOJS SEM YLNUJ PazSajsuL ZoHHew uo *zobbew ou usrAamoy *SyxDOLq puepueysS puke SYD01qG “W'd uy
Y1Oq WOouf SaLuuayd UL SHhba payozeyuN OM} JO BDUaSaUd BY} PaLedADU SAaLuUWaYD JY} JO UOLZeULWEXS ILdODSOUDLW ie
“SUOLZePUaWWODIU §SsqzUaby AjUNOD UO paseg Sazep uepualed UO pali{dde suaM szUaW}ZeIuy Aeuds JuaYyM *SxD0,q puepuezs iz
“yyBned duam
SOL{[t 4b ALUO pattdde auam SAeuds pue aduebuawa ALJ wOZLUOW 0} PasN duaM Sdeuz aUaYyM *SHDO|LG JUBWabeUeW 4Saq it
GI I 0 0 v € T/9 pueyoug buno,
~AoyxLeM
SY € 0 0 € 0 We [adauyos
09 v 0 0 v 0 jpot/L 49 L eM
GT if 0 0 7 € 8/9 ee
SI I 0 0 ; ¢ s1/9 465244 LUS
ST i 0 0 G v 9/9 S[Ned
ST i 0 0 17 € €T/9 UISUd
ST I 0 0 v c 8/9 jerOt lta
09 v 0 0 v 0 T/L utrdey)
09 v 0 0 v 0 jpell Aakmog
ST I 0 0 v € €/9 HIIQUL |
4IOLG 49019 fz1?9L9 {Tire l9 SPLol4
aude weuboud ‘Wid puepueys UL "Wid Ul p $oue1s JUuawWabeuew Sdeuz uo
Jad shbulaes eb Hulsn pares ySaAueYy ze ySaAuey ze UL paLtdde uL pattdde yybneds Aly
$ SAeudS JO “ON UOLZEPSAJUL % UOLZeYSasuL % SAeuds JO “ON sAeuds 40 “ON 4ST Aeq
“LLOT ‘YO ‘ATTBA 8770WIeTIMA *S90I} A104
JO Yoo[q Prepueys “SA JUSUIASeULUI Ul UOI}eySaJUI Y% puw sa_npeyss Avids Jo uostiedw0d VY ‘T WIAVL
31
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 78 (1981), DEc. 31, 1981
"SUOLJEPUSWWOI9U ,SqUaby AZUNO) UO paseq Sazep Uepualed UO pal{dde auam sjUuaWzeaui Aeuds BUBYUM *SHDOLG PUuepueIS fz
“quBned
B4amM SAL{J JL ALUO pattdde auam sAeuds pue aduabuauia AJ 4OPLUOW 02 pasn auam Sdeuz auaym *syD0[q JUaWabeueW 1Saq aa
a ap in et ne a ee ee
SY € 0 0 17 l c1/9 UOS[LM
PUPYDNO
Bunod&
Sil if 0 0 v 3 G/9 ~- AdX|PM
GT il 0 0 v 3 L/9 4a LOM
Set it 0 0 t C c1/9 U9}FOL
09 v 0 0 9 C 61/9 4a [Buys
ST i 0 0 v € 21/9 = ABU 4 LYIS
ol I 0 0 G v L/9 SLNed
O€ ¢ 0 0 c il 91/9 WOSNK
0€ g 0 0 S c 61/9 UPWOUUPH
ST i 0 0 e cd L/9 JISQGPUL |
0€ C 0 0 7 C 61/9 ULGN)
0 0 0 0 c c G/9 UISUdL
0€ td 0 0 € I 62/9 Aakmog
St € 0 0 v { 61/9 Aaysy
a ee eee
HI01g 49014 [71919 /{120L9
aoe weuboud ‘wed puepueys UL "Wid Ul p Spueys qUawab euew Sdeu} uo
Jad shbutAes e HuLsn paars ySaAuey 7e ySaAuey 3e UL paLttdde pattdde yyubned K\4
$ skeuds $0 “ON UOL}eEJSaJUL % UOLZeYSaJUL % SKeuds jo ‘ON SAeuds 40 ‘ON 1ST Aeg SplLal4
— a a ek Oe
"BLET “YO ‘AdTTeA 8730UTeT]I MA *S9eI} A119 Jo
YI0/q piepueys “sA JUsUIeseUeUI UI uor}e}sejul % pue sajnpayds Aeads jo uosuedui0s Vv ‘Z CESAR
32
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 78 (1981), Dec. 31, 1981
NO. FLIES “ COUNT
Ole
= oe
>
~<
ne
Oo
=
e =
2°
PA
De
Se
= ~ xz |< a
= Silos ==) les
a 3 e ec»
S| 2 = Ils- = s
—rw~i a = vas = td
~< o o o ©
Q on: ae 3
=
= =
>
Pty
=
2.
Ole
UOS|IM
ua}oO]
wosny
sajGurys
Aaysy
4913) 31Y9S
4akmog
Fig. 2. No. of western cherry fruit flies trapped/3-4 days/8 yellow sphere traps showing emergence
pattern for 1978 in different study orchards. Arrow indicates 1st fly emergence in the area.
duced environmental pollution and the grower’s
awareness of pest control problems.
This area-wide management study indicates
that yellow spherical traps can effectively
monitor the activity of western cherry fruit
fly and that a control program based on trap
catches instead of calendar dates can save a
large number of spray. Other traps, such as
Zoecon’s Pherocon® AM Standard trap and
Saturn yellow color cardboard rectangles (15 x
20 cm) could be equally effective. However, the
cost of these traps, particularly the Zoecon’s
AM trap, might make them uneconomical. The
present study substantiates earlier work by
AliNiazee (1978) and shows the effectiveness
of this program over a much larger area than
reported before. Frick et al. (1954) also suggest-
ed the use of lure traps for timing of cherry
fruit fly control sprays in eastern Washing-
ton. The success of a fly monitoring program
using traps is primarily dependent upon the
grower’s confidence in the trapping system.
Acceptance of this program indicates that in
spite of the extremely low pest tolerance level,
many growers are willing to adopt the approach
mainly because of possible reduction in spray
costs.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
I am grateful to Roger D. Akre, George R.
Pesho, and Robert E. Denton for their assist-
ance and guidance. The Western Regional Plant
Inspection Laboratory, ARS, USDA (Washing-
ton State university, Pullman WA 99164) pro-
vided equipment, supplies, and facilities.
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. COLUMBIA 78 (1981), Dec. 31, 1981 33
REFERENCES
AiNiazee, M. T. 1978. The western cherry fruit fly, Rhagoletis indifferens (Diptera: Tephriti-
dae) 3. Developing a management program by utilizing attractant traps as monitoring
devices. Can. Entomol. 110: 1133-39.
Frick, K. E., H. G. Simkover, and H. S. Telford. 1954. Bionomics of the cherry fruit fly in eastern
Washington. Tech. Bull. Wash. Agric. Exp. Sta. 13, 75 pp.
Madsen, H. F. and J. M. Vakenti. 1973. Codling moth: use of Codlemone® baited traps and visual
detection of entries to determine need of sprays. Environ. Entomol. 2:677-79.
Minks, A. K. and D. J. DeJong. 1975. Determination of spraying dates for Adoxophyes orana by sex
pheromone traps and temperature readings. J. Econ. Entomol. 68:729-32.
Neilson, W. T. A., I. Rivard, R. Trottier, and R. J. Whitman. 1976. Pherocon AM standard trap and
their use to determine spray dates for control of the apple maggot. J. Econ. Entomol. —
69: 427-32.
Riedl, H. and B. A. Croft. 1974. A study of pheromone trap catches in relation to codling moth
damage. Can. Entomol. 106:525-37.
Westigard, P. H. and K. L. Graves. 1976. Evaluation of pheromone baited traps in a pest manage-
ment program on pears for codling moth control. Can. Entomol. 108:379-82.
SCIENTIFIC WRITING FOR
GRADUATE STUDENTS
First printing, 1968 ¢ Reprinted, 1976
This manual is a ‘‘must”’ for those who would introduce
courses of instruction in scientific writing into university
graduate schools. The first nine chapters provide the
essentials for ‘Writing a Journal] Article’, and the, re-
maining five chapters cover ‘’Related Topics’ in scien-
tific communication.
* * * * * * & * # *
CONTENTS
. Clearing Away the 10. Designs of Tables and
Underbrush Figures
. The Ground Plan 11. Preparation for Writing
The Master Plan the Doctoral Thesis
. The First Draft 12. Writing a Research
. The First Revision: Project Proposal
Structural Alterations 13. Oral Presentation of a
. Further Revision: Scientific Paper
Polishing the Style 14. Principles and Practices
. Editing Assignments in Searching the Scien-
. The Final Steps tific Literature
. Responding to the Editor
—
2
S:
4
5
6
7
8
9
* * e * * * * * * *
Price $7.50, including postage and handling
190 pages (softbound)
Orders of 10 or more copies, delivered to one address,
discounted 10%
ALL ORDERS MUST BE PREPAID TO:
COUNCIL OF BIOLOGY EDITORS
9650 Rockville Pike, Bethesda, MD 20014
34 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 78 (1981), DEc. 31, 1981
RADIOGRAPHIC DETECTION OF PUPAL PARASITES
OF THE LARCH CASEBEARER, COLEOPHORA LARICELLA
(LEPIDOPTERA: COLEOPHORIDAE)!
JAMES D. HANSEN? 3
Department of Entomology, Washington
State University, Pullman 99164
U.S.A.
ABSTRACT
A radiographic technique was used to detect hymenopterous parasites of
the larch casebearer, Coleophora laricella (Hubner), from Idaho. Pupal
characteristics of Bracon pygmaeus Provancher, Spilochalcis albifrons
(Walsh), Chrysocharis laricinellae (Ratzeburg), Dicladocerus nearcticus
Yoshimoto, Tetrastichus sp., and Mesopolobus verditer (Norton) were
examined from radiographs and compared. A key was constructed to iden-
tify pupae of these parasites.
INTRODUCTION
Within 30 yrs, the larch casebearer, Coleo-
hora laricella (Hubner) (Lepidoptera: Coleo-
phoriade), has infested many stands of western
larch, Larix occidentalis Nuttall, in the Pacific
Northwest. In seeking to control its high popu-
lations, native hymenopterous parasites have
been surveyed (Andrews and Geistlinger 1969;
Bousfield and Lood 1973; Miller and Finlayson
1974, 1977) and imported parasites released
(Denton 1972, Ryan and Denton 1973, Ryan
et al. 1977). Typically, analyzing parasitism by
collecting hosts and rearing-out the parasites
is labor intense, demands much laboratory
space, and is time consuming. However, radio-
graphic methods are more efficient because
less labor is needed and they can often be used
in the field.
Concealed parasites of forest insect pests
have been identified by using radiography
(Holling 1958, Yates 1967, Thornbury and
Denton 1972). In studies of parasites of the
larch casebearer, Amman and Tunnock (1971)
detected A gathis pumila (Ratzeburg) (Hymen-
optera: Braconidae) pupae within pupal cases
of the host. Similarly, Eidmann (1962) followed
the development of the European parasites
Chrysocharis boops Thompson (Hymenoptera:
Eulophidae) and Cirrospilus pictus (Nees)
(Hymenoptera: Eulophidae) in casebearer
larvae. This paper reports an efficient, non-
destructive method of detecting the important
parasites of the larch casebearer in the Pacific
Northwest.
MATERIAL AND METHODS
Pupating larch casebearers were collected
June 26-27, 1975 near Potlach, Idaho, in Latah
Co., and July 3, 1975 near Priest River, Idaho,
in Bonner Co. About 1,500 pupae were isolated
‘Scientific paper No. 5098, Washington State University,
College of Agriculture Research Center. Wark conducted under
project 0037.
*Research Assistant, Department of Entomology, Washing-
ton State University, Pullman 99164, U.S.A.
’Current address: Crops Research Laboratory, Utah State
University, Logan, U tah 84322, U.S.A.
and radiographed 2 wks and one month after
collection by using a Faxitron® X-ray machine
with an output of 10-110 kv and continuous
3 ma. Casebearers were arranged in a grid ona
black vinyl sleeve covering a sheet of double-
coated Kodak® Type R Industrial film. Expo-
sures used in previous detection studies of
parasites of the casebearer were 14 kv, 10 ma
for 1.6 sec with a target distance of 25 cm
(Eidman 1962) and 5 kv, 3 ma for 4 min at 50.8
cm (Amman and Tunnock 1971). In this study,
the best results were at 15 kv, 3 ma for 4 min at
45 cm target distance.
After exposure, pupae were maintained at
21-26°C in separate vials. Emerging parasites
were identified to species and sex, and their
radiographs as immatures were examined for
distinguishing characteristics.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
By inspection of the radiographs, pupae of
nonparasitized larch casebearers (Fig. 1) were
easily separated from ones containing para-
sites. Although their activicty was obvious,
most parasitic larvae were nonidentifiable be-
cause they were without detectable character-
istics or had moved during exposure. However,
pupae of the parasites had consistent identify-
ing characteristics like body length and shape,
position of the head, structure of the legs, and
relation between thorax and abdomen. Of the
larch casebearer parasites in Idaho, these six
are the most common (Bousfield and Lood
1973).
The pupa of Bracon pygmaeus Provancher
(Hymenoptera: Braconidae) (Fig. 2) had a long
abdomen with a noticeable petiole and was the
only one having a head with anterior ‘‘projec-
tions’, actually antennal bases. The radio-
graph of the similar Agathis pumila was
described by Amman and Tunnock (1971).
The enlarge metafemora distinguished the
pupa of Spilochalcis albifrons (Walsh) (Hymen-
optera: Chalcididae) (Fig. 3). The pupal head
was always toward the caudal region of the
casebearer, and the meconium, the larval waste
35
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. COLUMBIA 78 (1981), DEc. 31, 1981
1a] 1p4aa ‘PL epeulay ‘g 4ajz7p4aa snqojodosap eeW ‘L ‘ds snyoysvyay ‘g ‘sndyo1DEU sn1az0p
-pojaiq ‘g ‘apjjauio14y] supysoskiy) ‘p “suossiqyy s1apoyoopidg ‘g ‘snavwsdkd uoonig ‘Z ‘1e1e9q
-aSB9 YAR] ‘T ‘1eLeeqased yoIR] ayy Jo seysesed jo aednd pue ‘n7ja0L0) D1oydoajo_ ‘1e1eeqesed
yore] 04} Jo ednd yeursou e jo (XG'g) WY ferysnpuy y eddy, gyepoy uo sydessorpey — g-1 ‘SSIY
36 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 78 (1981), Dec. 31, 1981
a) b)
1-
J ae
c) d)
B-
e) f)
g) h)
ag
(Ze
gf
1 MM
Fig. 9 — Diagrams from radiographs of pupae of six major parasites of the larch casebearer,
Coleophora laricella (lateral view); a, normal larch casebearer pupa; b, generalized elongate
pupa; c, generalized robust pupa; d, Bracon pygmaeus; e. Dicladocerus nearcticus; f, Tetra-
stichus sp.; g. Spilochalcis albifrons; h, female Mesopolobus verditer; 1, male Mesopolobus
verditer; j, Chrysocharis laricinellae.
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 78 (1981), Dec. 31, 1981
of the parasite, was deposited directly below
the pupa of the parasite. Oddly, mostly males
37
sides parallel; often constriction between
abdomen and thorax (Fig. 9b) ........ 3
emerged from larch casebearers (Hansen 1980). 9? Head slightly slanted forward and ap-
Although S. albifrons is often hyperparasitic, pressed to thorax; body robust, sides
the radiographs never showed secondary para- more: Convex: abdomen ahd: (hotas nor
sitism. distinct] te (Figy9c)<.00 ae 5
The eulophid parasites were similar to each sla aed fe a
other. The pupa of Chrysocharis laricinellae 3(2) Base of antennae projected forwards
(Ratzeburg) (Fig. 4) was the broadest or most beyond head; abdomen twice as long as
robust, having the head appressed to the thorax, narrow constriction between
thorax. In the pupa of Dicladocerus nearcticus abdomen and thorax; large (2.5 mm);
Yoshimoto, (Fig. 5) the abdomen was notceably not common (Fig. 9d) . Bracon pygmaeus
larger than the thorax. This parasite was one 3’ —No projection in front of head; abdomen
of the first to 2merge, mostly as females, and less than twice as long as thorax, ab-
often in areas where S. albifrons was absent domen and thorax broadly joined; body
(Hansen 1980). The pupa of Tetrastichus sp. length variable a.¢<2604-4:caeer+e 55 4
(Fig. 6) was smaller than D. nearcticus and the ;
abdomen was the same size as the thorax; like 4(3°) Reeeee mei than thorax; body
C. larcinellae, both sexes emerge from case- ength 2.5 mm (Fig. 9e)
hoarere)s ce Rac aaa arc Dicladocerus nearcticus
The pupa of the pteromalid Mesopolobus 4’ Abdomen about the same size as thorax;
verditer (Norton) (Figs. 7,8) had a distinctive body length less than 2.5 mm (Fig. 9f)
‘“‘bent”’ form. Females were similar to males but —................00005. Tetrastichus sp.
la eben being greater than 2 mm in length. This 5(2’) Metathoracic femur large; abdomen
species was very common in some areas. smaller than thorax: lerpe (o.5) al
By comparing recognizable pupal character- ‘ a oe oes
istics from the radiographs, a key to identifying (Fig. 9g) ......... Spilochalcis albifrons
the parasites was constructed. Because the 5’ Metathoracic femur small; abdomen
characters were often obscured dorsally, the usually larger than thorax; body rae
key refers only to the lateral position of the Varlable./.cxtecsretaces cae en
pupa. 6(5’) Body length greater than 2 mm; te
d ® t 66 ” oye ° ;
KEY TO X-RAY IMAGES OF PUPAE OF SIX ibaa pa acs ec me
MAJOR LARCH CASEBEARER PARASITES WY ae ee
1 Wings almost as long as body, metathor- 6 Body length less than or equal to 2 mm;
acic legs terminate near posterior apex body position variable .............. 7
of body; lepidopterous pupa (Fig. 9a) 7/6’) Body in a “bent”’ position, head clearly
ere a ee a eee Coleophora laricella tilted; thorax may be longer than ab-
1’ Wings short and near middle of body, domen; body length ca. 1.5 mm or less
legs terminate well before posterior apex (Bg 91) ieee Mesopolobus verditer 3
of body; hymenopterous pupa ........ 2 7’ Body more horizontal; abdomen usually
2(1’) Head in same plane as body and separate longer than thorax; body length ca. 2
from thorax; body elongate and narrow, mm (Fig. 9j) ... Chrysocharis laricinellae
REFERENCES CITED
Amman, G. D., and S. Tunnock, 1971 Radiographic detection of Agathis pumila, a parasite of the
larch casebearer. J. Econ. Entomol. 64: 1086-8.
Andrews, R. J., and N. J. Geistlinger. 1969. Parasites of larch casebearer, Coleophora laricella
(Hbn.), in British Columbia (Lepidoptera: Coleophoridae). J. Entomol. Soc. Brit. Columb.
66: 50-1.
Bousfield, W. E., and R. C. Lood. 1973. Parasites of the larch casebearer in Montana, Idaho and
Washington. Environ. Entomol. 2: 212-213.
Denton, R. E. 1972. Establishment of A gathis pumila (Ratz.) for control of larch casebearer, and
notes on native parasitism and predation in Idaho. USDA For. Serv., Res. Note INT-164,
6p. Intermt. For. Range Exp. Sta. Ogden, Utah.
Eidmann, H. 1962. Untersuchungen uber die Entwicklung von Parasiten bei Coleophora laricella
Hbn., mit Hilfe von Rontgenphotographie. Zeit. Angew. Entomol. 50: 118-25.
Hansen, J. D. 1980. The life history and behavior of Spilochalcis ablifrons (Hymenoptera:
Chalcididae), a parasite of the larch casebearer, Coleophora laricella (Lepidoptera: Cole-
ophoridae). J. Kans. Entomol. Soc. 53: 583-96.
38 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 78 (1981), DEc. 31, 1981
Holling, C. S. 1958. A radiographic technique to identify healthy, parasitized, and diseased sawfly
prepupae within cocoons. Can. Entomol. 90: 59-61.
Miller, G. E. and T. Finlayson. 1974. Native parasites of the larch casebearer, Coleophora laricella
(Lepidoptera: Coleophoridae), in the West Kootenay area of British Columbia. J. Entomol.
‘Soc. Brit. Columb. 71: 16-22.
Miller, G. E., and T. Finlayson. 1977. Parasites of the larch casebearer, Coleophora laricella (Lepi-
doptera: Coleophoridae), in the West Kootenay area, British Columbia. J. Entomol. Soc.
Brit. Columb. 74: 16-22.
Ryan, R. B., W. E. Bousfield, C. W. Johanningmeier, G. B. Parsons, R. F. Schmitz, and L. J.
Theroux. 1977. Releases of recently imported larch casebearer parasites for biological control
in the western United States, including relocations of Agathis pumila. USDA For. Serv.,
Res. Note PNW-290, 8 p. Pac. Northwest For. Range Exp. Sta., Portland, Oregon.
Ryan, R. B., and R. E. Denton. 1973. Initial releases of Chrysocharis laricinellae and Dicladocerus
westwoodii for biological control of the larch casebearer in the western United States. USDA
For. Serv., Res. Note PNW-200, 4p. Pac. Northwest For. Range Exp. Sta., Portland, Oregon.
Sloan, N. F., and H. C. Coppel. 1965. The insect parasites of the larch casebearer, Coleophora
laricella Hubner, (Lepidoptera: Coleophoridae) in Wisconsin with keys to the adults and
mature larval remains. Wis. Acad. Sci. Arts Lett. 54: 125-46.
Thornbury, J. R., and R. E. Denton. 1972. Low voltage radiography in the detection of parasites
of the western spruce budworm, Choristoneura occidentalis. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 65:
1232-5.
Yates, H. O., III. 1967. Radiographic detection of Rhyacionia larvae, pupae, parasites, and preda-
tors within pine shoots (Lepidoptera: Olethreutidae). J. Georgia Entomol. Soc. 2: 81-5.
THE PROPORTION OF IMMATURE STAGES OF THE
ROCKY MOUNTAIN WOOD TICK (DERMACENTOR ANDERSONI)
FEEDING ON ARTIFICIALLY INFESTED CATTLE
P. R. WILKINSON
Agriculture Canada Research Station
Lethbridge, Alberta T1J 4B1
ABSTRACT
Only 2% of D. andersoni larvae engorged when confined in sleeves over
clipped areas on or near the tails of two heifers, but percentages were higher
in some sleeves. About 13% of nymphs fed when placed in sleeves near the
withers of two other heifers. These yields are within 10 percentage points of
those from two usual laboratory hosts (rabbits and white mice), which sug-
gests that cattle should be examined for larvae and nymphs in the field,
since the numbers feeding on them may not always be negligible in relation
to disease transmission and maintenance of tick populations.
INTRODUCTION
It is generally accepted that, in nature, larvae
and nymphs of Dermacentor andersoni attach
to small and medium size rodents and lago-
morphs, whereas the adults feed on medium
to large mammals (Cooley 1932, Gregson 1956).
The only hosts on which all three instars com-
monly feed are porcupines (Erethizon dorsa-
tum), jackrabbits (Lepus townsendi), and
marmots (Marmota spp., especially M. flavi-
ventris) (Gregson 1956, Wilkinson 1970).
Wilkinson (1970) found an engorged nymph
in a batch of adult D. andersoni from a mule
deer (Odocoileus hemionus), raising the ques-
tion of the degree of infestation of larger mam-
mals by immature D. andersoni in nature. In
studies on transmission of anaplasmosis, larvae
and nymphs have been placed on cattle (Rees
1934, Anthony and Roby 1966) and have fed,
but no indication was given of the proportion
feeding, which might provide a guide to the
probability of infestations in nature. Rees
(1934) confined the ticks in bags on the scrota
of bulls; Anthony and Roby (1966) used bags
taped near the base of the tail of calves, a loca
tion that was inconveniently wet with urine
or feces with our heifers. In the present paper,
the proportions feeding in sleeves on cattle are
compared with some routine infestations of
laboratory mice and rabbits in which the larvae
and nymphs were liberated on the hosts with-
out the use of sleeves or capsules. Rabbits are
commonly used for laboratory cultures of
Rocky Mountain wood ticks (Gregson, 1966),
and Kohls (1937) stated that about 19% of lar-
vae and 30% of nymphs fed and were recovered
in mass cultures of D. andersoni on laboratory
rabbits.
The aim of the work described here was to
.elucidate the proportion of immature stages
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 78 (1981), DEc. 31, 1981 39
feeding on cattle after artificial infestation
since, if very few or none fed, there would be
little incentive to attempt the difficult task of
examining range cattle for feeding larvae or
nymphs. The numbers may not be commonly
important as a contribution to tick populations,
but could be important in clarifying the
epizoology of anaplasmosis (Peterson 1973).
This disease has been detected serologically
in cattle in Idaho near the British Columbia
border (Long et al. 1974).
Cattle METHODS
Larvae
Engorged female ticks collected from cattle
in British Columbia in April 1980 were kept at
about 5°C until 23 May, after which they were
incubated in individual vials at 25°C over sat-
urated KNOs (95% R.H.). Larvae emerging
from their eggs were transferred to 10°C on
3 July for storage until 31 October.
On the day before infestation, organdy
sleeves were fixed with contact cement to close-
ly clipped circular areas of skin, enclosing a
central area of about 5 cm in diameter on which
the hair had been clipped to about 1.5 cm long.
One such sleeve was placed on each side of the
the tail-root of each of two yearling Hereford
heifers, stanchioned in a barn. In addition, one
sleeve was place around the tail, just above the
tail switch, with an opening in the side of the
sleeve to insert the larvae. The progeny of one
female tick was inserted in each sleeve, i.e.,
about 4,200 larvae per sleeve. This is based on
a 500-mg (visual estimate) female tick yielding
5,200 eggs (Wilkinson 1968, table VII) with
90% hatch and 90% survival. Ambient tempera-
tures in the barn ranged from 12 to 18°C. After
insertion of the larvae on 31 October, the
sleeves were closed with elastic bands and
examined for fed larvae 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7 days
later. The fed larvae were removed by suction,
or using a moist fine paint brush, and placed
in a desiccator over saturated NaCl (75%
R.H.) at 25°C, to check viability of the next
instar.
Nymphs
The nymphs used had emerged from stock
larvae that had fed on laboratory rabbits and
were then kept at 25°C over NaC1 until ecdysis
was completed. The nymphs were then stored
at 10°C over saturated KNO, for 1 month.
Infesting procedures were similar to those for
larvae except that one sleeve was placed on
the top and one on the left or right side of the
withers of each of two heifers; about 300
nymphs were placed in each sleeve on 12 March
1980.
The sleeves were checked for engorged
nymphs 5, 6, 7, and 8 days after infestation.
The fed nymphs were removed from the cattle
and stored in the same way as the fed larvae.
Mice
Mice were infested by shaking or extruding
the larvae from tubes, or modified plastic
syringes in which the larvae hatched, onto the
heads of mice fitted with antigrooming collars.
The mice were then placed in individual cages
surrounded with chalk barriers (Wilkinson
1964) to retain the fed larvae. Each mouse
received unfed larvae derived from 20- or 40-mg
egg batches (ca. 330 or 660 larvae).
Rabbits
Rabbits were infested with an average of 1,280
or 1,720 nymphs/rabbit and then caged indi-
vidually over a table fitted with a raised water
channel to retain the engorged nymphs.
RESULTS
Based on the estimate of about 4,200 viable
unfed larvae per sleeve, the 479 fed larvae in
Table 1 represent a yield of 2%. Omitting 8,400
larvae applied near the tail switches, the yield
was 3% for the two animals, or as high as 7%
for the highest yielding sleeve. This compares
with yields of 11 to 31% recorded from four
tests with batches of four or eight white mice.
The highest yields on cattle were on the 4th and
5th days after infestation whereas, with the
mice, the peak yield was on the 3rd or 4th days
when the ambient temperature was about
27 or 20°C respectively.
The yield of fed nymphs from the cattle was
13% (Table 2) whereas, in two tests involving
five or six rabbits each in the vivarium, it was
13 and 18%. The number of nymphs from the
cattle peaked on the 6th day (Table 2) whereas,
from the rabbits, the numbers peaked on the
Ath and 5th days with ambient temperatures
of about 23 to 28° or 20°C respectively.
DISCUSSION
The larvae and nymphs in the sleeves on
cattle were unlikely to have been much assist-
ed, relative to unclipped cattle, by the clipping
of the hair inside the sleeves to abut 1.5 cm.
Similar-sized larvae and nymphs of the
southern cattle tick and the winter tick nor-
mally feed on both long- and _ short-haired
ungulates.
In the present work, nymphs were applied to
the cattle on the withers because this is an area
naturally infested by adults (Wilkinson 1972);
it is a good site for sleeves because cattle rarely
rub them off. The tail region was used for lar-
vae because Anthony and Roby (1966) had
succeeded in feeding larvae in that area, and it
was considered that the short mouthparts of
the larvae might limit the areas on which they
could feed to engorgement.
The fed larvae and nymphs from cattle, mice,
and rabbits produced normal numbers of the
next instars when kept as stated earlier.
40 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 78 (1981), Dec. 31, 1981
TABLE 1. Yield, by site and day of collection, of detached! engorged larvae after infestation of two
heifers (A and B) on 31 October 1980 with about 4,200 unfed larvae per site.
Site of infestation
Near
Days after tail
infestation Animal Switch
3 A 0
B @)
4 A 3
B @)
5 A 0)
B 0
6 A 0
B O
7 A 0
B 0)
TOTAL 2
Pelvic area (tail-root) Total
larvae
Left side Right side for day
O 1
O O i
17 114
40 29 203
oy! 13
33 2 205
10 9
S i]. 23
is 43
3 O 47
2
164 ele 479
ai
Values for day 7 include some fed larvae that had not detached.
2
Equal to 2% of larvae applied.
The yield of larvae and nymphs from cattle
were considered sufficiently comparable to
those from the favorable hosts (i.e., mice and
rabbits) to suggest that cattle on infested range
should be closely examined for immature stages
at appropriate times of the year. Host-seeking
larvae are most abundant in British Columbia
grasslands in July and nymphs in April-May
and August (Wilkinson 1968, 1979).
Range cattle in areas in British Columbia
most infested with D. andersoni are not nor-
mally handled or mustered except in the winter
feedlots or in late March-early April (for calv-
ing and acaricide treatment), or in June (for
branding and movement to forest grazings),
and in September for weaning and return to
lower altitudes. Special arrangements would
have to be made to examine the cattle for
larvae in July, and in many areas the cattle
would not be in contact with the tick foci (e.g.,
rocky outcrops in the wheatgrass/ Ponderosa
pine zone) except in April-June. In southern
Alberta, cattle enter the tick-infested forest
grazings of the eastern foothills of the Rocky
Mountains in early June and could advan-
tageously be examined for larvae in July if a
muster could be arranged. British Columbia
cattle could possibly be examined for late-
occurring ‘spring’ nymphs in June, during
branding. Alternatively, cattle not treated with
acaricides might be examined for nymphs in
late April or May, involving a special muster
or examining animals that have become
paralyzed by the adult ticks. The length of the
haircoat and the necessity to examine the cattle
all over could make the search for small unfed
immature ticks difficult. In both Briish Colum-
bia and Alberta, few nymphs and larvae would
be available to parasitize cattle in September.
The observations reported here on yearling
heifers, infested on the withers and tail-root,
supplement the observations of Rees (1934)
and Anthony and Roby (1966), who used the
scrota of bulls or calves’ tails as infestion sites.
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 78 (1981), DEc. 31, 1981 41
TABLE 2. Yield, by site and day of collection, of detached' engorged nymphs after infestation of
two heifers (C and D) on 12 March 1980 with about 300 nymphs per site.
Sice-or
infestation
Withers Total
Days after a aaa aa larvae
infestation Animal Top Side for day
5 G 12 2
D 2 8 24
6 c 62 1
D 3 17 83
| C 18 3
D O 4 25
8 c 3 )
D 0 8 20
2
TOTAL 100 a2 a2
ay
Values for day 8 include some fed nymphs that had
not detached.
erence to 13% of nymphs applied.
REFERENCES
Anthony, D. W. and T. O. Roby, 1966. The experimental transmission of bovine anaplasmosis by
three species of North American ticks. Amer. J. Vet. Res. 27: 191-198.
Cooley, R. A. 1932. The Rocky Mountain wood tick. Montana State Coll., Agric. Exp. Sta.,
Bozeman, Bull. 268.
Gregson, J. D. 1956. The Ixodoidea of Canada. Agric. Can., Ottawa, Publ. 930.
Gregson, J. D. 1966. Ticks. In: Insect colonization and mass production, C. N. Smith, ed.
Academic Press, New York. p 49-72.
Kohls, G. M. 1937. Tick rearing methods with special references to the Rocky Mountain Wood
Tick, Dermacentor andersoni. In: Cultural methods for invertebrate animals, J. C. Needham
et. al., eds. Comstock Pub. Co., Ithaca, New York. p 246-258.
Long, J. D., E. H. Stauber and F. W. Frank. 1974. Prevalence and distribution of bovine anaplas-
mosis in Northern Idaho and south-eastern Washington. J. Amer. Vet. Assoc. 165: 918-920.
Peterson, J. J. 1973. An epidemiological study of anaplasmosis in Oregon. Proc. 77 Annu. Meet.
U.S. Anim. Health Assoc. p 75-82.
Rees, C. W. 1934. Transmission of anaplasmosis by various species of ticks. U.S.D.A., Tech. Bull.
418.
Wilkinson, P. R. 1964. A barrier for ticks and crawling organisms. J. Econ. Entomol. 57: 414.
Wilkinson, P. R. 1968. Phenology, behavior, and host-relations of Dermacentor andersoni Stiles in
outdoor ‘rodentaria’ and in nature. Can. J. Zool. 46: 677-689.
42 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLuMBIA 78 (1981), DEC. 31, 1981
Wilkinson, P. R. 1970. Dermacentor ticks on wildlife and new records of paralysis. J. Entomol.
Soc. B.C. 67: 24-28.
Wilkinson, P. R. 1972. Sites of attachment of ‘prairie’ and ‘montane’ Dermacentor andersoni
(Acarina: Ixodidae) on cattle. J. Med. Entomol. 9: 133-137.
Wilkinson, P. R. 1979. Early achievements, recent advances, and future prospects in the ecology
of the Rocky Mountain wood tick. In: Recent advances in acarology, Vol. II. Academic Press,
New York p. 105-112.
A SIMPLE AND INEXPENSIVE STATIC SPREADING BOARD
FOR MICROLEPIDOPTERA
DAVID R. GILLESPIE
A static spreading board for Microlepidop-
tera, similar in principle to that described by
Martin (1977 pp92-93), but more easily con-
structed from readily available materials, was
devised to save money. It considerably reduced
the time and damage involved in handling when
compared with a standard, wooden, non-static
spreading board.
The board is of styrofoam, 75 mm wide x
280 mm long x 24 mm thick with a longitudinal
centre groove (fig. 1). A layer of inexpensive
sandwich wrap is fastened to the surface with a
silicon sealant and is forced into the groove
with a pencil or dowel. Styrofoam sheets of the
appropriate thickness are readily available be-
cause they are commonly used for insulation.
The dimensions of the groove and the board
may be varied to fit almost any need. A groove
10 mm wide and 5 mm deep was suitable for
large microlepidoptera but a groove 5 mm wide
and 5 mm deep was better for small species.
To use the board, first statically charge it by
rubbing with a dry cloth. The wing bases of the
pinned moth should be even with the surface of
the board. Blowing from behind the wings
forces them to an extended position where they
are held in place by the static charge. They are
then fastened with glassine paper strips held in
place by pins. The thorax of the specimen should
be 10 to 11 mm below the head of the mounting
pin.
Boards of this design were used in 1979 and
1980 to mount large numbers of reared
Lepidoptera, and were especially suitable for
Tortricidae.
The sandwich wrap did not remove many
scales from the undersides of wings. It is essen-
tial that all specimens be freshly killed, as the
static system does not work with rehydrated
or stiffened specimens. One minor drawback
is that after the board has been used many
times, the sandwich wrap becomes so perforat-
ed that it no longer functions as a static sur-
face, and may actually abrade the wing sur-
faces. When this happens the layer can simply
be replaced.
REFERENCE
Martin, J. E. H. 1977. the Insects and Arachnids of Canada. Part 1. Collecting, Preparing and
Preserving Insects, Mites and Spiders. Agriculture Canada Publication 1643.
Ne
a—A
eS
SARA
AUF aN WOE ANG
’ > SS TREND
AON ae
SS ARR yay BRING
Fig. 1. Cross section of styrofoam spreading board. A, sandwich wrap overlay; B, styrofoam.
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 78 (1981), Dec. 31, 1981 43
BARK BEETLES, PSEUDOHYLESINUS SPP. (COLEOPTERA:
SCOLYTIDAE), ASSOCIATED WITH AMABILIS FIR
DEFOLIATED BY NEODIPRION SP.
(HYMENOPTERA: DIPRIONIDAE)
BY
L. H. MCMULLEN, R. L. FIDDICK AND R. O. WOOD
Environment Canada
Canadian Forestry Service
Pacific Forest Research Centre
506 West Burnside Road
Victoria, B.C. V8Z 1M5
RESUME | ee
Seul A bies amabilis (Dougl.) Forbes, severement defolie par un Diprion
(Neodiprion sp.) abritait des couvees de Pseudohylesinus spp. Bien que de
nombreux sujets d’Abies ayant subi une defoliation moins grave alient
montre des signes d’attaque par l’insecte, il s’agissait habituellement de
diprions adultes construisant des hibernacles. P. granulatus se trouvait
dans la partie inférieure du fut alors que P. grandis Swaine et P. nobilis
Swaine se trouvaient dans la partie supérieure. Le Tsuga heterophylla ( Raf.)
Sarg. n’a pas subi l’attaque des scolytes de l’ecorce.
ABSTRACT
Only Abies amabilis (Dougl.) Forbes heavily defoliated by a sawfly,
Neodiprion sp., supported broods of Pseudohylesinus spp.. Although many
trees with less defoliation showed evidence of attack, usually it was caused
by adult beetles making overwintering niches. P. granulatus (Leconte) was
found on the lower bole, whereas P. grandis Swaine and P. nobilis Swaine
were found on the upper bole. Defoliated Tsuga heterophylla (Raf.) Sarg.
were not attacked by bark beetles.
INTRODUCTION
Stands of amabilis fir (Abies amabilis
(Dougl.) Forbes) and western hemlock (Tsuga
heterophylla (Raf.) Sarg.) near Kelsey Bay,
B.C., were severely defoliated by a sawfly,
Neodiprion sp., in 1978 and 1979 (Van Sickle
and Fiddick 1979). Although the sawfly infes-
tation subsided in 1980, the bark beetle
Pseudohylesinus granulatus (Leconte)! attack-
ed the lower bole of many of the amabilis fir
trees. This study was carried out to assess the
hazard of the bark beetle to nearby undefoliat-
ed trees and those trees recovering from de-
foliation and it also provides the first record
of Pseudohylesinus associated with sawfly
defoliation in B.C.
METHODS
On 23 to 25 September, 1980, the defoliated
stands were examined along three cruise lines:
two near Keta Lake (elev 400 m) and one near
Big Tree Creek (elev 700 m). Tree species,
diameter breast height, defoliation estimates
and evidence of bark beetle attack were record-
ed for each tree on 25 and 7 prism (B.A.F. 5,
m?/ha) plots in the two locations, respectively.
Identified by R. W. Duncan, Pacific Forest Research
Centre, Victoria.
"Identified by D. E. Bright, Agriculture Canada, Bio-
systematics Research Institute, Ottawa.
The defoliation data were derived from visual
estimates of filiage missing from the tree.
Ten amabalis fir trees, averaging 45 cm dbh
and 33 m ht and ranging from 71 to 100% de-
foliation, with boring dust on the lower bole
were felled within the Keta Lake infestation.
Four circular samples of bark (each 81 cm’)
were removed within 0.3 m of the ground and
two were taken at each 3 m interval along the
bole from 1.5 m height to a 20-cm-diameter top.
Numbers of entrance holes, living parents, pro-
geny and emergence holes were counted and
gallery length was measured on each sample.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
On many trees over 90% defoliated, the only
foliage remaining was that of the current 1980
growth. Although both Abies and Tsuga were
defoliated, only the Abies were attacked by
bark beetles. The attack appeared to be posi-
tively correlated with intensity of defoliation
and tree diameter (Table 1).
In addition to P. granulatus attacks on the
lower bole, two other species of Pseudohyles-
inus, P. grandis Swaine and P. nobilis Swaine’,
were found on the upper bole. Adults were not
found in the brood galleries of any of the three
species; the only adults were in holes, undoubt-
edly overwintering sites, excavated just to the
cambium (Thomas and Wright 1961; Dyer and
44 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 78 (1981), Dec. 31, 1981
Table. 1. Numbers of Abies amabilis along cruise lines and percent attacked by bark beetles (in
parenthesis) arranged by defoliation and diameter classes, Kelsey Bay, September 1980.
CL SS SSS
Percent defoliation class
Diameter
class
(cm) 25-50 51-80
A
15-30 4 ( 0) 8 (40)
31-50 7 ( 0) 27 (40)
51-70 5G0) 37 (62)
71-100 3 (33) 8 (38)
Total 19 ( 5) 80 (46)
Nijholt 1965; Bright 1976). Although P.
grandis and P. nobilis were probably respon-
sible for the attack producing brood in the
upper bole, identification vas made only from
beetles in these overwintering sites. Based on
their large size, the gallery systems of P.
81-90 91-100 Total
2 (50) 6 (50) 20620)
15°23) 41 (63) 90 (47)
2 (50) 16 (62) 60) (57)
2 (100) 5 (100) 18 (61)
21 (43) 68 (65) 188 (48)
granulatus were easily distinguished from those
of the other two species. P. granulatus galleries
occurred from the base of the trees only up to
10.5 m on the bole. The remaining two species
occurred from 7.5 m upward (Table 2) but, on
any individual tree, were not mixed with P.
Table 2. Number of Pseudohylesinus attacks and progeny and egg gallery length (cm), per 0.1 sq
m of bark in 10 Abies amabilis defoliated by Neodiprion, Keta Lake, September 1980.
Percent P. granulatus P. spp.
defoliation No. of Height1/ No. of Number of Gallery Number of Gallery
classes trees samples Attacks2/ Progeny length Attacks2/ Progeny length
71-80 4 1 40 2.8 0.0 5.1 0.0 0.0 0.0
2 32 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
3 22 0.0 0.0 0.0 dod 0.0 12.3
All 94 1.2 0.0 2.2 Lo/ 0.0 269
81-90 2 1 20 1.8 Bel 0.9 0.0 0.0 0.0
2 16 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.6 0.0 1.2
3 10 0.0 0.0 0.0 959 2.5 18.9
All 46 0.8 Le 0.4 3.8 0.5 4.5
91-100 4 1 40 Sed 20.4 15.0 0.6 eS) 1.3
2 32 0.8 6.6 3.3 5.8 2957, 20.9
3 14 0.0 0.0 0.0 8.8 43.2 89.3
All 86 1.7 L129 8.2 3.9 18.8 22.9
1/ 1 = base to 7.5 m, 2 = 9.0 to 19.0 m, 3 = 22.5+ nm.
2/ Includes attack made by beetles in overwintering niche.
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 78 (1981), DEc. 31, 1981 45
granulatus. The association between P. granula-
and P. grandis is well known (Thomas and
Wright 1961; Bright 1976), but the role that
P. nobilis may play in such an association
is unknown.
The progeny of P. granulatus were all larvae
and that of the other two species were larvae
and pupae, and some exit holes were present.
The number of exit holes was combined with
the number of living progeny to provide the
total of progeny for the data collected from the
bark samples (Table 2).
Neither progeny nor larval mines were found
in trees in the lowest defoliation class examined
(71 to 80%), although a few aborted egg gal-
leries were present (Table 2). Trees in the inter-
mediate defoliation class (81 to 90%) contained
a few successful galleries with a few progeny,
but many attacks were unsuccessful. Success-
ful beetle broods were present primarily in trees
in the most severe defoliation class. These trees
essentially had only 1980 foliage and often
this was sparse.
Based on the presence of boring dust ob-
served during the cruise of standing trees a
relatively high proportion (48%, Table 1) of the
Abies were attacked by bark beetles. The bark
samples and the literature (Thomas and Wright
1961; Dyer and Nijholt 1965; Bright 1976)
suggest that most of these attacks would have
been beetles making overwinering niches rather
than beetles attempting to construct brood
galleries. The species responsible would have
been primarily P. granulatus, although P. gran-
dis could have contributed (Dyer and Nijholt
1965).
Only the severely defoliated trees were sup-
porting successful bark beetle broods. These
trees were already dead or dying, and the
beetles appeared to be an unlikely source of
serious hazard to nearby undefoliated trees or
to those recovering from the effects of defolia-
tion.
This note is the first record of Pseudohyles-
inus spp. associated with sawfly defoliation in
B.C. However, Pseudohylesinus spp. were
implicated following the western hemlock
looper (Lambdina fiscellaria lugubrosa (Hults))
outbreak of 1944-46 (Kinghorn 1954) and were
often associated with the balsam woolly aphid
(Adelges piceae (Ratz.)) (Shea et al. 1962;
Harris et al. 1966).
REFERENCES
Bright, D. E. 1976. The insects and arachnids of Canada. Part II. The bark beetles of Canada and
Alaska, Coleoptera: Sculytidae. Can. Dept. Agric. Publ. 1576, 241 pp.
Dyer, E. D. A., and W. W. Nijholt. 1965. Observations of overwintering Pseudohylesinus and
Trypodendron. Can. Dept. For. Bi-mon. Prog. Rpt. 21(4): 3.
Harris, J. W. E., S. J. Allen, D. G. Collis, and E. G. Harvey. 1966. Status of the balsam woolly
aphid, Adelges piceae (Ratz.), in British Columbia, 1965. Dept. For. Res. Lab., Victoria, Inf.
Rept. BC-X-5.
Kinghorn, J. M. 1954. The influence of stand composition on the mortality of various conifers
caused by defoliation by the western hemlock looper on Vancouver Island, British Columbia.
For. Chron. 30: 380-400.
Shea, K. R., N. E. Johnson, and S. McKee. 1962. Deterioration of Pacific silver fir killed by the
balsam woolly aphid. J. For. 60: 104-108.
Thomas, G. M., and K. H. Wright. 1961. Silver fir beetles. U.S. Dept. Agric. For. Pest Leafl. 60,
7 pp.
Van Sickle, A., and R. L. Fiddick. 1979. Sawfly infestation near Kelsey Bay, Vancouver Island.
Envir. Can. For. Serv. Pacific For. Res. Centre Pest Rept., October, 2 pp.
4G J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 78 (1981), Dec. 31, 1981
NOTE ON THE OCCURRENCE OF PREDATORY ANYSTIS MITES
(ACARI: ANY STIDAE) IN SW BRITISH COLUMBIA
B. D. FRAZER AND C. NELSON
Research Station, Agriculture Canada
6660 N.W. Marine Drive, Vancouver, B.C. V6T 1X2
‘Mites of the genus Anystis have been ob-
served preying on the eggs of Lepidoptera on
artichokes (Lange 1940), on leafhoppers and
phytopagous mites on grapes (Sorensen et al.
1976) and on thrips on citrus (Mostafa et al.
1975). Sorensen et al. (1976) concluded that
these cosmopolitan mites probably prey on any-
thing they can capture and puncture. We ob-
served them feeding on all the instars and
morphs of the pea aphid on alfalfa and the
abundance of these and other predators was
inversely correlated to rates of increase of the
pea aphids (Frazer et al. 1981).
Because these mites are apparently effective
aphid predators, we wanted to know more
about their distribution and prey preferences
and if their abundance and distribution war-
ranted the effort needed to study their effec-
tiveness. Our populations were mostly of
Anystis, probably agilis Banks. Unfortunately,
this group of mites is in need of taxonomic
revision so that specimens cannot be assigned
with certainty (I. M. Smith, pers. comm. ).
The 108 spp. of plants were sampled with a
beating tray and the mites and other soft-
bodied arthropods were preserved in 80%
alcohol. The samples were taken within 75 km
of Vancouver, between July 8 and 31, 1980.
We sampled on the edges of commercial fields
and away from agricultural disturbance. Any-
stid mites were 2 times more likely to be found
on plants less than 50 cm in height than on
taller plants. Of the 30 samples with mites, 21
included aphids; of the 133 mites found, 102
were in samples with aphids. Most of the mites
that were not associated with aphids had no
other apparent prey nearby, but three of the
samples included scale insects, thrips or
phytopagous mites.
Most samples (92) came from non-crop plants
in agricultural fields and bordering areas and
these contained far fewer (X*?, P < .01) mites
than did those (16) from undisturbed areas.
From the observations of Sorensen et al.
(1976) it appears that Anystis mites have little
prey specificity. Our survey shows that they
are found in greatest numbers associated with
aphids, but they will accept a wide variety of
prey. Anystid mites were fewer by a factor of
1:4 on non-crop plants in agricultural fields
even though the plants sampled and the aphids
found were of the same species as those in non-
agricultural areas. The scarcity of Anystis near
agricultural fields may have resulted directly
from pesticide drift or residues, or indirectly
from depletion of their prey. Aphids and other
prey may be more consistently available in un-
cultivated areas where plants of many species
grow closer together. Aphids are not equally
abundant on one species of plant throughout
the year but tend to be numerous only during
rapid plant growth. A mixture of plant species
might provide a succession of prey for a long
time and so permit larger Anystid populations.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We thank S. Dennis, S. MacFarlane, D. Ng,
and K. Wellington for technical assistance. We
thank Dr. I. M. Smith of the Biosystematics
Research Institute for taxonomic information
on the mites.
REFERENCES
Frazer, B. D., N. Gilbert, V. Nealis and R. Raworth. 1981. Control of aphid density by a complex
of predators, Can.Ent.: (in press).
Lange, W. H. 1940. Anystis agilis Banks, a predaceous mite on eggs of the artichoke plume moth,
Pan. Pac. Entomol. 16:30.
Mostafa, A. R., P. DeBach and T. W. Fisher. 1975. Anystid mite: citrus thrips predator, Calif.
Agric. 29:5.
Sorensen, J. T., D. N. Kinn, R. L. Doutt and J. R. Cate. 1976. Biology of the mite, Anystis agilis
(Acari: Anystidae): a California vineyard predator Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 69: 905-910.
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 78 (1981), DEc. 31, 1981 AT
POPULATION DYNAMICS OF FRUITFLIES IN
BRITISH COLUMBIA
M. FITZ-EARLE
Department of Biology
Capilano College
North Vancouver, B.C.
and
D. G. HOLM
Department of Zoology
University of British Columbia
Vancouver, B.C.
ABSTRACT
Fluctuations in the populations of three species of the genus Drosophila
were studied for fourteen months at an isolated fruitdump in the Southern
Okanagan Valley of British Columbia. The fruitdump was considered to
provide ideal conditions for overwintering since it contained vast quantities
of food and generated abundant heat. However, only D. hydei overwintered,
whereas D. pseudoobscura and D. melanogaster did not. D. hydei seemed to
occupy the most desirable location on the fruitdump, to the exclusion of the
other species. None of the three species oversummered at the dump. The
question of maintenance of D. pseudoobscura and D. melanogaster popula-
tions is discussed.
For over a decade, we have been developing
genetic insect control systems using Drosophila
melanogaster Meigen as a model system. The
methods involve population replacement using
chromosomal rearrangements, such as com-
pound autosomes and compound-free arm
combinations, together with conditional muta-
tions, such as temperature-sensitive lethal
mutations (Fitz-Earle and Holm, 1981). The
techniques are dependent for their success upon
there being sufficient time to establish a popu-
lation of insects, once they have been released
at a strategic stage (e.g. when the population
numbers are at their lowest).
Before testing the model system outside of
laboratory conditions, we considered that it
was necessary to locate a suitable field site
where a large population of D. melanogaster
occurred naturally. Such a population was re-
quired as a source of native fruitflies to demon-
strate that no mating barrier existed between
them and laboratory stocks and in which we
could generate rearrangements suitable for field
releases. Moreover, as a pre-condition for
successful field trials, we thought we should
investigate aspects of the ecology of the native
fruitflies. We were concerned about such ques-
tions as: the best time of the year to make
releases into the wild of our genetically engin-
eered insects and the ability of such flies to
survive the prevailing local climatic conditions
once released. In other words, we were con-
cerned with the population dynamics of native
D. melanogaster over an extended period.
Little is know of the population ecology of
members of the genus Drosophila in British
Columbia. The Spencer Entomological Museum
of the University of British Columbia contains
few specimens in its collections. The earliest
recorded field observations would appear to be
those of Patterson and Wagner (1943), who
showed that Drosophila pseudoobscura had
been found in South-western and South-central
B.C., and D. athabasca in Eastern B.C. D. mel-
anogaster and D. hydei were omitted from their
maps since these species were considered to
be cosmopolitan. Prior to 1943, species of
Drosophila were found during the winter
months in Vancouver. Leech (1931) captured
D. funebris breeding on a mixture of rotten
potatoes and carrots in a corner of a basement
and during the period November 8, 1939 to
March 28, 1940, Foster (1943) collected D.
inversa and one other species of Drosophila.
The locations of D. pseudoobscura, D. atha-
basca and D. persimilis within B.C. were re-
ported by Dobzhansky and Epling (1944). D.
pseudoobscura was restricted to South-central
B.C. in a broad arc encompassing Yale, Lytton,
Kamloops, Shuswap lake, Nakusp and Kaslo,
and to the south of those points. D. persimilis
was found in much cooler and moister areas
from Pavilion north to Quesnel in central B.C.
and at Cowichan Lake and Campbell River on
Vancouver Island. To the North and East of
a line connecting Quesnel and Kaslo (i.e. the
Rocky Mountain trench and the Rocky Moun-
tains themselves) the only species found was
D. athabasca, which occurred also in areas
where D. persimilis was collected, but in lower
numbers. No D. athabasca was found in the
D. pseudoobscura region. Dobzhansky and Ep-
48 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 78 (1981), DEc. 31, 1981
ling (1944) did not collect D. melanogaster or
D. hydei. Not one of the above papers referred
to the population numbers of Drosophila spe-
cies in B.C., or elsewhere.
In areas outside of B.C., it has been shown
widely that the incidence of D. melanogaster
and other Drosophila species increases signifi-
cantly during the ripening periods of fruits
such as tomatoes (e.g. Wave, 1962). The num-
bers are low in late summer but they increase
dramatically in the fall.
We were intrigued by two questions that do
not seem to be adequately covered in the litera-
ture. If Drosophila overwinter, or oversummer,
how is this achieved, especially in regions where
D. melanogaster
N/O N/O
By
3 D. pseudoobscura
g
fa)
0
7!
Q
= :
2 N/O N/O
me)
=
E
= D. hydei
Lu
a N/O N/O
extremely low winter (or high summer) tem-
peratures are common, such as Southern B.C.?
If Drosophila do not overwinter (or oversum-
mer) in such regions, are they reintroduced
each spring or fall, and if so, how?
Warren P. Spencer (1950) in a chapter in the
Biology of Drosophila, states that D. melanog-
aster overwinters indoors and that “colonies
of these flies may be found breeding in some
fruit and vegetable cellars . . .’”” He continues:
“Here (Wooster, Ohio), year-round collections
may be made...’ With the widespread use of
canning and freezing of fruits and vegetables
in the home, refrigerated storage warehouses
for produce, and scrupulous quarantine tech-
; Scale
:
6
>10
N/E N/O
10-10°
Gans
10-10
p=
3 4
10-10
N/E
haa)
Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov 0
Date of Observation
Fig. 1. Comparison of estimated numbers of three species of fruitflies on the surface of a fruit
dump over a fourteen-month period. N/O = no observation made. N/E = not estimated.
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 78 (1981), Dec. 31, 1981 49
in
Temperature
Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan
Feb Mar
Date of
Apr May Jun = Jul
Aug Sep Oct Nov
Measurement
Fig. 2. The ambient temperatures (o---o), the temperatures beneath the surface of the apex of the
fruit dump (* — ®¢) and major fruit dumpings (shown by heavy arrows) over a fourteen-
month period.
niques in such industries as wineries, in these
times it seemed to us that the traditional, arti-
ficial, man-made environments, once considered
capable of supporting a D. melanogaster popu-
lation over the winter, would be reduced severe-
ly. Moreover, the harsh winter conditions of
inland regions must prevent overwintering in
the natural environment unless exceptional
conditions were provided.
It was suggested to us that a probable site
for harbouring and over-wintering the insects
might be the vast reservoir of food and heat
provided by a decaying pile of fruit. To this
end, we determined to locate a fruit dump,
make our collections for the genetic studies
and monitor the dump over a calendar year
to obtain ecological information. The genetic
experiments, using laboratory and field cages,
have been reported elsewhere (Fitz-Earle, Holm
and Suzuki, 1975; Fitz-Earle and Holm, 1981).
This paper describes useful new information
on the spatial relationships among three Droso-
phila species and their relative abundance over
the period of fourteen months at a location in
B.C
The fruit dump chosen for our studies con-
sisted of the accumulated dumpings of culled
fruits such as cherries, apricots, peaches,
apples and pears that were unsuitable for
marketing or processing. The dump was located
at Summerland, which is in the arid Ponderosa
Pine - Bunchgrass biogeoclimatic zone of south-
ern B.C. At the beginning of the study the
dump comprised about 350 tonnes of fruit, was
about 6 m high and 15 m in diameter. The rot-
ting fruit generated heat, so that on cold days
condensing water vapour was clearly seen
coming from the summit. Estimated numbers
over time of D. melanogaster, D. hydei, and
D. pseudoobscura are given in Fig. 1. The
ambient temperatures, the temperatures at the
hottest site measured in the fruit pile (25 cm.
beneath the surface of the apex of the pile) and
the approximate times of major fruit dumpings
are shown in Fig. 2.
From the data, it is immediately apparent
that D. melanogaster was in considerable
abundance during the fall, but died out during
the winter. D. pseudoobscura was in lower
numbers throughout the same period, persisted
longer, and yet it, too, died out eventually. By
contrast, D. hydei, although never found in
high numbers, persisted throughout the winter
and into the spring. That D. hydei was able
to overwinter in the fruit pile, and that D. mel-
anogaster and D. pseudoobscura were unable
to overwinter there, was unequivocal. Further
study of our observations revealed the D.
hydei colonized sites that had higher tempera-
tures than those colonized by the other two
species. We found that as the ambient tempera-
tures declined, D. hydei was located closer to
the apex of the fruit pile where the tempera-
tures were well in excess of the ambient tem-
50 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 78 (1981), DEc. 31, 1981
perature (Fig. 2). At the time of greatest
disparity there was a 60°C spread between the
ambient temperature and that of the hottest
site measured.
When all three species were present together
in the late fall, there was an obvious concentric
distribution with D. hydei at the apex of the
fruit pile, and D. pseudoobscura together with
D. melanogaster at the base.
On several occasions during the winter after
adult D. melanogaster and D. pseudoobscura
had disappeared from the fruit pile, we collect-
ed samples of decaying fruit, containing eggs,
larvae and pupae of the two species, for exam-
ination in the laboratory. All the eggs and
larvae were dead. In the D. pseudoobscura
samples, on one occasion only, a pupa eclosed
and three other pupae developed into pharate
adults. Of the D. melanogaster pupae sampled,
none yielded adults.
We also observed that, although all three
species were present in July, a month when
some fruit was dumped at the site, no flies were
found a month later. The ambient temperature,
in August was approximately 40°C at the dump|
and all the fruit on the surface became desic-
cated. ae
In our opinion the fruit pile studied provided
the most ideal environment possible for over-
wintering of fruitflies; certainly it was far
superior to a fruit and vegetable cellar. And yet
D. melanogaster and D. pseudoobscura failed
to survive the winter. Our limited investiga-
tions do not permit us to state categorically
that the two species never overwinter in south-
ern B.C., but, without evidence to the contrary,
reluctantly we are forced to consider the pos-
sibility that D. melanogaster and D. pseudoob-
scura populations may be maintained from
year to year by reintroductions. Even the pos-
sibility that the two species migrate annually
from the climatically more moderate regions
to the south, seems to us to be totally unten-
able. The converse problem of oversummering
would seem to be even more complex, yet the
fact remains that in August no flies were found
at our site and a month later they had returned.
Again, the reintroduction alternative to over-
summering seems highly unlikely. Nevertheless
these various possibilities should be examined.
Thus, currently we are devising experiments,
using genetic techniques, to endeavour to dis-
tinguish between the overwintering/oversum-
mering and the reintroduction models. In addi-
tion, we are reexamining the chromosome
replacement system for insect regulation. If
such a system is to succeed, the resident pop-
ulation in any given year must provide the
founder population for subsequent years.
Otherwise, chromosome replacement will not
serve as a practicable means of regulating
insect numbers or eliminating species unde-
sirable to man.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors express their gratitude to Dr. R.
D. McMullen, Head, Entomology Laboratory,
Canada Department of Agriculture, Summer-
land, B.C. for bringing the field site to our
attention and for contributing to the field work.
We also acknowledge the support of Canada
Council Killam Grant S71-1687 to M.F-E and
NSERC Grant A5853 to D.G.H.
REFERENCES
Dobzhansky, Th. and C. Epling, 1944. Contributions to the genetics, taxonomy and ecology of
Drosophila pseudoobscura and its relatives. Carnegie Inst. Washn. Pubn. 554.
Fitz-Earle, M. and D. G. Holm, 1981. Drosophila melanogaster models for the control of insect
pests. In ‘‘The Genetics and Biology of Drosophila” Vol. 3 (J. Thompson and M. Ashburner,
eds.) Academic Press, New York and London (in press).
Fitz-Earle, M., D. G. Holm, and D. T. Suzuki, 1975. Population control of caged native fruitflies
in the field by compound autosomes and temperature-sensitive mutants. Theor. Appl. Genet.
46: 25-32.
Foster, Ray E., 1943. Insects active throughout the winter at Vancouver, B.C. Part II: Lists of the
Orthoptera, Dermaptera, Homoptera, Hemiptera, Diptera, and Hymenoptera. Proc. Ent.
Soc. British Columbia 40: 32-34.
Leech, Hugh, 1931. Drosophila funebris as a host of the fungus Stigmatomyces. Proc. Ent. Soc.
British Columbia 28: 19-20.
Patterson, J. T. and R. P. Wagner, 1943. Geographic distribution of species of the genus Droso-
phila in the United States and Mexico. U. of Texas Publn. 4313.
Spencer, W. P., 1950. Collection and Laboratory Culture. Ch. 7, pp. 535-590, In ‘‘Biology of Droso-
phila” (M. Demerec, ed.). Hafner, New York, N.Y.
Wave, H. E., 1962. Seasonal distribution of Drosophilid flies in Beltsville, Maryland, tomato fields.
J. Econ. Entomol. 55: 409-411.
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 78 (1981), Dec. 31, 1981 51
THE APPLE-AND-THORN-SKELETONIZER,
EUTROMULA PARIANA (LEP., CHOREUTIDAE), AND ITS
PARASITES IN SW BRITISH COLUMBIA
BY MIKTAT DOGANLAR AND BRYAN P. BEIRNE
Pestology Centre
Department of Biological Sciences
Simon Fraser Univeristy
Burnaby, B.C.
ABSTRACT
Eutromula pariana (Clerck) overwinters mainly in the pupal stage in
south-western British Columbia. The moths emerge in warm periods and can
survive severe cold. Parasitism in 1977-78 was by 29 species and totalled 54
percent. Apanteles longicauda (Wesm.), an introduced European Braconid
species, comprised 80 percent of the parasites. The host may be an im-
portant reservoir for A. longicauda as a parasite of fruit-tree leaf-rollers.
INTRODUCTION
Eutromula pariana is a Palearctic moth that
was introduced accidentally into North Amer-
ica. It was found first in the Eastern United
States in 1917, in Eastern Canada in 1923, and
in British Columbia on Vancouver Island in
1937 and in the Lower Fraser Valley in 1944.
It is not known if the B.C. population originated
by introduction from eastern North America
or by re-introduction from abroad. It has
caused conspicious damage to apple foliage
in B.C.
Two questions have arisen: is it likely to in-
crease and become a pest when it reaches the
main orchard areas in the Interior of the Pro-
vince; and, because its life-cycle is out-of-phase
with those of most other Lepidoptera of similar
size and apple-feeding habits, is it important as
an alternative host of their parasites?
Overwintering
It is stated in the literature that the adult
stage overwinters. Whether or not the moth
could survive the cold winters of the Okanagan
district is important in assessing its potential
as a pest there.
In southwestern B.C. this species was found
to overwinter as both pupa and adult. Moths
emerged from pupae in field cages in October,
in mild periods during the winter, and in the
spring. Pupae were collected in fallen leaves
in orchards during the winter: 309 at Haney
on January 15 and 114 at Burnaby on February
15. In the winter of 1976-77, at least, the pupa
was the dominant overwintering stage, up to a
mild period in February.
The moths, as well as the pupae, can survive
severe cold: moths that emerged in winter sur-
vived 30 days at around minus 10 degrees C.
in a refrigerator and only a few of the moths
that emerged in an outdoor cage during a warm
period in April did not survive below-freezing
temperatures a few days later. These results,
and the fact that the species survives in East-
ern North America where winters are cold,
indicate the likelihood that it could survive
in the Interior of British Columbia when it
spreads or is introduced into that region.
Parasitism
Parasites emerged from 54 percent of 2940
larvae and pupae of E. pariana that produced
either moths or parasites. The incidence of
parasitism was high as compared with that of
26 species of leafrollers feeding on apple or
other deciduous trees and shrubs in the Van-
couver district in 1977 and 1978, in none of
which did total parasitism exceed 17 percent
(Doganlar and Beirne, unpublished).
Twenty-four species of primary and second-
ary parasites were reared from E. pariana in
1977. Apanteles longicauda (Wesm.) comprised
80 percent of all parasites. A species of Enytus
and Triclistus emarginalis Say together com-
prised 16 percent of the 1197 primary parasites
that were reared.
The material was collected mainly at Burn-
aby and at New Westminster. The sequence
of emergence of the parasite species, except
T. emarginalis, was the same at the two loca-
tions. There were minor peaks in numbers of
emergences of Enytus and A. longicauda in
mid-June and early in July, followed in mid-
July by the major peak in emergences of the
secondary parasites which were chiefly a
Pteromalus (subgen. Habrocytus) sp. (or spp.),
a parasite of A. longicauda. Late in July there
was a minor peak of T. emarginalis at Burnaby.
There were then three major peaks in succes-
sion: of A. longicauda in early August, when
it comprised 81 percent of all parasites that
emerged at that time; of Enytus in mid-
August; and, only at Burnaby, of T. emargin-
alis in late August. Emergences of A. longi-
cauda were few after early August until there
was a second major peak late in September
when it comprised 79 percent of all parasites
that emerged at that time.
Possible interactions between the various
52 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 78 (1981), DEc. 31, 1981
parasite species in and on E. pariana were not
investigated, but it appears that A. longicauda
could be a significant control factor subject to
its effectiveness being reduced by secondary
parasites in summer.
Apanteles longicauda is a known paraiste of
E. pariana in Europe (Wilson 1928, Wilkinson
1945, Thompson 1953, Telenga 1955, Nixon
1972). It was reared from 7 other species of
Lepidoptera in the Vancouver district, all of
them found feeding on Malus and most of them
found also on Pyrus and Crataegus. This indi-
cates that E. pariana could be a significant
reservoir for A. longicauda as a parasite of
fruit-tree leaf-rollers in the Vancouver district.
However, parasitism by it on the other species
was insignificant in 1977 and 1978: under 1
percent for 6 species and under 2 for the
seventh.
The unusual feature is that A. longicauda,
itself originally an accidental introduction into
North America (Doganlar and Beirne, 1978),
is mainly a parasite of introduced species of
Lepidoptera in the Vancouver district: of, in
addition to E. pariana, Croesia holmiana (L.),
Pandemis cerasana (Hbn.), Archips rosanus
(L.), Hedia nubiferana (Haw.), and Spilonota
ocellana (D. & S.); of Phyllonorycter elmaella
Dog. & Mut., whose origin as a native or in-
troduced species is unknown; and of the native
species Choristoneura rosaceana (Harr.) and
Zelleria parnassiae Brown. It was not reared
from more than 20 other species of Lepidoptera
collected on the same plants at the same times.
The Enytus sp. was reared from C. holmiana
and H. nubiferana and from the native C. ros-
aceana, and T. emarginalis from P. elmaella.
Parasite species that were of minor signifi-
cance to E. pariana and that were reared also
from other Lepidoptera in the Vancouver dis-
trict were: Macrocentrus iridescens French,
from P. cerasana, A. rosanus, C. rosaceana,
S. ocellana, H. nubiferana, Acleris comariana
(Zell.), and A. variegana (D. & S.); Dibrachys
cavus (Walk.), which is usually a hyperpara-
site of A. longicauda, Enytus sp. and T. emar-
ginalis, from P. cerasana and C. rosaceana
(and recorded from E. pariana in Eastern North
America); and Pseudoperichaeta erecta (Coq.)
from P. cerasana. These parasite species were
reared in only small numbers, indicating that
none of them exerted any significant control
over those hosts in the Lower Fraser Valley in
the late 1970’s.
Other parasitic species reared from E.
pariana or its parasites, of minor importance
are: Primary parasites; Colpoclypeus sp.nr.
florus (Walk.), Diadegma spp. Oncophanes
americanus Weed, Glypta sp., Rogas sp., Scam-
bus (Scambus) canadensis (Walley), S. (S.)
decorus (Walley), S. (S.) transgressus (Holmg.),
Sympiesis bimaculatipennis Gir.
Primary and secondary parasites; Itoplectis
conquisitor (Say), and I. quadricingulata
(Prov.), especially on T. emarginalis.
Secondary parasites; Cyrtogaster vulgaris
Walk., Asaphes vulgaris (Walk.), Miscogaster
sp., Tricomalus sp., Mesopolobus finlaysoni
Dog., M. longicaudae Dog., Elasmus atratus
How., Tetrastichus caerulescens Ashm.,
Tetrastichus (Abrostocethus) sp., Gelis tenellus
Say, Gelis spp.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors wish to thank Dr. E. M. Belton,
Simon Fraser University, and Dr. A. Mutuura,
Dr. W. R. M. Mason, Dr. C. M. Yoshimoto,
and Mr. H. Bisdee, Canada Agriculture, Ot-
tawa, for assistance with the systematics.
REFERENCES
Doganlar, M. and B. P. Beirne, 1978. Fruit tree leafrollers (Lepidoptera) and parasites (Hymen-
optera) introduced in the Vancouver district, British Columbia. J. Entomol, Soc. Brit. Col.
75 :23-24.
Nixon, G. E. J., 1972. A revision of the North Western European species of the laevigatus group
of Apanteles Forster (Hymenoptera: Braconidae). Bull, Ent. Res. 61: 701-743.
Telenga, N. A., 1955. Fauna of U.S.S.R. Fam.Braconidae, subfamilies Microgastarinae, Agathinae
(Hymenoptera). Fauna Rosii 5(4): 1-311. Moskow and Leningrad.
: : : -
Thompson, W. R., 1953. A catalogue of the parasites and predators of insect pests. Section 2, hos |
ears catalogue. Part 2. Hosts of Hymenoptera (Agaonidae to Braconidae). Common-
wealth Agric. Bureau. CIBC, pp: 70-71.
Wilkinson, D. S., 1945. Descriptions of Palearctic species of Apanteles (Hymen., Braconidae).
Trans. R. Ent. Soc. Lond. 5(3): 173-177.
Wilson, G. F., 1928. Two lesser known pests of fruit trees. Gdn’rs Chron. 83(2163): 416-418
(Abst. in Rev. Appl. Ent. A, 16(8): 376, 1928).
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 78 (1981), DEc. 31, 1981 53
THE APHIDS (HOMOPTERA: APHIDIDAE)
OF BRITISH COLUMBIA
9. FURTHER ADDITIONS
A. R. FORBES AND C. K. CHAN
Research Station, Agriculture Canada
Vancouver, British Columbia
ABSTRACT
Ten species of aphids and new host records are added to the taxonomic
list of the aphids of British Columbia.
INTRODUCTION
Five previous lists of the aphids of British
Columbia (Forbes, Frazer and MacCarthy
1973; Forbes, Frazer and Chan 1974; Forbes
and Chan 1976, 1978, 1980) recorded 326 species.
This includes aphids collected from 611 hosts
or in traps and comprises 1129 aphid-host plant
associations.
The present list adds 10 species of aphids
(indicated with an asterisk in the list) and 44
aphid-host plant associations to the previous
lists. Twenty-five of the new :aphid-host plant
associations are plant species not in the pre-
vious lists. The additions bring the number of
known aphid species in British Columbia to
336. Aphids have now been collected from 636
different host plants and the total number of
aphid-host plant associations is 1173.
As in the previous lists, the aphids are ar-
ranged alphabetically by species. All names are
in accordance with Eastop and Hille Ris Lam-
bers (1976). The location of each collection site
can be determined from Table 1 or from the
tables of localities in the previous papers. The
reference points are the same as those shown
on the map which accompanies the basic list.
TABLE 1. Localities where aphids were collect-
ed, with airline distances from reference
points.
Reference Distance
Locality Point Dir. km mi
Armstrong Kamloops EK 84 53
Mobley Lake Kamloops NE 91 57
Nicola Valley Kamloops S 60 37
LIST OF SPECIES
AEGOPODII (Scopoli), CAVARIELLA
Lomatium dissectum var. multifida: Vancou-
ver (UBC), Jun 11/79.
Lomatium nudicaule: Vancouver (UBC), Jun
11/79.
ALBIFRONS Essig, MACROSIPHUM
Lupinus arboreus: Victoria, 1924 (Glenden-
ning 1924).
Lupinus argenteus var. argenteus: Vancouver
(UBC), Jun 21/79.
Lupinus polyphyllus: Nicola Valley, Jun/26,
Jul/26 (MacDougall 1926).
Lupinus rivularis: Nicola Valley, Jun/26,
Jul/26 (MacDougall 1926).
*ASPARAGI Mordvilko, BRACHYCOLUS
Asparagus officinalis: Armstrong, Jun 4/81;
Summerland, May 7/80, Sep 11/79.
Asparagus densiflorus ‘Sprengeri’: Vancouver
(CDA), May 5/81, Sep 20/80.
Trap: Penticton, Jun 7/76, Jul 5/76; Summer-
land, May 31/76, Jun 7/76, Jun 28/76, Jul
5/76.
*CASTILLEIAE Sampson, KAKIMIA
Castilleja miniata: Barkerville, Jul 15/80.
Castilleja sp.: Mobley Lake, Jul 12/66 (Heie
1979).
CIRCUMFLEXUM (Buckton), AULACORTHUM
Hedera canariensis ‘Canary Cream’: Vancou-
ver, Mar 27/80.
*CORYLI Davis, MACROSIPHUM
Corylus cornuta var. californica: Agassiz,
1925 (Glendenning 1925); New Westminster,
1926 (MacDougall 1926).
*CYNOSBATI Oestlund, KAKIMIA
Unknown sp.: Vancouver, Sep 30/63 (Heie
1979).
*DAPHNIDIS Borner, MACROSIPHUM
Daphne x burkwoodii ‘Somerset’: Vancouver
(UBC), Jun 9/80.
Daphne laureola: Vancouver (UBC), Feb
26/81, Apr 11/81, May 9/76, Jun 20/78, Aug
1/78, Oct 2/80.
*EQUISETI Holman, SITOBION
Equisetum arvense: Vancouver (UBC), Jun
11/80, Jun 14/76, Jun 17/80, Jul 11/78, Sep
30/80, Oct 15/80, Oct 22/80.
ERIOPHORI (Walker), CERURAPHIS
Catalpa speciosa: Vancouver,( UBC), Nov 6/80.
EUPHORBIAE (Thomas), MACROSIPHUM
Hedera canariensis ‘Canary Cream’: Vancou-
ver, Mar 27/80.
FABAE Scopoli, APHIS
Catalpa speciosa: Vancouver, Nov 6/80.
Lomatium nudicaule: Vancouver (UBC), Jun
10/79.
Papaver rhoeas: Vancouver, Jul 30/80.
*A phid species not in the previous lists.
5A J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 78 (1981), DrEc. 31, 1981
FOENICULI (Passerini), HYADAPHIS
Lomatium nudicaule: Vancouver (UBC), Jun
10/79.
FRAGARIAE (Walker), SITOBION
Juncus articulatus: Vancouver (UBC), Aug
26/74.
GOSSYPII Glover, APHIS
Gardenia jasminoides: Vancouver, Jan 3/77,
May 2/76, Jun 22/76, Jul 5/76.
HELIANTHI Monell, APHIS
Asparagus officinalis: Creston Flats,
4/80.
HELICHRYSI (Kaltenbach), BRACHYCAUDUS
Arctostaphylos uva-ursi: Vancouver (UBC),
May 18/81, Jun 17/80.
*HEUCHERAE (Thomas), KAKIMIA
Heuchera micrantha var. diversifolia: Van-
couver (UBC), Jun 11/79.
*MUESEBECKI Knowlton & Allen, KAKIMIA
Ribes sanguineum: Saanich, May 8/76.
ORNATUS Laing, MYZUS
Catalpa speciosa: Vancouver, Nov 6/80.
PADI (Linnaeus), RHOPALOSIPHUM
Catalpa speciosa: Vancouver (UBC), Oct
25/78.
PERSICAE (Sulzer), MY ZUS
Allium tuberosum: Vancouver, Sep 9/80.
Asparagus officinalis: Summerland, Sep
11/79.
Jun
Crossandra _ infundibuliformis:
(CDA), Jun 18/79.
Spergularia rubra: Vancouver (UBC), Aug
6/80.
PISUM (Harris), ACYRTHOSIPHON
Melilotus officinalis: Fort St. John, Jul 12/80.
ROBINIAE (Gillette), APPENDISETA
Robinia pseudoacacia: Vancouver
Jun 14/79.
ROSAE (Linnaeus), MACROSIPHUM
Dipsacus fullonum; Vancouver (UBC), Aug
1/80.
SOLANI (Kaltenbach), AULACORTHUM
Aloe barbadensis; Vancouver, Jun 13/79.
Apocynum androsaemifolium: Vancouver
(UBC), May 21/81.
Daphne _laureola:
30/78.
Lysichiton camtschatcense: Vancouver (UBC),
May 8/81.
Tellima grandiflora: Vancouver (UBC), May
26/81.
STAPHYLEAE (Koch), RHOPALOSIPHONINUS
Arctostaphylos uva-ursi: Vancouver (UBC),
Jun 17/80.
*URTICA Essig, AMPHOROPHORA
Urtica dioica spp. gracilis var. lyallii: Ladner,
May 3/81.
*VACCINII (Theobald), WAHLGRENIELLA
Arctostaphylos uva-ursi: Vancouver (UBC),
May 18/81, Jun 17/80.
Vancouver
(UBC),
Vancouver (UBC), May
REFERENCES
Eastop, V. F., and D. Hille Ris Lambers. 1976. Survey of the world’s aphids. Dr. W. Junk b.v.,
Publisher, The Hague.
Forbes, A. R., and C. K. Chan. 1980. The aphids (Homoptera: Aphididae) of British Columbia, 8.
Further additions. J. ent. Soc. Brit. Columbia 77:38-42.
Forbes, A. R., and C. K. Chan. 1978. The aphids (Homoptera: Aphididae) of British Columbia. 6.
Further additions. J. ent. Soc. Brit. Columbia 75: 47-52.
Forbes, A. R., and C. K. Chan. 1976. The aphids (Homoptera: Aphididae) of British Columbia. 4.
Further additions and corrections. J. ent. Soc. Brit. Columbia 73: 57-63.
Forbes, A. R., B. D. Frazer and C. K. Chan. 1974. The aphids (Homoptera: Aphididae) of British
Columbia. 3. Additions and corrections. J. ent. Soc. Brit. Columbia 71: 43-49.
Forbes, A. R., B. D. Frazer and H. R. MacCarthy. 1973. The aphids (Homoptera: Aphididae) of
British Columbia. 1. A basic taxonomic list. J. ent. Soc. Brit. Columbia 70: 43-57.
Glendenning, R. 1924. Preliminary list of Aphididae of British Columbia. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Brit.
Columbia 21: 40-43.
Glendenning, R. 1925. Additions to the list of Aphididae of British Columbia. Proc. Entomol. Soc.
Brit. Columbia 22:36-38.
Heie, O. E. 1979. Revision of the aphid genus Nasonovia Mordvilko, including Kakimia Hottes and
Frison, with keys and descriptions of the species of the world (Homoptera: Aphididae).
Entomologica Scandinavica Supplement No. 9.
MacDougall, A. P. 1926. The Aphididae of British Columbia. Manuscript of Ph.D. Thesis, Univ.
of Toronto (never completed).
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 78 (1981), Dec. 31, 1981 55
A REVISED LIST OF THE MOSQUITOES
OF BRITISH COLUMBIA
PETER AND E. M. BELTON
Pestology Centre, Department of Biological Sciences
Simon Fraser University, Burnaby, B.C.
ABSTRACT
The distribution of 46 currently recognized species are listed in 6 biotic
zones with localities for confirmed records since 1927 and some observations
on their habits.
INTRODUCTION
The following list of the mosquitoes of British
Columbia follows that of Hearle (1927). He list-
ed the known localities of 42 different culicids,
39 of which are now considered true species.
He incorporated the provincial localities pub-
lished in The Mosquitoes of Canada (Dyar’s
1921 list), many of which were published earlier
in The Mosquitoes of British Columbia and
Yukon Territory, Canada (Dyar’s 1920 list).
More recently, Curtis (1967) described 42
species from the province and 5 more that
might be expected to occur. He discussed the
general distribution of each species but men-
tioned few actual localities. Since then, one
species new to Canada, Aedes togoi has been
found on our coast. Ae.nevadensis, now recog-
nised as a species distinct from Ae.communis,
and two of the species Curtis expected,
Ae.melanimon and Culiseta minnesotae, have
also been collected, bringing the total number
of mosquitoes found in the province to 46.
Several more species found close to our borders
may be here unnoticed.
A number of species names have been
changed since 1927 and these are noted in the
present list. The additional localities were ob-
tained from the following collections:— the
Canadain National, Ottawa; the Spencer, Uni-
versity of B.C.; the Provincial Museum, Vic-
toria; and private collections of P. Belton,
R. A. Costello and others. Information about
several species was kindly provided by the fol-
lowing: N. Angerilli, J. Barlow, K. Bennett,
R. and S. Cannings, B. Gillespie, D. Regan,
M. Trimble, G. Scudder and P. Wood. Other
details were found in papers cited in the
bibliography, particularly those of Gibson on
mosquito suppression in Canada (published
annually 1926-41) and the reports of the
anopheline survey (Twinn 1945) and the nor-
thern insect survey (Freeman 1952).
The distribution maps of Wood et al. (1979)
show many of the localities given here, but
have some inaccuracies, e.g. Ae.campestris
is shown at Mission in the lower mainland and
Ae.implicatus in Vancouver. These localities
are, in fact, Mission Flats (near Kamloops)
and Fairview (near Osoyoos) and there are no
confirmed records of Anopheles punctipennis
east of Boston Bar (D. M. Wood, 1981, personal
communication).
Many of the identifications required were
made by the senior author, others by Dr. D. M.
Wood and his colleagues at the Biosystematics
Research Institute, Ottawa. Dr. Wood and
Mr. L. Forster also checked some of the locali-
ties in the Canadian National Collection.
ECOLOGICAL BACKGROUND
Compared with other provinces, B.C. has a
rich mosquito fauna. To some extent, this is
because we have a number of species that are
only found west of the Rocky Mountain barrier.
It probably also reflects the varied habitats
that occur here, from timberline to flood plain
and desert to rain forest.
Munro & Cowan (1947) divided the province
into 13 biotic zones on the basis of their distinc-
tive species of plants, birds and mammals.
Lyons (1965) condensed these to 9 biotic or life
zones, listing their common native trees, shrubs
and flowering plants. Mobile forms of life,
however, show less discrimination than plants
and mosquitoes can fly or be blown long dis-
tances so that small and specific habitats or
microzones suitable for their immature stages
are often more important than the larger life
zones that affect the distribution of plants and
animals. On the basis of their mosquito fauna,
we have reduced Munro & Cowan’s 13 biotic
zones to 6; (Fig. 1). At least 4 species of mosqui-
to inhabit every zone and about 12 others are
almost as widespread. Seven species were taken
in a single zone only. Some are specialised to
develop in particular habitats. For example,
Ae.campestris and Ae.dorsalis can tolerate
highly concentrated alkaline pools in dry
regions where the salty ground-water seepage
exceeds the rainfall.
BIOTIC ZONES
Zone A, Osoyoos arid
This is a small dry region in the interior, on
the southern border of the province, charac-
terised by shrubby desert plants. Developing
in weedy back waters or floodplains, species
such as Anopheles freeborni, Aedes vexans,
Ae.spencerii, Ae.dorsalis, _Ae.melanimon,
Culiseta inornata and Culex tarsalis can be
found. Irrigation seepage and alkaline pools
here and in dry forest also provide an ideal
habitat for many of these species, particularly
if cattle or horses graze nearby.
56 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 78 (1981), DEc. 31, 1981
134 132 130 128 126 124
122 j
nal ET
It =
48} L | A cee Ov
ees = eeeoe i ia | i
Figure |
British Columbia
SE) Dry Forest
UU
Cariboo and Peace
River Parkland
Columbia Forest
Alplands, Subalpine
and Boreal Forest
: c Be Coast Forest,
—h Puget-Sound Lowlands
and Islands
130 128 126 124
Bee vai couver Bente Castlegar
Victoria
122 120 118 116 114
Fig. 1. Biotic zones of British Contin adapted from those of Munro & Cowan (1947) and Lyons
(1965).
Zone B, Dry Forest
A southern interior zone which lies to the
north and east of Zone A and is on average
slightly higher in altitude. It comprises two
areas separated by wet forest and mountain
ranges. All the species of the previous zone are
found here although several that are found in
this zone do not occur in Zone A. Ae.campes-
tris is locally more abundant than Ae.dorsalis
in the Kamloops and Shuswap areas and
Ae.flavescens, a species commonly associated.
with them, is also found in the north of this,
zone. Timbered floodplains along rivers yield.
Ae.increpitus and Ae.sticticus even though
these species are more common in luxuriantly:
forested zones. Ae.hendersoni and Ae.sier-.
rensis whose larvae develop in water-filled, rot
cavities in trees overlap in this zone, the east-
ern limit of the latter’s range.
Zone C, Cariboo and Peace River Parklands
Although widely separated, both the Cariboo
which is centrally situated in the southern half
of the province and the Peace River country in
the northeast quarter, are similar to much
prairie terrain. They are mainly flat or undulat-
ing parklands with occasional clumps of trees
or open forest and with many sloughs and small
lakes. Prairie species like Ae.flavescens and.
Ae.campestris are found here in open alkaline
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BriT. COLUMBIA 78 (1981), DEc. 31, 1981 57
pools, along with the more widespread Ae.
cataphylla, Ae.euedes and Ae.mercurator.
Widely distributed in the prairies, Ae.riparius
is found in this zone where it is frequently ac-
companied by the prairie form of Ae.spencerii
fidahoensis), and in boreal forest adjacent to
the Peace River region.
Zone D, Columbia Forest
This is an area of luxuriant rain forest in the
southern interior, lying between the two
regions of Dry Forest (Zone B) and separated
from them by the Monashee and Purcell Moun-
tain ranges.
Many of the species in this zone are also
found in coastal forest, most commonly,
Ae.sticticus, Ae.vexans, Ae.punctor and
Cs.impatiens and_ species of permanent
swamps, Mansonia perturbans and C's.mor-
sitans. The treehole mosquitoes, Ae. hendersoni
and Ae.sierrensis, overlap in the zone, which
is apparently the western limit of the former’s
range.
Zone E, Alplands, Subalpine and Boreal Forest
This zone comprises much of the northern
half of the province, the central plateau and
high regions in the south. Summers are brief,
winters long and cold.
Collections were made by Dyar (1920) in
boreal forest around Teslin and Atlin Lakes. He
found that Ae.communis was the most abund-
ant mosquito breeding in snow-melt pools, fol-
lowed by Ae.cataphylla, and Ae.hexodontus
and less commonly, Ae.pionips. Hearle (1932)
found the arctic species, Ae.impiger, Ae.
nigripes and Ae.hexodontus, characteristic
of subalpine regions of the Rocky Mountains.
The northern insect survey (Freeman 1952)
had traps at Fort Nelson, Lower Post and
Muncho L. which collected 12 species of mos-
quitoes. Surprisingly, of these Ae.impiger,
was the only truly arctic species.
Zone F, Coast Forest, Puget Sound Lowlands
and Gulf and Queen Charlotte Islands
A mainly wet and heavily forested region
comprising most of the coast line, the islands
and the lower Fraser Valley. Five species are
restricted to this zone. Three of them, Ae. togoi
in rock pools, Ae.aboriginis and Ae.alopono-
tum in wet forest,,are found nowhere else in
Canada. An.punctipennis and Cs.minnesotae,
although widely distributed in North America
have been found only in this zone in British
Columbia. As in California, the coastal form of
Ae.dorsalis that is confined to salt marsh and
rock pools is geographically isolated from the
form found in the interior.
The number of zones in which each species of
mosquito is found and the number of localities
that it has been reported from in each zone are
shown (Table 1).
LIST OF DISTRIBUTIONS
The mosquitoes are listed by genus, the locali-
ties for each species by zone. The number of
localities (in parentheses) given by Hearle,
for a particular zone, is followed by the names
of recent ones which are pinpointed in Table 2.
Aedes species
aboriginis Dyar
Zone F, (7), Burnaby L., Chilliwack, Langley,
Port Coquitlam, Kwinitsa
Apparently confined to this zone, its typical
habitat is coastal rain forest. It has been col-
lected from Vancouver Is. to Chilliwack in the
south and north to Prince Rupert.
aloponotum Dyar
Zone F, (9), Burnaby L.
Found only on Vancouver Is. and in the lower
mainland so far, its larvae develop in woodland
pools often associated with those of Ae.abor-
iginis, Ae.cinereus and Cs. morsitans.
Dyar referred to 3 specimens as fletcher
possibly because Hearle (1920) called them
fletcheri aloponotum.
campestris Dyar & Knab
Zone A, Oliver, Osoyoos; Zone B, (2), Kam-
loops, Lillooet, Marble Canyon, Merritt, Mis-
sion Flats, Salmon Arm, Tranquille, Trout Cr.;
Zone C, (1), Cariboo area, Hanceville, Westwick
L; Zone D, (1); Zone E, Atlin
Found mainly in the southern interior, this is
a grassland species that breeds in somewhat
alkaline pools as soon as the snow has melted.
Hearle (1932) found it one of the dominant
/mosquito pests on the Chilcotin plateau and
Gibson (1929) one of the main pests around
Kamloops.
canadensis (Theobald)
(This species was accidentally omitted from
Curtis’s book, 1967)
Zone B, (1), Kamloops; Zone C, Fort Nelson;
Zone D, (1), Kitchener; Zone E, (1), Lower
Post; Zone F, (3), Parksville
A typical woodland species breeding in tem-
porary pools, it has a widespread distribution
from Vancouver Island to Kaslo in the south
and north to Lower Post.
cataphylla Dyar
Zone A, (1); Zone B, (4), Kamloops, Lac Du
Bois, Pemberton L., Pinantan L.; Zone C,
(1), Cariboo area, Chezacut, Riske Cr., West-
wick L.; Zone D, (1); Zone E, (5), Manning Pk.,
Mt. Seymour, Pothole; Zone F, (2, as pacificen-
sis Hearle), Indian R.
Widespread in the province, it is one of the
predominant species of dry interior grassland.
Hearle (1932) found it, with Ae.campestris, the
main pest on the Chilcotin plateau. It develops
here in open grassy snow-melt pools and is
abundant in river flood pools in mountains
and forests.
58 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 78 (1981), Dec. 31, 1981
Total records/zone
Zones A B C OD _ E F_ Remarks
Aedes
aboriginis 12 one zone
aloponotum 10 one zone
campestris Ziad interior
canadensis
cataphylla 1
cinereus Z
communis 1
diantaeus
dorsalis 2
euedes 1
excrucians 1
fitchii
flavescens 2
hendersoni
hexodontus
impiger
implicatus
increpitus 2
intrudens
melanimon 1 dry
mercurator 4 dry
nevadensis 1 one zone
nigripes one zone
pionips | ee |
provocans 1 4 2
pullatus 1 2
1
2
all zones
all zones
all zones
& & ON O
—— mS De
m NOH NN =
00 UI CON) =
N & = =
MSP SNH HH YO UW >
m™ N U1 OO ~3
awe NY
1 treeholes
—)
No
dry or high
6 areas
N Oe oO
WINN wae
punctor 2
riparius
sierrensis
dry or high
21 treeholes
spencerii dry or high
sticticus 1 17 +all zones.
togoi 9 one zone
vexans 74ers | | 5
Anopheles
earlei 1 8 4 1 6
freeborni 3 2
punctipennis 24 one zone
Culex
pipiens
tarsalis Z
territans 1
Culiseta
alaskaensis 1
impatiens
incidens 1
inornata 1
minnesotae
morsitans
Mansonia
perturbans 2 8 wet areas
nN &
CO nN
—
a-s
oe OS tO,
=
—
va)
N
No
& UN NY N Go
No
>
=H WWW Loe
= O WO
one zone
_—
—
TABLE 1. Number of localities in each zone from which mosquitoes have been collected. Hearle’s
records have been included although many of his specimens were not seen by us. His locali-
ties are not included in Table 2.
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 78 (1981), Dec. 31, 1981 59
cinereus Meigen
Zone A, (1), Keremeos; Zone B, (1), Cache
Creek, Kamloops, Tranquille; Zone C, Fort
Nelson; Zone D, (2); Zone E, (2), Lower Post,
Fort St. John; Grand Forks; Zone F, (13),
Burnaby L., Harrison
This species has been recorded from every
part of the province. it is often found in or near
woodland. The larvae inhabit open or shaded
flood water, rain pools or swamps.
communis ( Degeer)
Zone A, (1); Zone B, (3), Kamloops; Zone C,
Fort Nelson; Zone D, (1); Zone E, (3), Craig-
ellachie, Eagle Valley, Malakwa, Lower Post,
Muncho L.; Zone F, (8), Elk Mt.
Collected all over the province, most records
are from subalphine, boreal and coast forest,
although subalpine specimens identified from
adults may have been Ae.nevadensis. Dyar
(1920) found it one of the commonest species
in the mountains and the dominant species in
the Skeena Valley, right down to tide level.
The larvae live mainly in shaded pools.
diantaeus Howard, Dyar & Knab
Zone C, Fort Nelson; Zone F, (2)
Dyar (1920) found it ‘“‘not uncommon’”’ in the
Skeena Valley and, so far as we know, this
species has only been found in northern B.C.
There are, however, records of it in the south-
ern Rocky Mountain foothills on the Alberta
side of the border.
dorsalis (Meigen)
Zone A, (1), Keremeos; Zone B, (3), Kamloops,
Trout Cr., Tranquille, Merritt; Zone F, (8),
Richmond, Saanich, Saltspring Is., Telegraph
Bay, Tsawwassen, White Rock
Found in the southern half of the province,
this multivoltine species is our principal salt
marsh mosquito on the coast and can be a pest
on neighbouring beaches. We have occasionally
found the larvae in rock pools along with those
of Ae.togoi and Cs.incidens. In the interior,
it behaves like a typical grassland species,
thriving in alkaline swamps and pools and
in the fresh water of irrigation seepage.
euedes Howard, Dyar & Knab
Zone A, Oliver; Zone B, Kamloops; Zone C,
Fort Nelson, Westwick L.; Zone E, Telegraph
Cr.; Zone F, Popkum
Because of the similarity of their adult fe
males (before the recognition of the tarsal claw
as a taxonomic character) some of the localities
listed for excrucians may in fact apply to
euedes.
excrucians (Walker)
Zone A, (1); Zone B, (4), Cache Creek, Kelowna,
Kamloops, Tranquille; Zone C, Pouce Coupe;
Zone E,, Lower Post; Zone F, (1), Chilliwack
Found locally throughout the province in
woodland or open grassland, the larvae inhabit
temporary pools. Some of Hearle’s localities
may refer to Ae.euedes.
fitchii (Felt & Young)
Zone B, Kamloops, Kelowna, Lac Du Bois,
Princeton, Tranquille; Zone C, Cariboo area,
Chilcotin plateau, Fort Nelson; Zone E, Atlin,
Kootenay Ntl. Pk., Lower Post, Prince George;
Zone F, (2), Saltspring Is., Skagit V.
Although the larvae are easily identified, the
adult females can be confused with those of
Ae.euedes and Ae.mercurator. Consequently
some of the above localities may have been
wrongly attributed to fitchii. This widespread
species is common in open woods and transition
areas between forest and grassland, it is one of
the main pest mosquitoes in the southern in-
terior. The larvae inhabit snow-melt pools,
often associated with Ae.increpitus.
flavescens (Muller )
Zone A, (1), Osoyoos; Zone B, Kamloops, Rose
Hill; Zone C, (1), Cariboo area, Chezacut, Fort
Nelson; Zone E, (1), Fort St. John; Zone F,
Richmond(?)
Collected at widely separated points in B.C.,
it develops mainly in alkaline pools in open
grassland in the southern interior. In Alaska,
Ae.flavescens has been found in coastal salt
marsh and there is a recent, unconfirmed,
record of a biting female from salt marsh at
Richmond.
The specimen collected on Mt. Cheam in 1899
by the Dominion Entomologist, J. Fletcher,
was described as a new species, fletcheri. bv
Coquillet in 1902. Unfortunately, Hearle (1920)
used the name fletcheri aloponotum for some
specimens that were actually aloponotum mak-
ing previous interpretations of fletcheri un-
certain.
hendersoni Cockerell
(Hearle’s triseriatus)
Zone B, (1); Zone D, Sirdar
The two confirmed records are from the
southern interior. The larvae inhabit water-
filled rot cavities in deciduous trees.
hexodontus Dyar
(Hearle’s leuconotips and cyclocerculus)
Zone C, Fort Nelson; Zone E, Field, Michel,
Hollyburn, Kootenay Ntl. Pk., Manning and
Mt. Seymour Provincial Pks., Zone F, (1),
Kwinitsa, Tenquille L.
A variable species with arctic and southern
forms, it extends its range down the Cordilleras
and out to the northern coast. On the southern
border of the province, we have found it only
in the mountains where its larvae are abundant
in alpine pools.
60 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 78 (1981), DEc. 31, 1981
impiger (Walker)
(Hearle’s nearcticus)
Zone B, Cranbrook; Zone D, Revelstoke;
Zone E, (1)
One of the major mosquito pests of the high
arctic, its range extends southwards in the
Rocky Mts. where the larvae develop in alpine
pools, sometimes along with those of Ae.
pullatus and Cs.alaskaensis.
implicatus Vockeroth
(Hearle’s impiger)
Zone A, (2); Zone B, (2), Kamloops; Zone C,
Fort Nelson; Zone E, (4), Lower Post, Michel
Scattered over much of the province, it is
mainly a woodland mosquito developing in tem-
porary snow-melt or rain pools. It is found in
coastal salt marsh in Alaska so may occur in
similar habitats west of the coast range in B.C.
increpitus Dyar
(Some of Hearle’s localities were for a syno-
nym, inequitus)
Zone A, (1), Osoyoos; Zone B, (3), Kamloops,
Louis L., Pass L., Salmon Arm; Zone C, Cari-
boo area, Hanceville, Westwick L.; Zone E,
Manning Pk., Vavenby; Zone F, (2), Chilliwack
Lake Errock, Piers Is., Skagit V.
Widespread and numerous, it is found mainly
in the southern interior. The larvae inhabit rain
or snow-melt pools, flood water or irrigation
seepage.
intrudens Dyar
Zone B, (1), Douglas Lake, Kamloops, Merritt,
Pass L., Salmon Arm, Tranquille; Zone C, Fort
Nelson, Hanceville, Lone Butte, Tin Cup L.;
Zone F, (3)
Found predominantly in the dry interior, its
localities are scattered throughout the province
as far west as Vancouver Island and north as
Fort Nelson. The larvae develop in bogs and in
rain or snow-melt pools in woodland or in the
open.
melanimon Dyar
Zone A, Keremeos; Zone B, Douglas Lake,
Kamloops, Merritt, Nicola, O’Keefe, Quilchena,
Summerland
Found in the dry southern interior, the adult
females are very similar to Ae.dorsalis so that
it may be more widespread than the localities
above indicate.
mercurator Dyar
(Hearle’s and Curtis’s stimulans)
Zone B, (1), Kamloops, Lac Du Bois, Pass L..,
Tranquille; Zone C, Chilcotin plateau, Fort
Nelson, Riske Cr., Williams Lake
This grassland species is found mainly in the
parkland zones in the interior of the province.
nevadensis Chapman & Barr
Zone D, Sheen L.
A sibling of Ae.communis, it may be fairly
widely distributed along the southern interior
border.
nigripes (Zetterstedt)
Zone FE, Moosehorn L.
This arctic species does not extend far south-
wards in the mountains. It was found at 1,500m
at Moosehorn L. and there is one dubious
record from the north west corner of B.C.
pionips Dyar
Zone B, (1); Zone C, Fort Nelson; Zone E, (2),
Lower Post; Zone F, (2)
This northern mosquito is found mainly in
our boreal forest and in mountains further
south. The larvae develop in snow-melt and rain
pools, often associated with Ae.communis.
provocans (Walker)
(Hearle’s and Curtis’s trichurus)
Zone B, Pass L.; Zone C, Fort Nelson, Lac Le
Jeune, Montney, Pouce Coupe; Zone D, (1),
Lost Cr.; Zone E, Vavenby
Confined to the interior of the province, the
larvae inhabit snow-melt pools in woods and
open flooded areas.
pullatus (Coquillett )
Zone C, Fort Nelson; Zone D, (1) Sheen L.; Zone
E, (2), Chilkat Pass, Grand Forks, MacGregor;
Zone F, (1), Skagit V.
Found predominantly in boreal forest, it oc-
curs on or near mountains in the southern
interior. The larvae develop in snow-melt pools
and the flooded margins of streams.
punctor (Kirby )
Zone B, (1), Kamloops; Zone C, Fort Nelson;
Zone D, (4); Zone E, (4), Eagle Valley, Muncho
L., Steamboat Mt.; Zone F, (6), Vancouver,
Chilliwack, Hope, Kitimat, Maple Ridge
Ae.punctor adults and larvae are very similar
to those of Ae.hexodontus so that some of the
above records may refer to the latter. Wide-
spread in the province, this species can be a
serious pest of man and livestock near wooded
areas. The larvae inhabit snow-melt pools.
riparius Dyar & Knab
Zone C, Dempsey L., Fort Nelson; Zone E,
Lower Post, Fort St. John
This prairie species has been found in the
Cariboo area, the Peace River area and adjacent
boreal forest in the northeast quarter of the
province.
sierrensis (Ludlow)
(Hearle’s varipalpus)
Zone A, Keremeos; Zone B, Kelowna; Zone D,
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. COLUMBIA 78 (1981), DEc. 31, 1981 61
(1), Kootenay L., Mara L.; Zone E, Bear L.;
Zone F, (17), Burnaby L., Indian R., Point
Atkinson, Queen Charlotte Is.
Quite common in wooded areas across the
south west of the province, the most northerly
record is Terrace. The larvae develop in tree-
holes, or occasionally in artificial containers.
spencerii (Theobald)
(Now regarded, on somewhat tenuous evidence,
as forms of the same species, Hearle attributed
some of the localities below to idahoensis
which he considered distinct).
Zone A, (1), Keremeos; Zone B, (3), Kamloops,
Tranquille, Merritt; Zone C, Peace River area;
Zone E, (1)
The spencerii form, one of the main pests in
the prairies, has been found here only in the
Peace River area, east of the Rockies. Hearle
listed Kaslo where Dyar thought he found it
in 1904. However, Dyar did not mention Kaslo
when he discussed spencerii in 1919 and 1920.
‘The idahoensis form, commoner than spencerii
in B.C., occurs in the southern interior in open
woodland and mountain areas where the larvae
are sometimes found with those of Ae.vexans
and Ae.dorsalis.
sticticus (Meigen)
(Hearle’s hirsuteron and aldrichi)
Zone A, (1); ‘Zone B, (4), Kelowna, Merritt,
Salmon Arm, Tranquille; Zone C, Cariboo area,
Chilcotin plateau; Zone D, (7); Zone E, (6);
Zone F, (16), Rosedale
In years of heavy flooding this is one of the
major pest species across the south of the pro-
vince when it develops in enormous numbers
in wooded river flats, particularly of cotton-
wood. The larvae are often found with Ae.
vexans and Ae.cinereus.
togoi (Theobald)
Zone F, Agate Beach, N. and S. Pender Is.,
Britannia Beach, Point Atkinson, Horseshoe
Bay, Earls Cove, Irvine’s Landing, Roberts
Cr.
Confined to rocky coastline, the larvae in-
habit pools just above high tide level which
they occasionally share with Cs.incidens and
Ae.dorsalis.
vexans (Meigen)
Zone A, (2); Zone B, (7), Cache Creek, Merritt,
Tranquille, Trout Cr.; Zone D, (5); Zone E,
(3), Eagle Valley, Lower Post; Zone F, (13),
Agassiz, Burnaby L., Esquimault, Harrison,
Port Mann, Ross L., Vancouver, White Rock,
Yale
The worst mosquito pest in southern B.C., it
is a rain and flood water species found both in
open and wooded areas. The larvae are also
found in irrigation run-off and woodland pools.
Anopheles species
earlei Vargas
(Hearle’s maculipennis. Curtis’s references to
An.occidentalis in B.C. should also be to earlei)
Zone A, (1, Hadwen’s additional specimen from
Keremeos should probably be attributed to
An.freeborni); Zone B, (5), Kamloops, Knouff
L., Penticton; Zone C, (1), Cariboo area, Fort
Nelson, Westwick L.; Zone D, (1); Zone F, (5),
Harrison
Widely distributed in southern B.C., it is less
common than An.punctipennis in the lower
Fraser Valley. The larvae breed in very cold
water, often in sluggish streams or weedy
ditches and in irrigation seepage in the interior.
freeborni Aitken
(Hearle’s quadrimaculatus)
Zone A, (2 - including Keremeos), Fairview;
Zone B, (2); Zone D, Revelstoke; Zone E,
Kootenay Ntl. Pk.
Found mainly in the southern interior, Cur-
tis’s remark of its capture in the Fraser Valley
may refer to the dry upper valley somewhere
north of Lytton. The larvae develop mainly in
clear water in open sunny situations such as
irrigation seepage but can tolerate some pollu-
tion.
punctipennis (Say )
Zone F, (14), Boston Bar, Burnaby L., Chilli-
wack, Harrison, Hatzic, Fort Langley, Laidlaw,
Maple Ridge, Royal Oak, Vancouver
The only anopheline found so far on Vancou-
ver Is., it is commoner than An.earlei in the
lower Fraser Valley. The larvae inhabit almost
any kind of water.
Culex species
pipiens L.
Zone B, Penticton; Zone F, (1), Victoria,
Patricia Bay, Burnaby L., Chilliwack, Har-
rison, Maple Ridge, Richmond, Tsawwassen
Rare in Hearle’s time, he speculated that it
had been recently introduced. It has spread and
increased enormously in numbers and is now
common across the south of the province from
Vancouver Is. at least as far as Penticton. The
larvae develop in any type of standing water,
from clean natural pools to sewage lagoons and
a great variety of artificial containers.
tarsalis Coquillett
Zone A, (1), Osoyoos; Zone B, (3), Cache Creek,
Kamloops, Penticton, Pinantan L., Tranquille;
Zone E, Little Fort; Zone F, (7), Burnaby L.,
Cheam View
Fairly common across the south of the pro-
vince, the most northerly locality is Little Fort.
The larvae inhabit flooded meadows, open
ditches, sewage lagoons, etc.
62 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 78 (1981), DEc. 31, 1981
TABLE 2. Localities where confirmed species of mosquitoes were collected. Biotic zone, shortest
distance and direction from reference points are taken from the map (Fig. 1).
Locality Zone km Dir. Reference
Agassiz 907 -E Vancouver
Agate Beach 10 N Victoria
Arrowhead 40 SE Revelstoke
Atlin on map
Bear L. 26 NW~ Kaslo
Boston Bar
Britannia Beach
Burnaby L.
Cache Creek
Cariboo area
Castlegar
54 N Hope
42 N Vancouver
1323 SE Vancouver
68 W Kamloops
S of Williams Lake
Cheam View 100 E Vancouver
Chezacut 126 W Williams Lake
Chilcotin plateau W of Williams Lake
Chilkat Pass 110 W Atlin
Chilliwack 88 E Vancouver
Craigellachie 36" “E Revelstoke
Cranbrook 160 E Castlegar
Creston Bog 910" E Castlegar
Dempsey L. 150 NW Kamloops
Douglas Lake
Eagle Valley
Earls Cove
Elk Mtn.
Esquimault
Fairview
Field
Fort Langley
Fort Nelson
Fort St.John
Grand Forks
Hanceville
Harrison L.
S Kamloops
E Kamloops
NW Vancouver
37 E Vancouver
W Victoria
NW Osoyoos
130. E Revelstoke
50 SW Vancouver
50 SW Castlegar
60 WwW Williams Lake
Vancouver
Ha t:z.1¢ TOs at: Vancouver
Hollyburn 15S N Vancouver
Hope on map
Horseshoe Bay 17 NW Vancouver
Indian R. 30 NE Vancouver
Irvine's Landing 80 NW Vancouver
Kamloops on map
Kelowna 110 SW Kamloops
Keremeos
King Salmon L.
Kinnaird
Kitchener
30 NW Osoyoos
110 S$ Atlin
5 W Castlegar
995 E Castlegar «
Kitimat 110 £ Prince Rupert
Kitsumkalum 11S NE Prince Rupert
Knouff L. 40 N Kamloops
Kootenay L.
Kootenay Nt1l.Pk.
Kwinitsa
Lac Du Bois
Lac Le Jeune
ZOE Castlegar
115 NE Kaslo
45 E Prince Rupert
10 N Kamloops
24 SW Kamloops
Laidlaw VO2 JE Vancouver
Lake Errock 69 E Vancouver
Langley 33 SE Vancouver
Lillooet 113 W Kamloops
155 SE Williams Lake
92 SE Williams Lake
96 S Kaslo
15° ONE Kamloops
Little Fort
Lone Butte
Lost Cx.
Louis L.
Lower Post
MacGregor
Malakwa
Manning Pk.
iS ee Prince George
40 W Revelstoke
247 Vancouver
mmmm wo DAMA TDMDNA DAM BOM DOOMFIOTADAAMDAAMDANAMMOA DMS DAAAMBPOWOVOBIMAMANATDOABDADNIAMMOTNT
i
jo)
on
m
territans Walker
(Hearle’s apicalis)
Zone A, (1); Zone B, (2); Zone F, (8), Esqui-
mault, Harrison, Hope
It has been found across the south of the
province, mainly west of the coast range. It
develops in pools, swamps and ditches but
seldom in polluted water.
Locality Zone km Dir. Reterence
Maple Ridge 40 E Vancouver
Mara L. SORE: Kamloops
Marble Canyon 110 W Kamloops
Merritt 71 SW Kamloops
Michel 160 E Kaslo
Milner 35 SE Vancouver
Mission Flats 5 N Kamloops
Montney Die TN Fort St.John
300 SW Fort Nelson
20 NE Vancouver
Moosehorn L.
Mt.Seymour
Muncho L. 16 W Fort Nelson
Nicola 65 SW Kamloops
O'Keefe 80); .E Kamloops
Oliver 15 N Osoyoos
Osoyoos on map
Parksville 12:0 NES Vaie toma
Pass L. 63 .N Williams Lake
20: NE Viieto rida
N of Prince George
27 NE Kamloops
45 N Victoria
52 N Osoyoos
30 N Victoria
24 NE Kamloops
W Vancouver
E Vancouver
E Vancouver
168 Fase: Vancouver
S
SE
Patricia Bay
Peace River area
Pemberton L.
Pender Is.
Penticton
Paers: 1s..
Pinantan L.
Point Atkinson
Popkum
Port Coquitlam
Port Mann
Pothole
Pouce Coupe
Prince George
Princeton
Queen Charlotte Is.
Quilchena
Revelstoke
Richmond
Kamloops
Fort St.John
61/7 SE Hope
Prince Rupert
60 S Kamloops
1625S) Vancouver
Riske Cr. 30 SW Williams Lake
Roberts Cr. 45 NW Vancouver
Rose Hill s) SE Kamloops
Rosedale 10:2 JE Vancouver
Ross L. 48 SE Hope
Royal Oak 5 NE Victoria
Ruskin A427 Ee Vancouver
Saanich 24 .N Victoria
Salmon Arm
Saltspring Is.
70. E Kamloops
40 N Victoria
Sheen L. 35 SW Castlegar
Sirdax 80 E Castlegar
Skagit V. 30. ‘S Hope
66 WwW Fort Nelson
68 N Osoyoos
18 N Atlin
6 N Victoria
140 N Vancouver
96 NW Kamloops
15 W Kamloops
62 N Osoyoos
2.8. 8S Vancouver
Steamboat Mt,
Summerland
Telegraph Cr.
Telegraph Bay
Tenquille L.
Tin Cup L.
Tranquille
Trout (Cr.
Tsawwassen
Vancouver
Vavenby
Victoria
Westwick L.
White Rock
Williams Lake
Yale
110 NE Kamloops
5. 3S) Williams Lake
37 SE Vancouver
NOANTNAMMTD MN BDTBOAMD BDMOMMNOO DADAM IAATDOMO DO GFOBVOMOM TAM MTO DTI DOO DNDONS SFT MBMMMABPAMwBWwoT
_
fo
me
n
=
2.0). 9N Hope
Culiseta species (Hearle’s Theobaldia)
alaskaensis (Ludlow)
Zone A, (1); Zone B, (2); Zone C, (1), Fort Nel-
son, Pouce Coupe, Westwick L.; Zone E, (1),
King Salmon L., Muncho L.; Zone F, (1),
Patricia Bay, Victoria, Harrison, Vancouver
This species has been found at very widely
scattered localities in the province but is sel-
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 78 (1981), DrEc. 31, 1981 63
dom common or annoying. The larvae inhabit
weedy pools and ditches.
impatiens (Walker )
Zone B, (1), Kamloops; Zone C, Fort Nelson,
Williams Lake; Zone D, (1), Arrowhead, Castle
gar, Kinnaird; Zone E, (2), Fort St. John;
Zone F, (14), Horseshoe Bay, Kitsumkalum,
Ruskin, Skagit V.
Salvus (Zone F), Taku and Atlin (Zone E)
included in Dyar’s 1920 list, were omitted from
his 1921 list and from Hearle’s, possibly an
oversight. Widespread in the province, it is one
of the few species recorded from the Queen
Charlotte Is. The larvae develop mainly in
shaded woodland pools.
incidens (Thomson)
Zone A, (1); Zone B, (4), Kamloops; Zone E,
(3); Zone F, (11), Britannia Beach, Burnaby L.,
Milner, Tsawwassen, Queen Charlotte Is.
This mosquito, ‘“‘the most widespread and
commonest species in B.C.” (Hearle 1932) is
still common wherever we have collected mos-
quitoes in the lower mainland. Once found in
nearly every rain barrel in the province, larvae
can now be found in almost any type of stand-
ing water, from clear to polluted and in brack-
ish coastal pools, occasionally shared with
Ae.togoi and Ae.dorsalis.
inornata (Williston)
(Hearle’s inornatus)
Zone A, (1); Zone B, (4); Zone C, Cariboo area,
Peace R. area, Westwick L.; Zone E, Mt. Sey-
mour; Zone F, (1), Burnaby L., Harrison, Hope,
Maple Ridge, Richmond, Tsawwassen
It is widely distributed, mainly across the
south of the province but nowhere very numer-
ous. The larvae inhabit deep shaded woodland
pools, irrigation seepage and polluted or brack-
ish water.
minnesotae Barr
Zone F, Port Coquitlam
The only confirmed record for the province
was the capture of two females at a light trap
(Costello 1977). The species is very similar to
C's.morsitans and some confusion of the locali-
ties may have occurred. In Manitoba and Min-
nesota the larvae inhabit permanent marshes.
morsitans (Theobald)
(Hearle’s dyari)
Zone B, Cache Creek; Zone D, (1); Zone F,
(1), Burnaby L., Richmond
Thought to be predominantly northern, this
species has been very common in recent years
around Burnaby L. The larvae develop in reedy
“swamps and woodland pools, sometimes, in the
lower mainland, associated with Ae.alopono-
tum.
Mansonia perturbans (Walker)
Zone D, (1), Creston Bog; Zone F, (4), Burnaby
L., Chilliwack, Hope, Vancouver Is.
It is found in wet zones across the south of
the province. The larvae, which remain at-
tached to plants, develop in permanent
marshes and swampy lakeshore where there
are cattails or similar plants.
The following new localities have been con-
firmed since the manuscript was submitted.
Ae.communis — Zone E, Bear Glacier, Fort
St. John
excrucians — Zone E, Cranberry Jct.
fitchii — Zone E, Cranberry Jct.
spencerit — Zone B, Kelowna, Quilchena;
Zone C, Dawson Creek, Lone
Butte; Zone D, Lost Cr.
CONCLUSIONS
As with many distribution lists, this one
reflects the distribution of collectors more ac-
curately than that of mosquitoes. Only the
lower mainland and the Kamloops area have
been searched systematically; it is thus an
interim list. The centre, north eastern and
north western borders of the province and the
coastal islands will yield many more records.
REFERENCES
Costello, R. A. 1977. The first record of Culiseta silvestris minnesotae Barr in British Columbia
(Diptera : Culicidae). J. entomol. Soc. B.C. 74:9.
Curtis, L. C. 1967. The Mosquitoes of British Columbia. B.C. Prov. Mus. Occasional Paper No. 15.
90pp.
Dyar, H. G. 1904. Notes on the mosquitoes of British Columbia. Proc. ent. Soc. Wash. 6:7-14.
, 1919. Westward extension of the Canadian mosquito fauna. Insecutor Inscit.
menstr. 7:11-13.
, 1920. The mosquitoes of British Columbia and the Yukon Territory, Canada (Dip-
tera, Culicidae). Insecutor Inscit. menstr. 8:165-173.
, 1921. The mosquitoes of Canada. Trans. R. Can. Inst. 13:71-120.
Freeman, T. N. 1952. Interim report of the distribution of the mosquitoes obtained in the Northern
Insect Survey. Defense Research Board, Ottawa. Tech. Rep. 1, 2pp., 43 maps.
64 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 78 (1981), DEc. 31, 1981
Gibson, A. 1929. Mosquito suppression in Canada in 1928. Proc. New Jers. Mosq. Exterm. Ass.
16: 102-108.
Hearle, E. 1920. Notes on some mosquitoes new to Canada. Can. Ent. 52:114-116.
, 1927. List of mosquitoes of British Columbia. Proc. ent. Soc. B.C. 24:11-19.
, 1932. Notes on the more important mosquitoes of Western Canada. Proc. New Jers.
Mosq. Exterm. Ass. 19:7-15.
Lyons, C. P. 1965. Trees, shrubs and flowers to know in British Columbia. Revised ed. J. M. Dent
‘& Sons Ltd., 194pp.
Munro, J. A., and I. McT. Cowan. 1947. A review of the bird fauna of British Columbia. B.C. Prov.
Mus., Spec. Publ. 2. 285pp.
Twinn, C. R. 1945. Report of a survey of anopheline mosquitoes in Canada in 1944. Proc. New Jers.
Mosq. Exterm. Ass. 32:242-251.
Wood, D. M., P. T. Dang, and R. A. Ellis. 1979. The mosquitoes of Canada. Diptera: Culicidae.
Can. Dep. Agric., Res. Branch, Publ. 1686. 390pp.
INTOMOL. Soc. Brit. COLUMBIA 78 (1981), DEc. 31, 1981 65
NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS
to institute a page charge. This has now been set at $28.00. The page
e includes all extras except coloured illustrations, provided that such
yer 1-4 58 9-12 13-16 17-20 21-24 25-28
100 copies $33.00 46.50 63.00 82.50 105.00 130.50 159.00
+h extra 100 9.00 12.00 15.00 18.00 21.00 24.00 27.00
‘ate s discounts (up to 40%) may be granted to authors who certify at
» time of eee that they are buying reprints at personal expense. Authors
4 Papers for the Journal need not have been presented at meetings of the
ttomological Society of British Columbia, nor is it mandatory, although pref-
ble, that authors be members of the society. The chief condition for publica-
is that the paper have some regional origin, interest, or application.
4 Contributions should be sent to:
H. R. MacCarthy,
6660 N.W. Marine Drive,
Vancouver, B.C. V6T 1X2
Manuscripts should be typed double-spaced on one side of white, line-spaced
bered paper if possible, leaving generous margins. The original and two
Opies, mailed flat, are required. Tables should be on separate, numbered
ts, with the caption on the sheet. Captions for illustrations should also be
eparate numbered sheets, but more than one caption may be on a sheet.
otographs should be glossy prints of good size, clarity and contrast. Line
wings should be in black ink on good quality white paper.
The style, abbreviations and citations should conform to the Style Manual
Biological Journals published by the American Institute of Biological
m BACK NUMBERS
Back numbers of this journal are available from the Secretary-Treasurer,
m volume 45 (1949) to the present, at $8.00 per volume. Certain earlier back
nbers are also available, but only on special request to the Secretary-
surer.
_ Address inquiries to: Dr. Emery Otvos, Secretary-Treasurer,
ae Pacific Forest Research Centre
506 West Burnside Road
Victoria, B.C. V8Z 1M5
[ser JOURNAL
of the
ENTOMOLOGICAL,,...
SOCIETY of
BRITISH COLUMBIA
Issued December 31, 1982
ECONOMIC
| G. TAMAKI, L. FOX AND P. FEATHERSTON—Laboratory biology of the Dusky
____ Sap Beetle and field interaction with the Corn Earworm in ears of sweet corn
_L. SAFRANYIK AND D. A. LINTON—Mortality of Spruce Beetle broods in bolts
T submerged in water
{| H.F. MADSEN AND B. J. MADSEN—The effect of height and density of sex
‘| _ pheromone traps on captures of male Fruit Tree Leafroller, Archips argyrospilus
_ and Threelined Leafroller, Pandemis limitata (Lepid.: Tortricidae)
4: M. L. WINSTON AND L. H. GRAF—Native bee pollinators of berry crops
_ in the Fraser Valley of British Columbia
| D.W. ANDERSON AND R. H. ELLIOTT—Evaluation of Diflubenzuron for
Leafrollers (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae) on apple
' | | G.S. PURITCH, N. TONKS AND P. DOWNEY—Effect of a commercial
on ie insecticidal soap on Greenhouse Whitefly (Hom: Aleyrod.) and its parasitoid,
| Encarsia formosa (Hym: REED te ey Dk So a as bao oe eeu e eee 25
{| A.R. FORBES AND J. R. MACKENZIE—The Lettuce Aphid, Nasonovia ribisnigri
| (Homoptera: Aphididae), damaging lettuce crops in British Columbia
GENERAL
D. R. GILLESPIE AND B. P. BEIRNE—Leafrollers (Lepidoptera) on berry crops
in the lower Fraser Valley, British Columbia
D.R. CILLESPIE AND B. I. GILLESPIE—A list of plant-feeding Lepidoptera
introduced into British Columbia
G. E. HAAS, L. JOHNSON AND R. E. WOOD-—Siphonaptera, from mammals
in Alaska. Supplement IV. Revised check list for southeastern Alaska
R. I. ALFARO—Fifty year-old Sitka Spruce plantations with a history of
intense weevil attack
R. A. COSTELLO— Light trap collections of Culicoides (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae)
in the Fraser Valley of British Columbia
TAXONOMIC
R. N. VINEYARD— An annotated checklist of the Caddisflies (Trichoptera)
of SE Alaska
A. R. FORBES, C. K. CHAN AND R. FOOTTIT— The Aphids
_ (Homoptera: Aphididae) of British Columbia 10. Further additions
NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS
riety
i)
4
ei
Fe
ISSN #0071-0733 JOURNAL
of the
ENTOMOLOGICAL
SOCIETY of
BRITISH COLUMBIA
Issued December 31, 1982
ECONOMIC
. TAMAKI, L. FOX AND P. FEATHERSTON— Laboratory biology of the Dusky
Sap Beetle and field interaction with the Corn Earworm in ears of sweet corn
. SAFRANYIK AND D. A. LINTON—Mortality of Spruce Beetle broods in bolts
submerged in water
. F. MADSEN AND B. J. MADSEN—The effect of height and density of sex
pheromone traps on captures of male Fruit Tree Leafroller, Archips argyrospilus
and Threelined Leafroller, Pandemis limitata (Lepid.: Tortricidae)
. L. WINSTON AND L. H. GRAF—Native bee pollinators of berry crops
in the Fraser Valley of British Columbia
. W. ANDERSON AND R. H. ELLIOTT— Evaluation of Diflubenzuron for
Leafrollers (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae) on apple
. S. PURITCH, N. TONKS AND P. DOWNEY— Effect of a commercial
insecticidal soap on Greenhouse Whitefly (Hom: Aleyrod.) and its parasitoid,
Encarsia formosa (Hym: Euloph.)
. R. FORBES AND J. R. MACKENZIE—The Lettuce Aphid, Nasonovia ribisnigri
(Homoptera: Aphididae), damaging lettuce crops in British Columbia
GENERAL
. R. GILLESPIE AND B. P. BEIRNE—Leafrollers (Lepidoptera) on berry crops
in the lower Fraser Valley, British Columbia
. R. GILLESPIE AND B. I. GILLESPIE—A list of plant-feeding Lepidoptera
introduced into British Columbia
. E. HAAS, L. JOHNSON AND R. E. WOOD-— Siphonaptera, from mammals
in Alaska. Supplement IV. Revised check list for southeastern Alaska
. I. ALFARO—Fifty year-old Sitka Spruce plantations with a history of
intense weevil attack
. A. COSTELLO— Light trap collections of Culicoides (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae)
in the Fraser Valley of British Columbia
TAXONOMIC
. N. VINEYARD—An annotated checklist of the Caddisflies (Trichoptera)
of SE Alaska
. R. FORBES, C. K. CHAN AND R. FOOTTIT—The Aphids
(Homoptera: Aphididae) of British Columbia 10. Further additions
NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), Dec. 31, 1982
DIRECTORS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF BRITISH COLUMBIA FOR 1982-1983
President
John McLean
University of B.C., Vancouver
President-Elect
Richard Ring
University of Victoria, Victoria
Past President
L. Safranyik
Pacific Forest Research Centre, Victoria
Secretary- Treasurer
Imre S. Otvos
Pacific Forest Research Centre, Victoria
Editorial Committee (Journal)
H.R. MacCarthy R.Ring A. R. Forbes
Editor (Boreus)
R. Cannings
Directors
R. Alfaro (2nd) N. Angerilli (2nd) G. Miller (2nd)
P. Hall (1st) L. Humble (1st)
Hon. Auditor
W. T. Cram
Vancouver Research Station
Regional Director of National Society
B. D. Frazer
Vancouver Research Station
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEC. 31, 1982 3
LABORATORY BIOLOGY OF THE DUSKY SAP BEETLE!
AND FIELD INTERACTION WITH THE CORN EARWORM?
IN EARS OF SWEET CORN?
GEORGE TAMAKI‘, LEE FOX AND PAUL FEATHERSTON:,®
Yakima Agricultural Research Laboratory,
Agricultural Research Service, USDA,
Yakima, WA 98902
ABSTRACT
The developmental rates of the egg, larval and pupal stages of the dusky sap
beetle, Carpophilus lugubris Murray, reared on artificial diet at 21°C were 4.04,
22.27, and 9.2 days, respectively, a total of 35.5 days. The mean lifetime of adult
females was 263 days, or about 110 days longer than previously reported. Its
population growth statistics were as follows: intrinsic rate of increase = 0.340
Q/ Q/week, generation time 12.20 weeks, and net reproductive rate = 63.1
Q/ 2/week. Field studies established that the sap beetles can successfully invade
ears of corn throughout the season in the absence of corn earworms, Heliothis zea
(Boddie). However, more sap beetles were found in ears infested with corn ear-
worm than in ears not so infested. Eggs of Geocoris sp. were more abundant in in-
fested ears with corn earworms and sap beetles than in uninfested ears; however,
adults of Orius tristicolor (white) did not display such a preference.
In recent years, the dusky sap beetle, Car-
pophilus lugubris Murray, which has been reported
as a major pest of sweet corn in Utah (Knowlton
1942), Maryland (Lee et al. 1953), Delaware (Con-
nell 1956), and Illinois (Yero 1957), has become a
pest of sweet corn in the Yakima Valley of
Washington.
This paper describes research in areas not so far
emphasized in the intensive biological and
ecological studies of the dusky sap beetle conducted
by Connell (1956), Harrison (1962), and Sanford
(1963). The data contribute to the construction of a
life table for population growth statistics. We also
made field studies to determine the ecology of the
dusky sap beetle, the corn earworm, Heliothis zea
(Boddie), and populations of two natural enemies of
the larvae of these pests found in ears of sweet corn
in Washington.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
Life Table
The life table of the dusky sap beetle was con-
structed by rearing adult beetles from 75 eggs. The
adult biology was studied by following 100 newly
emerged adults until they died. The rearing pro-
cedures for the larval and adult studies were as
follows:
The rearing chamber for the individual larvae
were small plastic jelly cups (vol 13 ml) that had the
bottom layered with 3 ml of a2% agar solution and
the top covered with a snap-on plastic lid. After a
‘Coleoptera: Nitidulidae.
?Lepidoptera: Noctuidae.
*Received for publication 27 August 1981.
‘Research leader and research entomologist.
5Biological Technician.
®Retired, January, 1980.
newly deposited egg was placed on the agar, it was
observed for hatching, when a small piece of ar-
tificial diet was added as food for the larva. The diet
used was modified from the artificial diet for the
alfalfa looper, Autographa californica, and the
celery looper, Syngrapha falcifera, reported by
Treat and Halfhill (1973), in that we substituted
300 g of cornmeal for alfalfa leaf meal. A sheet of
plastic the same size as the piece of diet was placed
between the diet and the agar to prevent contact
between the two media. As the larvae grew, larger
cubes of diet were added. The cages were checked
daily and cleaned, fresh food was added, and
changes in larval instar based on exuviae were
recorded.
The adult dusky sap beetles were reared by plac-
ing 100 pairs of newly emerged males and females
in individual plastic jelly cups of the type used to
rear the larvae. Moist blotter paper instead of agar
was put on the bottom of the rearing cup to supply
moisture and as an oviposition site. A cube of the
same artificual diet used for larvae, was placed on
the blotter paper. The cages were checked 5 days a
week, and all eggs were removed. Both larvae and
adult beetles were held in a temperature controlled
room (21 + 1.5°C) with a 16-h photophase.
Field studies
In the Ist field study, we examined the interac-
tion of the dusky sap beetle with the corn earworm,
and both with the possibly related abundance of
adults of the minute pirate bug, Orius tristicolor
(White), and eggs of the big-eyed bug, Geocoris
spp., laid on the corn silk, in two varieties of sweet
corn. These predaors attack both eggs and larvae of
the corn earworm and sap beetles. Each week for 10
consecutive weeks (Apr. 11] to June 13, 1978), one
= J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEc. 31, 1982
plot (30 m long), of the corn variety, Morning sun
(Northrup King 36987), considered medium to tight
husk, and one plot (30 m long) of the variety,
Reliance (NK 36828), considered medium to loose
husk, were planted at laboratory field plots. Plots of
the two varieties were alternated along a single 120
m row. Thus, each week, 20 ears of corn of each
variety from each of 2-5 different-aged corn plots
could be harvested and sampled. The weight of the
ears, whether the exposed silk was white or brown,
the presence of insects, and evidence of beetles by
frass or feeding damage were determined for each
ear. All data were recorded on a disk for computer
compilation and analysis.
The 2nd field test was made to determine
whether the dusky sap beetles were overwintering
at the infested site of the 1st field test. The test area
was therefore a field planted in early summer 1978
and not harvested; it had received no chemical
treatment during the summer when earworn and
sap beetle populations were high. We took 30 to
50-cm? + soil samples to a total depth of 25 cm and
examined each 5 internal for overwintering pupae
of the sap beetle and the corn earworm.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
Biology and Population parameters
The survival and development rates for all life
stages of dusky sap beetles held at 21C are reported
in Table 1. The time for development of the larval
stages totalled 22.27 days and 35.5 days was re-
quired to complete all immature stages. The sexes
did not differ in the time required to reach
adulthood.
In Figure 1, the survivalship curve at the time of
eclosion at 21°C, and 5 weeks, started at 87%.
Reproduction began in the 5th week, the maximum
number of eggs was oviposited during the 7th week
(the number that would produce females, 4.97, was
based on a sex ratio of 1:1), and reproduction con-
tinued until the last female died, at 61 weeks, (Fig.
ie
Our data therefore differ in some degree from
those reported by others. Sanford (1963) reported a
129.6-day mean adult life for the female at 23.9°C
(on a dried apricot diet); and’ Connell (1956)
reported a 150-day mean adult life with the same
temperature and diet. In our study, the average
mean adult of females from egg deposition to death
was 263 days + 6.7 SE (range 7-427 days), which is
considerably longer. Foott and Timmins (1979)
reported the mean longevity of adult females of the
nitidulid Glischrochilus quadrisignatus (Say), to be
137 days (range 44-239 days).
The data for survival rates and fecundity rates
presented in Fig. 1 were used to calculate the
population growth statistics reported in Table 2.
The intrinsic rate of increase of the dusky sap beetle
(0.340 9/9./week) is the biological characteristic
that describes a population increasing in an en-
vironment unlimited in food and space. The antilog
of r,, is the finite rate of increase, thus a population
of 100 beetles at week-1 will increase to 140 in
week-2. The population will double itself in 2.04
weeks. The generation time is 12.2 weeks which is
the mean time elapsing between the birth of the
parents and the birth of the offspring. The gross
reproductive rate mx is 89.6 or the average number
TABLE I. Percentage survival and duration of immature life stages of the dusky sap beetle held on artificial
diet at 21°C (starting with 75 eggs).
Life stage % survival Duration of stage (days X + SE)
Eggs 100 4.04 + .07
Instar 1 100 4,56 £212
Instar 2 100 4.52 + .10
Instar 3 100 3,50 = 34d
Instar 4 97 9.66 + .24
Pupae 87 9.20 + .12
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEc. 31, 1982
NET REPRODUCTIVE RATE (1,m,)
¢
09
‘ajjeeq des Aysnp ay} Jo 9381 sAONpoidas you puke aAino dryssoalains ‘TT ain31q
SNH3I3IM
og Ov o€ (oy 4 Ol
“OC SSCCESBCE |
" el
\
‘\
°
2
Oo9
os
OOo!
SURVIVAL RATE (ly)
6 J. ENTOMOL. SOC. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEC. 31, 1982
of female eggs laid per female each week, and the
net reproduction of R, of 63.1 is the number of eggs
that will produce females laid by an average female
in a generation.
Field Studies
The 50 soil sample taken in March 1979 in the
undisturbed corn field resulted in 11 sap beetle
pupae and 16 corn earworm pupae at soil depths as
shown:
Depth Sap beetle Earworm
cm pupae pupae
) 4 3
10 5 9
15 2 4
About half the pupae were between 5-10 cm. No
pupae were found below 15 cm. In the test during
the growing season, there were no significant dif-
ferences in abundance of the three types of insects
and number of ears with silk for the different ages of
plants and two varieties. Therefore, data on plan-
ting dates and varieties were pooled and
reanalyzed.
Seasonal activity of the two pest species (Table
2) was determined from the weekly samples of corn
ears. The Ist sample, taken July 11, 1978, showed
that eggs and adults of the dusky sap beetle beetle
were the principal life stages present; by July 24, all
life stages were present and in nearly equal
numbers. The greatest numberof adult beetles was
present in late July and August, with the peak
population about Aug. 7. However, the peak of
oviposition of the corn earworm moths on sweet
corn was about Aug. 1, and the greatest number of
earworms was present from mid-to late-August.
Our data on the interaction between the dusky
sap beetle and the corn earworm are presented in
Table 3. The dusky sap beetle was clearly capable of
invading ears of undamaged corn throughout the
season. On July 24 and Aug. 7, which were the
sampling periods with the greatest number of sap
beetles inside the ears, there were significantly more
in ears with corn earworms than in clean ears.
Geocoris eggs were most abundant Aug. 1,
which was when the peak population of the 2nd
generation of Geocoris pallens Stal was present
(Tamaki and Weeks 1972). The egg laying
preference of this predator on the silk outside the
ear proved to be corn ears infested with either or
both eggs and larvae of the corn earworm and the
dusky sap beetle (Table 3). The minute pirate bug
was most abundant around July 18; thereafter, the
numbers decreased (Table 2) and the predator did
not display any significant preference for corn ears
with corn earworm on sap beetles.
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
We gratefully acknowledge information on
nutidulid rearing techniques provided by Edwin
Soderstrom and Rodney Fries of the ARS, USDA
Stored Products Insects Research Laboratory,
Fresno, CA.
For identification of nitidulids we thank W. A.
Connell, Cooperating Scientist, SEL, Insect iden-
tification and Beneficial Insect Introduction In-
stitute, ARS, USDA, Beltsville, MD 20705.
TABLE 2. Seasonal trends in field populations of dusky sap beetle, corn earworm, and natural enemies in
ears of sweet corn in Central Washington.
Dusky sap beetle
No. /100 ears
Corn earworm Geocoris Orius
Date Eggs Larvae Adults’ Total Eggs Larvae Total Eggs Adults
July 11 23 1 16 40
18 0 0 30 30
24 196 135 147 478
Aug 1 24 28 24 76
7 48 1833 173 2054
14 23 123 100 246
21 89 508 211 808
29 168
1 31 32 0 0
1 19 20 0 78
0 70 70 0 32
113 26 139 68 33
4 is) 14 6 16
a2 239 271 7 13
12 200 Z12 1
3 218 221 0
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEc. 31, 1982
‘Qo.uUapTFUOD Fo TaaaT %G ayy 3.e YUaAaFJIp ATUeITFIUSIS 9IaM S19RIaT
qUuaZTaFFIp YIM sues porated [Te ‘34s9aq a3uer aTdty[nu s,uedUNGg YIM sdUeTIeA Fo stsATeuy
“9Tqelreae uostiaeduos ou ‘srT0jFo19y4 ‘wIOMIeS UIOD pey sieo payoodsut WW
‘ysny urIOD sptsut ast{jaeq des jo saseqs TV ig
q 020° Be cll’ q SVO0°C e £60°9 x<
/4 /4 /q /q oC
/4 /q /4 />/4 me
q 0° Be 810° e 06€° eB G9E°? ysl
e& ¢G0° e ¢s0° q 019°6 eB OLE 977 is
q €9€° e 04S" 2 080° e 879°Z I ‘sny
E10" eo q 877° T e oss’9 7¢
Be 0° e 0° Be €Gc° BP OLS" 81
e 0°0 e800 e C8470 ® 861 °0 It Arne
SaTje0q S9T}90q SWIOMIBS UIOD SWIOMIeI UIOD 37eq
SWIOMIPS UIOS SWIOMIBS UIOD qnoyyIA sreq YIM sreq
ynoyytIM siegq YVIA szeqg —iea/atTjaeq des Aysnp jo ‘ou ueay
jo
—ie3a/séda STIOI0aH Fo ‘ou uUeOdy
“uoqsuTYysemM [erl4U|) UT
je ed des 10 swi0Miea UIOD 4NOYAIM JO YIM szea UT ‘s88a sT10390a9 Jo AduanbearF
pue swiomiea Uu10D 4NOYAIM JO YIM siea ut satyaeq des Aysnp jo Aduenberq--"¢€ aT qe]
‘UOWUTYSE AA [e1UAD UI ~ZSeTG0q Aes 10 SUIIOMIVA UIOD OYA IO YIM sive UI ‘sdda
s110900*5) Jo Aouonbalj pue SUTIOMId UIOO JNOYIWA IO YA SI¥va UI SatJeoq des Aysnp jo Aouanbaiy *¢ |IAVL
REFERENCES
Connell, W. A. 1956. Nitiduidae of Delaware. University Del. Agric. Exp. Stn. Tech. Bull. 318, 67 pp.
Foott, W. H., and R. R. Timmins. 1979. The rearing and biology of Glischrochilus quadrisignatus
(Coleoptera: Nitiduledae) in the laboratory. Can. Entomol. 111:1337-44.
8 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEc. 31, 1982
Harrison, F. P. 1962. Infestation of sweet corn by the dusky sap beetle, Carpophilus lugubris. J. Econ. En-
tomol. 55: 922-5.
Knowlton, G. F. 1942. Nitidulidae in corn. J. Econ. Entomol. 35: 105.
Lee, R. M., G. S. Langford, and E. H. Cory. 1953. Sap beetles in Maryland, J. Econ. Entomol. 46: 366-7.
Sanford, J. W. 1963. Observations on the biology and control of the dusky sap beetle, Carpophilus lugubris
Murray, infesting sweet corn in Illinois. PhD Thesis. University of Illinois. 54 p.
Tamaki, G., and R. E. Weeks. 1972. Biology and ecology of two predators Geocoris pallens Stal and G.
bullatus (Say). U.S. Dep. Agric. Tech. Bull. 1446, 46 pp.
Treat, T. L., and J. E. Halfhill. 1973. Rearing alfalfa loopers and celery loopers on an artificial diet. J.
Econ. Entomol. 66: 569-70.
Yero, R. J. 1957. The biology and control of Carpophilus in sweet corn. Proc. North Cent. Branch En-
tomol. Soc. Am. 12: 46-7.
MORTALITY OF SPRUCE BEETLE BROODS IN BOLTS
SUBMERGED IN WATER
L. SAFRANYIK AND D. A. LINTON
Environment Canada
Canadian Forestry Service
Pacific Forest Research Centre
506 West Burnside Road
Victoria, B.C. V8Z 1M5
ABSTRACT
Six weeks of continuous submersion in water of spruce bolts containing larvae
and young adults of the spruce beetle resulted in complete mortality. We
estimated that 22 days of continuous submersion would be required to kill 50% of
the brood. Brood development ceased in the submerged bolts even though water
temperature, which increased from 13.3°C to 17.8°Cduring the experiments, was
well above the larval development threshold (6.1 C).
RESUME
Aprés six semaines d’immersion complete dans ;’eau, les larves et les jeunes
adultes du dendroctone de |’épinette qui infestent des billes d’épinette sont com-
pletement dués. Nous avons estimé que 22 jours d’immersion teuraient la moitié
des dendroctones. Dans les billes immergeés, la croissance des dendroctones a cessé
méme si la temperature de l’eau qui est passée de 13,3 a 17,8°C, au cours de !’ex-
périence, était bien au-dessus du seuil propice au développement larvaire (6,1 °C).
INTRODUCTION
The spruce beetle, Dendroctonus rufipennis
(Kirby) (Coleoptera: Scolytidae), is one of the most
destructive insect pests of mature spruce (Picea
spp.) in North America (Schmid and Frye 1977). In
British Columbia, this bark beetle causes
widespread killing of white and Engelmann spruce
during periodic outbreaks.
Logging of currently infested trees combined
with processing of the logs before emergence of the
beetles and treatment of the bark and slabs are com-
mon practices for reducing further damage. At mill
sites or log storage areas, the infested logs represent
a hazard to surrounding spruce stands, from early
May to late June, when the new generation of
beetles emerges and flies to attack new host material
such as live trees, logging residue, or wind-felled
trees. When infested logs cannot be used before the
beetles fly, alternative treatments are needed to
destroy the beetles. For example, infested logs could
be debarked and the bark buried or burned, or they
could be treated with bark penetrating insecticides;
however, these treatments are expensive and the lat-
ter may be environmentally undesirable.
Water sprinkling has been used effectively for
reducing emergence of the mountain pine beetle, D.
ponderosae Hopk. from decked lodgepole pine
(McMullen and Betts 1982). Miller and Keen (1960)
reported that ponderosa pine bark infested by
broods of the western pine beetle, D. brevicomis
Lec., submerged in water at constant 21°C. re-
quired 5 weeks of treatment to bring about 100%
mortality. This report describes the mortality and
development of spruce beetle broods (larvae and
young adults) in bolts submerged in water for
various periods.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
On April 29, 1981, five logs were cut from two
infested, wind-felled spruce (P. glauca Moench —
P. engelmannii Parry hybrid population) on the
Naver Forest, about 65 km southeast of Prince
George, British Columbia. The windfall became in-
fested during the spring of 1980 and contained
mature larvae, pupae and some brood adults.
J. ENTOMOL. SOc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEc. 31, 1982
Four logs (avg diameter 18.1 cm, avg length 90
cm) were cut from windfall no. 1 and one log (mid-
diameter 15.3 cm, length 110 cm) was cut from
windfall no. 2. Apart from ease of handling, the
number and length of the logs from the windfalls
were determined by the distribution of undistrubed
bark and the density and development of spruce
beetle broods. The four logs from windfall no. 1
were cut into a total of 14 bolts; seven bolts, each
about 19 cm long, were cut from two of the logs and
six bolts, each about 36 cm long, were cut from the
other two logs. The log from windfall no. 2 was cut
into 7 bolts of approximately equal length. The ends
of each bolt were waxed to prevent water soaking
from the ends during treatment and to reduce the
rate of drying of the controls. The 7 short bolts from
windfall no. 1 and 4 bolts from windfall no. 2 were
designated as control and the balance of the bolts
were assigned to the submersion treatments. On
May 6, the treatment bolts were submerged in Glen
Lake, near Victoria, British Columbia, at depths of
0.5 cm to 1.00 m and all but one control bolt from
each windfall were placed in a rearing room at con-
stant 21+ C+1.5°C. On the remaining two control
bolts, the length and mid-circumference were
measured and recorded. The bark was carefully
removed and the numbers of living and freshly-
dead individuals were tallied by stages of develop-
ment. Larval instars were determined from the
ranges of head capsule widths given for the four in-
stars in Hall and Dyer (1974). Freshly dead larvae
and pupae were identified based on their natural
(creamy-white) colouration and turgidity of the in-
tegument. Subsequently, one treated and one con-
trol bolt were sampled at weekly and bi-weekly in-
100
80
as
' 60
>
= SO
el | meee ee
<x
2
3 40
=
20
14
— ee)
tervals from windfall no. 1 and no. 2, respectively,
and in the same manner as described above except
that the following procedure was added: Because a
proportion of the living individuals from submerged
bolts were dormant at the time of sampling,
specimens that did not show detectable signs of
movement when probed and viewed under 3X
magnification were kept at room temperature on
moist filter paper in a covered Petri dish for 24
hours for final determination of mortality.
Development index (D.I.) was computed for the
live broods from each sampled bolt according to the
method of Dyer (1969). This method assigns index
numbers to the brood stages (egg = 1, larval instars
= 2-5, pupa = 6, adult = 7), and D.I. is computed
as the weighted average of these values. An em-
pirical relationship between treatment duration
and mortality was determined by adjusting mortali-
ty in the treatments with mortality in the controls
using Abbott’s formula (Abbott 1925). For this
analysis we have combined the mortality data in
bolts from the two windfalls.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
At the outset, the numbers of live brood/100 cm?
(+1 s—) in the control and treated bolts averaged
4.92 + 0.67 and 5.06 + 0.90, respectively. Percent
mortality (+ 1s *) in the control bolts averaged
4.15 + 1.40 and was not related to the incubation
period whereas percent mortality in the submerged
bolts increased with the duration of submersion and
complete mortality occurred after 43 days (Table
1). The relationship between adjusted mortality in
the submerged bolts (adjusted for mortality in the
control bolts) and duration of submersion was
© goss 0
Nm
i)
28 35 43
DURATION - DAYS
Fig. 1. Relation between % mortality of spruce beetle broods in submerged bolts and duration of submer-
sion. Mortality in submerged bolts was adjusted for mortality in control bolts. The following em-
pirical equation was fitted to the data points: y = 100/[1 — exp[—0.305(x — 22.00)].
10
TABLE 1. Percent mortality and development of spruce beetle broods in untreated (control) bolts and bolts
submerged in water for various time periods.
Development
Windfall 2
Windfall 1
index!
Control
Treated
Control
brood
Treated
Control
brood
No. days
Treated
No. brood A MOLt.
4% morte
No. brood % morte No.
% morte
No.
treated
5.02
5.00
5.08
5.47
5.79
5.96
6.06
0.0
48
0.0
0.0
bez
88
4.88
5.09
5.00
5.00
ie)
15.6
140
40
18
16
60
Pad
11.2
0.0
23
116
14
2a
47.5
101
6.2
6.7
92.6
ya
12.3
57
90.0
120
28
35
o971
100.0
108
112
0.0
3.4
52 100.0
oh,
34
zo
43
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEc. 31, 1982
See Materials and Methods.
1
sigmoid, typical of dosage-mortality curves for in-
sects (Fig. 1). Mortality increased slowly during the
first 14 days of submersion and the greatest mortali-
ty occurred during the next 14 day period (90%).
The estimated duration of submersion to attain
50% mortality was 22 days (Fig. 1). Adjusted treat-
ment mortality was 99.1% after 35 days, agreeing
closely with the 100% mortality reported in Miller
and Keen (1960) for submerged western pine beetle
broods in ponderosa pine bark after 35 days, and
the 97% mortality of adult mountain pine beetles in
continuously sprinkled lodgepole pine logs after 42
days (McMullen and Betts 1981). This agreement is
interesting considering the differences in the species
of test insects, brood stages, methods of treatment
and water temperatures. In the experiments
reported in Miller and Keen (1960) water
temperature was 21°C constant whereas in our
work water temperature increased from 13.3°C
(May 6) to 17.8°C (June 18) during the period of
submersion.
At the start of the experiment, 3% of the broods
were 3rd instar larvae, 94% were 4th instar larvae
and 3% were young adults. The D.I. of the broods
in the control bolts increased from 5.02 (94% 4th
instar larvae) to 6.06 (62% pupae, 48% new adults)
during the period of the experiments but the D.I. of
broods in the submerged bolts did not change after
about 14 days of submersion (Table 1). This finding
indicated the submersion in water affected growth
and development, possibly through disruption of
feeding and respiratory processes. Development
ceased even though the water temperature was con-
siderably above the development threshold of 6.1°C
reported by Dyer et. al.(1968) for spruce beetle
larvae.
Since about only 3% of the broods were adults
at the commencement of the experiments and no
new adults developed in the submerged logs, there
was not sufficient data to evaluate adult mortality
in relation to the duration of submersion. No adult
mortality was observed in the submerged logs dur-
ing the first two weeks of treatment (5 adults) and
complete mortality occurred after 43 days (6
adults). These observations imply that larval and
adult mortality would be similar in relation to the
duration of submersion.
The results indicate that 5 weeks of continuous
submersion in water of infested spruce logs will kill
nearly all larvae and adults of the spruce beetle and
that at least 3 weeks of continuous submersion of the
logs is required to kill 50% of the broods. Our data
and related published information indicate that
mortality of adult spruce beetles in submerged logs
would be similar to that of the larvae in relation to
the duration of the submersion. However, further
studies are needed to answer this question.
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), Dec. 31, 1982 ad
LITERATURE CITED
Abbott, W. S. 1925. A method for computing the effectiveness of an insecticide. J. Econ. Ent. 18: 265-267.
Dyer, E. D. A. 1969. Influence of temperature inversion on development of the spruce beetle, Dendroc-
tonus obesus (Mannerheim) (Coleoptera: Scolytidae). J. ent. Soc. B.C. 67:18-21.
Dyer, E. D. A. and P. M. Hall. 1977. Factors affecting larval dispause in Dendroctonus rufipennis
(Coleoptera: Scolytidae). Can. Ent. 109: 1485-1490.
Dyer, E. D. A., J. P. Skovsgaard, and L. H. McMullen. 1968. Temperature in relation to development
rates of two bark beetles. Can For. Serv. Bi-Mon. Res. Notes 24: 15-16.
McMullen, L. H. and R. E. Betts. 1981. Water sprinkling inhibits emergence of mountain pine beetle. Can.
For. Serv. Res. Notes 1: 10-11.
McMullen, L. H. and R. E. Betts. Personal communications, February, 1982.
Miller, J. M. and F. P. Keen. 1960. Biology and control of the western pine beetle. USDA Forest Service,
Pac. SW. For. Range Expt. Stn. Misc. Publn. 800, 381 pp.
Schmid, J. M. and R. H. Frye. 1977. Spruce beetle in the Rockies. USDA Forest Service, Rocky Mountain
Forest and Range Expt. Stn. General Tech. Rpt RM-49, 38 pp.
THE EFFECT OF HEIGHT AND DENSITY OF
SEX PHEROMONE TRAPS ON CAPTURES OF MALE FRUITTREE
LEAFROLLER, ARCHIPS ARGYROSPILUS AND THREELINED
LEAFROLLER, PANDEMIS LIMITATA (LEPID.: TORTRICIDAE)
H. F. MADSEN AND B. J. MADSEN
Agriculture Canada, Research Station
Summerland, British Columbia VOH 1Z0
When sex pheromone traps in the upper third of a standard apple tree were
compared with traps at head height, the upper traps captured far more fruittree
leafroller moths (Archips argyrospilus (Walker) than the lower traps. The results
with threelined leafroller (Pandemis limitata (Rob.) were reversed; traps at head
height captured nearly twice as many moths as traps in the upper portion of a tree.
Trap captures increased with trap/area up to 1 trap/ha. This density is probably
sufficient for monitoring purposes.
The development of monitoring programs for
lepidoptera using sex pheromones is dependent
upon a number of factors. The most important of
these are the release rate of the pheromone, the use
of efficient traps, the proper placement of traps and
the trap density. Unless these procedures are stan-
dardized for each insect species, it is not possible to
draw sound conclusions on population levels or
develop treatment thresholds based upon trap
captures.
A number of studies have been made on codling
moth trap density (Riedl] and Croft 1974; Riedl
1980), and on the effect of trap height on codling
moth captures (Riedl et al. 1979; McNalley and
Barnes 1980). There is little information on this sub-
ject with respect to leafrollers. As part of the study
on the establishment of monitoring programs for
the important species of leafrollers attacking tree
fruits in British Columbia, the effect of trap height
and trap density on captures were evaluated in ap-
ple orchards.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
The traps used in all of the field experiments
were Zoecon 1C traps (Zoecon Corporation, Palo
Contribution No. 547, Research Station, Summerland
Alto, California). Madsen and Vakenti (1973)
demonstrated that this trap design was the most ef-
ficient for trapping male fruittree leafrollers. The
lures for both fruittree leafroller and threelined
leafroller were also obtained from Zoecon Corp.
and consisted of rubber cap stoppers containing 5
mg of the synthetic sex pheromone of each species.
The lures were pinned to the top inside portion of
each trap and replaced at monthly intervals. Trap
bottoms were replaced when the sticky surface
became contaminated with moth wing scales or
other debris. All traps were examined at weekly in-
tervals, when the trapped males were recorded and
removed.
Trap height — This experiment was located in 2
apple orchards in the Kelowna area where the fruit-
tree leafroller is dominant and in 2 orchards in the
Oliver-Osoyoos area about 100 km south, where the
threelined leafroller is most abundant (Madsen and
Madsen 1980). In each orchard, 6 locations were
selected, at about 1 trapping site per 0.3 ha. At each
site, a trap was placed at head height on a conve-
nient limb and another in the upper third of the
same tree on a rope and pulley arrangement. On
alternate weeks, the top traps were removed from 3
of the locations and left in place in the other 3.
Therefore, each week the low and high traps were
12 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEc. 31, 1982
TABLE 1. Effect of trap height on captures of male fruittree leafroller moths with sex pheromone traps.
Orchard 2
Av. moths/trap
Orchard 1
Av. moths/trap
High traps Low traps Low traps High traps Low traps Low traps
(low traps (high traps (high traps (low traps (high traps (high traps
Dates in place) in place) removed ) in place) in place) removed
June 16 2.6 1.6 - 23 0.6 -
June 23 60.6 ¥.0 63.6 30.6 3.3. 34.6
June 30 56.6 10.6 61.3 26.3 2.6 eile)
July 8 52.3 L603 5936 31.6 a3 37.6
Julytis 2156 2ieo BUR 1233 1.6 Si3
July 21 5.3 16 6:53 320 0.6 4.6
in direct competition at 3 of the sites while in the
other 3, only the low traps were operational.
Trap density — Two apple orchards were
selected for this test, one in the Kelowna area for
fruittree leafroller and the other in the Oliver-
Osoyoos area for the threelined leafroller. Each or-
chard was divided into 2 sections, one containing a
single trap per ha and the other 3 traps at a density
of 1 per 0.3 ha. The position of the traps was inter-
changed weekly to avoid the possibility that one
location was consistently exposed to higher
leafroller populations. To minimize migration of
moths from outside the test area, traps were install-
ed in the remainder of the orchard at a density of 1
trap per ha.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
Table 1 shows the fruittree leafroller captures in
the trap height experiment. When the upper and
lower traps were in direct competition, the upper
traps captured considerably more moths than the
lower traps. This indicates that most of the moth ac-
tivity occurs in the upper third of the trees and is
supported by the observation that most of the over-
TABLE 2. Effect of trap height on captures of male threelined leafroller moths with sex pheromone traps.
Orchard 1
Av. moths/trap
High traps Low traps Low traps High traps Low traps Low traps
(low traps (high traps (high traps (low traps (high traps (high traps
Dates in place) in place) removed) in place) in place) removed)
June 10 0 0 0 0 —
June 17 2.0 4.6 6 4.0 923 1223
June 24 3.3 15.0 21 6.3 1506 18.3
dully® <2 4.0 5.0 Fi 8.3 2736 313
July 9 2.16 D335 6 5.6 L433 16,6
July 17 2.0 5.6 8 323 9.6 dee 3
July 22 1.6 4.0 De 220 6.6 Syne}
July 29 1.3 ores) oe 1.0 4.0 5.6
Aug. 6 0 0.6 iL 0 0.3 ik3
Orchard 2
Av. moths/trap
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), Dec. 31, 1982 13
TABLE 3. Effect of trap density on captures of male fruittree leafroller and threelined leafroller moths in
sex pheromone traps.
Orchard A
fruittree leafroller
Orchard B
threelined leafroller
ak
1 trap/0.3 ha
Date 1 trap/0.3 has 1 trap/ha Date 1 trap/ha
June 9 0 0 June 4 0 0
June 16 1 2 June 10 0 Z
June 23 41 79 June 17 3 12
June 30 52 131 June 24 14 36
July 8 Zi 56 suly vez 9 25
July 15 10 Paps July 9 6 20
July 21 1 ys July 17 3 8
July 28 af 3 July. 22 1 4
Aug. 5 0 0 July 29 0 0
Average of 3 traps
wintering eggs of this species are found on the upper
limbs and branches of apple trees. When the low
traps were not in competition with high traps, they
captured nearly as many moths as the high and low
traps combined indicating that males will respond
to lures at head height. For monitoring purposes, it
is probable that traps in the lower portion of the
tree will adequately reflect population levels. If a
trapping-out or male disruption program is con-
templated, it would be desirable to install the lures
in the upper third of apple trees where the moth ac-
tivity takes place.
The data on the effects of trap height on
threelined leafroller are shown in Table 2. The
results with this species are different from those ob-
tained with fruittree leafroller. When upper and
lower traps were in direct competition, the lower
traps captured more than twice as many moths as
the upper traps. This result was unexpected because
observations show that the larvae of this species are
most abundant in the new growth at the tops of
trees. Very little, however, is known about the
mating behaviour of the threelined leafroller. The
data indicate that traps installed at head height
would be adequate for monitoring purposes and for
control by trapping-out or mating disruption.
The data on trap density are summarized in
Table 3. With the codling moth, Riedl and Croft
(1974) found that trap catches increase with trap
area until the area served by the trap exceeds the
range of pheromone attraction. In our study, one
trap per ha captured about twice as many moths as
one trap per 0.3 ha. Although we did not investigate
trap density beyond | ha, the indications are that a
density higher than 1 per ha would not be needed to
monitor populations of either fruittree leafroller or
threelined leafroller.
REFERENCES
Madsen, H. F. and J. M. Vakenti. 1973. The influence of trap design on the response of codling moth
(Lepidoptera: Olethreutidae) and fruittree leafroller (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae) to synthetic sex at-
tractants. J. Entomol. Soc. Brit. Columbia 70:5-8.
Madsen, H. F. and B. J. Madsen. 1980. Response of four leafroller species (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae) to sex
attractants in British Columbia orchards. Can. Ent. 112: 427-30.
McNalley, P. S. and M. M. Barnes. 1980. Inherent characteristics of codling moth pheromone traps. En-
viron. Entomol. 9: 538-42.
Riedl, H. and B. A. Croft. 1974. A study of pheromone trap catches in relation to codling moth damage.
Can. Ent. 106: 527-37.
Riedl, H., S. A. Hoying, W. W. Barnett and J. E. DeTar. 1979. Relationship of within-tree placement of
the pheromone trap to codling moth catches. Environ. Entomol. 8: 765-69.
Riedl, H. 1980. The importance of pheromone trap density and trap maintenance for the development of
standardized monitoring procedures for the codling moth (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae). Can. Ent.
112: 529-44.
14 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), Dec. 31, 1982
NATIVE BEE POLLINATORS OF BERRY CROPS IN THE
FRASER VALLEY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA
MARK L. WINSTON AND LINDA H. GRAF
Department of Biological Sciences
Simon Fraser University
Burnaby, B.C. V5A 1S6
ABSTRACT
Collections of native bees were made on blueberry, cranberry, and raspberry
fields in the Fraser Valley of southwestern British Columbia to determine whether
these bees were present in sufficient diversity and abundance to pollinate berry
crops. Bumblebees were present on all three crops but not abundant, and solitary
bees were notably scarce. Native bees did not appear to be present in sufficient
abundance to effect pollination of any of the berry crops, so that managed
honeybees (Apis mellifera) are essential for berry production in the Fraser Valley.
Reasons for low diversity and abundance of native bees probably included pesticide
impact, habitat destruction, competition with managed honeybees, and extended
rains during the study period.
INTRODUCTION
Although blueberry, raspberry, and cranberry
are each self-compatible, it has been well-
documented that bee pollination greatly enhances
fruit production (Free, 1970; Daubeny, 1971; Dorr
and Martin, 1966; Johansen and Shawa, 1974;
Marucci, 1966, 1967; Martin, 1966; Marucci and
Moulter, 1977; McCutcheon, 1976; McGregor,
1976; Moeller, 1978; Murrell and McCutcheon,
1977; Whatley and Lackett, 1978). Thus, growers
commonly rent or own honeybees (Apis mellifera
L.) as part of their regular management practices.
However, before honeybees were introduced to the
New World more than 300 years ago, pollination of
these native plants was primarily due to visits of
native bees, particularly bumblebees (Bombus
spp.). In fact, until recent pesticide spraying and
other human activities reduced native bee popula-
tions, honeybee colonies were not needed for
blueberry pollination in Eastern Canada (Kevan,
1977; Wood et al., 1967), New Jersey (Marucci,
1966, 1978; Marucci and Moulter, 1977), Michigan
(Dorr and Martin, 1966; Martin, 1966), and
Washington (Johansen and Shawa, 1974). More
recently, honeybees have been considered essential
for commercial berry pollination due to decreased
abundance of native pollinators in these regions
(cited above, and Kevan 1975; Kevan and LeBerge,
1978; Wood, 1979).
The use of honeybee colonies for pollination in
Fraser Valley berry growing is recommended (Berry
Production Guide, 1980), and increased yields using
honeybees have been demonstrated in_ local
raspberry crops (McCutcheon, 1976; Murrell and
McCutcheon, 1977). However, native bee popula-
tions have not been studied to determine whether
feral or managed native bees might be adequate for
pollination. The purpose of this paper is to docu-
ment the abundance and diversity of native bee
species and to determine their role as pollinators for
commercial berry production in the Fraser Valley.
METHODS
This study was conducted from April-July 1981
in the Fraser Valley area surrounding Vancouver,
B.C. Nine commercial berry farms were used as col-
lecting sites, three each of highbush blueberry (Vac-
cinium corymbosum), raspberry (Rusus idaeus),
and cranberry (Vaccimium macrocarpon) (Fig. 1).
Their exact locations were as follows: Blueberry 1
(B1) and Cranberry 1 (C1) — directly east of the in-
tersection of Ford and Harris Streets in Pitt
Meadows; Blueberry 2 (B2) and Cranberry 2 (C2)
— March’s berry farm, Sidaway Road, in Rich-
mond; Blueberry 3 (B3) — Freeman’s berry farm,
No. 6 Road, Richmond; Raspberry 1 (Rl) —
Agriculture Canada Research Station, Abbotsford
Airport, Abbotsford; Raspberry 2 (R2) — Goetzke’s
berry farm, 24387 - 70th Avenue, Langley and
Raspberry 3 (R3) — Driediger’s berry farm, 240th
Street, Langley; All the sites except Rl had mixed
decidious-conifer secondary growth on at least one
side, and all nine sites were in agricultural areas
with other berry fields and old, uncultivated fields
nearby.
Native bees found visiting flowers of the three
crops were collected with an insect net during the
entire flowering period for each crop. Attempts
were made to catch all the native bees seen, but a
few bees escaped when the collector was occupied
catching another bee. The time spent in collecting
was noted to generate a measure of abundance, bas-
ed on bees collected/hr. Honeybees were generally
not collected, since their abundance is largely
dependent on whether growers placed hives near
their fields.) However, some honeybees were col-
lected in order to compare their pollen loads with
those of the native bees.
Pollen loads from Bombus and Apis collected on
cranberry were analyzed by examining 500 pollen
grains from the bees’ corbiculae, and classifying
them as either berry or non-berry pollen. To
prepare the pollen for analysis, distilled water was
15
J. ENTOMOL. SOC. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), Dec. 31, 1982
‘Aiiaqueio = +) ‘Aisgaqdsei = Yy
‘fuagan)g = “epeuRD “eIqUINJOD YsHig W1osoMy MNOS ‘pare Aa][e A Josesy oy} UT says BUATIOD *[ “SIA
psoysHoqqy
ral
a SsmOopee|\ ~
[ReYAN=]B)ez
Hid
16 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEc. 31, 1982
used to disperse the clumps into single pollen grains.
The suspension was then centrifuged for five
minutes and the water decanted. The pollen was
then dehydrated with glacial acetic acid (GAA),
centrifuged, and decanted again. A 9:1 mixture of
acetic anhydride:sulfuric acid was then added, and
the contents of the tube stirred while it was held in
boiling water for 1-2 minutes. GAA was added to
cool the mixture, and the pollen was centrifuged,
decanted, mixed with distilled water, centrifuged,
and decanted again. Tertiary butyl alcohol was ad-
ded, and the mixture centrifuged and decanted
again. A drop of the resultant sample was mounted
on a slide and examined.
Weather conditions during the study were
unusually cold and rainy. The accumulated rainfall
for April-July was 395 mm, a record for the Van-
couver area (Vancouver International Airport).
Pesticide applications by growers before and
during the study were as follows: Blueberry —
unsprayed; C1, C3 — unsprayed; C2 — Parathion
16 May, 8 July; Rl — Furadan 20 May, Dinoseb 30
April; R2 — Malathion 15 May, Guthion 22 May,
Captan 17 June; R3 — Malathion 3 June, Guthion
10 June, Captan 26 June.
RESULTS
Thirteen native bee species were collected on the
three berry crops, with over 80% of the individuals
collected being bumblebees (Bombini, Table 1).
The most frequently collected species was Bombus
mixtus, followed by B. occidentalis and B.
melanopygus. Other Bombini included B. flavifrons
(4 individuals), B. californicus (2), B. appositus (1),
B. pleuralis (1), Psithyrus suckleyi (1), and P. in-
sularis (3). Solitary bees collected included Andrena
sp. (11), Augochlora sp. (3), Chelostoma sp. (1),
and Halictus sp. (18). Few bumblebees were col-
lected on raspberry, and the number of individuals
of the three dominant bumblebee species collected
on blueberry and cranberry partly depended on
site. B. mixtus, occidentalis, and melanopygus were
most abundant at sites Bl and C2, and relatively
rare at sites B2 and Cl. These results are difficult to
interpret, since Bl and Cl were in the same locali-
ty, as were B2 and C2. Thus, the same Bombus
species varied in abundance at crops on the same
site.
The abundance patterns as measured by mean
number of native bees collected per hour of collec-
ting time are shown in Fig. 2. Collections spanned
the entire flowering period for each crop, and show-
ed different patterns of bee visitation. On
blueberry, few native pollinators were present early
in the season, but the peak flowering period late in
May showed increased visitation, with a maximum
mean of 25 bees collected/hr. Visits then declined
until the end of flowering in mid-June. On
cranberry, mean pollinator abundance was general-
ly about 10 bees collected/hr, but rose to 20/hr dur-
ing mid-July. Few bees were collected on raspberry,
never more than a mean of three bees/hr.
Pollen analysis of corbicular pollen from
cranberry visitors showed that honeybees and some
bumblebees (B. occidentalis) contained cranberry
pollen almost exclusively, with means of 499/500
(S.E. =0.5) and 496/500 (S.E. =3.4) pollen grains
respectively (p>0.25, ANOVA). However, B. mix-
tus was less restricted to cranberry, with a mean of
439/500 (S.E. =22.4) grains of cranberry pollen.
This was significantly different from both B. oc-
cidentalis and A. mellifera (p<0.005, ANOVA).
Similar results were found with the few bees col-
lected from raspberry, but the sample sizes were too
small for statistical analysis.
DISCUSSION
The results of this study have shown a low abun-
dance of native pollinators and low diversity of
species other than bumblebees on berry crops in the
Fraser Valley of British Columbia. These findings
suggest that native bees are not present in sufficient
abundance to adequately pollinate B.C. berry
crops.
The paucity of pollinators was most noticeable
in raspberry fields, where no more than three in-
dividuals were collected in any hour of collecting.
This was insufficient for adequate raspberry
pollination, so that managed honeybees were essen-
tial for pollination in the fields examined. The prin-
cipal reason for this low abundance of native bees
was likely pesticide impact. The three raspberry
TABLE 1. Number of native bees collected on nine fields of blueberry, cranberry, and raspberry crops in
the Fraser Valley, April - July, 1981.
Species Blueberry
Bl B2 B3 Total (eal
Bombus mixtus 13k 16 43 190
B. occidentalis 64 5 aby; 86 10
B. melanopygus 32 rH 39
Other Bombus
and Psithyrus sp. all 5 3 9
Solitary bees 8 9 17
Cranberry Raspberry
E2 G3. Total R1 R2 R3 Total x
70 69 145 il: 4 x) 8 343
56 38 104 a 2 192
3 B} 2 Zz 44
al als 2 1 al 12
al 1 10 5 15 42
17
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEc. 31, 1982
‘SIOIIO plepues o1e sSIvq JOIIQ ‘So}IS BUIOS }e BpeUl aIaM YaIdIM/SUOT}IIT[OO
OM} AT[BUOISeO90 YSNOY}Te ‘aS YORa ye YOOM B DUO VpeUI 19M AT[e1OUIB SUOTaT[OD ‘AlJaqueio pue
‘<rraqdses ‘Ailaganyq UI says de1Y} [Te ye VW BuQIe][O9 IY /payoaT[oo seaq eaNeU Jo Jequinu UvKay :Z “SIY
MAaSM
8 9
-U-<----L
Ajne ounr
V C AeW OL
Assoqdsey
Ww)
Q
~ oO ;
an
/
\ /
\/
sf
Assaques9
Ke)
No. BEES COLLECTED/HR.
W)
N
Asseaqenig
18 J. ENTOMOL. SOC. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEc. 31, 1982
growers sprayed extensively before and during the
blooming period with combinations of furadan,
dinoseb, malathion, guthion, and captan, all
known to adversely affect native bees (Johansen,
1980). All of the fields studied were in areas with
other sprayed fields nearby, which would increase
pesticide impact. Although other factors discussed
below might also have influenced native bee abun-
dance in commercial raspberry fields, pesticide im-
pact seemed the most important.
Native bees were also not abundant in blueberry
fields, particularly early in the flowering season.
Even when abundance increased in late May,
however, the number of bees present was probably
not adequate for pollination. In Nova Scotia, 168
native bees/hr were considered to be sufficient
pollinators in the absence of honeybees (Wood et
al., 1967), with approximately equal numbers of
bumblebees and solitary bees present in that study.
Kevan and LaBerge (1978) have suggested that 1200
native bees/hectare are needed for adequate
blueberry pollination in New Brunswick, and den-
sities of 700-2700 native bees/hectare are common
in unsprayed fields. (Kevan, 1975; Kevan and
LaBerge, 1978; Wood, 1979). In fact, until recent
forest spray programs against spruce budworm
adversely affected pollinators (Kevan, 1977; Kevan
and LaBerge, 1978; Plowright et al., 1978;
Plowright and Thaler, 1978; Varty, 1977; Wood,
1979), no honeybees were needed for Eastern
Canada blueberry management. In contrast, this
study in British Columbia showed a maximum col-
lection of only 25 bees/hr, or 260 bees/ha at any one
time. These densities are considerably lower than
the 168 bees/hr or 1200 bees/hectare considered
adequate in Eastern Canada. Our results are similar
to studies of blueberry pollination in New Jersey
(Marucci, 1967; Marucci and Moulter, 1977) and
Michigan (Dorr and Martin, 1966; Martin, 1966) in
which native bees were not considered to be present
in sufficient numbers to pollinate commercial
blueberry crops.
Another difficulty with bumblebee pollination
of blueberries is that at least one species (B. occiden-
talis) robs nectar by chewing holes in blossoms at
the base of the corolla. This behaviour, described by
Eaton and Stewart (1969), results in both
bumblebees and honeybees collecting nectar
through the hole without transferring pollen. Such
behavior was common in the Pitt Meadows area in
late May and early June, and likely reduces yields,
although the extent of this problem has not been
determined.
It is more difficult to interpret the cranberry
data, since an adequate level of native bee
pollinators has not been well-defined, as for
blueberry, nor was bee abundance so low that poor
pollination could be assumed, as for raspberry.
However, the recommended density of Apis col-
onies for effective cranberry pollination is the same
as for the other berry crops, 1-2/acre (Berry Produc-
tion Guide, 1980; McGregor, 1976), and 1200
bumblebees/ha may be sufficient for pollination
(McGregor, 1976), as for blueberry (Kevan and
LaBerge, 1978). Since the rate of native bee visita-
tion we found in cranberry was similar to that in
blueberry, native bees may not be sufficient to ef-
fect seed set in cranberry. Also, honeybees might be
more likely than some bumblebees to confine floral
visits to the crop. Anderson and Eaton (1981) con-
sidered honeybees to be the most useful cranberry
pollinators.
However, patterns of floral visits by Bombus
and Apis on cranberry are different, and
bumblebees may in fact be the better cranberry
pollinators. For instance, only 16% of honeybees
collected pollen from New Jersey cranberry fields,
while 48% of bumblebees were pollen collectors.
Also, bumblebees were less able to discriminate
sugar content at a distance than honeybees, sug-
gesting more floral visits for bumblebees (Roberts,
1978). Bumblebees are also thought to be superior
to some solitary bees as cranberry pollinators due to
their more rapid interfloral movement (Reader,
1978). McGregor (1976) also considered
bumblebees superior pollinators for cranberry.
Thus, without additional data it is difficult to
evaluate the effectiveness of native bees in Fraser
Valley cranberry pollination.
Bumblebee species diversity was similar to that
found in other studies from Eastern Canada, but
the diversity of other bees was exceptionally low.
Most of the Bombus species occurring in the Fraser
Valley were represented in our collections. We
found seven species of Bombus on the three berry
crops, out of 10 Bombus species that have been
reported from this region (Stephen, 1957). For com-
parison, nine species of bumblebees were reported
as blueberry pollinators in Nova Scotia (Finnamore
and neary, 1978) and 10 species in the Eastern
United States (Mitchell, 1960; 1962). However,
these studies listed 44 and 52 species other than
Bombini respectively as blueberry pollinators,
whereas in British Columbia only four species were
found in our collections from all three berry crops.
Also, only 33 of the 624 bees collected were not
Bombini. It is not clear whether these results suggest
a generally depauperate Apoidea fauna in the
Lower Mainland or only limited utilization of com-
mercial berry crops by non-bumblebee species.
A number of factors could be responsible for the
low native bee diversity and abundance in the
Fraser Valley, including pesticide impact, habitat
destruction, competition with managed honeybees,
and the extended rainy period in the Spring of 1981.
Pesticide impact was greatest on raspberry, as
previously noted, but spraying in adjacent
agricultural areas may also have adversely affected
native bees on the other crops as well. For example,
the ill effect on native bees in blueberry fields close
to forest areas sprayed with fenitrothion in Nova
Scotia, New Brunswick (Kevan, 1975, 1977; Kevan
and LaBerge, 1978, Wood, 1978) and Maine (Milic-
zky and Osgood, 1979) has been well-documented.
Destruction of nesting sites may also have affected
bee densities, particularly in the blueberry and
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BrIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEc. 31, 1982 19
cranberry fields, since some of the surrounding area
has become residential. Competition with
honeybees could also have affected native bees;
most Lower Mainland growers rent honeybees dur-
ing the flowering season for pollination (Berry Pro-
duction Guide, 1980), and there is also a con-
siderable amount of hobby beekeeping throughout
the Lower Mainland. Finally, the record-setting
rains of 1981 may have suppressed native bee
populations by washing out nesting sites and
limiting foraging time, as is often the case for yellow
jackets (Akre and Reed 1981).
At this point we cannot determine the relative
importance of these and possibly other factors in
limiting native bee abundance. Additional data are
needed, including population surveys on both berry
crops and non-cultivated plants over a number of
years, experimental studies of pesticide impact and
better understanding of the role of climatic condi-
tions in determining bee densities. We hope to ad-
dress these questions in future studies.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
We are grateful to A. March, D. March, P.
Freeman, B. Goetzke, J. Driediger, and the Ab-
botsford Agriculture Canada Research Station for
permission to collect on their properties. Dr. R.
Mathewes and J. White assisted in the pollen
analysis, E. Senger collected some of the bees, D.
Gillespie arranged for collecting sites, and J. Ram-
say kindly reviewed the manuscript. We are also
grateful to K. Richards for identifying the bumble
bees. This research was supported by a Youth
Employment Program grant from the government
of British Columbia and grant no. A7774 from the
Natural Sciences and Engineering Research Council
honeybee competition on native populations, and of Canada.
REFERENCES CITED
Akre, R. and H. C. Reed, 1981. Population cycles of yellowjackets (Hymenoptera: Vespinae) in the Pacific
Northwest. Envir. Entomol. 10: 267-274.
Anderson, D. W. and G. W. Eaton. 1981. Cranberry pollination in British Columbia. Cranberries 45:6,
12.
Berry Production Guide, 1980. Ministry of Agriculture, Province of British Columbia, Victoria, B.C.
Daubeny, H. 1971. Self-fertility in red raspberry cultivars and selections. J. Am. Soc. Hort. Sci. 588:591.
Dorr, J. and E. C. Martin. 1966. Pollination studies on the highbush blueberry Vaccinium corymbosum L.
Q. Bull. Mich. State Univ. Agric. Expt. Sta. 48:437-448.
Eaton, G. W. and M. G. Stewart. 1969. Blueberry blossom damage caused by bumblebees. Canadian En-
tomologist 101:149-150.
Finnamore, A. T. and M. E. Neary, 1978. Blueberry pollinators of Nova Scotia, with a checklist of the
blueberry pollinators in Eastern Canada and Northeastern United States. Ann. Soc. Entomol.
Quebec 23:168-181.
Free, J. B. 1970. Insect Pollination of Crops. Academic Press. New York.
Johansen, C. 1980. How to reduce bee poisoning from pesticides. Western Regional Extension Publication
15:1-8.
Johansen, C. and C. Shawa. 1974. Honey bees increase cranberry production. Cooperative Extension Ser-
vice No. 3468, Washington State University.
Kevan, P. G. 1975. Forest application of the insecticide fenitrothion and its effect on wild bee pollinators
(Hymenoptera: Apoidea) of low bush blueberry (Vaccinium sp.) in Southern New Brunswick,
Canada. Biol. Conserv. 7: 301-309.
Kevan, P. G. 1977. Blueberry crops in Nova Scotia and New Brunswick — pesticides and crop reductions.
Can. J. Agric. Econ. 25:61-65.
Kevan, P. G. and W. E. LaBerge. 1978. Demise and recovery of native pollinator populations through
pesticide use and some economic implications. Proc. IV Int. Symp. Pollination. Md. Agric. Exp. Sta.
Spec. Misc. Publ. 1:489-508.
Martin, E. C. 1966. Honey bee pollination of the highbush blueberry. American Bee J. 106:366-367.
Marucci, P. E. 1966. Blueberry pollination. American Bee J. 106:250-252, 264.
Marucci, P. 1967. Pollination of the cultivated highbush blueberry in New Jersey. Inter. Soc. Hort. Science
Sump. Venlo, Netherlands. pp. 155-162.
Marucci, P. E. and H. J. Moulter. 1977. Blueberry pollination in New Jersey. Acta Horticulturae
61:175-186.
McCutcheon, D. 1976. Raspberry pollination trials. Proc. Lower Mainland Hort. Improvement Assoc.,
18:31-32.
McGregor, S. E. 1976. Insect pollination of cultivated crop plants. U.S.D.A. Agriculture Handbook No.
496. Washington, D.C.
20 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEc. 31, 1982
Miliczky, E. R. and E. A. Osgood. 1979. The effects of spraying with sevin-4-oil® on insect pollinators and
pollination in a spruce-fir forest. Life Sci. and Ag. Expt. Sta. Tech. Bull. 90:5-21.
Mitchell, T. B. 1960, 1962. Bees of the Eastern United States. I and II. N. Carolina Agr. Exp. Sta. Tech.
Bull. 141, 152.
Moeller, F. E. 1978. How long must honeybees be present to effectively set a crop of cranberries? Proc. IV
Int. Symp. Pollination. Md. Agric. Exp. Sta. Spec. Misc. Publ. 1:171-173.
Murrell, D. C. and D. M. McCutcheon. 1977. Red raspberry pollination in British Columbia. American
Bee J. 117:750.
Plowright, R. C., B. A. Pendrel, and I. A. McLaren, 1978. The impact of aerial fenitrothion spraying upon
the population bilogy of bumble bees (Bombus Latr:Hym.) in South-western New Brunswick.
Can.Ent. 110:1145-1156.
Reader, R. J. 1977. Bog ericad flowers: self-compatibility and relative attractiveness to bees. Can. J. Botany
59: 2279-2287. .
Roberts, R. B. 1978. Energetics of cranberry pollination. Proc. IV Int. Symp. Pollination. Md. Agric. Exp.
Sta. Spec. Misc. Publ. 1:431-440.
Stephen, W. P. 1957. Bumble Bees of Western North America (Hymenoptera: Apoidea). Oregon State Col-
lege Agr. Expt. Sta. Tech. Bull. No. 40, Corvallis.
Varty, I. W. 1977. Environmental surveillance of insecticide spray operations in New Brunswick’s
budworm-infested forest. Maritimes Forest Research Centre Report M-X-87, Fredericton, N.B.
Whatley, B. T. and J. J. Lackett. 1978. Effects of honey bee pollination on fruit set, yield, and quality of
rabbiteye blueberries Vaccinium ashei Reade. Proc. IV Int. Symp. Pollination. Md. Agric. Exp. Sta.
Sec. Misc. Publ. 1:143-148.
Wood, G. W. 1979. Recuperation of native bee populations in blueberry fields exposed to drift of
fenitrothion from forest spray operations in New Brunswick. J. Econ. Ent. 72:36-39.
Wood, G. W., D. L. Craig, and I. V. Hall. 1967. Highbush blueberry pollination in Nova Scotia. Int. Soc.
Hort. Sci. Symp. Venlo Netherlands. pp. 163-168.
EVALUATION OF DIFLUBENZURON FOR CONTROL
OF LEAFROLLERS (LEPIDOPTERA: TORTRICIDAE)
ON APPLE
D. W. ANDERSON AND R. H. ELLIOTT
Department of Plant Science,
University of British Columbia,
Vancouver, B.C. V6T 2A2
ABSTRACT
The toxicity of diflubenzuron (Dimilin) to various stages of the obliquebanded
leafroller, Choristoneura rosaceana (Harris), was evaluated under laboratory con-
ditions. The compound had no ovicidal effect at concentrations up to 1000 ppm but
foliage treated with 100 ppm diflubenzuron plus the surfactant, Tween 20, was
toxic to Ist-instar larvae. At similar concentrations, diflubenzuron reduced the
longevity of adult moths but had no effect on fecundity or egg viability.
In an orchard of mixed apple cultivars, diflubenzuron cover sprays applied at
the pink bud stage significantly reduced fruit damage by leafrollers but failed to
provide control comparable to that with azinphos-methy|.
INTRODUCTION in an Okanagan orchard (Anderson and Elliott
Recent field studies have suggested that the in-
sect growth inhibitor, diflubenzuron (Dimilin), has
considerable potential in pest management pro-
grams in pome fruits (Wearing and Thomas 1978;
Westigard 1979). Against the codling moth,
Laspeyresia pomonella L., the compound had ex-
cellent contact and residual activity to eggs but
limited toxicity to larvae and adults (Elliott and
Anderson 1982). Despite this, diflubenzuron sprays
applied to coincide with peak codling moth activity
provided control similar to that of azinphos-methy]
1982). In addition, diflubenzuron appeared com-
patible with integrated mite control in that sprays
were non-toxic to predaceous mites and did not in-
crease populations of European red mite,
Panonychus ulmi (Koch) or rust mites (Aculus spp.).
Depending upon the species, leafrollers can
cause early and late season injury to apples. In the
northern fruit growing region of British Columbia,
two univoltine species, Archips argyrospilus
(Walker) and Archips rosanus (L.), predominate
and cause early season damage whereas in the
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEc. 31, 1982 21
southern region, two bivoltine species,
Choristoneura rosaceana Harris and Pandemis
limitata Rob., are more frequent and cause both
early and late season injury (Madsen and Madsen
1980). As the timing of diflubenzuron sprays may be
critical to optimal control (cf. Westigard 1979;
Elliott and Anderson 1982), preliminary laboratory
tests were conducted to determine which stages of
the obliquebanded leafroller, C. rosaceana (a
representative leafroller species), were sensitive to
the compound. Subsequently, we evaluated the ef-
ficacy of several diflubenzuron treatments and
azinphos-methyl against leafrollers under orchard
conditions.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
Egg masses of C. rosaceana were collected from
Okanagan orchards by Dr. H. F. Madsen. A stock
colony was established by rearing the leafroller lar-
vae on broad beans (Vicia faba L.). The colony was
maintained in a greenhouse under a 16L:8D
photoperiod, variable temperatures (20-30*C) and
relative humidity (70-95%). However, the un-
natural rearing conditions, coupled with poor egg
viability, limited the numbers of insects available
‘for the laboratory study.
Egg masses of C. rosaceana were treated
topically with aqueous solutions of diflubenzuron
(Dimilin 25WP; 1-(4-chloropheny]l)-3-(2,6-di-
tluorobenzoyl)urea; Thompson-Hayward Chem.
Co.). Five egg masses consisting of about 440
eggs/mass were treated at each concentration. The
effect on % egg hatch was recorded when larval
eclosion was complete. In some egg masses, in-
cluding those in the check treatment, none of the
eggs hatched. Because these egg masses had likely
not been fertilized, they were excluded from the
analysis.
Larvicidal activity was assessed by placing Ist-
instar larvae on pear foliage which had been dipped
in solutions of diflubenzuron, with or without the
surfactant, Tween 20. There were three larvae/leaf
and three leaves/treatment. The effect on larval sur-
vival was determined after 14 days.
Adult moths were dipped in solutions containing
diflubenzuron plus Tween 20 and the effects on
longevity, fecundity and egg viability determined.
Each treatment was replicated four times with each
replicate consisting of four moths of each sex.
During 1980, field tests were conducted in an
orchard of mixed apple cultivars at the Agriculture
Canada Research Station, Summerland. Five
treatments were arranged in a randomized block
design with five blocks and five replicates/treat-
ment. Eacli replicate consisted of three adjacent
trees separated from the other replicates by at least
one buffer tree. During the pink bud stage of McIn-
tosh cultivar, 500 leaf clusters were collected ran-
domly from throughout the orchard. These samples
indicated that the leafrollers were predominantly
Ist-or 2nd-instar larvae/100 leaf clusters. On April
26, sprays were applied to run-off with a conven-
tional handgun sprayer at a pressure of 21 kg/cm?.
Using the trapping lethods described by Madsen
and Madsen (1980), the numbers of tortricid moths
were monitored until mid-August. Because the
traps could not be inspected at regular weekly inter-
vals, moth captures were expressed as numbers of
moths/trap/day. At harvest, the efficacy of the
treatments against leafrollers was assessed on the
basis of % damaged fruit.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
Table I shows the % hatch of egg masses treated
topically with varying concentrations of difluben-
zuron. Although egg hatch was low in the check
treatment, it was apparent from the % hatch values
that egg masses of C. rosaceana were insensitive
even to 1000 ppm diflubenzuron. Despite a con-
spicuous diflubenzuron deposit on the egg masses in
the 1000 ppm treatment, the emergent larvae ap-
peared normal and showed no ill effects later. The
inactivity of diflubenzuron against leafroller eggs
was unexpected because the compound has a pro-
nounced ovicidal effect on other related species
(Ascher et al. 1980; Elliott and Anderson 1982).
However, the egg masses of C. rosaceana are
covered with a cement-like gelatinous secretion
TABLE I. Percent hatch of egg masses of C. rosaceana topically treated with varying concentrations of
diflubenzuron.
Dif lubenzuron
concentration
(ppm )
1,000
a a ee eee ee
ee ee ae esa eee ee
ee ee a a a ee ee eS eS
8 ss ss SS :?:.0.058555800QQ&°&°& SSS
% hatch
(inean + S.E.)
nee ee eee
Chagos aed
63.1 2 15.0
Wecaus Ags
hl Ore 3.8
G020 2721
22 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), Dec. 31, 1982
TABLE II. Percent survival of first-instar larvae of C. rosaceana feeding on pear foliage which had been
dipped in diflubenzuron/Tween 20 solutions. In this and remaining tables, “+” denotes presence
and “—” absence of Tween 20.
Dif lubenzuron 500 ppm @ Survival
concentration Tween 20 (mean eS ess
(ppm)
0 - a Ont eed
0 + 88.9 t 10.7
10 ~ 66.7 = 19s4
10 - 5,0 eed ey
100 - 55 soe ei
100 Lid See
Factorial ANONA:dif lubenzuron-Tween 20 interaction was significant
(P.=<0505)
from the accessory glands which could prevent the = adult moths but had no effect on fecundity or egg
entry of diflubenzuron into the eggs. viability (Table III).
Compared with the other treatments, foliage Collectively, the laboratory tests indicated that
treated with 100 ppm diflubenzuron plus Tween 20 the efficacy of diflubenzuron against leafrollers
was very toxic to Ist-instar leafroller larvae (Table would depend primarily upon its larvicidal activity.
II). Factorial analysis of variance indicated that | Since numbers of Ist- and 2nd-instar larvae in the
Tween 20 significantly enhanced the toxicity of test orchard exceeded the economic threshold of 10
diflubenzuron to the larvae. larvae/100 leaf clusters (Madsen and Carty 1977),
Compared with the check treatment, 100 ppm diflubenzuron and azinphos-methyl cover sprays
diflubenzuron significantly reduced the longevity of | were applied during the pink bud stage. The trap
10
ra 4 C. rosaceana
a----a4 P. limitata
D-+-Q A. rosanus
A a——8 A. argyrospilus
Moths per trap per day
wn
ny
va
4. A
; \ Ya
‘ Va
oO . *
—— | a
4 - Ma, s
nd .
0-
June July August
Figure 1. Numbers of male moths of four leafroller species captured daily in pheromone traps in test
orchard.
23
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEc. 31, 1982
wee em ee ee ee ee ee ee He ee - a Ses ies) es) fein ee See res ee ee eee, fee ee) a ee a ee eee eee ewe ee eee eee jae (ae, aes een ee ee eee ae eee
"quedigiubis - (4) *SA (Q)
“questyLubis - (q) “SA (9)
"quedijgiubis you - (9) “SA (g)
TO°O = d quedistublrs Ap yBru - (4+0+94+G) “SA (y) 2S 4yse4quog
e O46. fi = = z = E
eye Gerace A a = a ‘i q
600) 52-01 + = - + 9)
e704 Teel - = - = q
oT #8°ST = z = a W
(465 eo) NZ UvasM]| | Aujow-Ssoudurze uOUNZUSqN| JLP UuOUNZUIBGN] 4LP
abeuep »¥ wdd nas wdd c/¢ wdd s/¢ uidd 6 JUdW eI]
‘satoads siayjoryeay Inoy Wo odewep BuIMoyYs prevyo1o ay} Wo safdde paysoarey jo JUs0I0g ‘AT ATAVL
GON = d Je JUauassip Aj quedsistuBLs you aue uaqyal awes ayy Aq PaMo]|OJ UWNLOD owes BYZ UL SUCOWT
py Ore 13a po’ 9 4 1 2y q?°0 4+ 2S qVvore Pp a te
poe by pL yao cy p10. 4 29 e9°0 + B°S + =
(Aep/a|ewa4/sb6b0a) (skep) (skep) OZ Uuaeml uOUNZUaGN| 4Lp
xh AL AdHuUO| yA LAabu0}
udyeU % Ayipunde4 | bw oO] els wdd oos wdd QQT
er ce ce ce ce ce ce re me cc ew cw we we a a ww a sss ss Se ZTE SCC COC CSC SC SSS SS SS SS SS
SS ESE OSS ES ES ESS ES EE OE ES OE OE OE OE EE a a a SS Se er eS SOO CO OC OE OC OC OO CS SEs
(0G UeeM], pue uoINZ
-uaqnyyip Jo suonnyos ut peddip syj;our euvsowso °F Jo AY TIqeiA 33a pue Aypunoey ‘A}AOZUOT “TIT ATAVL
24 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEc. 31, 1982
captures indicated that two-generation leafrollers
were the most abundant species in the test orchard
(Fig. 1). The catch probably represented moths
from the first generation (cf. Madsen and Madsen
1980).
Table IV shows the % harvested apples with
leafroller damage. In the check treatment, fruit
damage was very high, exceeding 15%. At the
lower application rate (94 ppm), diflubenzuron
provided poor control even when Tween 20 was ad-
ded. At the higher rate (375 ppm), diflubenzuron
provided significantly better control than in the
previous treatments and reduced fruit damage to
7.9%. However, at a comparable application rate,
azinphos-methyl provided roughly four-fold better
control than 375 ppm diflubenzuron. Although
these findings indicate that diflubenzuron is not an
effective control agent for leafrollers, improved li-
quid formulations (cf. Ascher et al. 1980), more ac-
tive analogues (Retnakaran 1979) or integration
with Bacillus thuringiensis (Wearing and Thomas
1978) may overcome this limitation.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We thank Dr. R. D. McMullen for his assistance
with the field tests. Financial support by
Agriculture Canada and the Natural Sciences and
Engineering Council of Canada is gratefully
acknowledged.
REFERENCES
Anderson, D. W. and R. H. Elliott. 1982. Efficacy of diflubenzuron against the codling moth, Laspeyresia
pomonella (Lepidoptera:Olethreutidae) and impact on orchard mites. Can. Ent. 114:733-737.
Asher, K. R. S., N. E. Nemny and I. Ishaya. 1980. The toxic effect of diflubenzuron on Spodoptera littoralis
and on their respiration. Pestic. Sci. 11:90-94.
Elliott, R. H. and D. W. Anderson. 1982. Factors influencing the activity of diflubenzuron against the codl-
ing moth, Laspeyresia pomonella (Lepidoptera:Olethreutidae). Can. Ent. 114:259-268.
Madsen, H. F. and B. E. Carty. 1977. Pest management: four years experience in a commercial apple or-
chard. J. Ent. Soc. B.C. 74:3-6.
Madsen, H. F. and B. J. Madsen. 1980. Response of four leafroller species (Lepidoptera: Torticidae) to sex
attractants in British Columbia orchards. Can. Ent. 112:427-430.
Retnakaran, A. 1979. Effect of a new moult inhibitor (EL-494) on the spruce budworm, Choristoneura
fumiferana (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae). Can. Ent. 111:847-859.
Wearing, C. H. and W. P. Thomas. 1978. Integrated control of apple pests in New Zealand. 13. Selective
insect control using diflubenzuron and Bacillus thuringiensis. Proc. 3lst N.Z. Weed and Pest Control
Conf. 221-228.
Westigard, P. H. 1979. Codling moth: control on pears with diflubenzuron and effects on nontarget pest
and beneficial species. J. Econ. Ent. 72:552-554.
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), Dec. 31, 1982
EFFECT OF A COMMERCIAL INSECTICIDAL SOAP ON
GREENHOUSE WHITEFLY (HOM: ALEYROD.) AND ITS
PARASITOID, ENCARSIA FORMOSA (HYM: EULOPH.)
G. S. PURITCH!
Environment Canada, Pacific Forest Research Centre
506 W. Burnside Road, Victoria, B.C. V8Z 1M5
N. TONKS?
Agriculture Canada, Saanichton Research Station
8801 East Saanich Road, Sidney, B.C.
P. DOWNEY:
B.C. Ministry of Agriculture
c/o 506 W. Burnside Road, Victoria, B.C. V8Z 1M5
ABSTRACT
Safer’s Insecticidal Soap (IS) was topically applied at six concentrations to all
growth stages of greenhouse whitefly as well as larvae and adults of the whitefly
parasitoid, the eulophid wasp Encarsia formosa. IS at 0.5% ai caused more than
94% mortality of all whitefly larval stages and adults, and more than 82.5% mor-
tality of whitefly pupae. Adults hatched from treated pupae occasionally showed
altered development. E. formosa adults were more tolerant to IS than whitefly and
81.5% survived a 0.5% IS treatment. It was concluded that IS is an effective
pesticide for greenhouse whitefly and should be integrated with E. formosa in
25
greenhouse trials.
INTRODUCTION
The greenhouse whitefly, Trialeurodes
vaporariorum, Westwood, (Homoptera:
Aleyrodidae) is a serious pest of greenhouse plants,
infesting a wide variety of ornamentals and most
vegetables, especially cucumbers and tomatoes
(Harris 1974). Besides causing direct damage to
plants as a result of feeding on the leaf sap, their
honeydew stimulates the growth of sooty mold
fungi which disfigure leaves and interfere with
photosynthesis.
Chemical control of whitefly has several disad-
vantages. Whitefly eggs are highly resistant to
almost all insecticides (Harris 1974) and larval and
pupal stages are much less sensitive than adults
(French et al.1973). This variation in the tolerance
of different growth stages coupled with the par-
thenogenic reproduction of whitefly necessitates the
use of repeated sprays during the growing season.
Whitefly has been shown to rapidly develop
resistance to most organochlorine and
organophosphorous compounds such as BHC and
malathion (Harris 1974). Chemical treatment may
also encounter a produce problem with phytotoxici-
ty, environmental hazards, and cost.
Encarsia formosa Gahan (Hymenop:
Eulophidae) has been used successfully in biological
control programs against whitefly. Unfortunately,
Current Address:
‘Safer Agro-Chem Ltd., 6761 Kirkpatrick Crescent, R.R. #3, Vic-
toria, B.C. V8X 3X1
*Retired. 2819 Graham St., Victoria, B.C.
3B.C. Ministry of Forests, 1450 Government St., Victoria, B.C.
the use of the parasitoid, E. formosa, has en-
countered problems. If this small wasp is introduc-
ed at the wrong stage of whitefly development, it
will die out and additional introductions will be
necessary. Since the wasp’s rate of development is
temperature dependent, being optimum at 21 to
27°C, temperatures below this level prevent it from
breeding as fast as whitefly. Whitefly can therefore
cause substantial plant damage before the
parasitoid can catch up. E. formosa is very sensitive
to most pesticides and treatments to control the
whitefly or other insect pests can easily eliminate
the parasitoid.
Obviously, the best approach to controlling
whitefly would be one in which the parasitoid was
integrated with a suitable pesticide that has the
ability to reduce the whitefly population without
harming the wasp. Recently a fatty acid salt for-
mulation has been registered! for the control of
whitefly. This product has also been reported to be
fairly innocuous to many hymenopterous
parasitoids. (S. F. Condrashoff, unpublished
data”). It was decided therefore to test this product
for its effect on both T. vaporariorum and E. for-
mosa to establish its potential for inclusion in an in-
tegrated control program for whitefly.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
Treatments consisted of a water control and 6
concentrations of Safer’s Insecticidal Soap (IS), a
'Safer’s Insecticidal Soap (IS).
°S. F. Condrashoff, 5271 Old W. Saanich Rd., R.R. #3, Victoria,
B.C. V8X 3X1.
26 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BriT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEc. 31, 1982
commercial 50.5% fatty acid salt formulation
(Puritch et al. 1980). Treatments were applied to
0.01, 0.05, 0.10, 0.50, 1.0 and 1.5% v/v concentra-
tions. Tests were carried out on every growth stage
of whitefly, vis. eggs; lst, and 2nd and 3rd instars;
pupae, and adults. Whiteflies were obtained from
Agriculture Canada greenhouses, where they were
being reared as part of a_ biological control
program.
In the egg bioassay, cucumber leaves infested
with large numbers of freshly laid whitefly eggs,
were selected and taken to the laboratory. Each leaf
was cut into sections, with each section containing
at least 50 eggs. The sections were randomly assign-
ed to one of the seven treatments. Three replicate
samples were used per treatment. An area within
the leaf section was outlined with tanglefoot and
cleared of all debris, dead eggs and other instar
stages. Normal looking eggs were then counted. The
samples were subsequently sprayed to wetness with
their designated treatment using a chromatographic
mister and put on wetted cotton pads in open petri
dishes. These dishes were placed on laboratory ben-
ches under fluorescent lights, at 22°C for incuba-
tion. After 3 or 4 days all the hatched eggs were
counted and removed. Another assessment was
made 10 days after treatment, which is the normal
incubation period for whitefly eggs. If normal eggs
were still evident after the 10-day assessment, obser-
vations continued until they hatched or desiccated.
Bioassay of the Ist, 2nd, 3rd instars and pupae
followed the basic procedure outlined for the
whitefly eggs. No tanglefoot was used on leaf sec-
tions containing 2nd, 3rd instars or pupae because
these stages are immobile. Assessments were made 4
days after treatment of the Ist, 2nd and 3rd instar
stages. The samples were also observed 8 days after
treatment to ascertain that the undeveloped larvae
were dead. Pupae were assessed 6 days after treat-
ment. Fungal growth on the leaf surface made later
assessments unreliable. Abnormalities of hatched
Ist instars or adults were noted.
Adult whiteflies were collected for testing using
a small vacuum-suction device. The vial containing
the collected whiteflies was chilled by placing it on
ice for 1 min. This treatment immobilized the
adults and they were separated into individual petri
dishes, each dish containing 20-30 adults. Each dish
was chilled again, and the immobilized adults were
sprayed to wetness using the chromatographic
mister. The adults were counted and the dishes
were left uncovered within cages at 22°C for 24
hrs., when they were assessed: for mortality. A se-
cond group of whitefly adults was treated in the
same manner as just described but the petri dishes
were covered immediately after spraying and kept
covered for 24 hrs. before assessment.
A bioassay of the toxicity of IS to E. formosa
that were parasitizing whitefly scales was made, us-
ing the same procedures described for whitefly lar-
vae and pupae. The assessments were made 10 and
15 days after treatment. Adult E. formosa were
treated in a similar manner to the adult whitefly
bioassay where the petri dishes were left uncovered
within cages after spraying.
All tests were corrected for control mortality us-
ing Abbott’s formula:
Po Ee
Pee oe! ino
ioe Pe
Cc
where Pt = correctly mortality; Pe = control mor-
tality (average control mortality as used in the
calculations) and Po = observed mortality. Results
for each growth stage were statistically analyzed us-
ing a complete randomized block test design with 3
TABLE 1. Percent mortality of various growth stages of greenhouse whitefly after topical application of
Safer’s Insecticidal Soap (IS) (water treated control mortality averaged 10.86%). Within columns,
means not followed by the same letter are significantly different at the 5% level.
% Mortality
Conc Developmental Stage
of IS Egg lst Instar 2nd Instar 3rd Instar Pupae Adults! Adults2
a b
0.00 (water) 0.0a 0.0a 0.0a 0.0a 0.0 0.0a 0.0a
0.01 6.8ab 3.6a 20.5b 4.6ab 54.2b 8.0a 0.5a
0.05 3.lab 34.0b 31.0b 2301p 44.1b 0.8a 1.2a
0.10 5.-9ab 78.0c 64.6c 51.2¢ 77.4bec 34.7b 25.2b
0.50 6.8ab 98.9d 95.2d 94.8d 82.5bc 100.0c 100.0c
1.00 9.7b 100.0d 98. 8d 95.8d 91.3bc 100.0c 96.6c
Te o0 8.4ab 100.0d 97./d 99.7d 95.2¢ 100.0c 100.0c
LC59
by Probit Anal. NA> 0.12 0.04 0.10 0.01 na? Onl6
A Treated adults left covered for 24 hours after treatment until assessment
2 Treated adults left uncovered after spraying until assessment at 24 hours
3 Probit not calculable from data obtained
J. ENTOMOL. SOC. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), Dec. 31, 1982 97
replicates, and treatment means were compared
with Neuman-Keuls multiple range test. The LCs
for each growth stage was calculated using a probit
analysis.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
All larval instar stages and the adult whiteflies
were sentitive to IS application; concentrations of
0.5% or greater gave more than 94% mortality
(Table 1). The mortality of adults held in enclosed
petri dishes for 24 hours after spraying (Adults a,
Table 1) was not different from the mortality of
adults held in open dishes (Adults b, Table 1). Thus
whiteflies that survived the initial topical treat-
ment did not succumb to contact with the wetted
filter paper and saturated environment over the
following 24 hours. This suggests that the IS acted
as a contact insecticide and had little residual activi-
ty over the testing period.
It would be of interest to determine if the mor-
tality caused by topical treatment would be similar
to the mortality in an otherwise untreated whitefly
population exposed to treated filter paper in a clos-
ed petri dish. Condrashoff (unpublished research
results) noted that adult whiteflies returning to a
wet IS-treated leaf were killed upon landing. It is
unclear, however, if these adults had been con-
tacted by the spray prior to returning to the leaf.
Pupae responded in the same way as the larval
stages but were more sensitive at the lower concen-
tration levels with an average of 54% mortality at
0.01% concentration (Table 1). Only the eggs were
tolerant to the IS treatment with a maximum mor-
tality of 9.7% at the 1.0% level of IS. Whitefly eggs
are tolerant to a wide variety of pesticides (French
et al. 1973).
Some adults that emerged from treated pupae
suffered from morphological abnormalities. These
took the form of improperly developed wings or an
absence of the normal waxy secretions on the body
and wings. Puritch (1978) reported that Tenebrio
molitor pupae treated with potassium salts of oleic
and linoleic acid, frequently developed into abnor-
mal adults. It was suggested that the soaps may af-
fect the permeability of cell membranes in the
pupae during the crucial stages of metamorphosis
and thereby affect the concentration and localiza-
tion of the insect’s growth hormones.
Adult E. formosa were substantially more
tolerant to direct IS than whitefly and suffered only
22.4% mortality at 1.0% IS. (Table 2) This mor-
tality was caused by direct application of IS to the
imnmobilised E. formosa. Since adult whiteflies ap-
peared to be unaffected by IS residue, it is likely
that untreated E. formosa landing on treated leaves
would also be unaffected by residues. Harbaugh
and Mattson (1976) applied 5 chemicals including
malathion and nicotine sulfate to adult E. formosa
at recommended rates and found that all com-
pounds caused 100% mortality to the parasitoid.
Residues of malathion were toxic to the wasps for
2-3 weeks. The larval stages of E. formosa were
more sensitive to IS than were adults and had an
LCs, of 0.15% IS. No attempt was made in this
study to test different stages of the parasitoid larvae.
Perhaps the earlier stages may be less sensitive. In-
vestigations on pupae of Argresthia cupressela
(cypress leaf miner) treated with IS and parasitized
by the wasp Charmon gracilis showed that 1.0% IS
‘treatment of pupae did not affect the parasitoid
(Puritch, unpublished data).
TABLE 2. Percent mortality of Encarsia formosa in adult and larval (within whitefly scales) stages, after
topical application of Safer’s Insecticidal Soap (IS). Within column, means not followed by the same
letter are significantly different at the 5% level.
% Concentration
of SI
0.00
Developmental Stage
Adults Larvae
0.0a 0.0a
0.0a 14.2a
14a 20.0a
5.0a 27.0a
18.5b 78.5b
22.4b 94.2b
98.2c 97 .29D
1.00 0.15
28 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEc. 31, 1982
The high mortality caused by concentrations of
IS of 0.5% and higher (Table 1) show that this com-
pound is an effective pesticide for all whitefly stages
other than eggs. If used at 0.5% concentration, IS
would effectively control whitefly populations with
little effect on adult E. formosa. In view of the
many beneficial features of the environmentally
compatible Insecticidal Soap solution this com-
pound should be assessed in any integrated program
that includes the parasitoid, Encarsia formosa.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors thank Mr. J. Arrand and the B.C.
Ministry of Agriculture for providing the technical
assistance and encouragement for this work. We
also thank Mr. Don Elliott for donation of the
whiteflies and parasitoids, and Safer Agro-Chem
Ltd. for supplying the Insecticidal Soap.
LITERATURE CITED
Abbott, W. S. 1925. A method of computing the effectiveness of an insecticide. J. Econ. Ent. 18: 265-267.
French, N., F. A. B. Ludlam, and L. R. Wardlow. 1973. Observations on the effects of insecticides on
glasshouse whitefly [Trialeurodes vaporariorum (Westw.)] Pl. Path. 22: 99-107.
Harbaugh, B. K., and R. H. Mattson, 1976. Insecticide effects in Encarsia formosa Gahan, parasite of the
greenhouse whitefly, Trialeurodes vaporariorum (Westwood). J. Amer. Soc. Hort. Sci. 101:
228-233.
Harris, K. M. 1974. Notes from Wisley: glasshouse whitefly. J. Royal Hort. Soc. 99: 158-162.
Puritch, G. S. 1978. The biocidal effects of fatty acids on various forest pests. Symposium on the phar-
macological effects of lipids. AOCS Monograph No. 5: 105-112.
Puritch, G. S., P. C. Nigam, and J. R. Carrow. 1980. Chemical control of balsam woolly aphid
(Homoptera: Adelgidae) on seedlings of Abies amabilis. J. Entomol. Soc. Brit. Columbia. 77: 15-18.
THE LETTUCE APHID, NASONOVIA RIBISNIGRI (HOMOPTERA:
APHIDIDAE) DAMAGING LETTUCE CROPS IN BRITISH COLUMBIA
A. R. FORBES AND J. R. MACKENZIE
Research Station, Agriculture Canada
6660 N.W. Marine Drive, Vancouver, B.C. V6T 1X2
ABSTRACT
The lettuce aphid, Nasonovia ribisnigri (Mosley), is recorded for the first time
as a serious pest of lettuce in the Cloverdale area of British Columbia.
In the summer of 1981 several lettuce growers in
the Cloverdale area of British Columbia suffered
severe and unexpected crop losses caused by the let-
tuce aphid, Nasonovia ribisnigri (Mosley). Although
this aphid had been present on other plants in the
lower mainland of B.C. for many years (Forbes,
Frazer and MacCarthy, 1973), it had not been
recorded previously as a pest of lettuce. The aphid
was found in marketed heads in September 1981
and resulted in an estimated retail loss of $80,000.
Crops which were headed up and infested with
aphids had to be ploughed in because the heads
were considered unmarketable. In 1982 lettuce
aphids were found in commercial lettuce plantings
in late May and by the end of June they were caus-
ing rejection of some shipments for marketing. The
infestation became progressively worse and during
August several plantings had to be ploughed in.
Both crisp heading and butter-head lettuce crops
were seriously affected.
N. ribisnigri (Fig. 1) is a medium-sized (2-3 mm
long) olive-green aphid with a distinctive dorsal
sclerotic pattern. Its antennae are long with secon-
dary sensoria on the basal 1/4 - 3/4 of segment III in
apterae (Fig. 2A) and all along segment III in alatae
(Fig. 2B). Its cornicles are cylindrical, with a
distinct preapical annular circumcision (Fig. 2C).
Its cauda is finger shaped usually with 7 hairs (Fig.
2D). Both Hille Ris Lambers (1949) and Heie (1979)
give detailed morphological descriptions of the
various morphs of the aphid. We have also collected
and reared a pink form of N. ribisnigri in B.C.
This is an heteroecious aphid with Ribes spp. as
primary hosts and secondary hosts in the Com-
positae and several other plant families. In B.C. we
collected adult fundatrices and fundatrigeniae
(mostly alate) on black currant, Ribes nigrum L., in
mid-May. Migration to lettuce and other secondary
hosts takes place in late May and in June. Migration
back to Ribes probably takes place in September
and October. In England during mild winters some
of the aphids are able to continue to breed on lettuce
outdoors throughout the winter. This can probably
occur in the Fraser Valley too and would result in
sizeable populations of lettuce aphids being present
on overwintered lettuce and other secondary hosts
ready to infest newly planted crops in the spring.
In Canada, this aphid has been previously
recorded in B.C., Quebec and New Brunswick
(Smith and Parron, 1978). In the eastern United
States it has been collected in New York, Vermont,
Pennsylvania, New Jersey, District of Columbia
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEc. 31, 1982
Fig. 1. Photomicrographs of Nasonovia ribisnigri (Mosley). A. Adult apterous aphid. B. Alate aphid.
29
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEc. 31, 1982
Fig. 2. Scanning electron micrographs of Nasonovia ribisnigri (Mosley). A. Third antennal segment of
aptera. B. Third antennal segment of alata. C. Cornicle. D. Tip of abdomen and cauda.
and possibly North Carolina (Smith and Parron,
1978); in the western United States in Montana
(Smith and Parron, 1978) and Oregon (Leonard,
1974). It has not, however, been previously
documented as a pest in North America. In Britain
it is recognized as probably the most important
aphid pest of lettuce both out of doors and under
glass (Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries and Food,
1978).
Even small numbers of N. ribisnigri are of
serious concern since this aphid tends to colonize in-
side the forming heads rendering them unaccep-
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEc. 31, 1982 31
table for market. Once in the heads the aphids are
virtually impossible to contact with foliar sprays.
Large populations would, of course, cause direct
damage by their feeding and deposits of honey dew.
This aphid is also a potential threat as a vector of
lettuce-infecting viruses, especially cucumber
mosaic and perhaps beet western yellows. N.
ribisnigri is reported to be unable to transmit lettuce
mosaic (Kennedy, Day and Eastop, 1962).
Other species of aphids, especially the green
peach aphid, Myzus persicae (Sulzer), and the
potato aphid, Macrosiphum euphorbiae (Thomas),
occur commonly on lettuce in B.C. but they usually
breed on the underside of the outer leaves, where
they do not contaminate the saleable crop.
The lettuce aphid is now the most important in-
sect pest of lettuce in British Columbia. The present
outbreak demonstrates the ineffectiveness of cur-
rently recommended control strategies. Conse-
quently, extensive monitoring of aphid populations
and field tests to evaluate the efficacy of several
aphicides including some promising systemics are in
progress. Special attention is being given to op-
timum timing and placement of sprays.
REFERENCES
Forbes, A. R., B. D. Frazer and H. R. MacCarthy. 1973. The aphids (Homoptera: Aphididae) of British
Columbia. 1. A basic taxonomic list. J. Entomol. Soc. Brit. Columbia 70:43-57.
Heie, O. E. 1979. Revision of the aphid genus Nasonovia Mordvilko, including Kakimia Hottes and Frison,
with keys to descriptions of the species of the world (Homoptera: Aphididae). Entomologica Scan-
dinavica. Supplement No. 9. 105 pp.
Hille Ris Lambers, D. 1949. Contributions to a monograph of the Aphididae of Europe. IV. Temminckia
8:182-324.
Kennedy, J. S., M. F. Day and V. F. Eastop. 1962. A conspectus of aphids as vectors of plant viruses. Lon-
don. Commonwealth Institute of Entomology. 114 pp.
Leonard, M. D. 1974. A list of the aphids of Oregon (Homoptera: Aphididae). U.S. Dep. Agr., Agr. Res.
Service Mimeo. 116 pp.
Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries and Food, United Kingdom. 1978. Lettuce aphids. HVD 55 7 pp.
Smith, C. F. and C. S. Parron. 1978. An annotated list of APHIDIDAE (HOMOPTERA) of North
America. N.C. Agr. Exp. Sta. Tech. Bul. No. 255. 428 pp.
LEAFROLLERS (LEPIDOPTERA) ON BERRY CROPS IN THE
LOWER FRASER VALLEY, BRITISH COLUMBIA
DAVID R. GILLESPIE! AND BRYAN P. BEIRNE
Pestology Centre, Dept. of Biological Sciences, Simon Fraser University
Burnaby, B.C. V5A 1S6
A survey of 'tortricid leafrollers and other lepidopterous larvae with leafrolling
habits on berry crops in the Lower Fraser Valley, B.C. revealed 16 species feeding
on blueberry, four on cranberry, eight on raspberry and four on strawberry. The
most abundant species were Choristoneura rosaceana, Spilonota ocellana, Archips
rosanus and Cheimophila salicella on blueberry, Operophtera bruceata, C. rosa-
ceana and Acleris comariana on rapsberry, Rhopobota naevana on cranberry, and
A. comariana on strawberry. Some of the species have apparently not been
reported previously as feeding on some of the berry crops. Four species previously
reported as pests of berry crops in the Lower Fraser Valley were not found.
Fields teated with insecticides early in the season, whether or not for
leafrollers, had lower leafroller populations than untreated fields. There is no ob-
jective evidence that leafroller populations were sufficient to cause economic injury
to any of the crops. Subjective observations confirm the economic importance of
leafroller damage to cranberry and suggest that economic injury may occur on
blueberry.
INTRODUCTION
The objectives of this work were to determine
the leafroller fauna of berry crops in the Lower
Fraser Valley of British Columbia, and the abun-
dance of the species involved relative to each other
and to the crops they affect.
Species of leafrollers (Lepidoptera; Tortricidae)
‘Present address: Research and Plant Quarantine Station, and other lepidopterous larvae with similar habits
Agriculture Canada, 8801 East Saanich Road, Sidney, B.C. V8L are considered to be pests of berry crops in the
1H3. Fraser Valley. There are general control reeommen-
32 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEc. 31, 1982
dations for “leafrollers” on blueberry and raspberry
and specific ones for the omnivorous leaf-tier,
Cnephasia longana, on strawberry and the black-
headed fireworm, Rhopobota naevana, on
cranberry (Anon 1981). Neilson (1969) reported the
oblique-banded leafroller, Choristoneura rosa-
ceana, and the orange tortrix, Argyrotaenia citrana
as occasional pests of raspberry, Exartema oliva-
ceanum and Ancylis comptana fragariae as pests of
strawberry; and Cheimophila salicella as a pest of
blueberry. The recently introduced Acleris com-
ariana has been reported as damaging strawberry
(Cram 1973) and Badebecia urticana as damaging
blueberry (Creelman 1969). In view of recent
discoveries of introduced Lepidoptera in British
Columbia (e.g. Donganlar and Beirne 1978a,
1979a, 1979b, Cram 1973, Evans 1966, Gillespie et
al. 1978, Raine 1966) it was important that a survey
be made to detect the presence of new and potential
pests.
“Leafroller” is used here as a descriptive term to
include all Tortricidae and several non-tortricid
species whose larvae habitually feed in rolled or
webbed leaves.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
Collections of leafroller larvae were made from
berry crops on different dates in 1980 and 1981 at
several sites in the Lower Fraser Valley. With the
exceptions of an abandoned commercial cranberry
field and an experimental raspberry field maintain-
ed by Agriculture Canada, all the sites were on
commercial berry farms.
On blueberry, leafroller populations were
surveyed by collecting all larvae and pupae found
on each of 10 plants from within a block of 10 x 10
plants inside the field. At each visit, one plant was
selected from each row and was not re-sampled
subsequently. Six sampling visits were made at each
of the nine sites in Pitt Meadows and Richmond, at
about three-week intervals from April 28 to August
19, 1980. On cranberry, larvae were collected by
hand searching without regard for the unit search-
ed. Six sampling visit were made at each of four
sites in Pitt Meadows, Burnaby and Richmond at
about three-week intervals from May 12 to August
18, 1980. On raspberry, leafroller populations were
surveyed by collecting all larvae and pupae on each
of 10 plants at each visit from sample plots laid out
in the same fashion as for blueberry. Six sampling
visits were made at each of three sites in Langley
and Abbotsford at about three-week intervals from
April 23 to August 25, 1980. Additionally, larvae
were collected at about three-week intervals from
June 3 to September 1, 1980 and from April 21 to
September 1, 1981 at the Agriculture Canada
raspberry field. On strawberry, leafroller popula-
tions were surveyed at about three-week intervals
from April 15 to August 20, 1980 from four sites in
Richmond and Langley. Ten samples were col-
lected at each of six visits. A sample consisted of all
leafroller larvae and pupae from one-metre sections
of row chosen randomly from within 10-row x
30-metre sample plots. Each section was sampled
only once. The species are discussed in order of ap-
parent importance.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
Blueberry
Numbers of leafroller larvae per blueberry plant
varied considerably between the sites surveyed.
Populations peaked in May: variations could be cor-
related with histories of insecticide use. The lowest
populations were at the two sites that were sprayed
in 1980, where the number of larvae did not exceed
one per plant. Somewhat higher populations were
at four sites that were not sprayed in 1980 but had
been sprayed one or two years before. At these sites,
peak populations reached four larvae per plant. The
highest populations were at three sites that had not
been sprayed for at least five years, where peak
populations were from 15 to 25 larvae per plant.
In all, 14 species of Tortricidae, one of
Geometridae and one of Oecophoridae were col-
lected from rolled leaves and webbed blossom and
fruit clusters on blueberry (Table 1). Six of the tor-
tricid species and Cheimophila salicella
(Oecophoridae) are not native to North America.
Seven of the remainder and Operophtera bruceata
(Geometridae) are indigenous. A Clepsis sp.,
represented by a single specimen, is of unknown
provenance.
Chroistoneura rosaceana, the oblique-banded
leafroller, was the most abundant species from late
April to mid-May, 1980. This is apparently the first
record of its occurrence on cultivated blueberry in
North America. Larvae fed in leafrollers and in
blossom and developing fruit clusters. Pupation was
in June, and adults flew in July and August. Larvae
collected on August 19 from recently-laid egg
masses fed for 2 to 3 weeks until they reached the se-
cond or third instar, and then entered diapause.
First and second instar larvae were frequently
found in August feeding in abandoned rolls of C.
salicella. Choristoneura rosaceana is univoltine on
blueberry in the Fraser Valley; it is bivoltine further
south (Chapman and Leink 1971).
Spilonota ocellana, the eye-spotted budmoth,
was more abundant than C. rosaceana at one site
but less so at others. This is apparently the first
record of its occurence on cultivated blueberry in
North America. Larvae were collected from late
April to late June. They fed almost exclusively in
developing flower and fruit clusters, webbing the
clusters together into loose nests of bracts, bud
scales, petals and frass. Larvae pupated in late June
and early July. Eggs were laid singly and hatched in
July and August. The larvae overwintered as early
instars. The biology of S. ocellana on blueberry in
British Columbia is similar to that described on ap-
ple in New York (Chapman and Lienk 1971) except
that flowers and fruit provide the major food source
J. ENTOMOL. SOc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), Dec. 31, 1982 33
on blueberry, whereas on apple, the larvae feed on
‘leaves and fruit.
Archips rosanus, the European leafroller, was
generally less common on blueberry than C. rosa-
ceana. This is apparently the first record of this
species on cultivated blueberry in North America.
Larvae were collected from May 10 to late June,
mostly from leafrollers but also from fruit clusters.
Pupae were found in late June and July and adults
in July. Egg masses were laid on old wood of
blueberry bushes and hatched in early May of the
following year. This description parallels the
biology of A. rosanus on apple in New York state
(Chapman and Lienk 1971).
Cheimophila salicella was the most abundant
species in July and August, and at some sites was as
common as or more common than C. rosaceana has
been earlier in the year. Raine (1966) and Neilson
(1969) reported C. salicella to be a pest of blueberry
in the Lower Fraser Valley. Larvae were first col-
lected on June 10, although they were observed
earlier. They fed predominantly in leafrolls; early-
instar larvae also fed on the blossom end of develop-
ing berries. The larvae were not seen to feed on ripe
fruit. Pupation occurred in late August and early
September; the adults emerged in March and laid
eggs which hatched in mid-May. These observa-
tions agree with Raine’s (1966) description of the
biology of C. salicella on blueberry.
Operophtera bruceata, the Bruce spanworm,
was common at two sites in April and May 1980 and
1981. This is apparently the first record of the
species feeding on cultivated blueberry in North
America. Larvae fed predominantly in flower buds
and expanding flower clusters from mid-March to
early May. Pupation was in early May; adults
emerged in late November and laid overwintering
eggs which hatched in mid-March. This life history
is similar to that on aspen in Alberta as described by
Brown (1962).
Croesia curvalana was common at two sites in
May 1980 and 1981. It has damaged lowbush
blueberry in Nova Scotia and New Brunswick
(Kelleher 1975, 1976). Larvae fed both in leafrolls
and flower clusters. Larvae pupated in June and
adults were observed in late June and July. Cap-
tured females laid eggs singly on the lids of con-
tainers in which they were held but none of these
hatched. It is presumed that the species overwinters
in the egg stage, as does C. albicommana in Califor-
nia (Powell 1964).
Pandemis cerasana larvae were collected from
blueberry at most sites in May and June 1980.
Feeding was in leafrolls and blossom clusters.
Adults were seen in June and early July. Egg masses
laid on the upper surface of blueberry leaves hatch-
ed in 5 to 10 days and these larvae commonly fed in
abandoned leafrolls of Cheimophila salicella before
seeking overwintering sites. This is apparently the
first report of P. cerasana on cultivated blueberry in
North America. The life cycle on blueberry parallels
that on oak in Victoria, B.C. as described by Evans
(1970).
Badebecia urticana \arvae were collected from
blueberry in late April and May 1980. They fed
most frequently in leafrolls and less so in flower and
fruit clusters. Pupation was in June and adults oc-
curred from late June to early August. In the
laboratory, eggs were laid singly on the upper sur-
face of blueberry leaves and hatched in 5 to 10 days.
Larvae that were fed mature blueberry leaves
developed to the second or third instar and then
rolled a section of the edge of a leaf into a tube
about 5 mm long and | mm in diameter, lined the
tube with silk, and sealed it at both ends. Larvae re-
mained dormant in these tubes for up to 4 months in
the laboratory but eventually died from desiccation.
This species is apparently univoltine and the tubes
may be hibernaculae. Badebecia nurticana has been
reported previously as damaging blueberry in
British Columbia (Creelman 1969).
The remaining eight species found on blueberry,
Pandemis heparana, P. limitata, Aphelia alleniana,
Archips argyrospilus. A. podana, Acleris variegana,
Clepsis forbesi and an unnamed Clepsis sp. were
not found in sufficient numbers to carry out
biological studies. Apparently none of these has
been recorded previously from cultivated blueberry
in North America.
Cranberry
Five leafroller species were collected from
cranberry (Table 1). Rhopobota naevana (Tor-
tricidae), the black-headed fireworm, was predomi-
nant at all sites. It was much more abundant at sites
which were unsprayed and untended than at sites
which were sprayed and well tended. Larvae were
collected everywhere on unsprayed sites, whereas at
sprayed sites they occurred only in areas that were
not reached by the insecticide. This was the only
leafroller species collected at sprayed sites; small
numbers of Cheimophila salicella, Choristoneura
rosaceana and an unidentified species of tortricid
were collected at unsprayed sites in 1980 and small
numbers of Archips rosanus and Aphelia alleniana
in 1981.
There were two full generations of R. naevana.
Egg hatch started about May 18 and was over by
June 1. Larvae matured and dropped to the duff to
pupate about June 13, and the first adults were seen
on July 6. Females laid eggs singly on the undersides
of cranberry leaves and the second generation lar-
vae first appeared on July 27. These larvae began to
pupate on August 10, and second generation adults
appeared on August 24. Most eggs from these adults
overwintered; a very few hatched but these larvae
did not complete development and were found dead
inside cranberry tips in late September.
The life history of R. naevana on cranberry in
British Columbia is essentially the same as it is on
cranberry in Massachusetts (Franklin 1948) and in
Washington (Plank 1922).
34 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEc. 31, 1982
TABLE 1. Hosts and relative abundance of leafrollers on berry crops in the Lower Fraser Valley, British
Columbia. Relative abundance rated as follows: — = not found; + = 1-2 individuals collected;
+ + = 1-5 individuals collected at most sites; + + + = occurred at most sites but not comprising
more than 10% of individuals collected and never abundant; + + + + = occurred at all sites, com-
prising 20% or more of individuals collected and abundant at most sites.
Hosts
Species Blueberry Cranberry Raspberry Strawberry
* Acleris comariana (Zell.) - = ++ rerirars
* Acleris variegana (D.8S.) ++ _ 7 a
Ancylis comptana fragariae = Z A 2
Aphelia alleniana fern) ++ + + as
Archips argyrospilus (WIk.) ses - + 7
* Archips podana (Scop. ) + s if
* Archips rosanus (L.) +4+4++ + re s
Argyrotaenia citrana (Fern. ) ‘ 2 7 :
Badebecia urticana (Hbn. ) +++ - a4 awe
* Cheimophila salicella (Hbn. ) Tar + = 2:
Choristoneura rosaceana (Harr.) ++++ + rain re
Clepsis forbesi (Obr. ) + - = is
Clepsis sp. + - = -
* Cnephasia longana (Haw. ) = = z s
Croesia curvalana (Kft. ) +++ 2 7 NY
Exartema olivaceanum (Fern. ) : : -
Herpetogramma pertextalis(Led.) - - +4 pe
Operophtera bruceata (Hulst. ) +++ : rare _
* Pandemis cerasana (Hbn. ) +++ = = 7
* Pandemis heparana (D. & S.) +4 Ee : .
Pandemis limitata (Rob. ) ++ s - 2
Rhopobota naevana (Hbn. ) ~ +444 : :
* Spilonota ocellana (D.& S.) $444 é ra iy
fortricid sp... 1 - + ss =
* Introduced species (Gillespie and Gillespie 1982)
J. ENTOMOL. SOC. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEc. 31, 1982 35
Raspberry
Leafrollers were rare at three sites where
various insecticides were applied against western
raspberry fruitworm, Byturus bakeri (Coleoptera:
Byturidae), and other pests in late April and again
in mid-June, 1980. Second generation larvae of
some tortricids were common at one unsprayed site.
Eight leafroller species were collected from
raspberry (Table 1). Of these, 6 were Tortricidae, 2
of which, Acleris comariana and Archips rosanus,
are introduced.
The predominant species in early April was
Operophtera bruceata. Also collected at this time
were A. comariana, Badebecia urticana,
Choristoneura rosaceana and Herpetogramma
pertextalis (Lepidoptera: Pryalidae). Herpetogram-
ma pertextalis was the most abudant species at
sprayed sites in May and June whereas C. rosaceana
and A. comariana were most abundant at the
unsprayed sites. At sprayed sites the larvae did not
exceed three per plant; at the unsprayed site there
were about 10 per plant in April, 1981, and popula-
tions decreased thereafter.
Larvae of O. bruceata fed extensively on flower
buds of raspberry in April and early May. Flower
buds had grown beyond the shelter of the leaves by
mid-May, after which no larvae were seen to feed
on them.
Choristoneura rosaceana was bivoltine on
raspberry and univoltine on all other host plants
surveyed in this study. Larvae hatching from egg
masses on blueberry in July entered diapause and
overwintered, whereas on raspberry at least some of
the hatched larvae developed to adults in late
August and their larvae overwintered.
Larvae of H. pertextalis found in May and early
June pupated in early to late June. Adults emerged
in the laboratory in late June and early July, but
were not observed in raspberry fields. The mode of
overwintering is unknown.
The biology of the other species on raspberry is
as described for the other crops in this paper.
Strawberry
Very few leafrollers were found in most com-
mercial strawberry fields. In Richmond and
Langley no larvae were collected either in sample
plots or by searching large areas. Two sites were
sprayed early in the season for aphids. At a third site
in Langley a few larvae of Acleris comariana and
Choristoneura rosaceana were found, but never
more than one larva/m of row. By June 26 adults of
both species were seen, and the field was plowed
under shortly thereafter. This field was treated with
a miticide early in the season.
The fourth site in Richmond was not sprayed in
1979 or in 1980. There, larval populations were
quite high, reached a peak of 28 larvae/m of row.
Even the high population levels produced no visible
effect on the crop: at no time did the plants appear
defoliated, and no berries were seen that appeared
to have been damaged by larval feeding. Alford
(1976) observed no effect on yield at densities of 6.5
A. comariana l\arvae/m of row on strawberry in
Britain.
Only four tortricid species were collected on
strawberry (Table 1). In decreasing order of abun-
dance these were A. comariana, Aphelia alleniana,
Badebecia urticana and C. rosaceana. Of these only
A. comariana is an introduced species.
The life histories of C. rosaceana and B. ur-
ticana were similar to those on blueberry. Acleris
comariana was the most abundant species. In May,
it comprised more than 90% or larvae collected.
Eggs hatched about mid-April. Peak larval popula-
tions were seen on May 13 and most larvae had
pupated by June 4. Adults were seen first on June
26. Larvae of the second generation were present on
July 4 and began to pupate by August 20. This
species was a serious pest in Richmond, B.C. when
it was first discovered on strawberry plantings
(Cram 1973). It has been reported as an occasional,
and at times serious pest of strawberry in Britain
(Alford 1975). Larvae have been found to prefer
leaves to flowers or developing fruitlets (Alford
1975), which tends to lessen the species’ impact on
strawberry yields.
The second most abundant species on
strawberry was Aphelia alleniana. Larvae had
emerged from overwintering sites and were quite
large by April 15. Mature larvae and pupae were
found on June 4, and adults were seen in June. The
egg masses were laid on the upper surface of
strawberry leaves. From July through August, first
instar larvae fed between the basal veins of
strawberry leaves and in deserted leafrolls of A.
comariana. In September, larvae were found in the
same sites but were concealed by silk. These struc-
tures probably serve as overwintering sites.
CONCLUSIONS
Although characteristic levels of abundance
were determined for leafrollers on blueberry,
raspberry and strawberry crops, there is as yet no
evidence that they cause economic injury to those
crops at the levels encountered. Fields sprayed with
insecticides tended to have lower leafroller popula-
tions than unsprayed fields, but this does not mean
that insecticide sprays were needed to prevent the
development of damaging populations at these sites.
However, high larval populations of Rhopobota
naevana in unsprayed cranberry fields did cause ob-
vious damage, and various leafrollers in unsprayed
blueberry fields damaged the blossom and fruit
clusters.
The leafroller fauna on berry crops in the Lower
Fraser Valley consists of a complex of species, some
of which are crop-specific whereas others are
polyphagous. Furthermore, some of the species
have not been reported previously on berry crops.
On blueberry, six of the eight most common species
are apparently new reports from that crop.
Generally, the importance of introduced species
in the pest complex on berry crops is illustrated by
36 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEc. 31, 1982
the fact that the most common species on each crop
were introduced. On blueberry, five of the eight
most common species were introduced. On
raspberry, one common species, A. comariana, was
introduced, and the most common species on each
of cranberry and strawberry were also introduced.
No new introduced species were found in this
survey.
Cnephasia longana, Exartema olivaceanum and
Ancylis comptana fragariae, which are reported
pests of strawberry in the Lower Fraser Valley
(Neilson 1969, Anon. 1981), were not found on
strawberry in this survey, nor was Argyrotaenia
citrana, reported as a pest of raspberry (Neilson
1969), found on raspberry. The absence of these
That several species were found for the first time
in this survey, whereas 4 species previously recorded
from berry crops in the Lower Fraser Valley were
not found, indicates that the leafroller fauna there is
changing.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We thank Dr. A. Mutuura and Mr. K. B. Bolte,
Biosystematics Research Institute, Agriculture
Canada, Ottawa, Ontario, for providing identifica-
tions of the species involved; J. Nelson, J. Lighthall,
D. Quiring and D. Lactin for technical assistance;
and Mr. J. Raine, Research Station, Agriculture
Canada, Vancouver, B.C. for advice and
assistance. We also thank the many small fruit and
berry growers who allowed us access to their fields.
This work was funded by an N.S.E.R.C. operating
grant to B. P. Beirne.
species may simply be apparent, i.e., they might be
at low ebbs in cycles of population abundance, or it
might reflect actual changes in the pest complex on
those crops caused by outside pressures such as com-
petition from other species or changes in insecticide
treatments.
LIST OF REFERENCES
Alford, D. V. 1975. Specific feeding preferences of tortricid larvae on flowering strawberry plants. Plant
Pathol. 24:54-58.
Alford, D. V. 1976. Some observations on the effect of pests on strawberry yields. Ann. Appl. Biol.
84:440-444.
Anon. 1981. Berry production guide, 1981. British Columbia. Ministry of Agriculture and Food. 56 pp.
Brown, C. E. 1962. The life history and dispersal of the bruce spanworm Operophtera bruceata (Hulst),
(Lepidoptera: Geometridae). Can. Ent. 94:1103-1107.
Chapman, P. J. andS. E. Lienk. 1971. Tortricid fauna of apple in New York. Special Pub., New York Agr.
Exptl. Sta., Geneva. 122 pp.
Cram, W. T. 1973. Occurrence of the strawberry tortrix, Acleris comariana (Zeller) a new pest in British
Columbia (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae). J. Entomol. Soc. Brit. Col. 70:17.
Creelman, I. S., ed. 1969. The Canadian agricultural insect pest review 47:27.
Doganlar, M. and B. P. Beirne. 1978. Croesia holmiana (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae), a fruit tree leaf roller
new to North America established in British Columbia, Canada. Can. Ent. 110:639-640.
Doganlar, M. and B. P. Beirne. 1979a. Pardia cynosbatella (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae), a European
leafroller new to North America. Can. Columbia, Canada, Can. Ent. 111:970.
Doganlar, M. and B. P. Beirne. 1979b. Pandemis heparana (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae) a tortricid new to
North America established in British Columbia, Canada. Can. Ent. 111:970.
Evans, D. 1966. First North American record of Pandemis ribeana (Hubner) at Victoria, B.C. Bi-Mon.
Prog. Rep. Can. Dep. Forestry 22(3):3.
Evans, D. 1970. Life history and immature stages of Pandemis cerasana (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae). Can.
Ent. 102:1597-1603.
Franklin, H. J. 1948. Cranberry insects in Massachusetts. Mass. Agr. Expt. Sta. Bull. 445, part 1. 66 p.
Gillespie, D. R., T. Finlayson, N. V. Tonks and D. A. Ross. 1978. Occurrence of the winter moth,
Operophtera brumata (Lepidoptera: Geometridae) on southern Vancouver Island, British Colum-
bia. Can. Ent. 110:223-224.
Gillespie, D. R. and Gillespie, B. I. 1982 (in press). A list of plant-feeding Lepidoptera introduced into
British Columbia. J. Entomol. Soc. Brit. Col.
Kelleher, J. S., ed. 1975. The Canadian agricultural insect pest review 53:13.
Kelleher, J. S., ed. 1976. The Canadian agricultural insect pest review 54:15.
Neilson, C. L. 1969. Berry and grape insects. Handbook of the main economic insects of B.C., part 3. B.C.
Dept. Agr. pp. 51-52.
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEc. 31, 1982 37
Plank, H. F. 1922. The blackheaded fireworm of cranberry on the Pacific coast. U.S. Dept. Agr. Bull. No.
1032:1-41.
Powell, J. A. 1964. Biological and taxonomic studies on tortricine moths, with references of the species in
California. Berkeley and Los Angeles Univ. Calif. press. 317 pp.
Raine, J. 1966. Life history of Dasystoma salicellum (Hbn.) (Lepidoptera: Oecophoridae), a new pest of
blueberries in British Columbia. Can. Ent. 98:331-334.
A LIST OF PLANT-FEEDING LEIDOPTERA INTRODUCED
INTO BRITISH COLUMBIA
DAVID R. GILLESPIE AND BETH I. GILLESPIE
Research and Plant Quarantine Station,
Agriculture Canada, 8801 East Saanich Road,
Sidney, British Columbia, and 2523 Meadowland Drive,
Victoria, British Columbia. Respectively
ABSTRACT
Each of 48 species of plant-feeding Lepidoptera known to be foreign to North
America and to occur in British Columbia is briefly summarized with its history
and importance. Those feeding on stored products are not indicated.
INTRODUCTION
The following are species-based summaries of
the history and importance of exotic Lepidoptera in
British Columbia. We hope that this paper will
stimulate further investigation of some of these
species; particularly useful would be information on
the adaptation of native parasites and predators to
the exotic species as hosts.
The species are treated alphabetically in order
of their generic names. Approved North American
English common names (Benoit 1975, Sutherland
1978) are included where available. Where no such
common names are available, we have used British
common names, as in the reference material.
Species of Lepidoptera feeding on stored pro-
ducts are exluded from the list because they are vir-
tually cosmopolitan, often independent of climate
and can be regarded as being native to man’s stored
products, wherever such products occur.
Limitations of time and resources imposed some
restrictions on the scope of these summaries. They
are not complete bibliographes of each species, but
rather brief notes on the history, distribution, host
plants and pest status or potential in North America
and elsewhere. Standard abbreviations of Canadian
provinces and postal abbreviations of the United
States (Table 1) are used throughout.
It is noteworthy that in the two successful
eradications of introduced Lepidoptera in B.C., en-
tomologists were aware of the presence of the in-
sects before the pests had had a chance to spread
from their original entry points. In both cases pro-
mpt and perhaps radical action prevented the
establishment of breeding populations. It is also
noteworthy that 19 of the 48 introduced
Lepidoptera are of the family Tortricidae. This
disproportionate representation might indicate an,
as yet unknown, biological feature predisposing the
Tortricidae to being imported, or to establishing
once imported.
The criteria used here to include species in the
list were rather strict. Only those species are includ-
ed for which definite records were located, giving
exotic origin and date of entry or first capture.
There are probably many introduced species of
Lepidoptera not included here for which no such
records exist.
TABLE 1. Abbreviations of Provinces and States us-
ed in text.
CANADA
Place Abbreviation
Alberta Alta.
British Columbia B.C.
Manitoba Man
New Brunswick N.B.
Newfoundland Nfld.
NorthWest Territories N.W.T
Nova Scotia N.S.
Ontario Ont.
Prince Edward Island P.E.I.
Quebec Que.
Saskatchewan Sask.
Yukon Yuk.
UNITED STATES
Arizona AZ
California CA
Connecticut CT
District of Columbia DC
Idaho ID
Maine ME
Maryland MD
Massachussetts MA
Michigan MI
Montana MT
New Jersey NJ
New York NY
Ohio OH
Oregon OR
Pennsylvania PA
38 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEc. 31, 1982
Virginia VA
Washington WA
Acleris comariana (Zeller), Tortricidae, a
strawberry leafroller.
First reported in North America in 1972 as a pest
of strawberry in Richmond, B.C. (Cram 1973). It
has now been recorded on strawberry, raspberry,
blackberry and Spirea in the Lower Fraser Valley of
B.C. (Gillespie 1981). It has not been recorded from
elsewhere in North America.
It is found in Europe, China, and Japan, and is
apparently native to Europe (Bradley et al. 1973). It
is a minor pest of strawberry in England (Alford
1975, 1976; Vernon 1971; Petherbridge 1920) and
Hungary (Balazs & Bodor 1969). Potentilla
palustris (L.), the marsh cinquefoil, is the main
wild host plant in England (Vernon 1971).
Acleris variegana (Denis & Schiffermuller),
Tortricidae
First recorded in North America from a single
specimen collected at Victoria, B.C. in 1920
(Blackmore 1923). Forbes (1923) recorded
specimens from NY. In 1980 and 1981 it was noted
on blueberry in the Lower Fraser Valley, B.C.
(Gillespie 1981). In western North America it now
occurs in B.C., WA, OR and CA (Powell 1964).
Food plants in North America are species of Rosa,
Prunus, Malus, Crataegus and Vaccinium (Powell
1964).
Distribution abroad is Europe, North-west
Africa, Asia Minor, Central Asia and China
(Razowski 1966). Apparently a relatively common
and polyphagous species in Europe (Bradley et al.
1973).
Aethes rutilana (Hubner), Phaloniidae, pale juniper
webworm.
First recorded in eastern U.S. in 1878 (Baker
1972). Recorded at Field, B.C. sometime before
1965 (Prentice et al. 1965). It has been observed
feeding on junipers and other ornamental shrubs in
the Lower Fraser Valley and on Vancouver Island,
B.C. Elsewhere in North America it has been
recorded from N.S. to Alta. and in the northeastern
U.S., and OH (Freeman 1967; Baker 1972) feeding
on juniper especially Juniperus communis. It is a
Palaearctic species (Bradley et al. 1973) recorded as
feeding on juniper in the Old World.
Amphipyra tragopinus L., Noctuidae, the mouse.
A possible “introduced insect” according to
Maw (1976) who gives its range in North America as
Canada and southern PA. Apparently the only
record of this species in B.C. is on apricot, plum and
rose about 1938, probably in the Fraser Valley
(Llewellyn-Jones 1938). It has been recorded from
alfalfa in NY (Wheeler 1978) and tobacco in N.S.
(Specht 1972).
A Palaearctic species (Maw 1976), reported as a
minor pest of strawberry in Europe (Alford 1974)
and berry crops in the USSR (Musich 1976).
Anarsia lineatella Zeller, Gelechiidae, the peach
twig borer.
First observed as a pest in NY in 1872 by Glover
(1874) but described 12 years earlier by Clemens
(Linter 1882). It is found in the U.S. wherever
peaches are grown (Jones 1935). It has been known
as a pest in B.C. since 1908 where it feeds on tender
shoots and fruit of peaches, apricots, plum and
prune (Madsen & Arrand 1975). It is also found in
Ont. (Dustan & Davidson 1973) but as of 1933 it
had not been reported as being commercially im-
portant there (Ross & Putman 1933), and no recent
references were found relating to its status there.
It was probably a native of Asia, the original
home of peaches, (Ruhman 1928) but is now found
in temperate zones of most continents being par-
ticularly well established in the Mediterranean
(Talhouk 1977). It is a serious pest of peach and
apricot fruits (Talhouk 1977; Frilli 1977) and a
minor pest of almond and plum (Talhouk 1977).
Aniatus plagiata (L.), Geometridae.
Deliberatey introduced into the Kettle Valley,
B.C. in 1967 as a biological control agent against
the weed Hypericum perforatum L. (St. Johnswort
or Klamath weed) (Harris et al. 1969). It was not
recovered in 1968 (Harris & Peschken 1971) or
subsequently.
It is native to Western and Central Europe
feeding on Hypericum spp. (Johansson 1962).
Archips podana (Scopoli), Tortricidae.
First recorded in North America in 1937 from
Vancouver, B.C. and Sycamore, Ont. (Freeman
1958). it was reported feeding on Amelanchier sp.
at Vancouver (MacNay 1954). It is not of pest
significance in the Lower Fraser Valley; Doganlar
and Beirne (1978b) found it to be uncommon on
apple.
It is found in Europe, Asia Minor, South Russia,
Eastern Siberia to Japan (Bradley et al. 1973). Food
plants are a wide range of deciduous trees and
shrubs, and occasionally conifers (Bradley et al.
1973). In Europe it is common in fruit orchards and
is a pest of apple (Bradley et al. 1973; Boness 1976;
Krakowlak 1974).
Archips rosanus (L.), Tortricidae, the European
leafroller.
Present in eastern U.S. by 1890 (Cornstock & S]-
ingerland 1890). First found in Canada in 1919
simultaneously in Victoria, B.C. (Blackmore 1921)
and N.S. (Gibson 1924). Found in Vancouver in
1923 (Treherne 1923). Common on apple
(Doganlar and Beirne 1978b), blueberry and
raspberry (Gillespie 1981) in the Lower Fraser
Valley and in the Okanagan Valley as a pest on ap-
ple (Madsen et al. 1977). Its distribution elsewhere
in North America is N.B., Ont., CT, NY, NJ, WA,
and OR (Freeman 1958; Chapman & Lienk 1971).
It has been recorded as a pest of filberts in the U.S.
(AliNiazee 1977) and currant in N.S. (Whitehead
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEc. 31, 1982 39
1926), and has also been recorded from privet
(Chapman & Lienk 1971).
Occurs where deciduous trees and bush fruits
are grown in Europe, the principal food plants be-
ing apple, pear, hawthorn, currant and _ privet
(Chapman & Lienk 1971). It has been recorded as a
pest of currant in the USSR (Markelova 1957) and
orchard fruit trees in the USSR (Minder 1959;
Markelova 1963), Poland (Krakowlak 1974),
Sweden, Finland, Italy, Spain and England (Chap-
man & Lienk 1971).
Argyresthia conjugella Zeller, Yponomeutiae, apple
fruit moth.
First found in North America in B.C. in 1896
(Fletcher 1897). it was abundant on Vancouver
Island and in the Lower Fraser Valley by 1906
(Anon). Food plants inlude apple, cherry, plum,
huckleberry, mountain ash and serviceberry (Pierce
1917). It has been recorded from the northeastern
U.S. (Baker 1972) but no other records were found
for Canada.
It is found in Japan and Europe (Pierce 1917)
where it has been reported as a pest of apple, e.g. in
Russia (Beleosel’skaya 1963), Norway (Edland
1965) and Germany (Kruel 1966).
Caloptilia syringella (Faber), Gracillariidae, the
lilac leafminer.
First found in North America in Ont. in 1923
(Murdoch 1967). It was found in WA in 1924, Vic-
toria, B.C. in 1927, and in Vancouver, B.C. in 1928
(Murdoch 1967). Murdoch (1967) gives its distribu-
tion in North America as Southern Canada except
Sask. and Man. and the northern half of the U.S.
except for a strip south of Sask. and Man.
It is a pest of lilac, privet and ash in North
America (Murdoch 1967), and attacks the same
species in Europe (Neacsu & Dragia 1973; Murdoch
1967). Kiziroglu (1976) gives its distribution as the
entire Palaearctic region.
Caradrina morpheus Hgn., Noctuidae.
First recorded at New Westminster, B.C. in
1944 (MacNay 1961) it has since been found at Mis-
sion and Kamloops, B.C. and Montreal, Que.
(MacNay 1961; Sheppard 1959). It was reported
from WA in 1966 (Anon 1968). Food plants include
low growing plants such as lambsquarter or goose-
foot (Chenopodium album), knotweed
(Polygonium aviculare) and dandelion (Taraxacum
offinale) (Anon 1968).
It is a European species (Anon 1968) recorded
feeding on a variety of plants (MacNay 1961).
Cheimophila salicella (Hubner), Oecophoridae, in
B.C. known as the blueberry leafroller.
First found in North America on Richmond,
B.C. in 1955 (Raine 1966). It has become a pest of
blueberry in the Lower Fraser Valley (Raine 1966;
Gillespie 1981). It is common on species of Salix and
Spiraea and occurs on Alnus, Betula, Acer, Prunus,
Myrica, Berberis, Cornus, Potentilla, Ledum,
Kalmia and Rubus (Raine 1966). It has not been
recorded from elsewhere in North America (Hodges
1974).
It is a Palaearctic species (Meyrick 1927; Hodges
1974) where it has been recorded as a pest of roses
(Reichert 1932).
Cnephasia longana (Haworth), Tortricidae, the om-
nivorous leaftier.
First reported in North America in OR in 1929.
(Edwards and Mote 1936) and first recorded in
B.C. in 1957 as a pest of strawberry in Saanich on
Vancouver Island and in the Lower Fraser Valley
(Cram & Tonks 1959). It is presently restricted to
the West coast of North America including B.C.,
WA, OR, and CA (Powell 1964). It was not found
on strawberry in the Lower Fraser Valley, B.C. in
1979, 1980 or 1981 (Gillespie 1981). Its food plants
include strawberry, wheat, iris, clover, (Edwards &
Mote 1936) vetch and alfalfa (Rosenstiel et al.
1944). The North American populations are ex-
tremely polyphagous on low-growing plants
(Powell 1964). It has also been reported damaging
new growth of Douglas Fir in OR (Furniss &
Carolin 1977).
Found in Europe, Asia and North Africa
(Bradley et al. 1973) where it apparently is not of
serious economic concern and has received little
notice (Powell 1964). According to Vernon (1971) it
is not a pest of strawberry in Europe.
Coleophora fuscedinella (Zeller), Coleophoridae,
the birch casebearer.
First observed in North America in ME in 1927
(Salman 1929). It was found in Nfld. in 1953
(Cochran 1974) and is now found throughout the
northeastern U.S. and in the Maritimes, Que., and
southern Ont. (Baker 1972; Prentice et al. 1965). It
is a pest of birch (Baker 1972; Raske 1978) but has
been recorded from apple, alder and hawthorn
(Pentice et al. 1965). First recorded in B.C. from
the Lower Fraser Valley in the late 1960s (B.
Wright, Curator of Zoology, N.S. Museum, 1747
Summer Street, Halifax, Canada, B3H 3A6, pers.
comm.). It is common on birch in the Lower Fraser
Valley.
It is found throughout Europe and can be a
serious defoliator of brich and alder and has been
recorded feeding on elms (Coshan 1974).
Coleophora laricella (Hubner), Coleophoridae, the
larch casebearer.
First recorded in North America in MA in 1886
(Baker 1972). Collected for the first time in B.C.
near Rossland in 1966 (Molnar et al. 1966), pro-
bably spread from infestations in northern WA, ID
and MT (Dawson 1971a). Its present distribution in
B.C. is along the international border from Anar-
chist Summit, east to Roosville and north to the
Cranbrook, Lardeau, and Nelson areas (Miller
1976). Elsewhere in Canada it is common from
Nfld. westward to southeastern Man. feeding on
tamarack and larch (Prentice et al. 1965; Rose &
Lindquist 1980]). It can cause severe defoliation of
native and exotic species of larch (Rose & Lindquist
1980).
40 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEc. 31, 1982
A native of Europe where it is a pest of larches
(Dawson 1971a).
Coleophora serratella (L.), Coleophoridae, cigar
casebearer.
Unintentionally imported into Ont. on orchard
stock about 1885 (B. Wright, Curator of Zoology,
N.S. Museum, 1747 Summer Street, Halifax,
Canada, B3H 3A6, pers. comm.). In Canada it has
been collected in N.B., N.S. and southeastern Ont.
(Prentice et al. 1965), where it is common on fruit
trees. It is principally a pest of apples in the nor-
thern U.S. but food plants also include cherry,
hawthorn, plum, quince and pear (Baker 1972). It
arrived in B.C. recently, probably in the 1960's (B.
Wright, vide supra, pers. comm.).
It infests apples and allied plants in Europe
(McDunnough 1957) and occasionally causes serious
injury to fruit trees in central Europe (Thiem 1943).
Croesia holmiana (L.), Tortricidae.
First recorded in North America from the
Lower Fraser Valley, B.C., in 1977, by Doganlar
and Beirne (1978a) on unsprayed apple and pear
trees. They suggested that it could become a serious
pest of apple and other fruit trees in B.C.
The natural range is north and central Europe
and Asia Minor (Bradley et al. 1973) where it is a
minor pest (Evenhuis et al. 1973; Miczulski and
Koslinska 1976). Food plants in Europe are
Carataequs, Rosa, Rubus, Malus, Pyrus, and
Cydonia spp. (Bradley et al. 1973).
Depressaria pastinacella (Duponchel), Oecophor-
idae, the parsnip webworm.
First recorded in North America in Ont. in 1869
(Bethune 1869). It was found in the northeast U.S.
by 1875 (Glendenning 1944) and N.S. before 1914
(Brittain & Gooderham 1916). First reported from
B.C. in 1927 from Victoria (Anon 1927) and in 1929
from Point Grey (Spencer 1929). In 1938 it was a
pest of parsnip grown for seed at Armstrong, B.C.
(Twinn 1938) and in 1941 was reported as apparent
throughout the Lower Fraser Valley (Twinn 1941b;
Glendenning 1944). It was distributed in all pro-
vinces of Canada (Dustan 1932) and in the U.S. is
most common in the northeast and WA but is also
found in DC and AZ (Hodges 1974). It is an occa-
sional pest of parsnips and sometimes carrots grown
for seed (Dustan 1932) and may feed on seedheads
of wild parsnip, water hemlock and possibly celery
(Beirne 1971).
It is widely distributed in the Palaearctic region
(Brittain & Gooderham 1916). Food plants include
parsnip and species of Angelica (Hodges 1974). In
Europe it feeds on unbelliferous plants (Holland
1968).
Dichomeris marginella (Fabricius), Gelechiidae, the
juniper webworm.
First reported from North America near New
York in 1910 (Felt 1910). It was first noted from
B.C. near Victoria in 1934 (Andison 1937). In B.C.
it is a minor pest of common and ornamental
junipers on the southern half of Vancouver Island,
and the adjacent mainland, and in the southern in-
terior (Andison 1937; Bauman & Sugden 1969). In
North America it is also found in the East and
Midwest States (Nordin & Appleby 1969) and
southeastern Canada (Bauman and Sugden 1968)
including southern Ont. and Que. (Prentice et al.
1965). It has been recorded as a serious pest of
juniper in eastern North America (Nordin & Ap-
pleby 1969).
It is a Palaearctic species found in Europe and
Siberia (Staudinger & Rebel 1901) feeding on
juniper (Weiss & Lott 1922).
Ditula angustiorana (Haworth), Tortricidae, the
small apricot or vine moth.
First reported in North America at Victoria,
B.C. in 1924 (Clarke 1930) and later at Niles, CA,
in 1932 (Keifer 1933). It has not become generally
common in North America, and it is not known if
populations still exist in CA (Powell 1964).
It is native of Europe and is distributed through
Europe, Asia, and North Africa (Bradley et al.
1973). It has been recorded from fruit and hops
(Massee 1946), from stored apples (Adkin 1931) and
from oak (Matthey 1967) in England.
Epinotia nanana (Treitschke), Tortricidae, green
spruce leafminer.
First recorded in North America in MA in 1907
(Kearfoot 1907). Reported in B.C. from a single
record on an undetermined date before 1965 (Pren-
tice et al. 1965). It is at present found in nor-
theastern U.S. (Rose & Lingquist 1977) and in Ont.
and Que. (Baker 1972) on ornamental spruces and
in plantations of introduced spruces (Daviault &
Ducharme 1966).
It is recorded generally in Western Europe, and
is a pest of spruces there (Ehnstrom et al. 1974),
although trees in forested regions are rarely attack-
ed (Daviault & Ducharme 1966).
Epinotia solandriana (L.), Tortricidae.
The earliest record in North America is from a
specimen collected in 1909 in B.C. (Heinrich 1923).
It has been recorded from every province across
Canada but is most common in Sask., Man. and
Ont. (Prentice et al. 1965). It has also been reported
from WA (Heinrich 1923) and is sometimes abun-
dant in the Northeastern U.S. (Baker 1972). Heavy
infestations in Ont. are sporadic and local (Lind-
quist & MacLeod 1967). Common on red alder on
Burnaby Mountain near Vancouver, B.C. in 1979
and 1980. Major food plants in North America are
birch, trembling aspen, willow, balsam poplar,
alder and yellow birch (MacKay 1962; Prentice et
al. 1965; Lindquist & MacLeod 1967).
It is widely distributedin Europe on birch and
alder (Lindquist & MacLeod 1967) and in Japan on
birch (Nakamura 1974).
J. ENTOMOL. SOc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEc. 31, 1982 4]
Etiella zinckenella, (Treitschke), Pyralidae, lima-
bean pod borer.
According to Handford (1955) it has been
recorded from B.C. although the original record
could not be located. There are no subsequent
records of this species in B.C. The only other record
for Canada is one from Oxbow, Sask. (Heinrich
1956) probably in 1955 (MacNay 1961). According
to Pierce (1917) it was in the U.S. by 1917, and was
at that time virtually a cosmopolitan pest of peas
and beans.
It is widely distributed in the world, found in
the tropical, subtropical and warmer regions of the
temperate zones of Asia, Europe, Africa, Central
and South America and Australia (Heinrich 1956;
Naito 1961). It is a pest of peas and beans and feeds
on other leguminous plants in these areas (Naito
1961).
Eurrhypara hortulata L. Pyralidae.
First recorded in North America in 1907
(Munroe 1976). It now has a wide range in the nor-
theast, extending from Nfld. to Ont. and
southward. First recorded in B.C. in 1977 (Lazorko
1977). Little is known about food plants in North
America but potential host plants cultivated in
gardens in B.C. are Stachys recta, Mentha sp.,
Calystegia sepium and Ribes sp. (Lazorko 1977).
It is native to Europe and temperate east Asia
(Lazorko 1977). European food plants include net-
tle (Urtica diocia), white horehound (Marrubium
vulgare), woundwort (Stachys sp.), mint (Mentha
sp.) currant (Ribes sp.) and other plants (Munroe
1976).
Eutromula [Hemerophila] pariana (Clerck), Gly-
phipterygidae, apple-and-thron skeletonizer.
First noted in North America in NY in 1917 (Felt
1917) as a pest of apple. It subsequently spread to
N.S. (Leonard 1923) and was found in Ont. in 1929
(Caesar 1929). Complaints were first recorded in
B.C. in 1937 from the Victoria region where it
became a pest on unsprayed fruit trees (Twinn
1941a). It was well established on the mainland of
B.C. by 1945 (Twinn 1945). It is a pest of the coast
and occasionally one in the interior of B.C. on apple
(Neilson 1957). Its North American distribution is in
the apple growing areas of the northeastern U.S.
and southeastern Canada, and in the west from
B.C. to OR, ID, and CO (Heppner 1978).
It is a European species (Heppner 1978). It has
been reported feeding on apple, pear and Sorbus in
Finland with severe damage in some year (Ekholm
1958). Also attacking apple and pear in Siberia
(Vorzheua 1958) and doing conspicious damage to
apple in Austria (Bohm 1962).
Grapholitha molesta (Busck), Tortricidae, the orien-
tal fruit moth.
Introduced to North America in 1912 or 1913 at
Washington, DC (Peterson & Haeussler 1926). First
found in Ont. in 1925 where it is a serious pest of
peach, is injurious to quince and some varieties of
pear and feeds on apples, plums and cherries
(Dustan & Davidson 1973). It is now found in all
the peach growing districts of the U.S. (Chapman &
Lienk 1971).
It was brought into B.C. at Summerland, in
1956, in infested fruit from WA for canning
(Touzeau & Neilson 1957). It was successfully
eradicated by 1958 by heavy spraying, fumigation
of the cannery and removal of the orchard adjacent
to the cannery (Touzeau & Neilson 1958).
It is found in South America, Europe, Asia, and
Australia (Anon 1951-1952). It is a serious pest of
peach, apple and other fruits wherever it occurs
(Chapman & Lienk 1971).
Hedia nubiferana (Haworth), Tortricidae, the green
budworm.
First recorded in North America in 1913 from
N.S. (Sanders & Dustan 1919). Found in B.C. at
Hatzic in 1914 and at Vernon in 1919 (Treherne
1921). It was found, but not common on apple, in
the Lower Fraser Valley, B.C. in 1978 and 1979 by
one of the authors and by Doganlar and Beirne
(1978b). It was reported from Ont. in 1973
(Creelman 1973). It has also been recorded from
P.E.I. and widely in the northeastern U.S. (Chap-
man & Lienk 1971). It has been recorded as a pest
of apple in N.S. (MacNay & Creelman 1958).
It is acommon species in Europe and Asia Minor
(Gibson 1923; Chapman & Lienk 1971) where it
feeds generally on Rosaceae including apple,
hawthorn and species of Prunus and Sorbus (Chap-
man & Lienk 1971).
Hemithea aestivaria (Hubner), Geometridae, the
common emerald.
First reported in North America in 1978 from
New Westminster, Burnaby and Langley, B.C.
(Doganlar and Beirne, 1979), it has not been
reported from elsewhere in North America (Bolte
and Munroe 1979).
It is found in most of Europe and in Eastern Asia
(Doganlar and Beirne 1979) and has been reported
from a wide variety of woody trees and shrubs
(Doganlar and Beirne 1979, Bolte and Munroe
1979).
Laspeyresia nigricana (Stephens), Tortricidae, the
pea moth.
First found in North America in eastern Canada
in 1893 (Fulton 1947). Injury to peas was reported
in Ont. and Que. in 1897 (Fletcher 1899) and it is
also widespread in the Maritimes. First notes as a
problem in B.C. in 1933 when a heavy infestation
occurred on the Sumas Prairie (Fulton 1947). It has
been suggested that it migrated to Sumas from the
northwestern U.S. (Fulton 1947). It was responsible
for the elimination of dried-pea and pea seed
culture in B.C. from 1935 onwards (Beirne 1971). It
has become established in most of the pea growing
areas in North America (Fulton 1947).
This European species (Beirne 1971) has been
reported as a common and important pest of peas
grown for drying in England (Smith 1931; Gould et
al. 1962). It infests cultivated peas in Finland and
larvae have also been found on wild tufted vetch
(Vicia cracca) (Ekholm 1961).
42 J. ENTOMOL. SOC. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEC. 31, 1982
Laspeyresia pomonella (L.), Tortricidae, codling
moth.
The exact date of introduction to North America
is unknown (Chapman & Lienk 1971) but it was
probably introduced from Europe with early col-
onists. Putnam (1963) suggests that it might have
been introduced to Ont. in 1635. Fletcher (1894)
reported damage to apple crops in Canada and
Bethune (1886) reported it as widespread over the
whole Dominion. First recorded in B.C. in 1900 on
Vancouver Island in 1905 in the interior fruit grow-
ing districts (McLeod 1951). Reports from the time
indicate that a long and losing battle was fought in
B.C., with the pest being introduced, eradicated,
and re-introduced at various points over a period of
years (Anon 1912; Anon 1921; Treherne 1914; Brit-
tain 1914). In the B.C. Dept. of Agriculture Annual
Report for 1914 (Anon 1915) there was optimism
that the codling moth would be eradicated from
B.C. the following year, a hope which is still ex-
pressed from time to time! It now occurs wherever
apples are grown in Canada and the U.S. (Chap-
man & Lienk 1971).
Probably native to southern Eurasia it is now a
pest of apple wherever they are grown with the ex-
ception (as of 1971) of Japan and parts of mainland
Asia (Chapman & Lienk 1971).
Loxostege_ sticticalis (L.), Pyralidae, the beet
webworm.
This species may have been introduced into
North America from Asia (Beirne 1971). Forbes
(1923) suggested that the first introduction was pro-
bably in eastern North America. Recorded in Man.
in 1903 (Anon 1903), it has been recorded as causing
damage somewhere in the Prairie provinces every
year since 1917 (Beirne 1971), especially in rape,
flax and sugar beets (e.g. Gibson 1921; McDonald
1963; Beirne 1971). First known damage in Ont. in
1936 (Caesar 1937) and in B.C. in 1938 (Twinn
1939). It is considered a pest in the dry interior of
B.C. as well as in southern Man., Sask. and Alta.
Food plants include a large variety of plants’ in-
cluding forage and truck crops with a preference for
broad leaved plants. (Munroe 1976). Munroe (1976)
gives its present North American distribution as
“common in northeast, ranging across Canada and
U.S. from N.S. and MA to the southern N.W.T.
and Yuk., and B.C. and AZ.” Recently it has caused
‘complete loss of sugar beet, alfalfa and vegetable
crops in some areas in North America (Munroe
1976).
It is a pest in the Palaearctic region, widely
distributed particularly in drier areas (Munroe
1976). It was reported attacking rape in Bulgaria in
1977 (Popov 1978) and is a serious pest of pasture
grasses and legumes, as well as peas, cereals, beets
and other crops in the USSR (Belov et al. 1978).
Ocnerostoma_ piniariella Zeller, Yponomeutidae,
European needle miner or small Ermine moth.
First recorded in North America in 1882 at
Ithaca, NY (Forbes 1924). First recorded in Canada
in 1922 at Abbotsford, B.C. from white pine (Felt
1922). Now found in the Lower Fraser Valley and
Vancouver Island (Harris 1958). It has also been
recorded from Ont. (Harris 1958) and Que. (Pren-
tice et al. 1965) and MT (Furniss & Carolin 1977),
mining needles of pine.
It is an unimportant pest of Scots pine in Europe
(Harris 1958).
Operophtera brumata (L.), Geometridae, the
winter moth.
First recorded in North America in N.S. in 1949
where it may have been present for as long as 30
years (Smith 1950). It has since extended its range
into N.B. and P.E.I. (Prentice et al. 1963; Forbes et
al. 1964). First reported in B.C. in 1976 from Van-
couver Island, but the outbreak started earlier
(Gillespie et al. 1978). Found at Portland, OR in
1978 where it appears to have been locally establish-
ed from at least 1958 (Ferguson 1978). Also found at
Vancouver, WA and on San Juan Island (Ferguson
1978). In the Maritimes and B.C. it is a serious
defoliator of forest, urban and orchard trees and
shrubs (Gillespie & Finlayson 1981; Embree 1967).
It is native and widespread across northern
Africa and temperate Eurasia (Ferguson 1978). In
Eurasia it is an important but cyclical defoliator
_(Sechser 1970) of fruit and deciduous forest trees
(Wylie 1961) and is recorded as attacking the fruit
itself (Briggs 1957).
Pandemis cerasana Hubner, Tortricidae.
First found in North America at Saanich, B.C.
in 1964 (Evans 1966). It has spread to the Lower
Fraser Valley where it was common on apple in
1977 (Doganlar and Beirne 1978b). In B.C. it feeds
on a variety of hosts including Quercus, Malus,
Alnus and Acer spp. (Evans 1970) and blueberry
and raspberry in the Lower Fraser Valley (Gillespie
Los).
It is a Palaearctic species (Bradley et al. 1973)
prominent in the European orchard pest control
literature (e.g. Nordlander 1977; Kolev and Balev-
ski 1978).
Pandemis heparana (Denis & Schiffermuller), Tort-
ricidae.
First recorded in North America in the Lower
Fraser Valley, B.C. in 1978, but may have been in-
troduced much earlier (Doganlar and Beirne
1979b). Larvae were collected from apple, crabap-
ple, pear, plum and species of Prunus, Crataegus,
Lonicera, Rubus, Vaccinium and Spirea (Doganlar
and Beirne 1979b).
It is found in Europe, the Mid-east, Siberia,
Korea and Japan feeding on various trees and
shrubs including species of Malus, Prunus, Pyrus,
Tilia, Salix, Lonicera, Betula, Ribes, Vaccinium
and Myrica (Bradley et al. 1973). In Europe it also
occasionally damages apple fruit (Adkin 1924).
Pardia cynosbatella (L.), Tortricidae.
First recorded in North America in 1978 from
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEc. 31, 1982 43
Ladner, B.C. (Doganlar & Beirne 1979b) on Rosa
spp. It is a European species not recorded previously
from North America.
It is widely distributed and common in Europe
and parts of the Middle East. It is recorded as
feeding on a wide range of woody ornamental
plants, fruit trees, and deciduous forest trees
(Doganlar & Beirne 1979a).
Peridroma saucia (Hubner), Noctuidae, variegated
cutworm.
May have been introduced into North America
(Beirne 1971). If so, this probably happened early
(Beirne 1971), for it is now distributed throughout
the U.S. and southern Canada (Holland 1968;
Beirne 1971). In 1900 the first serious outbreak was
recorded from B.C. (Gibson 1912). In Canada it is
perhaps most important as a pest in B.C., P.E.I.,
southwestern Ont. and N.S. in that sequence
(Beirne 1971). It has a wide range of food plants
with some preference for garden crops but will feed
on the foliage, buds and fruit of trees and vines,
tobacco, ornamentals and greenhouse plants (Met-
calf & Flint 1962).
It is found in most of the cultivated areas of the
world (Metcalf & Flint 1962; Morris 1980) but is
relatively rare in the old world (Forbes 1954).
Bibolini (1970), reported an outbreak in Italy in
1966 on lettuce and tomatoes in greenhouses.
Phthorimaea operculella (Zeller), Gelechiidae, the
potato tuberworm.
Recorded in CA as early as 1856 (Graf 1917),
where it is still a pest of potatoes (Bacon 1960).
Holland (1968) suggests that it was probably in-
troduced from Australia. It has been recorded
damaging potatoes in VA in field and storage
(Spencer & Strong 1925). It was found damaging
potatoes in Duncan, B.C. in 1958 (Arnott & Arrand
1960) and at two unspecified paints in 1966 in
potatoes for the chipping industry (Creelman 1966).
No records were found of it subsequently being pre-
sent in B.C.
It is a pest of potatoes in Algiers and other
Mediterranean countries (Holland 1968). Imms
(1964) states that it is a widespread pest of stored
potatoes, more rarely affecting the field crop and
particularly in warmer countries (Jones & Jones
1964). It has been reported as a pest from many
areas e.g. Rhodesia (Mitchell 1978), Peru (Arestegui
1977) and New Zealand (Foot 1979), on potatoes,
and in Egypt (Shaheen 1977), on tomatoes.
Pieris rapae (L.), Pieridae, the imported
cabbageworm.
First introduced to North America about 1860 at
Que. (Chittenden 1905; Pfadt 1971). Spread rapid-
ly through U.S. and Canada reaching CA by 1883
(Pfadt 1971). Observed in eastern B.C. in 1898,
reached the Pacific coast in 1901, and was found on
Vancouver Island in 1902 (Treherne 1915). In
Canada an important pest that causes some damage
in most years wherever cabbage and related plants
are grown and more or less severe damage in many
years, especially in southerly districts (Beirne 1971).
Harcourt (1962) stated that it can cause severe
economic damage to cabbage and related crops
throughout North America.
It is nearly a worldwide pest of cruciferous
plants (Pfadt 1971).
Plutella xylostella (L.), Yyponomeutidae, diamond-
back moth.
Introduced to North America from Europe
sometime before the middle of the 19th century
(Metcalf & Flint 1962), now occurring wherever its
host plants are grown. Food plants include all
Cruciferae, also some ornamental and greenhouse
plants such as sweet alyssum, stocks, candytuft, and
wallflower (Metcalf & Flint 1962). Reported from
B.C. in 1900 (Anon 1900) where is was very
destructive to cruciferous crops in parts of Van-
couver Island. It was reported as a pest in
Okanagan Valley in 1914 (Ruhman 1915). It is a
sporadic pest in North America reaching high
numbers in limited areas in some years (Davidson &
Peairs 1966; Beirne 1971).
It is common in Europe occasionally occurring
in vast numbers and damaging cruciferous plants
(Anon 1936) but these outbreaks are usually confin-
ed to small areas. This European species is found in
Asia, Africa, Australia and New Zealand as well as
America (Smith 1931).
Porthetria [Lymantriaj dispar L., Lymantriidae, the
gypsy moth.
Introduced to the Boston area of U.S. in 1869
(Baker 1972) from France. Severe defoliation of
shade and fruit trees occurred in the New England
States and despite attempts to prevent is spread it
now occurs in NY, NJ, PA, MI and southeast Que.
(Baker 1972) and is still spreading. In eastern North
America it feeds on most hardwoods and some in-
termixed conifers (Furniss & Carolin 1977). Accep-
table food plants include oak, willows, poplars,
most birches, larch, linden and apple. First
threatened western Canada in 1911 when it was in-
tercepted at Vancouver, B.C. (Anon 1979a).
Discovered in 1978 in the Kitsilano area of Van-
couver evidently from eggs that arrived on a canoe
from Que. (Anon 1979a). It seems to have been
eradicated from B.C. by the search and destruction
of egg masses and by spraying when permission was
given by landowners (T. Finlayson, Prof Emerita,
Simon Fraser University, Burnaby, B.C., V6A 1S6,
pers. comm.). It is a potentially serious pest where
introduced and has 450 known host plants (Anon
1979a). It was recorded in CA in 1970 and 1973
(Furniss & Carolin 1977) and an active infestation
was found there in 1979 (Anon 1979b). Recent
reports indicate that this species is now present in
WA (Anon 1980).
It is found in temperate regions, extending
throughout central and southern Europe, northern
Africa, central and southern Asia, including Japan
and Ceylon (Gerardi & Grimm 1979). It is a major
pest of forest and orchards in Yugoslavia, France,
44 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEc. 31, 1982
Rumania and Japan where population peaks occur
at irregular intervals (Marx 1973).
Recurvaria nanella Hubner, Gelechiidae, the lesser
bud moth.
Recorded in eastern U.S. as early as 1776
(Gilliatt 1934). It was recorded in 1915 from the
Annapolis Valley, N.S. (Sanders 1915) and from
Ont. (Gilliatt 1934), and was present in many
districts in the eastern half of the U.S. (Sanders
1915). Food plants include apple, plum, apricot,
pear, quince, peach, cherry and hawthorn (Gilliatt
1934). It has been recorded as a pest of apples in
N.S. and B.C. (MacNay and Creelman 1958)
although a first record date was not found for B.C.
Native to Europe (Sanders 1915) where it has
been recorded as a pest of apple and other fruit trees
in various areas e.g. Bulgaria (Nikolova 1962), the
Soviet Union (Matnashvili 1975) and Switzerland
(Baggiolini 1967).
Rhopobota naevana (Hubner), Tortricidae, the
black-headed fireworm.
A form known as the black-headed fireworm
was probably introduced to WA and OR between
1912 and 1915 from cuttings of cranberry from MA
(Plank 1922). It had then been a pest of cranberry in
NJ, MA, and WI for a long time (Plank 1922) and
was also present in NY and CA. First reported in
B.C. in 1954 as attacking cranberry on Lulu Island
(Anon 1954), it is now a very serious pest of
cranberry in B.C. (Cram & Neilson 1978) and is
distributed throughout the cranberry growing areas
of the Lower Fraser Valley (Neilson 1969). It at-
tacks cranberry wherever the crop is grown in
North America including N.B. and N.S. (Maxwell
& Pickett 1957), the eastern U.S. (Franklin 1950),
WA, and OR (Breakey 1960; Plank 1922).
A form known as the holly budmoth, (Kearfoot’s
R. naevana ilicifoliana) was recorded in B.C. in
1923 and is now present in WA and OR (Swenson
1958). The holly budmoth and the black-headed
fireworm are thought to be very closely related
(Breakey 1960). The holly budmoth is an important
pest in OR holly plantings (Swenson 1958).
Rhopobota naevana is recorded feeding on fruit
trees, holly and species of Crataegus and Vaccinium
in Europe (Meyrick 1927; Lucchesse 1941).
Rhyacionia buoliana (Schiffermuller), Tortricidae,
the European pine shoot moth.
First recorded in North America in 1913 at
Great Neck, NY (Busck 1914). First recorded in
B.C. at a nursery in Victoria in 1927 (Downes 1928)
but eradicated by destroying pines (Mathers 1940).
Recorded at Vancouver, B.C. in 1938 (Mathers
1940) it is now established in the Lower Fraser
Valley, on southern Vancouver Island and the Gulf
Islands (Prentice et al. 1965; Harris & Ross 1975).
Transport of infested nursery stock resulted in rapid
spread of the moth which is now found in WA, OR,
CA, through the northeastern U.S., and in Canada
from Ont. eastward, as well as B.C. (Torgersen &
Coppel 1965; Baker 1972). Distribution in central
Canada is limited by the severe winter climate
(Prentice et al. 1965). Hosts include a large variety
of pines (Baker 1972) especially ornamental and
shelterbelt types (Harris & Ross 1975). It is a serious
pest of pines in plantations in Ont. (Prentice et al.
1965), ornamental pines in residential areas and
pines in Christmas tree farms (Ryan & Medley
1970).
It is a European species injurious to Pinus
sylvestris and other native pines (Busck 1914), and
has been recorded damaging pine in England, Ger-
many and Denmark (Crystal 1937) but is not a
serious pest in its native range (Furniss & Carolin
LOT):
Spilonota ocellana (Denis & Schiffermuller), Tortri-
cidae, the eye-spotted budmoth.
First reported from North America in 1841 from
MA (Harris 1841). Was very common in 1912 in
Vancouver (Wilson 1912) and Victoria, B.C. (Brit-
tain 1912) but rare in the Okanagan Valley (Brit-
tain 1912). It is now widely distributed in B.C., as
well as Ont., Que., N.B., N.S., P.E.I. (MacNay &
Creelman 1958) and wherever deciduous trees are
grown in the northern U.S. (Chapman & Lienk
1971; Baker 1972) and a pest of fruit trees in B.C.
(Gerber et al. 1980) and throughout its range
(LeRoux & Reimer 1959; Prentice et al. 1965; Baker
1972). It is also a pest on blueberry in the Lower
Fraser Valley, B.C. (Gillespie 1981). Food plants
include apple, which is the most consistent food
(Chapman & Lienk 1971) other orchard trees,
hawthorn, larch, laurel, oak (Baker 1972) and
mountain ash (Prentice et al. 1965).
It is a European species (Porter 1924) common
in apple growing districts. Also reported from
Pakistan, China, Korea, and Japan but not as yet
from the southern hemisphere (Chapman & Lienk
1971):
Stilpnotia salicis (L.), Lymantriidae, the satin moth.
First recorded almost simultaneously about 1920
from the East coast of North America at Boston,
MA (Burgess 1921) and the West coast at New
Westminster, B.C. (Glendenning 1924, 1929).
Found in the Maritimes in 1930 and Que. in 1938
(Reeks & Smith 1956). It became a serious pest of
poplar and cottonwood on both coasts of North
America (Glendenning 1929; Reeks & Smith 1956)
and by 1956 in the interior of B.C. (Condrashoff
1956). In B.C. it is now found on Vancouver Island,
along the coast and into the southern interior
(Dawson 1971b). It has also been recorded from
Nfld., N.S., N.B., eastern Que. (Prentice et al.
1962) and the New England States, WA and OR
(Baker 1972). It is an occasionally serious pest of
poplars, trembling aspen, and cottonwood in North
America (Dawson 1971b). It may also feed on
willow, oak, crabapple and Saskatoon berry
(Amelanchier) (Lejeune & Silver 1961; Dawson
1971b).
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEC. 31, 1982 45
It occurs widely through Europe and Asia (Le-
jeune & Silver 1961; Dawson 1971b) and is a
sporadic pest of poplar and willow throughout its
range (e.g. DeMeirleire 1966; Kailidis 1964; Molis
1970).
Thymelicus lineola (Ochsenheimer), Hesperiidae,
European skipper.
Introduced to North America at London, Ont.
sometime before 1910 (Saunders 1916). In eastern
North America it is now found in Que., P.E.I.
(McNeil 1978), Ont., N.B., MI, OH, NY, PA, MD,
NJ, CT (Burns 1966), Nfld. (Jackson 1978), N.S.
and Man. (Preston and Westwood 1981). It was
first found in B.C. at Terrace in 1960 (MacNay
1965). This colonization may have arisen from a
new introduction from abroad (Beirne 1971).
Preferred food plant in North America is timothy,
Phleum pratense, but several other grasses are
readily eaten (Burns 1966). It has reached local
population densities in eastern Canada high enough
to become an economic pest on hay (Pengelly 1961;
Arthur 1966; McNeil 1978).
A widely distributed Palaearctic butterfly
(Bergmann 1952-1955), it is restricted in Europe to
headlands, forest borders, river banks, roadsides,
pasturelands and other places not used agricultural-
ly and is rare and of no economic importance (Carl
1968). Food plants in Europe include Holcus
lanatus L., Agropyron repens (L.), Brachypodium
sylvaticum (Huds.), Dactylis glomerata L., Ar-
rhenaterium elatius (l.) and Restuca sp. (Carl
1968).
Tyria jacobaeae, Arctiidae, the cinnabar moth.
Intentionally introduced to the Lower Fraser
Valley, B.C. in 1965 as a biological control agent
against the weed Senecio jacobaea L. (tansy
ragwort) (Wilkinson 1965). The first introduction to
B.C. did not establish but later introductions have
(Harris et al. 1975). It has also been introduced to
the Atlantic provinces (Harris et al. 1975) and the
western U.S. where it causes extensive defoliation
(Hawkes 1968) of the weed it was introduced to
control.
It has been intentionally spread from its native
Europe (Myres & Campbell 1976) to New Zealand
(Cameron 1935) and Australia (Schmidl 1972), for
the same purpose.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We thank Dr. B. P. Beirne, Professor of Pest
Management and Dr. A. L. Turnbull, Professor,
both of the Dept. of Biological Sciences, Simon
Fraser University, Burnaby, B.C. for allowing us
access to their literature files. We also thank Dr.
Beirne for helpful advice and editorial comments.
We thank Prof. Thelma Finlayson, Prof. Emerita,
Dept. of Biological Sciences, Simon Fraser Universi-
ty, Burnaby, B.C. for access to her library and en-
couragement during preparation of this
manuscript.
LIST OF REFERENCES
Adkin, R. 1924. Apple fruit attacked by Tortrix heparana. Entomologist 57: 188-189.
Adkin, R. 1931. Batodes anguistiorana Haw. bred from stored apples. Entomologist 64: 214.
Alford, D. V. 1974. Lepidopterous caterpillars damaging strawberry blossom. Pl. Path 23: 48-49.
Alford, D. V. 1975. Specific feeding preferences of tortricid larvae on flowering strawberry plants. Pl.
Path. 24: 54-58.
Alford, D. V. 1976. Some observations on the effect of pests on strawberry yields. Ann. appl. Biol. 84:
440-444,
AliNaizee, M. T. 1977. Bionomics and life history of a filbert leaf roller Archips rosanus (Lepidoptera: Tor-
tricidae). Ann. entomol. Soc. Am. 70: 391-401.
Andison, H. 1937. The juniper webworm (Dichomeris marginella Fabr.). Proc. entomol. Soc. Brit. Col.
33: 3-5.
Anon. 1900. Report of the Ent. and Bot. Ann. Rept Expt’al Fms; Append. Rept Min. Agr. Expt’al Fms. Ses-
sional papers XXXV (6): 16, p 238.
Anon. 1903. Ann. Rept Expt’al Fms.; Append. Rept Min. Agr. Expt’al Fms. Sessional Papers XXVIII (6):
16 p 165-167, 184-186.
Anon. 1906. Report of the Ent. and Bot. Ann. Rept Expt’al Fms.; Append. Rept Min. Agr. Expt’al Fms.
Sessional Papers XLI (6): 16, p 67.
Anon. 1912. Ent. Soc. Ont., Ann. Rept 43: 15.
Anon. 1915. B.C. Dept. Agr. 9th Ann. Rept, 1914. pp R65, R92-93.
Anon. 1921. B.C. Dept. Agr., 15th Ann. Rept 1920, pp Q3, Q20, Q27.
Anon. 1927. CIPR. 5: 39.
Anon. 1936. The Diamond-back moth. Min. Agr. Fish., Britain. Advisory Leaflet No. 195.
Anon. 1951-1952. Distribution maps of insect pests. Ser. A Nos 8 and 9. Commonwealth Inst. of Entomol.
1951-1952.
46 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEc. 31, 1982
Anon. 1954. B.C. Dept. Agr. 49th Ann. Rept. 134 pp.
Anon. 1968. Outbreaks and new records. Pl. Prot. Bull. FAO 16 no. 5 pp 92-94; No. 6 pp 114-115.
Anon. 1979a. Information package on the gypsy moth in the Kitsilano Area. Prepared jointly by B.C. Min.
Agr. and Can Dept. Agr. 6 pp.
Anon, 1979b. Coop. Pl. Pest Rept. 1; 720.
Anon. 1980. Coop. Pl. Pest Rept. 5: 689.
Arestegui, P. A. 1977 [Pest of potato in Andahuaylas-Apurimac]. Revista Pervana de Entomologia. 19:
97-98. Abstract in R.A.E. Ser. A 1979. 67: 31.
Arnott, D. A. and J. C. Arrand. 1960. CIPR. 38: 12.
Arthur, A. P. 1966. The present status of the introduced skipper, Thymelicus lineola (Ochs.) (Lepidoptera;
Hesperiidae) in North America and possible methods of control. Can. Ent. 98: 622-628.
Bacon, O. G. 1960. Control of potato tuberworm in potatoes. J. econ. Ent. 53: 868-871.
Baggiolini, M. 1967. The apple moth, Recurvaria leucatella, a little known pest of fruit trees in
Switzerland. Agr. romande. 6: 111-114. Abstract in R.A.E. Ser. A 1970: 58: 211.
Baker, W. L. 1972 Eastern Forest Insects. U.S. Dept of Agr. For. Ser. Pub #1175. 642 pp.
Balaz, K. B. and J. Bodor. 1969. Larenmorphologie an Erdbeere lebender Wicklerarten. [The larval mor-
phology of Tortricids living on strawberries]. Acta. phytopath. Acad. Sci. Hung. 4(1): 77-79.
Abstract in R.A.E. Ser. A 1970: 345.
Bauman, N. G. and B. A. Sugden. 1968. Juniper webworm in British Columbia. Can. For. Ser., For. Ins.
Dis. Survey, For. Pest Leaflet 8: 3 pp.
Beirne, B. P. 1971. Pest insects of annual crop plants in Canada. I. Lepidoptera. Mem. Ent. Soc. Can. #78:
124 pp.
Belosel’skaya, Z. G. 1963. Argyresthis conjugella in the Leningrad region. Zash. Rast. 8(2): 51. Abstract in
R.A.E. Ser. A 1964. 52: 323.
Belov, U. K., Yu. B. Shurovenkov and N. A. Taran. 1978. [Care — the meadow moth!] Zash. Rast. 3:
11-13. Abstract in R.A.E. Ser. A 1979. 67: 14.
Benoit, P. (Comp.) 1975. Noms francais d’insects au Canada. Agriculture Quebec. Pub QA38-R4-30.
Bergmann, A. 1951-1955. Die Grassschmetterlinge Mitteldeutschlands I-V, Urania Verlag, Jena. in Can.
Ent. 100: 800.
Bethune, C. J. S. 1869. Larvae infesting the parsnip. Can. Ent. 2: 1-4.
Bethune, C. J. S. 1886. Remedies for noxious insects. Ent. Soc. Ont., Ann. Rept 17: 55-64.
Bibolini, C. 1970. Biology and damage in the Pisa district of Peridroma saucia Hb (Lep. Noctuidae) with
reference to its geographic distribution, world dietology and relative control measures. Frustula En-
tomologica 10: 98 pp. Abstract in R.A.E. Ser. A 1975. 63: 138.
Blackmore, E. H. 1921. B.C. Prov. Mus. Nat. Hist. Rept 1920: 22-32.
Blackmore, E. H. 1923. Ent. Rept. Prov. Mus. Nat. Hist. B.C. 1922: 18-35.
Bohm, H. 1962. Auffallende Schaden an Apfelbaumen. [Noticeable damage to apple trees]. Pflanzenarzt
15: 28-29. Abstract in R.A.E. Ser. A 1962. 50: 302.
Bolte, K. B. and E. Munroe. 1979. Hemithea aestivaria in British Columbia: Characters of a palaearctic
genus and species not previously known from North America (Lepidoptera: Geometridae:
Geometrinae). Can. Ent. 111:1121-1126.
Boness, M. 1976. Trials to control the fruit tree leaf roller Archips podana with pheromones. Zeit. Ange.
Ent. 82: 104-107.
Bradley, J. D., W. G. Tremewan and A. Smith. 1973. British Tortricoid Moths. Cochylidae and Tor-
tricidae: Tortricinae. The Ray Society, London. 251 pp.
Breakey, E. P. 1960. The blackheaded fireworm of cranberry—a pest of the evergreen huckleberry in
western Washington. J. econ. Ent. 53: 1097-1099.
Briggs, J. B. 1957. Some features of the biology of the winter moth on top fruits. J. Hort. Sci. 32: 108-125
B/A 33: 282, #3628.
Brittain, W. H. 1912 Report from the Okanagan District; Insects pest of the year in Okanagan. Proc. en-
tomol Soc. Brit. Col. 2: 13.
Brittain, W. H. 1914. Report from the Okanagan District, Insect pests of the year in the Okanagan. proc.
entomol. Soc. Brit. Col. 4: 14-19.
Brittain, W. H. and C. B. Gooderham 1916. Popular and Practical Entomology: an insect enemy of the
parsnip. Can. Ent. 48: 37-41.
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEc. 31, 1982 47
Burgess, A. G. 1921. The satin moth, an introduced enemy of poplars and willows. U.S. Dept. Agr. Circ.
167.
Burns, J. M. 1966. Expanding distribution and evolutionary potential of Thymelicus lineola, an introduced
skipper, with special reference to its appearance in British Columbia. Can. Ent. 98: 859-866.
Busck, A. 1914. A destructive pine-moth introduced from Europe, Euetria buoliana Schiff. J. econ. Ent. 7:
340-341.
Caesar, L. 1929. A new orchard pest in Ontario. Ent. Soc. Ont., Ann. Rept 60: 140-141.
Caesar, L. 1937. Insects of the season in 1936 in Ontario. CIPR. 15: 33.
Cameron, E. 1935. A study of the natural control of ragwort (Senecia jacobaea L.). J. Ecol. 23: 265-322.
Carl, K. P. 1968. Thymelicus lineola (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae) and its parasites in Europe. Can. Ent.
100: 785-801.
Chapman, P. J. andS. E. Lienk. 1971. Tortricid fauna of apple in New York. Special Pub, N.Y. State Agr.
Exp. Sta., Geneva. Cornell Univ. 122 pp.
Chittenden, H. F. 1905. The imported cabbage worm (Pontia rapae Linn.). USDA Bur. Ent. Cir. No. 60.
Clark, J. F. G. 1930. Entomology in Rept. Prov. Mus. Nat. Hist. B.C. 1929; 12-16.
Cochran, S. G. 1974. The birch casebearer in Newfoundland. Masters thesis, McGill University, P.Q.,
Canada. 126 pp. Cited in Raske, A.G. 1978.
Condrashoff, S. F. 1956. Advance of the satin moth, Stilpnotia salicis (L.) into the interior of British Col-
umbia. J. entomol. Soc. Brit. Col. 53: 26-27.
Cornstock, J. H. and M. V. Slingerland, 1980. A leafroller on currant. Cacoecia rosana. Order
Lepidoptera; family Tortricidae. Cornell Univ. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 23: 119-121.
Coshan, P. F. 1974. The biology of Coleophora serratella (L.) (Lepidoptera: Coleophoridae). Trans. Roy.
Ent. Soc. 126: 169-188.
Cram, W. T. 1973. Occurrence of the strawberry tortrix, Acleris comariana (Zeller), a new pest in British
Columbia. J. entomol. Soc. Brit. Col. 70: 17.
Cram, W. T. and C. L. Neilson. 1978. Major insect and mite pests of berry crops in B.C. B.C. Min. Agr.
Pub 78-12: 24 pp.
Cram, W. T. and N. V. Tonks. 1959. Note on the occurrence in British Columbia of the omnivorous leaf
tier, Cnephasia longana (Haw.) (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae), as a pest of strawberry. Can. Ent. 91:
155-156.
Creelman, I. S. (ed.) 1966. CIPR. 44: 12.
Creelman, I. S. (ed.) 1973. CAIPR. 51: 32.
Crystal, R. N. 1937. Insects of the British sodlands. Frederic Warne & Co. Ltd., London. 338 pp.
Daviault, L. and R. Ducharme. 1966. Life history and habits of the green spruce leaf miner, Epinotia
nanana (Treitschke) (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae). Can. Ent. 98: 693-699.
Davidson, R. H. and L. M. Peairs. 1966. Insect Pests of farm, garden and orchard. John Wiley & Sons,
Inc., New York. 675 pp.
Dawson, A. F. 1971la. Larch casebearer in British Columbia. For. Ins. Dis. Sur. Pest Leaflet. No. 34, 3 pp.
Dawson, A. F. 1971b. Satin moth in British Columbia. Dept. Environ. For. Ins. Dis. Sur. Pest Leaflet. No.
38, 3 pp.
DeMeirleire, H. 1966. Un ennemi des peupliers: le bombyx du saule. Phytoma 18: 48-49.
Doganlar, M. and B. P. Beirne. 1978a. Croesia holmiana (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae), a fruit tree leaf roller
new to North America established in British Columbia, Canada. Can. Ent. 110: 639-640.
Doganlar, M. and B. P. Beirne. 1978b. Fruit tree leaf-rollers (Lepidoptera) and parasites (Hymenoptera)
introduced in the Vancouver district, British Columbia, Canada. J. entomol. Soc. Brit. Col. 75:
23-24.
Dognalar, M. and B. P. Beirne. 1979a. Pardia cynosbatella (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae), an European
leafroller new to North America. Can. Ent. 111: 869.
Doganlar, M. and B. P. Beirne. 1979b. Pandemis heparana (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae) a Tortricid new to
North America established in British Columbia, Canada. Can. Ent. 111: 970.
Doganlar, M. and B. P. Beirne. 1979c. Hemithea aestivaria, a geometrid new to North America, establish-
ed in British Columbia (Lepidoptera; Geometridae: Geometrinae). Can. Ent. 111:1121.
Downes, W. 1928. Notes on economic insects on Vancouver Island in 1928. Proc. entomol. Soc. Brit. Col.
25: 16-18.
Dustan, A. G. 1932. Vegetable insects and their control. Dom. of Can. Dept. of Agr. Bull. No. 161: pg 51.
48 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), Dec. 31, 1982
Dustan, G. G. and T. R. Davidson 1973. Diseases, insects and mites of stone fruits. C.D.A. Pub., 3rd
revision.
Edland, T. 1965. [Apple fruit moth (A. conjugella). Bionomics and control — a preliminary report]. Gart-
neryrket 55 pt. 16-17 pp 430-436. Abstract in R.A.E. Ser. A 1967. 55: 146.
Edwards, W. D. and D. C. Mote. 1936. Omnivorous leaf tier, Cnephasia longana Haw. A relatively new
pest of strawberries, iris and other crops in Oregon. J. econ. Ent. 29: 1118-1123.
Ehnstrom, B., B. Bejer-Petersen, K. Loyttyniemi and S. Tuermyr. 1974. Insect pests in forest of the Nordic
countries 1967 to 1971. Ann. Ent. Fenn. 40: 37-47. Abstract in R.A.E. Ser. A 1975. 63: 1440.
Ekholm. S. 1958. Anthophila pariana as a pest in Finland. Notul. ent. 38: 87-90.
Ekholm, S. 1961. The pea moth in Finland and its control. Matalous jakoetoim 15: 228-234. Abstract in
R.A.E. Ser. A 1963. 51: 64.
Embree, D. G. 1967. Effects of the winter moth on growth and mortality of red oak in Nova Scotia. For.
Sci. 13: 295-299.
Evans, D. 1966. First North American record of Pandemis ribeana (Hubner) at Victoria, B.C. Bi-mon.
Prog. Rept Can. Dept. For. 22: 3.
Evans, D. 1970. Life history and immature stages of Pandemis cerasana (Lepidoptera; Tortricidae). Can.
Ent. 102: 1597-1603.
Evenhuis, von, H. H., D. W. deJong and H. J. Vlug. 1973. Die Puppen der in den Niederlanden am Apfel
vorkommenden Blattwickler (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae). Z angew. Ent. 73: 351-365.
Felt, E. D. 1910. Juniper Webworm. N.Y. State Mus. Bull. 147: 35-36.
Felt, E. P. 1917. The apple and thorn skeletonizer. Ent. Soc. Ont., Ann. Rept 48: 44-47.
Felt, E. P. 1922. Ocnerostoma piniariella Zell., another introduced insect. J. econ. Ent. 15- 432-433.
Ferguson, D. C. 1978. Pests not known to occur in the United States or of limited distribution. Winter moth
(Operophtera brumata (L.)). Coop. econ. Ins. Rept 3 (48-52): 687-694.
Fletcher, J. 1894. Report of the Ent. and Bot.—fruits. Ann. Rept on the Expt’al Fms., Append to the Rept
of the Min. of Agr. on Expt’al Fms. 195-196.
Fletcher, J. 1897. Report of the Ent. and Bot. Ann. Rept Expt’al Fms.; Append. Rept Min. Agr. Expt’al
Fms. Sessional papers XXXII (6): 8a p 201-202.
Fletcher, J. 1899. Injurious insects in 1899. 29th Ann. Rept entomol. Soc. Ont. pp 75-87.
Foot, M. A. 1979. Bionomics of the potato tuber moth, Phthorimaea operculella (Lepidoptera:
Gelechiidae) at Pukekohe. N.Z. J. Zool. 6: 623-636. Abstract in R.A.E. Ser. A 1980. 68: 507.
Forbes, R. A. et al. 1964. Maritimes Provinces—forest insect conditions. Pages 21-32 in Ann. Rept For. Ins.
and Dis. Surv. 1963. Can. Dept. For., Ottawa.
Forbes, W. T. M. 1923. The Lepidoptera of New York and neighbouring states. primitive forms,
Microlepidoptera, Pyraloids, Bombyces. Cornell Univ. Agr. Exp. Sta. Mem. 68: 729 pp.
Forbes, W. T. M. 1924. Two minor pests from Europe (Lepidoptera) (Plutellidae). J. N.Y. entomol. Soc.
32: 173.
Forbes, W. T. M. 1954. Lepidoptera of New York and neighboring states. Noctuidae, Part III. Cornell
Univ. Agr. Exp. Sta. Mem. 329: 433 pp.
Franklin, H. J. 1950. Cranberry insects in Massachusetts. Mass. Agr. Expt Sta. Bull. 445, parts 2-7: 88 pp.
Freeman, T. N. 1958. The Archipinae of North America (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae). Can. Ent. Suppl. 7. 89
Pp.
Freeman, T. N. 1967. Annotated keys to some Nearctic leaf-mining Lepidoptera on conifers. Can. Ent. 99:
419-435.
Frilli, F. 1977. Guided control against the pests of peach. Informatore Fitopatologico 27: 21-22.
Fulton, H. G. 1947. Natural control of the European pea moth, Laspeyresia nigricana on Sumas Prairie,
B.C. (Lepidoptera: Oleuthreutidae). Proc. entomol. Soc. Brit. Col. 43: 25:27.
Furniss, R. I. and V. M. Carolin. 1977. Western Forest Insects. U.S. Dept. Agr. For. Serv. Misc. Pub.
1339: 654 pp.
Gerardi, M. H. and J. K. Grimm. 1979. The history, biology, damage and control of the gypsy moth Por-
thetria dispar (L.). Associated University Presses, Inc., Cranbury, New Jersey and London,
England. 233 pp.
Gerber, H. S. et al. 1980. Recognition and life history of the major insect and mite pests of ornamental
shrubs and shade trees in British Columbia. Brit. Col. Dept. Agr. Pub. 80-5.
Gibson, A. 1912. Cutworms and armyworms. Can. Dept. Agr., Ent. Div. Bull. 3.
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEc. 31, 1982 49
Gibson, A. 1921. Common garden insects and their control. Can. Dept Agr., Ent. Div. Cir No. 9.
Gibson, A. 1923. The specific name of the green budworm. Can. Ent. 55: 243.
Gibson, A. 1924. The occurence of the tortricid Cacoecia rosana L. in Canada. J. econ. Ent. 17: 51-54.
Gillespie, D. R. 1981. Introduced and native leafrollers (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae) on berry crops in the
Lower Fraser Valley, B.C. Doctoral Thesis. Simon Fraser University, Burnaby, B.C. 179 pp.
Gillespie, D. R. and T. Finlayson. 1981. Final-instar larvae of native Hymenopterous and Dipterous
paraistes of Operophtera spp. (Lepidoptera: Geometridae) in British Columbia. Can. Ent. 113-
45-55.
Gillespie, D. R., T. Finlayson, N. V. Tonks and D. A. Ross. 1978. Occurence of the winter moth,
Operophtera brumata (Lepidoptera; Geometridae) on Southern Vancouver Island, British Colum-
bia. Can. Ent. 110: 223-224.
Gilliatt, F. C. 1934. Notes on the lesser budmoth, Recurvaria nanella Hbn. Sci Agr. 14: 466-476.
Glendenning, R. 1924. The satin moth in British Columbia. Dept. Agr. Pamphlet no 50.
Glendenning, R. 1929. Host adaptation in the European satin moth. Proc. entomol. Soc. Brit. Col. 26:
34-38.
Glendenning, R. 1944. the parsnip webworm (Depressaria heracliana) and its control in British Columbia
(Lepidoptera: Oecophoridae). Proc. entomol. Soc. Brit. Col. 41: 26-28.
Glover, T. 1874. Report of the Entomologist. Ann. Rept U.S. Dept Agr. for 1872. p 112-113, in Jones, S. I.
1935.
Gould, H. J., T. J. Legowski and E. C. Atkins. 1962. Surveys of pea moth damage on dry harvesting peas in
East Anglia, 1957-1959. Pl. Path. 11: 1-6.
Graf, J. E. 1917. The potato tuber moth. U.S. Dept. Agr. Bull. 427: 56 pp. in Bacon, O.G. 1960.
Handford, R. H. 1955. Insects of the season in British Columbia 1955. p 17. Compiled by C. L. Neilson,
Provincial Entomologist, Vernon, B.C.
Harcourt, D. G. 1962. Design of a sampling plan for studies on the population dynamics of the imported
cabbage worm, Pieris rapae (L.) (Lepidoptera: Pieridae). Can. Ent. 94: 849-859.
Harris, J. W. E. and D. A. Ross. 1975. European pine shoot moth. For. Pest Leaflet No. 18: 3 pp.
Harris, P. 1958. Life-history and natural control in British Columbia of Ocnerostoma piniariella Zell.
(Lepidoptera: Yponomeutidae) a needle miner on white pine. Can. Ent. 90: 627-631.
Harris, P., A. T. S. Wikinson, M. E. Neary, L. S. Thompson and D. Finnamore. 1975. Establishment in
Canada of the cinnabar moth, Tyria jacobaeae (Lepidoptera: Arctiidae) for controlling the weed
Senecio jacobaea. Can. Ent. 107: 913-917.
Harris, P., D. Peschken and J. Milroy. 1969. The status of biological control of the weed, Hypericum per-
formatum in British Columbia. Can. Ent. 101: 1-15.
Harris, P. and D. P. Peschken. 1971. Hypericum perforatum L., St. John’s Wort (Hypericaceae). in
Biological control programmes against insects and weeds in Canada 1959-1968, Technical com-
munication No. 4. C.I.B.C., Trinidad, pp 89-94.
Harris, T. W. 1841. A report on the insects of Masschusetts injurious to vegetation. 459 pp. Cited from
Chapman, P. J. and S. E. Lienk 1971.
Hawkes, R. B. 1968. The cinnabar moth, Tyria jacobaeae, for the control of the tansy ragwort. J. econ.
Ent. 61: 499-501.
Heinrich, C. 1923. Revision of the North America moths of the subfamily Eucosminae of the family
Olethreutidae. U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 123.
Heinrich, C. 1956. American moths of the subfamily Phycitine. U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 207: 69, 99, 209.
Heppner, J. B. 1978. Eutromula pariana (Clerck) (Lepidoptera: Choreutidae), the correct name of the
apple-and-thorn skeletonizer. J. entomol. Soc. Brit. Col. 75: 40-41.
Hodges, R. W., in Dominick, R. B., et al., 1974. The Moths of America North of Mexico, Fasc. 6.2,
Gelechioidae; Oecophoridae (in Part). E. W. Classey Ltd. and R.B.D. Publications Inc., London.
Holland, W. J. 1968. The moth book, a popular guide to a knowledge of the moths of North America.
Dover Publication., Inc., New York. 479 pp.
Imms, A. D. 1964. A general textbook of entomology. Ninth edition revised by O. W. Richards and R. D.
Davis. Methuen and Co. Ltd., London. 886 pp.
Jackson, B. S. 1978. Records of the European skipper in Newfoundland. Can. Fld. Nat. 92; 200.
Johansson, S. 1962. Insects associated with Hypericum I. 2. Lepidoptera, Diptera, Hymenoptera,
Homoptera and general remarks. Opusc. ent. 27: 175-192.
50 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEc. 31, 1982
Jones, F. G. W. and M. Jones. 1964. Pests of field crops. Edward Arnold (Publishers) Ltd., London. 406
Jones, S. I. 1935. Observation of the habits and seasonal life history of Anarsia lineatella in California. J.
econ. Ent. 28: 1002-1011.
Kailidis, D. S. 1964. An epidemic of Stilpnotia salicis L. (Lepidoptera: Lymantriidae) during 1964 on
poplars in Macedonia. [in Greek]. Dasika Hron. no 73-74 12 pp. Abstract in R.A.E. Ser. A 1967. 55:
159.
Kearfoot, W. D. 1907. New MicroLepidoptera. Can. Ent. 39: 79.
Keifer, H. H. 1933. California Microlepidoptera. VI. Calif. Dept Agr. Mo. Bull. 22: 351-365.
Kiziroglu, I. 1976. On the knowledge of the lilac leaf miner moth, Gracilaria syringella F. (Lepid.,
Gracilariidae). 1. Distribution and morphology. Zeit. Fur. Ange. Ent. 80: 407-426. Abstract in
R.A.E. Ser. A 1977. 65: 578.
Kolev, K. and A. Balevski. 1978. Increased infestation by leafrollers on fruit trees. Rast. Zash. 26: 27-32.
Krakowlak, A. 1974. [Occurence of Tortricidae (Lep.) in orchards of the Poznan region (Poland)]. Pol.
Pismo entomol. 44: 835-838.
Kruel, W. 1966. Spontaneous mass occurence of the rowan moth (Argyresthia conjugella) in apples (in Ger-
many in 1965). NachrBl. Dt. PflSchutzdienst Berl. 20 (N.S.) pt 4 113-114.
Lazorko. W. 1977. Eurrhypara hortulata L. (urticata L.) on the Pacific coast. (Lep: Pyralidae). J. entomol.
Soc. Brit. Col. 74: 31.
Lejeune, R. R. and G. T. Silver, 1961. Parasites and hyperparasites of the satin moth, Stilpnotia salicis Lin-
naeus (Lymantriidae) in British Columbia. Can. Ent. 93; 456-467.
Leondard, M. D. 1923. The present status and distribution of the apple and thorn skeletonizer. Ent. Soc.
Ont. Ann. Rept 54; 18-20.
LeRoux, E. J. and C. Reimer. 1959. Variation between samples of immature stages, and of mortalities from
some factors, of the eye-spotted budmoth, Spilonota ocellana (D. & S.) (Lep.: Olethreutidae), and
the pistol casebearer, Coleophora serratella (L.) (Lep.: Coleophoridae), on apple in Quebec. Can.
Ent. 91; 428-449.
Lindquist, O. H. and L. S. MacLeod. 1967. A biological study of Epinotia solandriana (Lepidoptera:
Olethreutidae), a leaf roller on birch in Ontario. Can. Ent. 99: 1110-1114.
Lintner, J. A. 1882. Entomologist of New York. First Annual Report of Injurious and Other Insects of N.Y.
p 152-155. in Jones, S. L. 1935.
Llewellyn-Jones, J. R. S. 1938. Some food plants of Lepidopterous larvae, List 6. Proc. entomol. Soc. Brit.
Col. 35: 25-27.
Lucchesse, E. 1941. Conributi alla conoscenza dei Lepidotteri del melo. III. Acroclita naevana Hb. Boll. R.
Lab. Eng. Agr. Porticii 5, 1-60, Portici.
MacNay, C. G. 1954. Outbreaks and new records. F.A.O. Pl. Prot. Bull. 2: 28-29.
MacNay, C. G. 1961. Some new records in Canada, from the Canadian Insect Pest record, 1955-1956, of
arthropods of real or potential economic importance: a review. CIPR. 39. Suppl. 1: 1-38.
MacNay, C. G. 1965. A European skipper (Adopaea lineola (Oshsenheimer)). CIPR. 43; 46.
MacNay, C. G. and I. S. Creelman. 1958. List of insects and mites affecting tree fruits in Canada. Res.
Notes Ser. Ent. Div. Dept. Agr. Can. No. E-12.
MacKay, M. R. 1962. Larvae of the North American Olethreutinae (1) (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae). Can.
Ent. 94: 626-643.
Madsen, H. F. and J. C. Arrand. 1975. The recognition and life history of the major orchard insects and
mites in British Columbia. B.C. Dept. Agric., Ent. Branch.
Madsen, H. F., S. A. Potter and F. E. Peters. 1977. Pest management: control of Archips argyrospilus and
Archips rosanus (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae) on apple. Can. Ent. 109: 171-174.
Markelova, V. P. 1957. Exapate congelatella Cl. and Cacoecia rosana L. as pests of berry bushes in the Len-
ingrad region. Rev. Ent. URSS. 36: 355-369. Abstract in R.A.E. Ser. A 1960. 48: 406.
Markelova, E. M. 1963. Ecological features of the development of the rose leaf roller, Cacoecia rosana L.
(Lep., Tort.) in the orchards of the Moscow region. Ent. Obozr. 42: 730-735. Abstract in R.A.E.
Ser. A 1966. 54: 191.
Marx, H., ed. 1973. Gypsy moth newsletter, No. 9, 9 pp. cited in Gerardi, M. H. and H. K. Grimm. 1979.
Massee, A. M. 1946. The pests of fruit and hops. 284 pp. 26 pls. London.
Mathers, W. G. 1940. The European pine shoot moth in British Columbia. J. econ. Ent. 33, 941.
Matnashvili, M. A. 1975. The leaf roller. Zash. Rast. 10: 38-39. Abstract in R.A.E. Ser. A 1977. 65; 229.
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEc. 31, 1982 51
Matthey, W. 1967. The natural history of three oak feeding Tortricids: Ptycholoma lecheana (L.),
Pandemis cerasana (Hb.) and Batodes angustiorana (Haw.). Entomologist 100: 115-120.
Maw, M. G. 1976. An annotated list of insects associated with Canada Thistle Cirsium arvense in Canada.
Can. Ent. 108: 235-244.
Maxwell, C. W. and A. D. Pickett. 1957. Insects affecting the cranberry. Can. Dept. Agr. Pub. 810, the
cranberry p 25-28.
McDonald, S. 1963. Chemical control of the beet webworm on sugar beets in southern Alberta. J. econ.
Ent. 56: 248-251.
McDunnough, J. H. 1957. Synonymic and biological notes on Coleophoridae (Lepidoptera). Amer. Mus.
Novit. No 1827: pp 1-4. Abstract in R.A.E. Ser. A 1959. 47: 117.
McLeod, J. H. 1951. Biological control investigations in British Columbia. Proc. entomol. Soc. Brit. Col.
47: 27-36.
McNeil, J. N. 1978. The number of larval stages of Thymelicus lineola (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae) in
eastern Canada. Can. Ent. 110: 1293-1295.
Metcalf, C. I. and W. P. Flint 1962. Destructive and useful insects, their habits and control. McGraw-Hill
Book Co., New York. 1087 pp.
Meyrick, E. 1927. A revised handbook of British Lepidoptera. Watkins Doncaster, 36 Strand, London,
W.C. 672 pp.
Miczulski, B. and M. Koslinska. 1976. [Parasites of leafrollers (Tortricidae) occurring in apple orchards in
some regions of Poland]. Pol. Pismo Ent. 46: 165-178.
Miller, G. E. 1976. Native parasites of Coleophora laricella (Lepidoptera: Coleophoridae) in British Col-
umbia. Masters Thesis. Simon Fraser University, Burnaby, B.C., Canada. 75 pp.
Minder, I. F. 1959. Leaf-rollers injurious to fruit crops in the flood-plain of the Oka river. Rev. Ent. URSS.
38: 98-110. Abstract in R.A.E. Ser. A 1961. 49: 341.
Mitchell, B. I. 1978. The biological control of potato tuber moth, Phthorimaea operculella (Zeller) in
Rhodesia. Rhodesia Agr. J. 75: 55-58. Abstract in R.A.E. Ser. A 1978. 67: 85.
Molis, S. 1970. A mass outbreak of the satin moth (Stilpnotia salicis L.) on poplar in the south of the Lithua-
nian Republic (Soviet Union) in 1967. Acta Entomologica Lituanica 1; 183-184. Abstract in R.A.E.
Ser. A 1972. 60: 968.
Molnar, A. C., J. W. E. Harris and D. A. Ross. 1966. Can. For. Ser. Dept of the Envir. Annual Rept For.
Ins. Dis Sur., 1966, Ottawa, Information Canada 1967. 142 pp.
Morris, R. F. 1980. Butterflies and moths of Newfoundland and Labrador. the macrolepidoptera. Res.
Branch. Agr. Can. Publ. 169.
Munroe, E. in Dominick, R. B., et al., 1976, The moths of America north of Mexico, Fac. 13.2A,
Pyraloidea (in part). E. W. Classey and R.D.D. Publications Inc., London.
Murdoch, R. F. M. 1967. The biology of the lilac leafminer, Gracillaria syringella Fabr. (Lep.:
Gracillariidae). Quaest. ent. 3; 247-281.
Musich, E. N. 1976. [Cutworms as pests of berry crops]. Zash. Rast. 4; 47. Abstract in R.A.E. Ser. A 1977.
65: 722.
Myers, J. H. and B. J. Campbell. 1976. Predation by carpenter ants; a deterrent to the spread of cinnabar
moth. Proc. entomol Soc. Brit. Col. 73: 7-9.
Naito, A. 1961. Studies on the distribution and abundance of the lima bean pod borer, Etiella zinckenella
Treitschke, and the soybean pod borer Grapholitha [Leguminivora] glycinivorella Matsumura IV.
On the distribution of the two species in the world and their host plants. Kontyu 29: 39-55.
Nakamura, M. 1974. A ecological study of Epinotia solandriana (Linnaeus) (Lepidoptera: Olethreutidae) a
leaf roller on Betula ermani Cham. (Betulacae) in the Shigayama IPB area (Japan). Jap. J. Ecol. 24;
186-193. Abstract in Ent. Abstr. 7; 76.
Neacu, P. and I. Dragia. 1973. Donnes ecologiques sur certains Lepidoptera et Diptera mineurs dans la
foret de Petresti, district Vrancae Traveaux du Museum d Histoire Naturelle. “Grigore Antipa” 13.
195-202.
Neilson, C. L. 1957. Tree fruit insects; Handbook of the main economic insects of B.C. Part 4. 52 pp.
Neilson, C. L. 1969. Berry and grape insects. Handbook of the main economic insects of B.C. Part 3. B.C.
Dept. of Agr. pp 51-52.
Nikolova, V. 1962. Injurious leafrollers (Lep. Tortricidae) and Gelechiids (Lep. Gelechiidae) on fruit trees
and their parasites. Izv. nauch. Inst. Zash. Rast. 3: 91-116. Abstract in R.A.E. Ser. A 1963. 51: 554.
Nordin, G. L. and J. E. Appleby. 1969. Bionomics of the juniper webworm. Ann. entomol. Soc. Am. 62;
287-292.
52 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEc. 31, 1982
Nordlander, G. 1977. Observations on the insects fauna in apple trees in connection with tests on insec-
ticides for integrated control. Vaxtskyddsnotiser 41: 39-48. Abstract in R.A.E. Ser. A 1978. 66: 2054.
Pengelly, D. H. 1961. Thymelicus lineola (Ochs) (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae) a pest of hay and pasture
grasses in southern Ontario. Proc. entomol. Soc. Ont. 91: 189-197.
Peterson, A. and G. J. Haeussler. 1926. The oriental fruit moth. U.S. Dept. Agr. Dept. Cir. 395. 27 pp.
Petherbridge, F. R. 1920. The life history of the strawberry tortrix Oxygrapha comariana Zeller. Ann.
appl. Biol. 7: 6-10.
Pfadt, R. E. 1971. Fundamentals of applied entomology. Macmillan Pub. Co., Inc., New York and Toron-
to. 693 pp.
Pierce, W. D. 1917. A manual of dangerous insects likely to be introduced in the United States through im-
-portations. U.S. Dept of Agr. 256 pp.
Plank, H. F. 1922. The blackheaded fireworm of cranberry on the Pacific coast. U.S. Dept. Agr. Bull. No.
1032: 1-41.
Popov, P. 1978. Pests of a rape variety and their control. Rast. Zash. 26; 24-26. Abstract in R.A.E. Ser. A
1979. 67: 402.
Porter, B. A. 1924. The bud moth. U.S. Dept. Agr. Bull. No. 1273. Cited in LeRoux, E. J. and C. Reimer.
1959.
Powell, J. A. 1964. Biological and taxonomic studies on Tortricine moths, with reference to the species in
California. Univ. Calif. Press., Berkley and Los Angeles. 317 pp.
Prentice, R. M. et al. 1962. Forest Lepidoptera of Canada recorded by the forest insect survey. Vol. 2.
Nycteolidae, Notodontidae, Noctuidae, Liparidae. For. Ent. and Path. Br. Can. Dept. For. Bull.
128. pp.
Prentice, R. M. et al. 1963. Forest Lepidoptera of Canada recorded by the forest insect survey. Vol. 3.
Lasicampidae, Thyatiridae, Drepanidae, Geometridae. For. Ent. and Path. Br. Can. Dept. For.
Pub. 1013. 543 pp.
Prentice, R. M. et al. 1965. Forest Lepidoptera of Canada recorded by the forest insect survey. Vol. 4.
Microlepidoptera. Dept. For., Ottawa, Can., Pub. 1142. 840 pp.
Preston, W. B. and A. R. Westwood. 1981. The European skipper, Thymelicus lineola (Lepidoptera;
Hesperiidae), in Manitoba and northwestern Ontario. Can. Ent. 113: 1123-1124.
Putnam, W. L. 1963. The codling moth, Carpocapsa pomonella (L.) (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae): a review
with special reference to Ontario. Proc. entomol. Soc. Ont. (1962) 22-60.
Raine, J. 1966. Life history of Dasystoma salicellum (Hbn.) (Lepidoptera: Oecophoridae), a new pest of
blueberries in British Columbia. Can. Ent. 98: 331-334.
Rasle, A. G. 1978. Parasites of birch casebearer larvae in Newfoundland (Lep.: Coleophoridae), En-
tomophaga 23: 103-108.
Razowski, J. 1966. World fauna of the Tortricini (Lep., Tortricidae). Krakow, Poland.
Reeks, W. A. and C. C. Smith. 1956. The satin moth, Stilpnotia salicis (L.) in the Maritime provinces and
observations on its control by parasites and spraying. Can. Ent. 88: 565-579.
Reichert, A. 1932. Rosenschadlinge (Rose pests) die Kranke Pflanze, IX, nos, 5-4. 75-78. Dresden.
Rose, A. H. and O. H. Lindquist. 1977. Insects of eastern spruces, fir and hemlock. Dept Environ. Can.
For. Ser., For. Tech. Rept 23.
Rose, A. H. and O. H. Lindquist. 1980. Insects of eastern larch, cedar and juniper. Dept. Environ., Can.
For. Ser., For. Tech. Rept 28.
Rosenstiel, R. G., G. R. Ferguson and D. C. Mote. 1944. Some ecological relationships of Cnephasia
longana. J. econ. Ent. 37: 814-817.
Ross, W. A. and W. Putman. 1933. The economic insect fauna of Niagara peach orchards. Ann. Rept en-
tomol. Soc. Ont. 64: 36-41.
Ruhman, M. 1915. Insect notes from the Okanagan. Proc. entomol. Soc. Brit. Col. 7: 7-11.
Ruhman, M. 1928. The peach twig borer. B.C. Dept. Agr., Hort. Branch, Circ 31 (revised ed.).
Ryan, R. B. and R. D. Medley, 1970. Test release of Itoplectis quadricingulatus against European pine
shoot moth in an isolated infestation. J. econ. Ent. 63: 1390-1392.
Salman, K. A. 1929. Notes on the immature stages and biology of a birch casebearer. Ann. entomol. Soc.
Am. 22: 480-488.
Sanders, G. E. 1915. Budmoth in Nova Scotia. Proc. entomol. Soc. N.S. 1: 84-87.
Sanders, G. E. and A. G. Dustan. 1919. The apple bud-moths and their control in Nova Scotia. Dom. of
Can., Dept of Agr., Ent Branch Bull. No. 16.
J. ENTOMOL. SOC. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEc. 31, 1982 53
Saunders, W. E. 1916. European butterfly found at London, Ont. Ottawa Nat. 30: 116. Cited in Burns, J.
M. 1966.
Schmidl, L. 1972. Studies on the control of ragwort, Senecio jacobaea L., with the cinnabar moth,
Callimorpha jacobaeae L. (Arctiidae: Lepidoptera), in Victoria. Weed Res. 12: 46-47.
Sechser, von B. 1970. der parasitenkomplex des kleinen frostspanners (Operophtera brumata L.) (Lep.,
Geometridae) unter besonderer Berucksichtingung der Kokonparasiten. I. Z. angew. Ent. 66; 1-35.
Shaheen, A. H. 1977. Survey of pests attacking tomato in Egypt with some ecological notes. Agr. Res. Rev.
55; 49-57. Abstract in R.A.E. Ser. A 1980. 68: 314.
Sheppard, A. C. 1959. Caradrina morpheus, a new record for North America of a European moth (Noc-
tuidae). J. Lepidop. Soc. 13; 77.
Smith, C. C. 1950. Notes on the European winter moth (Operophtera brumata) in Nova Scotia. Can. Sci.
Serv. Div. Ent. Forest Insect Invest. Bi-mon. Prog. Rept 6: 1.
Smith, K. M. 1931. A textbook of agricultural entomology. Cambridge University Press, London. 285 pp.
Specht, H. B. 1972. Cutworms of tobacco in Nova Scotia. I. Species complex and infestation. Can. Ent.
104: 1855-1864.
Spencer, G. J. 1929. Rept entomol. Soc. Ont. 60: 82-84.
Spencer, H. and W. O. Strong. 1925. The potato tuberworm. Virginia Truck Expt Sta. Bull 53. Cited in
Hofmaster, R. N. and L. D. Anderson. 1955. Potato tuberworm control in Virginia. J. econ. Ent.
48: 198-201.
Staudinger, P. O. and P. H. Rebel 1901. Ypsolophus marginellus, p 159 in P. O. Staudinger and P. H.
Rebel, Cat. Lepidoptera Palearctic fauna. R. Friedlander and John, Berlin.
Sutherland, D. W. S. (Chairman). 1978. Common names of insects and related organisms (1978 Revision).
Entomol. Soc. Amer. Spec. Publ. No. 78-1.
Swenson, K. G. 1958. Holly bud moth control. J. econ. Ent. 51: 87-90.
Talhouk, A. S. 1977. Contributions to the knowledge of almond pest in east Mediterranean countries. V.
The fruit-feeding insects Eurytoma amygdali End., and Anarsia lineatella Z. Zeit. ange. Ent. 83;
145-154.
Thiem, H. 1943. Sacktragermotten un ihre Bekampfung im Rahmen der Winter-behandlung der
Obstbaume. [Case-bearer moths and their control in the course of winter treatment of fruit trees. ].
Kranke Pflanze 20: 81-88. Abstract in R.A.E. Ser. A 1944. 32; 143.
Torgersen, T. R. and H. C. Coppel. 1965. The European pine shoot moth in Wisconsin. Wis. Conservation
Dept, For. Pest Leaflet No. 7. 3 pp.
Touzeau. W. and C. L. Neilson, 1957. Plans to eradicate oriental fruit moth in the Okanagan Valley. B.C.
Proc. entomol. Soc. Brit. Col. 54; 23-24.
Touzeau, W. D. and C. L. Neilson. 1958. Eradication procedures for oriental fruit moth in the Okanagan
Valley of British Columbia. Proc. entomol. Soc. Brit. Col. 55: 23.
Treherne, R. C. 1914. A review of applied entomology in B.C. Proc. entomol. Soc. Brit. Gol. 4: T-1i.
Treherne, R. C. 1915. Popular and economic entomology. Notes of economic interest from British Colum-
bia. Can. Ent. 47: 101-104.
Treherne, R. C. 1921. A further review of applied entomology in B.C. Proc. entomol Soc. Brit. Col. 13 &
15 (Econ. series): 135: 146.
Treherne, R. C. 1923. CIPR. 1: 1-76.
Twinn, C. R. (ed.) 1938. CIPR. 16: 267.
Twinn, C. R. (ed.) 1939. CIPR. 17: 6.
Twinn, C. R. (ed.) 1941a. CIPR. 16: 145.
Twinn, C. R. (ed.) 1941b. CIPR. 19: 194.
Twinn, C. R. (ed.) 1945. CIPR. 23: 113.
Vernon, J. D. R. 1971. Observations of the biology and control of tortricid larvae on strawberries. Pl. Path.
20: 73-80.
Vorzheva, L. V. 1958. On the bionomics of some little-known Microlepidoptera and their injuriousness to
fruit trees in Cisbaikalia. Rev. Ent. URSS. 37: 820-828. Abstract in R.A.E. Ser. A 1961. 49: 196.
Weiss, H. B. and R. B. Lott. 1922. The juniper webworm, Dichomeris marginellus Fabr. Ent. News. 33;
80-82.
Wheeler, A. G. Jr. 1978. Studies on the arthropod fauna of alfalfa. VIII. Parasitoid-host records. Can Ent.
110: 1117-1119.
54 J. ENTOMOL. SOC. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEc. 31, 1982
Whitehead, W. E. 1926. Notes on the current leafroller (Cacoecia rosana L.) in Nova Scotia. Arcadian en-
tomol. Soc. Proc. 10: 76-79.
Wilkinson, A. T. S. 1965. Releases of cinnabar moth, Hypocrita jacobaeae (L.) (Lepidoptera; Arctiidae) on
tansy ragwort in British Columbia. Proc. entomol. Soc. Brit. Col. 62: 10-13.
Wilson, 1912. Report from the Okanagan District: Insect pests of the year in the Okanagan. Proc. entomol.
Soc. Brit. Col. 2: 6.
Wylie. H. G. 1961. Insect parasites of the winter moth, Operophtera brumata (L.) (Lepidoptera:
Geometridae) in western Europe. Entomophaga 5; 111-129.
SIPHONAPTERA FROM MAMMALS IN ALASKA.
SUPPLEMENT IV. REVISED CHECK LIST FOR
SOUTHEASTERN ALASKA
GLENN E. HAAS'!, LOYAL JOHNSON?, AND ROBERT E. WOOD?
ABSTRACT
The annotated check list grew to 15 taxa with the addition of Opisodasys
vesperalis (Jordan) and Chaetopsylla setosa Rothschild, both new for Alaska; Tar-
sopsylla octodecimdentata coloradensis (Baker), new for southeastern Alaska; and
an Oropsylla sp. Nine species of wild mammals and the domestic cat are reported as
hosts of fleas in southeastern Alaska for the first time, increasing the total number
of mammalian hosts to 25 identified species. Seventy new records for 10 islands and
the mainland are combined with published records in a distribution table. Mor-
phological variations in the posterior margin of sternum VII of females of Monop-
syllus ciliatus protinus (Jordan) and distinguishing characters of three other taxa are
illustrated.
INTRODUCTION
The addition of four fleas to our first check list
of mammal fleas of southeastern Alaska (Haas et al.
1980) raised the total to 15 taxa. Especially
noteworthy is a marmot flea of the genus Oropsylla.
The other three fleas are known from British Col-
umbia (Holland 1949). One of them, Tarsopsylla
octodecimdentata coloradensis (Baler) is also known
from Alaska west of the Yukon Territory (Holland
1963; Hopla 1965; Haas and Wilson 1982), but
Opisodasys vesperalis (Jordan) and Chaetopsylla
setosa Rothschild are new to the state of Alaska.
New records are presented for all fleas in our first
list except for Myodopsylla gentilis Jordan and
Rothschild and Chaetopsylla tuberculaticeps
(Bezzi).
Mammalian hosts of the fleas are listed (Table
1). The additional ten species resulted in a total of
25 identified hosts plus an unknown species of
Microtus. These additions are the hoary marmot,
northern flying squirrel, southern red-backed vole,
meadow vole, long-tailed vole, gray wolf, black
bear, ermine, wolverine, and domestic cat. All new
and published locality records are tabulated by
named islands and the mainland (Table 2).
'557 California St., No. 7, Boulder City, NV, U.S.A. 89005.
*State of Alaska Department of Fish and Game, P.O. Box 499,
Sitka, AK, U.S.A. 99835.
State of Alaska Department of Fish and Game, 415 Main St., Rm.
208, Ketchikan, AK, U.S.A. 99901.
ANNOTATED LIST
Pulicidae
1. Ctenocephalides felis felis (Bouche)
This is the first record of fleas infesting a cat in
southeastern Alaska.
Record — Baranof Island, Sitka: two males, six
females (one gravid), on cat, 1.XII.1979, L.
Johnson.
Hystrichopsyllidae
2. Hystrichopsylla dippiei spinata Holland(Figs. 1
and 2)
Nine more specimens were collected, all from
martens making a total of 16 from this mustelid and
one from a mink. The assignment of southeastern
Alaskan specimens to this subspecies was facilitated
by dissecting male genitalia to expose tubercles near
the inner angle of sternum IX (Fig. 1). Not all
tubercles are in focus but enough to show more than
Holland (1957) illustrated for H. d. truncata
Holland. He showed that tubercles are absent in H.
d. dippiei Rothschild.
The aedeagus dissected from our H. d. spinata
specimen is shown in Fig. 2. Aedeagi of H. dippiei
(then known as H. gigas dippiei Rothschild) and H.
occidentalis (i.e. H. o. sylvaticus Campos and
Stark) from south of Canada were illustrated by
Traub (1950) and Campos and Stark (1979), respec-
tively. Our specimen appears close to Traub’s,
although the sclerotized inner tube curves toward
its exit (Fig. 2).
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEc. 31, 1982 55
Records — All on martens. Baranof Island,
Nakwasina Passage: one male (Figs. 1 & 2),
3.XII.1979, L. J.; Sitka, 8.8 km N (Starrigavan
Creek): three males, one female, 31.XII.1979, L. J.
Boca de Quadra: one female, 27.1.1980, R. Wood.
Kruzof Island: one female, 2.XII.1979, L. J.; Sukoi
Inlet: one male, 29.XII.1979, L. J. Revillagigedo
Island: one male, 15.11.1980, R. W.
3. Hystrichopsylla occidentalis occidentalis Holland
Only three more specimens of this flea of
shrews, certain rodents, and other small mammals
(Holland 1957; Campos and Stark 1979) were
collected.
Records — Baranof Island, Sitka, 8.8 km N
(Starrigavan Creek): one female, on ermine,
5.X1I.1980, L. J. Haines, 13.5 km NW (Chilkoot
Lake): one female, on deer mouse, 13.VIII.1980.
Juneau, 62 km E (Crescent Lake): one female, on
meadow vole, 17.VI.1981, U.S. Forest Service.
4. Catallagia charlottensis (Baker)
This species and the next (D. hollandi) are the
first to be recorded from the southern red-backed
vole in Alaska (Table 1). This species is also record-
ed from four of the larger islands for the first time
(Table 2).
Records — Admiralty Island, Hood Bay, South
Arm: one female, on deer mouse, 10. VI.1980, L. J.
Haines, 13.5 km NW (Chilkoot Lake): two males,
on deer mouse, 13. VIII. 1980. Mitkof Island,
Petersburg. 25.6 km SE (Ohmer Creek): one
female, on deer mouse, 20.XI.1980. Revillagigedo
Island, Ketchikan, 19.6 km NW (Ward Creek): one
female, on deer mouse, 26.XI.1980. Skagway, 4 km
NE (Skagway River Valley): one female, on deer
mouse, 15.VIII.1980; 5 km NW (Taiya River
Valley): one female, on long-tailed vole,
16. VIII.1980. Wrangell Island, Wrangell, 28 km S
(Pats Creek Wayside): one male, on southern red-
backed vole, 22.X1.1980.
5. Delotelis hollandi Smit
This rare flea was collected again in
southeastern Alaska after a lapse of over 30 years
(Smit 1953). New Alaskan host and locality records,
shared with C. charlottensis, are the southern red-
backed vole (Table 1) and Wrangell Island (Table
Ze
Record — Wrangell Island, Wrangell, 28 km S
(Pats Creek Wayside): one female, in southern
red-backed vole, 22.XI.1980.
Ischnopsyllidae
6. Myodopsylla gentilis Jordan and Rothschild
We have no new records of this bat flea.
Ceratophyllidae
7. Megabothris abantis (Rothschild)
New records of this vole and jumping mouse flea
include a specimen from a long-tailed vole, but 11
specimens were from mice and red-backed voles.
No collections were on islands.
Records — Haines, 10 km SE (Chilkat Penin-
sula): one male, one female, on northern red-
TABLE 1. Mammalian hosts of fleas in the annotated list.
Sorex vagrans Baird
Myotis lucifugus (LeConte)
Marmota caligata (Eschscholtz)
Tamiasciurus hudsonicus (Erxleben)
Glaucomys sabrinus (Shaw)
Peromyscus maniculatus (Wagner)
Peromyscus sitkensis Merriam
Clethrionomys rutilus Pallas
Clethrionomys gapperi (Vigors)
Microtus pennsylvanicus (Ord)
Microtus oeconomus (Pallas)
Microtus longicaudus (Merriam)
Microtus sp.
Rattus norvegicus (Berkenhout)
Zapus hudsonius (Zimmermann)
Canis familiaris L.
Canis lupus L.
Ursus americanus Pallas
Ursus arctos L.
Martes americana (Turton)
Mustela erminea L.
Mustela vison Schreber
Gulo gulo (L.)
Lutra canadensis (Schreber)
Felis catus L.
Homo sapiens L.
*No additional records since first check list.
**Species of fleas as numbered in revised list.
Vagrant Shrew*: 3**, 7
Little Brown Myotis*: 6
Hoary Marmot: 12
Red Squirrel: 8
Northern Flying Squirrel (nest): 10, 11
Deer Mouse: 3, 4, 7, 8, 9
Sitka Mouse: 9
Northern Red-backed Vole: 7
Southern Red-backed Vole: 4, 5
Meadow Vole: 3
Tundra Vole*: 3
Long-tailed Vole: 4, 7
Vole*: 5
Norway Rat*: 3
Meadow Jumping Mouse: 7
Dog*:1
Gray Wolf: 14, 15
Black Bear: 14
Grizzly Bear*: 13
Marten: 2, 8, 15
Ermine: 3, 15
Mink: 2, 8, 15
Wolverine: 14
River Otter: 15
Cat: 1
Man*: 1
56 J.E
backed vole, 12. VIII.1980. Klukwan, 9.5 km NW
(Mosquito Lake): three females, on meadow jump-
ing mouse, 11.VIII.1980. Skagway, 5 km NW
(Taiya River Valley): one male, one female, on deer
mice; two females, on northern red-backed vole;
and one male, on long-tailed vole, all on
NTOMOL. SOC. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEc. 31, 1982
16. VIII.1980; 16 km NE (Klondike Highway and
Moore Creek, 745 m elevation): one male, one
female, on northern red-backed voles,
18. VIII.1980.
8. Monopsyllus ciliatus protinus (Jordan) (Fig. 3a-h)
In her monograph of the genus Monopsyllus,
TABLE 2. Distribution of mammal fleas in southeastern Alaska.
os
=
ss]
A=
E
Tc
<=
Flea
Pulicidae
1. Ctenocephalides
felis felis
Hystrichopsyllidae
2. Hystrichopsylla
dipptet spinata
3. Hystrichopsylla
o. occidentalis
4. Catallagia
charlottensis
5. Delotelis
hollandi
Ischnopsyllidae
6. Myodopsylla
gentilis
Ceratophyllidae
7. Megabothris
abantis
8. Monopsyllus
ciliatus protinus
9. Opisodasys
keent
10. Opisodasvs
vesperalis
11. Tarsopsylla
octodecimdentata
coloradensis
12. Oropsylla sp.
Vermipsyllidae
13. Chaetopsylla
tuberculaticeps
14. Chaetopsylla
setosa
15. Chaetopsylla
floridensis
Campos & Stark (1979).
Haas et al. (1978).
Haas et al. (1979).
Haas et al. (1980).
e OF Ne
Island
Mainland
Chichagot
Prince of Wales
Revillagigedo
Wrangell
ee
11
1]
11
Holland (1957). johnson (1961).
Holland (1963). Smit (1952, 1953).
Hopla (1965). New data.
8 Fellison & Senger (1976).
5
6
i
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEC. 31, 1982 57
Figs. 1, 2. Hystrichopsylla dippiei spinata Holland, male (Baranof Island): 1, Sternum IX, inner angle,
showing many, but not all tubercles; 2, Aedeagus, dissected from same specimen.
BX)
Johnson (1961) remarked that the female of M. c.
protinus differs from females of all other M. ciliatus
subspecies in that the sinus of sternum VII is large,
usually deep, the lower lobe broad and rounded,
and the upper lobe usually pointed and not extend-
ed far beyond the lower lobe. Most of our specimens
are in agreement, e.g. Fig. 3 a, b. They also have
the typical darkened area just anterior of the sinus.
We have ten specimens (five, Baranof Island, from
martens; one, Krestof Island, from a mink; and
four, Kruzof Island, from a marten) that are
unusual for the species. Each has a sternum VII that
Fig. 3. Monopsyllus ciliatus protinus (Jordan),
female. Variations in posterior margin of
sternum VII (a, d, e, and g, Kruzof Island;
b, c, and h, Baranof Island; f, Krestof
Island).
lacks the large sinus (and darkened area) (Fig. 3c-h)
so that confusion with M. vison (Baker), another
species of red squirrel flea, is possible (see illustra-
tions of Johnson 1961). Monopsyllus vison,
however, occurs in regions of Alaska other than the
southeast (Haas and Wilson 1982) and can easily be
distinguished from M. c. protinus by its longer and
less rounded spermathecal bulga (Johnson 1961).
The origin of this unusual form of M. c. protinus on
Krestof and Kruzof Islands can be attributed to the
natural spread of red squirrels from Baranof Island.
58 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), Dec. 31, 1982
However, as this rodent was introduced to Baranof
Island from the Juneau area (Burris and McKnight
1973), fleas with sternum VII as in Fig. 3c-h pro-
bably also occur on the mainland.
Records — Baranof Island, Fish Bay: one male,
on marten, 29.XII.1979, L. J.; Rodman Bay: one
female, on marten, 4.11.1980, L. J.; Sitka, 8.8 km N
(Starrigavan Creek): two males, three females (Fig.
3c), on marten, 31.XII.1979 and three males, three
females (Fig. 3h), on marten, 4.1.1980, L. J. Boca
de Quadra: one female, on marten, 27.1.1980, R.
W. Klukwan, 11 km W (Haines Highway, Klehini
Valley): two males, three females, on red squirrel,
10. VIII.1980. Krestof Island: one female (Fig. 3f),
on mink, 2.XII.1979, L. J. Kruzof Island: one male,
seven females (Fig. 3a, d, e, g), on martens,
2.X11.1979, L. J.; Sukoi Inlet: one female, on
marten, 29.XII.1979, L. J. Revillagigedo Island:
one male, on marten, 15.II.1977 and one male, two
females, on marten, 15.11.1980, R. W. Skagway, 4
km NE (Skagway River Valley): one female, on
deer mouse, 15. VIII.1980.
9. Opisodasys keeni (Baker)
New records of this mouse flea include the first
for Chichagof and Mitkof Islands and the Skagway
River Valley, the northernmost locality on the
continent.
Records — Admiralty Island, Hood Bay, South
Arm: five males, seven females, 10.VI.1980 and
two males, one female, 13.VI.1980, all on deer
mice, L. J. Chichagof Island, Lisianski River: one
male, on Sitka mouse, 15.VII.1981, U.S.F.S.
Juneau, 35.5 km SE (Limestone Inlet): one male,
two females, on deer mice, 30.VI.1981, U.S.F.S.
Mitkof Island, Petersburg, 25.6 km SE (Ohmer
Creek): two males, four females, on deer mice,
20.X1.1980. Skagway, 4 km NE (Skagway River
Valley): five males, five females, on deer mice,
15. VIII.1980.
10. Opisodasys vesperalis (Jordan)
This flying squirrel nest flea is new for Alaska. A
related species, O. pseudarctomys (Baker), is known
west of the Yukon Territory (Holland 1963; Hopla
1965). The two are sympatric in central British Col-
umbia (Holland 1949), with O. pseudarctomys
ranging eastward across the continent and O.
vesperalis ranging west to the Pacific Coast
(Holland 1949, 1958, 1963).
Record — Skagway, 3 km NE (Skagway River
Valley, 70 m elevation): one male, four females, in
nest of northern flying squirrel, 17. VIII.1980.
11. Tarsopsylla octodecimdentata coloradensis
(Baker)
A Holarctic species associated with various tree
squirrels. The Nearctic subspecies prefers red squir-
rels and northern flying squirrels and ranges from
lowlands of central and southcentral Alaska
southeastward in the northern Great Plains to
Manitoba and in the western mountains to New
Mexico (Holland 1949, 1958, 1963). In southcentral
Alaska 80 specimens were collected from 11 red
squirrel nests (Haas and Wilson 1982). The record
from a northern flying squirrel nest (also infested
with O. vesperalis) near Skagway is the first for this
nest flea in southeastern Alaska.
Record — Skagway, 3 km NE (Skagway River
Valley, 70 m elevation): six males, three females,
nest of northern flying squirrel, 17. VIII.1980.
12. Oropsylla sp.
The genus Oropsylla Wagner and _ Ioff is
represented in British Columbia by O. arctomys
(Baker) on woodchucks and O. idahoensis (Baker)
on ground squirrels, and farther east is the ground
squirrel flea O. rupestris (Jordan) (Holland 1949).
In the Arctic of North America, O. alaskensis
(Baker) occurs on ground squirrels (Holland 1958).
In the Brooks Range of northern Alaska, O. silan-
tiewi (Wagner) is found on the Alaska marmot,
Marmota broweri Hall and Gilmore, a probable
relict North American species (Rausch and Rausch
1971). Our marmot flea was collected from the
wide-ranging hoary marmot, M. caligata, and ap-
pears close to O. silantiewi, better known as a Mar-
mota parasite in Asia than in Alaska (Lewis 1975).
Record — Wrangell, 19.2 km E (Groundhog
Basin, tributary of Porterfield Creek): one female,
on hoary marmot, IX.1980, D. Warner.
Vermipsyllidae
13. Chaetopsylla tuberculaticeps (Bezzi)
We have no new records of this bear flea.
14. Chaetopsylla setosa Rothschild(Figs. 4 and 6)
This setose flea of black bears, wolverines, and
some other large carnivores was recorded from
British Columbia and Montana (Holland 1949;
Hopkins and Rothschild 1956; Jellison and Senger
1973), but not definitely from Alaska until our col-
lections in 1980. Its superficial resemblance to the
next species, C. floridensis, a flea of the smaller
mustelids, probably contributed to the uncertain
recording of C. setosa from mink, marten, and er-
mine in an area of interior Alaska (Geary 1953; see
Haas et al. 1978). As emphasized by Hopkins and
Rothschild (1956), the female of C. setosa has a long
labial palp that extends beyond the fore trochanter
(Fig. 4); the female of C. floridensis has a labial
palp that is much shorter (Fig. 5). The male of C.
setosa has the acetabulum a little above the middle
of the body of the rather setose clasper, the
manubrium curves down and narrows suddenly
apically, and the aedeagus has lamina about 1.4
times as long as the external portion (Fig. 6); the
male of C. floridensis has the acetabulum at about
the middle of the body of the relatively less setose
clasper, the manubrium is straight or nearly so and
narrows to a more evenly rounded apex, and the
aedeagus has lamina about 1.2 times as long as the
external portion (Fig. 7).
All localities are near the southeastern tip of the
Alaskan mainland.
Records — Boca de Quadra: one male, on gray
wolf and six males (Fig. 6), 15 females (Fig. 4), on
wolverine, 9.II.1980, R. W. Rudyerd Bay: five
males, 19 females, on black bear, 28.1V.1981, R.
W.; nine males, 13 females, on wolverine,
J. ENTOMOL. SOc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEc. 31, 1982 59
oe
Fig. 4. Chaetopsylla setosa Rothschild, female. Long labial palp and adjacent structures (Baranof Island).
Fig. 5. Chaetopsylla floridensis (I. Fox), female. Short labial palp and adjacent structures (Baranof Island).
5.XII.1981, R. W. Smeaton Bay, Cabin Creek: two
males, four females, on black bear, 21.V.1980, L. J.
15. Chaetopsylla floridensis (I. Fox) (Figs. 5 and 7)
Many new records of this mustelid flea include
the first for three islands and the mainland (Table
2). This species probably ranges into British Colum-
bia as it was recently reported on martens in the
Rocky Mountains of Colorado (Eads et al. 1979).
Records — Admiralty Island, Pybus Bay: two
males, one female (gravid), on mink, 20.11.1980, L.
J. Baranof Island, Fish Bay: one male, one female,
on martens, 29.XII.1979, L. J.; Nakwasina
Passage: two females, on marten, 29.XII.1979 and
four males, five females, on marten, 2.II.1980, L.
J.; Rodman Bay: five males, five females, on
martens and one male, seven females, on minks,
4.11.1980, L. J.; and one female, on marten and
four males, nine females (Fig. 5), on minks,
6.11.1980, L. J.; Sitka, 8.8 km N (Starrigavan
Creek): one male, on ermine, 4.1.1980, L. J. Boca
de Quadra: one female, on gray wolf, 9.II.1980 and
one male, on marten, 27.1.1980, R. W. Chichagof
Island: two males, three females (gravid), on
martens and one male, on mink, 22.XII.1979, L. J.
Krestof Island: one male, two females, on mink,
2.X11.1979, L. J. Kruzof Island: three males, six
females, on marten, 2.XII.1979 and four males,
two females (gravid), on mink, 5.1.1980, L. J.;
Sukoi Inlet: one female, on marten, 29.XII.1979
and three females (gravid), on mink, 22.XII.1979,
L. J. Revillagigedo Island: one male, on marten,
15.11.1980, R. W. Smeaton Bay: five males, eight
females, on river otter, 1.XII.1981, R. W.
DISCUSSION
The expectation that additions to the mammal
flea fauna of southeastern Alaska would be species
already recorded from British Columbia by Holland
(Haas et al. 1980) was realized with O. vesperalis.
T. octodecimdentata, and C. setosa, but we did not
expect that any unidentifiable species would be
found in the region. The number of undescribed
species of mammal fleas in Alaska and Canada must
be small. Recently Holland (1979b) described two
new species from Canada. He also totaled 180
species in a census of Siphonaptera of Canada,
Alaska, and Greenland and estimated that ten
Canadian species were still undescribed or
unrecorded (including bird fleas) (Holland 1979a).
Although the host list (Table 1) was significantly
increased by nine species of wild mammals, we
were unable to include one of the most likely hosts
of various species of fleas, the bushy-tailed woodrat
Neotoma cinerea (Ord) (Holland 1952). New locali-
ty records included Krestof, Kruzof, Mitkof, and
Wrangell Islands (Table 2), but most islands, even
some of the larger ones, still lack records. Five fleas
(nos. 7, 10, 11, 12, and 14) are known only from the
mainland, and two (nos. 6 and 13) are known only
from islands. The distribution of mammal fleas in
the complex geography of southeastern Alaska is
still not well known.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We thank D. Warner and the U.S. Forest Ser-
vice for specimens, R. E. Barrett, Palmer, AK for
providing laboratory facilities and photographic
assistance, Dr. G. P. Holland, Ottawa for loan of
flea specimens and taxonomic assistance, and M. J.
Smolen, Pittsburgh, PA for identifying some of the
voles.
60 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BriT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEc. 31, 1982
ild, male. Genitalia (Boca de Quadra).
), male. Genitalia (Baranof Island).
Fig. 6. Chaetopsylla setosa Rothsch
Fig. 7. Chaetopsylla floridensis (I. Fox
REFERENCES
Burris, O. E. and D. E. McKnight. 1973. Game transplants in Alaska. Alaska Dep. Fish Game Wildl.
Tech. Bull. No. 4, 57 pp.
Campos, E. G. and H. E. Stark. 1979. A revaluation of the Hystrichopsylla occidentalis group, with
description of a new subspecies (Siphonaptera: Hystrichopsyllidae). J. Med. Ent. 15:431-444.
Eads, R. B., E. G. Campos and A. M. Barnes. 1979. New records for several flea (Siphonaptera) species in
the Unites States, with observations on species parasitizing carnivores in the Rocky Mountain region.
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 81:38-42.
Geary, J. M. 1953. A survey of invertebrate disease vectors in Alaska. Arct. Aeromed. Lab., Ladd Air Force
Base, Alaska, Proj. No. 22-1401-0004, Res. Rep. No. 1. 37 pp.
Haas, G. E., R. E. Barrett and N. Wilson. 1978. Siphonaptera from mammals in Alaska. Can. J. Zool.
56:333-338.
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEc. 31, 1982 61
Haas, G. E., L. Johnson and N. Wilson. 1980. Siphonaptera from mammals in Alaska. Supplement II.
Southeastern Alaska. J. Ent. Soc. Brit. Columbia 77:43-46.
Haas, G. E., T. Rumfelt, L. Johnson and N. Wilson. 1979. Siphonaptera from mammals in Alaska. Supple-
ment I. Can. J. Zool. 57:1822-1825.
Haas, G. E. and N. Wilson. 1982. Fleas (Siphonaptera) from nests of the red squirrel (Tamiasciurus hud-
sonicus) and burrows of the arctic ground squirrel (Spermophilus parryii) in Alaska. Wasmann J.
Biol. (In press).
Holland, G. P. 1949. The Siphonaptera of Canada. Can. Dep. Agric. Tech. Bull. 70, 306 pp.
Holland, G. P. 1952. Notes on some Siphonaptera from Canada. Can. Ent. 84:65-73.
Holland, G. P. 1957. Notes on the genus Hystrichopsylla Rothschild in the New World, with descriptions of
one new species and two new subspecies (Siphonaptera: Hystrichopsyllidae). Can. Ent. 89:309-324.
Holland, G. P. 1958. Distribution patterns of northern fleas (Siphonaptera). Proc. 10th Int. Congr. Ent.
1:645-658.
Holland, G. P. 1963. Faunal affinities of the fleas (Siphonaptera) of Alaska: with an annotated list of
species. pp. 45-63 in J. L. Gressitt (Ed.), Pacific Basin biogeography. 10th Pacif. Sci. Congr.
Holland, G. P. 1979a. Siphonaptera. pp. 424-426 in H. V. Danks (Ed.), Canada and its insect fauna. Mem.
Ent. Soc. Can. No. 108, 573 pp.
Holland, G. P. 1979b. Three new species of fleas from Canada (Siphonaptera). Can. Ent. 111:713-719.
Hopkins, G. H. E. and M. Rothschild. 1956. An illustrated catalogue of the Rothschild collection of fleas
(Siphonaptera) in the British Museum (Natural History). Vol. II. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.), London.
Hopla, C. E. 1965. Alaskan hematophagous insects, their feeding habits and potential as vectors of
pathogenic organisms. I. the Siphonaptera of Alaska. Arct. Aeromed. Lab., Fort Wainwright,
Alaska, Proj. No. 8241, AAL-TR-64-12. Vol. 1. 267 pp.
Jellison, W. L. and C. Senger. 1973. Fleas of Montana. Montana Agric. Exp. Sta. Res. Rep. 29, 79 pp.
Jellison, W. L. and C. M. Senger. 1976. Fleas of western North America except Montana in the Rocky
Mountain Laboratory Collection. pp. 55-136 in H. C. Taylor, Jr. and J. Clark (Eds.), Papers in
honor of Jerry Flora. W. Wash. St. Coll., Bellingham.
Johnson, P. T. 1961. A revision of the species of Monopsyllus Kolenati in North America (Siphonaptera,
Ceratophyllidae). U.S.D.A. Tech. Bull. No. 1227, 69 pp.
Lewis, R. E. 1975. Notes on the geographical distribution and host preferences in the order Siphonaptera
Part 6. Ceratophyllidae. J. Med. Ent. 11:658-676.
Rausch, R. L. and V. R. Rausch. 1971. The somatic chromosomes of some North American marmots
(Scuiridae), with remarks on the relationships of Marmota broweri Hall and Gilmore. Mammalia
35:85-101.
Smit, F. G. A. M. 1952. A new flea from western North America. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 54:269-273.
Smit, F. G. A. M. 1953. Monstrosities in Siphonaptera IV. Ent. Ber. (Amsterdam). 14:393-400.
Traub, R. 1950. Siphonaptera from Central America and Mexico. A morphological study of the aedeagus
with descriptions of new genera and species. Fieldiana, Zool. Mem. 1:1-127.
62
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEc. 31, 1982
FIFTY YEAR-OLD SITKA SPRUCE PLANTATIONS WITH
A HISTORY OF INTENSE WEEVIL ATTACK
R. I. ALFARO
Environment Canada
Canadian Forestry Service
Pacific Forest Research Centre
506 W. Burnside Rd.
Victoria, B.C. V8Z 1M5
ABSTRACT
The condition of 26 plantations of Sitka spruce (Picea sitchensis (Bong)Carr.)
established between 1930 and 1935, at Green Timbers, Surrey, British Columbia,
which sustained repeated attack by the white pine weevil (Pissodes strobi Peck) was
examined in 1981. The plantations were started either as pure Sitka spruce or as a
mixture of spruce and Douglas-fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii (Mirb.)Franco). A detail-
ed survey was conducted in one plantation of each type for which annual infesta-
tion levels were recorded from 1936 to 1949 and which appeared to be typical of
the rest of the pure and mixed plantations.
Many Sitka spruce trees were dead, having been out-competed by the other
trees on the site as a result of repeated top-killing by P. strobi. Most surviving
spruce trees were badly deformed, showed signs of severe attack, and were non-
merchantable. The plantation of pure Sitka spruce contained about 176 living Sitka
spruce trees/ha, but only about 14 trees/ha were potential crop trees; the rest were
suppressed or deformed. This plantation contained more volume in other volunteer
conifers than in Sitka spruce. The mixed plantation developed into a merchantable
stand of almost pure Douglas-fir, with only 5-6 Sitka spruce trees/ha.
RESUME
En 1981, on a examine 1;état de 26 plantations d’epinettes de Sitka (Picea sit-
chensis [Bong.] Carr.), établies en 1930 et 1935, 4 Green Timbers, Surrey
(Columbie-Brittanique), et qui avaient subi pendant de nombreuses annees des at-
taques soutenues de charancon du pin blanc (Pissodes strobi [Peck]). Au début, les
plantations étaient soit pures, soit mélées de Douglas taxifoliés (Pseudotsuga men-
ziesii [Mirb.] Franco). On a examiné une plantation de chacun des deux types dont
la gravieté des infestations annuelles avait été notée de 1936 4 1949, et qui semblait
representative de la situation dans les autres plantations.
Beaucoup d’épinetes avaient péri ou avaient été supplantées a cause de la mor-
talité répétée de leurs cimes causée par P strobi. La plupart de celles qui survivaient
étaient tres déformées, présentaient des signes d’attaques graves et n’étaient pas
commercialisables. La plantation pure contenait environ 176 arbres vivants par
hectare, mais seulement 14 pouvaient étre considérés comme d’avenir; les autres
étaient trop dominés ou déformés. Le volume des autres coniferes qui y poussaient
spontanement était supérieur a celui des épinettes de Sitka. La plantation mixtre
avait evolué en peuplement exploitable presque pur de Douglas taxifolie, qui ne
contenait que cing ou six épinettes de Sitka par hectare.
METHODS
INTRODUCTION
The rapid growth of Sitka spruce (Picea sitchen-
sis (Bong.) Carr) makes it a very desirable species
for certain low elevation, wet, coastal sites of
British Columbia. However, the white pine
(=Sitka spruce) weevil (Pissodes strobi Peck)
repeatedly destroys the terminal leader of the trees,
causing reduced height growth and deformed stems
which affect the development of young plantations.
This paper describes the condition in 1981 of 26
Sitka spruce plantations, including two surveyed in
detail, which were established in the early 1930s, at
Green Timbers, Surrey, British Columbia, and had
been affected by repeated weevil attack since an
early age.
Plantation history and description of early studies
Between 1930 and 1935, about 5.7 ha of pure
Sitka spruce in 3 plantations and 51 ha of a mixture
of Sitka spruce and Douglas-fir, Pseudotsuga men-
ziesii (Mirb.) Franco in 23 plantations, were
established in logger-over land ajoining the B.C.
Ministry of Forests Green Timbers Nursery
(Mathers 1938, 1939). The original forest cover in-
cluded Douglas-fir, hemlock, (Tsuga heterophylla
(Raf.) Sarg.), western red cedar (Thuja plicata
Donn.), plus deciduous species such as broad-leaf
maple (Acer macrophyllum Pursh) and vine maple
(A. circinatum Pursh.). Mixed plantations were first
planted to Douglas-fir in 1930 or 1931 at about
2000-25000 trees/ha and then interplanted with the
J. ENTOMOL. SOc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEc. 31, 1982 63
same number of Sitka spruce trees in 1932. Pure
plantations were also established in two plantings
(1930 and 1932 or 1935) with a total of about 5300
trees/ha. The area contained heavy logging slash
and numerous large stumps which probably
prevented ideal spacing. The seed source of Sitka
spruce was the Queen Charlotte Islands and that of
Douglas-fir was of mixed origin.
White pine weevil was first reported attacking
Sitka spruce trees in 1936 (Mathers 1938). In 1937, a
study project directed by G. R. Hopping, with the
collaboration of W. G. Mathers and R. H.
Longmore, was started by the Vancouver Sub-
laboratory of the Dominion Insect Laboratory (now
Canadian Forestry Service), to conduct detailed
observations of the biology of the weevil and to
determine the intensity of the damage (Mathers
1938, 1939; Hopping 1939). Annual infestation
levels were determined each year until 1949, for one
pure spruce (No. 68) and one mixed plantation (No.
84). These two plantations were also studied by
Silver in 1960 (Silver 1961, 1968).
1981 study
All plantations at Green Timbers were located
and inspected by entering about 40 to 50 m into the
plantation, at three different points, and making a
visual assessment of the condition and abundance of
the Sitka spruce. Then the pure and mixed planta-
tions studied in the past (Nos. 68 and 84, respective-
ly) (Mathers 1939, Silver 1968), were surveyed in
detail. Visual inspection of the other plantations in
the area suggested that these were ‘typical of other
plantations, at Green Timbers.
The two plantations were sampled systematical-
ly by establishing plots of variable radius (No. 5
BAF prism) spaced every 20 and 40 m in the pure
and mixed plantation, respectively. The pure plan-
tation covered 1.26 ha, was very open, and highly
variable, whereas the mixed plantation covered 3.4
ha, was more uniform, and apparently no longer
contained living Sitka spruce. Twenty-two and 17
plots were established in the two _ plantations,
respectively.
All conifer species in the plots were recorded
and diameters and heights measured. Five incre-
ment cores were collected from each conifer species
in the pure plantation, for growth determination.
Each living Sitka spruce trees was classified into one
of two categories: straight enough to become a crop
tree, or defective to the point where no merchan-
table saw timber would be obtained from it by
harvest time.
The number of conifers/ha was determined us-
ing the tables for variable plot sampling by Wilson
and Robbins (1969); volumes were obtained from
the B.C. Forest Service Volume Tables (1976).
RESULTS
Early studies
Annual infestation levels up to 1949, for the
pure and mixed plantations were summarized by
Graham et al. (undated) and Graham (1951) and
are presented in graphic form in Figure 1. The
percentage of trees attacked in both plantations in-
creased rapidly until about 1940, and then remain-
ed around 30% in the pure Sitka spruce, but declin-
ed rapidly in the mixed plantation. The higher in-
festation levels in the mixed plantation early in the
infestation (Fig. 1) were apparently also observed in
the rest of the mixed stands and were attributed by
Mathers (1939) to a difference in tree size between
the two types of plantations, with the trees in mixed
plantations being taller. Mathers noticed that the
percentage of trees attacked increased with the
height of the trees in the plantation.
Silver (1961, 1968) indicated that the attack
level in 1958 and 1959 in a plot established within
plantation No. 68, had declined to 4.9 and 8.6%
respectively, and that only 22% of the trees in this
——— PURE SITKA SPRUCE
ay a SITKA SPRUCE / DOUGLAS-FIR MIX
% TREES ATTACKED
1936 38 40 42 44 46 48 50
“
58 60
Fig. 1. Infestation intensity in a pure Sitka spruce plantation (Plantation No. 68) and a Sitka
spruce/Douglas-fir mixture (Plantation No. 84) at Green Timbers, Surrey, B.C. (From data
presented in table form by Graham (1951), Graham et al. (undated), Silver (1961) and Silver
(1968)). Percentage trees attacked refers to new attacks. The same trees were attacked many times.
64 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEc. 31, 1982
TABLE 1. Number of stems and gross volume per hectare, diameters, heights and periodic increment at
Green Timbers pure Sitka spruce plantation No. 68 (N = 22 plots).
Species Stems Gross volume Mean DBH Mean height Mean®
annual
radial
No./ha i, S.D. mene yA S.D. cm S.Dis m SD increment
(mm)
Sitka spruce neg 12.3 35.8 11.9 14.1 27.3 33.7 11.0 29.9 14.3 Zeid
Douglas-fir 64.2 54.7 149.2 33.23 39.3 74.0 31.6 10.6 21.0 4.7 3.3
Western hemlock 14.2 12.1 21.5 20.6 24.3 28.6 43.6 1t.7 27.3 4.8 3.4
Western red cedar 24.6 20.9 49.9 18.9° 22.3 45.0 42.4 10.6 24.4 3.9 3.3
Total 117.4 100.0 84.7
a Last 10 years of growth.
Only potential crop trees included; i.e.,
Total number of living Sitka spruce trees
plantation were considered straight enough to
develop into suitable sawlog trees. By this date, only
two trees in the plantation had never been attacked,
one of which, because of its excellent form and
growth, was thought to be somewhat resistant to
weevil attack. This tree was also mentioned by
Graham et at. (undated).
1981 study
Visual inspection of the plantations showed that
none of the pure Sitka spruce plantations developed
into merchantable stands. Most living Sitka spruce
showed evidence of several weevil attacks, contain-
ed defects such as crooks and forks, and were non-
merchantable. They shared the canopy with
Douglas-fir, western red cedar, western hemlock,
vine and broad leaf maple. In mixed plantations,
Sitka spruce was almost absent, the resulting stand
being mainly Douglas-fir, with some hemlock,
western red cedar, and the maples. Spruce mortali-
ty in both cases was attributed to interspecific com-
petition. Surviving spruces were mostly on the edges
of the plantations.
The detailed survey of the pure plantation (No.
68) demonstrated the extent of the weevil damage.
Dead trees showing severe attack could be found
everywhere, many still with their numbered metal
tags placed by Hopping and his co-workers in the
1930s. About 176 Sitka spruce trees/ha were
estimated to be still alive in this plantation in 1981,
about 17% of which were suppressed and 75%
defective due to repeated weevil attack; the most
common defects were fork and crook. The remain-
ing potential spruce crop trees were estimated to
number 14.4/ha with a gross volume of 12.3 m°/ha
(Table 1). The sampling error for the stems/ha and
volume estimates were about 28 and 23% respec-
tively. Volunteer conifers, which were numerous,
yielded volumes equal to or larger than Sitka
spruce, and were about equal in diameter, height
and growth to spruce (Table 1). This plantation
100.0
suppressed and defective trees were excluded.
per/ha was estimated to be 176.
contained five Sitka spruce trees of exceptionally
good form, but since their metal tags were lost, it
was not possible to determine which one was the so-
called resistant tree mentioned by Graham et al.
(undated) and Silver (1968).
Mixed plantatin No. 84 developed into a mer-
chantable stand of almost pure Douglas-fir. It was
estimated that this plantation contained about 408
Douglas-fir trees/ha which totalled 389 m°/ha and
only 5.5 Sitka spruce trees/ha, with a volume of
1.43 m°/ha. The spruces were probably eliminated
in the competition with Douglas-fir.
DISCUSSION
The infestation levels at Green Timers were
remarkably high. Spruce trees are generally not
available for re-attack for at least two years after
their terminals have been killed, i.e. for the time it
takes to produce a new leader suitable for the
weevil. Therefore, a constant 30% annual infesta-
tion rate, such as that experienced in the pure plan-
tations (Fig. 1) implies that about 90% of the trees
were attacked every three years. The faster decline
in the attack incidence in the mixed plantation (Fig.
1) was not explained in the records, but it may have
been caused by the death of host trees due to com-
petition with Douglas-fir.
Virtually all Sitka spruce planted at Green
Timers was badly damaged by Pissodes strobi. We
now know that such severe damage could be ex-
pected on this site, because it is distant from the
cooling influence of the open ocean and is thus pro-
ne to severe damage by this insect (McMullen 1976).
The records do not clarify the rationale for mix-
ing Sitka spruce and Douglas-fir. Belyea and
Sullivan (1956) indicated that mixing eastern white
pine, Pinus strobus L., with deciduous species
would reduce the incidence of attack by the eastern
Pissodes strobi, because of a shading effect that
would create an environment less suitable for the
weevils. However, the mixing with Douglas-fir was
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEc. 31, 1982 65
not likely intended as a silvicultural method to pro-
vide shade for Sitka spruce. An even-aged mixture
with Douglas-fir would probably provide little in-
itial overstory shadowing at the terminal leader
level to provide a significant change in the optimum
microclimatology for the weevil and, therefore,
would not reduce weevil attack. Another reason for
rejecting Douglas-fir as an appropriate mixture to
reduce P. strobi attack is that this species is the
alternate host of the Cooley spruce gall aphid
(Adelges cooleyi (Gillette)), which is also a pest,
although of minor importance, of Sitka spruce (Fur-
niss and Carolin 1977, Wood 1977).
Nevertheless, shading reduced weevil incidence
at Green Timbers and was noticed by Hopping
(1939) who stated that:
“The degree of shade has also been found to be
an important factor governing attack in that the
weevils have shown a distinct preference for expos-
ed tops”. However, he cautioned that “the effec-
tiveness of shade from deciduous growth, such as
vine maple and willow which have come in natural-
ly on the plantation, is minimized by the fact that
the weevils invariably attack in the spring before
the foliage appears. Instances of spruce completely
enclosed in clumps of vine maple, having been
weeviled, were observed.”
The destruction by weevils of the plantations at
Green Timbers as well as the deplorable status of
other Sitka spruce plantations in British Columbia
clearly show that unless an effective control method
for this pest is designed, Sitka spruce should not be
used in areas with high susceptibility to attack by P.
strobi.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
I thank Mr. M. N. Collard of the B.C. Ministry
Forests Green Timbers Forestry Station for making
available the plantation records, and Mr. R. J. De-
Jong for his assistance in the investigation.
LITERATURE CITED
Belyea, R. M. and C. R. Sillivan. 1956. The white pine weevil: A review of current knowledge. For. Chron
32: 58-67.
British Columbia Forest Service. 1976. Whole stem cubic metre volume equations and tables. Forest Inven-
tory Division, Victoria, B.C.
Furniss, R. L. and V. M. Carolin. 1977. Western forest insects. U.S. Dept. Agric. For. Serv. Misc. Pub. No.
1339. 654 p.
Graham, K. 1951. The Sitka spruce weevil. Can. Dept. Agric., Science Serv., For. Biol. Div. Bi-Monthly
Progress Report 7: 3-4.
Graham, K., M. L. Prebble, W. G. Mathers and D. N. Smith. (Undated). Unpub. rep., Pacific Forest
Research Centre, Victoria, B.C. (File No. 1552).
Hopping, G. R. 1939. Project statement for project No. E. 30.41-1 “The Sitka spruce weevil, Pissodes sit-
chensis Hopk. Vernon and Vancouver, B.C., G. R. Hopping, W. G. Mathers and R. H. Longmore.”
Unpub. rep., Pacific Forest Research Centre, Victoria, B.C.
Mathers, W. G. 1938. Annual report of the Vancouver Forest Insect Laboratory. Unpub. rep., Pacific
Forest Research Centre, Victoria, B.C. 80 p.
Mathers, W. G. 1939. Annual report of the Vancouver Forest Insect Laboratory. Unpub. rep., Pacific
Forest Research Centre, Victoria, B.C. 119 p.
L. H. 1976. Spruce weevil damage. Ecological basis and hazard rating for Vancouver Island. Environment
Canada. For. Serv. Report No. B.C.-X-141.
Silver, G. T. 1961. Studies on the Sitka spruce weevil in British Columbia. I. Regional studies on the effect
of the spruce weevil on Sitka spruce regeneration. Unpub. report. Pacific Forest Research Centre,
Victoria, B.C. 14 pp.
Silver, G. T. 1968. Studies on the Sitka spruce weevil, Pissodes sitchensis in British Columbia. Can. En-
tomol. 100: 93-100.
Wilson, D. A. and W. C. Robbins. 1969. Formulas and tables for point-sampling in forest inventory. Part
2: Metric system. Maine Agricultural Exp. Sta. Bull 680. 303 p.
Wood, C. 1977. Cooley spruce gall aphid. Can. For. Serv. Pac. For. Res. Centre. For Pest. Leaflet No. 6.,
2 pp.
66 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEc. 31, 1982
LIGHT TRAP COLLECTIONS OF CULICOIDES
(DIPTERA: CERATOPHOGONIDAE) IN THE
FRASER VALLEY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA
ROBERT A. COSTELLO
British Columbia Ministry of Agriculture & Food
17720 - 57th Avenue, Cloverdale
British Columbia
ABSTRACT
Because information was lacking about Culicoides spp. occurring in British
Columbia, a survey was carried out to determine the species present in the Fraser
Valley. Seven light traps sampled adult Culicoides from June 5 to August 30, 1976.
Ten species and one species group were collected, of which six were not previously
known to occur in British Columbia. C. obsoletus (Meigen) comprised 99.3 percent
of the total catch of 15,863 adults. C. occidentalis (Wirth and Jones) and C.
variipennis (Coquillett), proven vectors of bluetongue virus in North America,
were not collected.
INTRODUCTION
Studies of Culicoides in British Columbia have
been few and regional. Twelve species of this genus
have been reported in the province prior to
this investigation. Dyar, in 1903, collected C. ob-
soletus (Meigen) at Kaslo (Hoffman, 1925). Curtis,
in 1941, added seven species collected mostly
around Kamloops. Wirth (1952) reported on the oc-
currence of C. jamesi (Fox) from an unspecified
location in British Columbia.
Renewed interest in Culicoides was stimulated
by the discovery in 1975 of the bluetongue virus
disease of cattle in the South Okanagan. This
resulted in a survey of Culicoides spp. in this area
during 1976 which yielded 12 species, three
previously unreported, including C. occidentalis
(Wirth and Jones), a proven vector of bluetongue
disease (McMullen, 1978). The bluetongue out-
break also brought attention to the lack of informa-
tion about Culicoides in the Fraser Valley. Spuz-
zum, about 65 km north of the eastern-most ex-
tremity of the Fraser Valley, is the closest published
collection record (Curtis, 1941).
The objectives of this study, conducted in the
summer of 1976, were to determine the species of
Culicoides present in the Fraser Valley and their
abundance.
METHODS
Unmodified New Jersey type light traps equip-
ped with 60 watt incandescent light bulbs were used
to sample populations of adult Culicoides at seven
locations. Automatic timers turned the traps on at 7
p.m. and off at 7 a.m. The collecting jars utilized
dichlorvos, in sawdust below a layer of perforated
plaster of Paris, as a killing agent. Traps were col-
lected thrice weekly. Trapping began on June 5 and
ended August 30.
LIGHT TRAP LOCATIONS
Chilliwack sewage treatment plant
This trap was located within 1 km of a large
freshwater slough with banks covered with dense
grass and reeds.
Chilliwack Mountain
A trap was placed on the Martin farm on
Chilliwack Mountain Road. A low, muddy area on
the farm that remained wet throughout the collec-
tion period provided a possible Culicoides breeding
area.
Mission sewage treatment plant
This trap was situated within 0.5 km of a large
freshwater slough with shallow, weedy margins.
The slough was about 2 km south of the city of Mis-
sion. No livestock were present within 5 km of the
trap but large numbers of waterfowl were observed
in the area.
Mitten farm
The trap at the Mitten farm, 2 km west of Fort
Langley, was located within 10 m of a mud-lined
freshwater seepage pond used daily by farm
livestock as a watering hole.
Fort Langley pump house
The trap was on Whyte Road, 9 km north-west
of Fort Langley, located beside a deep, slow-
moving, mud-lined drainage ditch on pasture land.
However, within 8 days of installing the trap, rising
levels of the nearby Fraser River caused the ditches
to overflow, resulting in extensive flooding. Water
levels returned to normal by the second week of
August.
Haney sewage treatment plant
The Fraser River, 0.5 km away, was the only
naturally occurring water in the vicinity of this trap
which was located on the southern town boundary.
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BriIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEc. 31, 1982 67
Colony Farm
A trap on Colony Farm in the Municipality of
Coquitlam was placed adjacent to a swine barn.
The outdoor pens remained muddy throughout the
collection period. A weed-free drainage ditch pass-
ed within 20 m of this trap.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
15,863 Culicoides representing ten species and
one species group were taken in the seven light
traps. Table 1 shows the species and numbers taken
at each trap site. In addition 59 specimens were col-
lected that could not be identified to known species.
Above average precipitation levels during the
trapping period may have affected the abundance
of some or all species. During the trapping period
precipitation totalled 27.2 cm compared to the 1941
to 1970 mean of 16.3 cm. The combined mean
temperature for June, July and August was 15.6°C
during 1976 and 16.8°C from 1941 to 1970. In 1976
the Fraser River peaked at 5.79 m; very close to the
average peak level of 5.85 m for the years 1960 to
1975, and is unlikely to have resulted in significant
population shifts. All data reported above pertains
to Mission, the approximate geographic centre of
the survey area.
Undoubtedly the early and late seasonal occur-
rence of some species was not determined in this
survey. McMullen (1978) reported the earliest and
latest trap records of five common Culicoides spp.
in the southern Okanagan area of British Columbia.
The earliest collection date was April 18, and all
species were taken by May 16th. All five species
were found until September 9th, and the latest col-
lection date was October 5th.
TABLE 1. Number and species of Culicoides trapped in the Fraser Valley 5 Jun. to 30 Aug. 1976.
a x
O O
ice) Co =
= Sree
or 4) '- ©G© O
—- OP mbH s-
—- © & —_—- YN
- SFG -- D ”
SPECIES i oe
C. biguttatus
C. chiopterus* 6 2
C. cockerellii it i
C. crepuscularis
C. downesi*
Co hartulus*
C. kibunensis* 4
C. obsoletus 4906 725 6288
C. piliferus group Af
C. sphagnumensis*
C2 tristriatulius*
* New British Columbia record.
y w
w Dm
— © cs
mn Ss
eS @&
co wn
S ic yy ”Y
» Ww y~P =!
coc FF €& Poa ocr og€&§ <t
CoC pp & S$ F& co — & —_
—- -- © OD Gre Os S
oO = + He Ore a= Os) Cons =
10 1 14
2 4 15
1 3
5 4 12
6 i 16
12 18
3 5 Le
3090 87 403 248 15747
4 11 16
6 3 9
ik 1
68 J. ENTOMOL. SOc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEc. 31, 1982
3600
2560
2000
IS00
/000:
NUMBER OF CULICOIDES TRAPPED
2 ee Tes oreo pers,
=
500
OR IRE AF ETS TT PO BAR eR ae
5 12 19 26 3 fO0 17 mA 31 7 4 2 28
JUN JUL AUG
Fig. 1. Seasonal distribution of C. obsoletus adults collected in light traps in the Fraser Valley in 1976.
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEc. 31, 1982 69
SPECIES DISCUSSION
C. biguttatus (Coquillett)
Fourteen specimens were collected from June 21
to July 28. C. biguttatus is a general feeder, biting
man, cattle, and fowl (Downes, 1958; Hair and
Turner, 1968; Pickard and Snow, 1955). Livestock
were present within a few metres of the Colony
Farm and Mitten farm trap sites where this species
was collected, and waterfowl were abundant near
the other collection site, the Mission sewage plant.
C. chiopterus (Meigen)
This species was not previously known to occur
in British Columbia. The immaature stages develop
in cow dung (Downes, 1958), and the adults feed on
cattle (Kettle, 1977). C. chiopterus appears to be
widespread in the Fraser Valley as it was collected
in 5 of the 7 traps, including the eastern and
western-most traps. The 15 specimens were col-
lected from June 16 to August 11.
C. cockerellii (Coquillett)
Three specimens of this species were trapped
within a 6 day period. The Chilliwack sewage plant
and Chilliwack Mountain specimens were taken on
July 28, and the Colony Farm specimen on August
3. McMullen (1978) found C. cockerellii most abun-
dant near pastures with slow, meandering streams,
a situation that was apparent only at the Chilliwack
Mountain location.
C. crepuscularis Malloch
The first specimen was taken on June 7, the date
when the traps were first collected. This species
continued to be trapped sporadically until August
16. This is similar to the observations of McMullen
(1978), who found a broad level of peak abundance,
from mid-June through to early September, for this
species in the south Okanagan region. C.
crepuscularis is largely ornitholic (Hair and Turner,
1968; Messersmith, 1965), but has been reported as
a man-biter (Pickard and Snow, 1955). It has been
found breeding in a wide range of sites, usually high
in organic matter, including marshy areas
associated with lakes and ponds, drainage ditches,
and mud around freshwater ponds (Jorgensen,
1969; McMullen, 1978; Rowley, 1967).
C. downesi Wirth and Hubert
Little is known about the habits of this species.
Downes (pers. comm.) describes it as a feeder on
wild and domestic fowl. All of the 16 specimens col-
lected in this survey were trapped between June 11
and July 5, suggested that this species has a narrow
peak of abundance. C. downesi has not been
previously reported in British Columbia.
C. hirtulus (Coquillett)
C. hirtulus was first taken on June 21 and
specimens regularly appeared in traps until August
27. The survey was discontinued on August 30 so
the period of occurrence of this species may have ex-
tended beyond the last date when it was collected.
This is a new species record in British Columbia.
C. kibunensis Tokunaga
Twelve specimens were collected from June 23
to August 9. The species was not previously known
to occur in British Columbia. Little is known of the
habits of C. kibunensis.
C. obsoletus (Meigen)
C. obsoletus was by far the most commonly
trapped species at every location, representing
99.3% of the total catch. It was collected
throughout the trapping period but two distinct
population peaks were apparent. During the week
starting July 3 (Fig. 1) 2760 specimens were col-
lected, and an other 2150 were trapped during the
week of August 7. It is unlikely that significant C.
obsoletus adult populations were present prior to
the commencement of trapping as only 280
specimens were collected during the first week.
However, there is little doubt that adults were pre-
sent after trapping ended because 1600 specimens
were trapped during the final week. C. obsoletus
can be a serious biting pest of humans and horses
(Shemanchuk, 1972; Pickard and Snow, 1955). This
species is commonly found breeding in leafy humus
(Downes, 1958). However, the large number of C.
obsoletus trapped at the Chilliwack and Mission
sewage plants suggests that nearby freshwater
sloughs were probable breeding areas.
C. piliferus group
This is a composite group consisting of
specimens having wide variations in several
characters.
Fifteen of the 16 C. piliferus group adults were
trapped between June 7 and June 11. The other
specimen, from the Chilliwack sewage plant, was
taken on June 28. This suggests that the C. piliferus
group occurs early, perhaps starting before the trap-
ping began on June 7. Jorgensen (1969) reported
freshwater seepage springs as breeding sites for this
species group, but water bodies of this type were not
apparent at the three collection locations.
C. sphagnumensis Williams
Nine specimens of C. sphagnumensis, previously
unrecorded in British Columbia, were trapped at
the Mitten farm and the Fort Langley pump house.
These trap sites are about 4 km apart in an area
where most of the potential breeding areas were
mud-lined drainage ditches and seepage ponds. The
first specimen was collected on June 11, the last on
August 13.
C. tristriatulus Hoffman
A single specimen of C. tristriatulus was col-
lected on July 26 at the Colony Farm trap site.
Wirth (1952) described this species as a severe
human biting pest in Alaska where it breeds in salt
marshes. The nearest salt marsh to the trap site is 35
70 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BriT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DrEc. 31, 1982
km and, although Downes (1958) states this species
can fly several miles, it is improbable that this was
the source of the specimen. Freshwater marshes oc-
cur within 2 km of the trap and may have produced
the specimen. This is a new species record for
Biosystematics Research Institute, Agriculture
Canada, Ottawa for identifying many specimens
submitted to him. The assistance of Mr. E. Chu,
British Columbia Ministry of Agriculture and Food,
in this project is gratefully acknowledged.
British Columbia.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
My sincere thanks to Mr. Leo Forster,
REFERENCES
Curtis, L. C. 1941. A preliminary list of the species of Culicoides in Western Canada. Proc. Ent. Soc. Br.
Columb. 37:18-19.
Downes, J. A. 1958. The genus Culicoides (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae) in Canada; an introductory review.
Proc. 10th Int. Congs. Ent. 3:801 - 808.
Downes, J. A. 1978. The Culicoides variipennis complex: A necessary realignment of nomenclature
(Diptera: Ceratopogonidae). Can. Ent. 110: 63 - 69.
Hair, J. A. and E. C. Turner, Jr. 1968. Preliminary host preference studies on Virginia Culicoides (Diptera:
Ceratopogonidae). Mosq. News. 28:103 - 107.
Hoffman, W. A. 1925. A review of the species of Culicoides in North and Central America and the West In-
dies. Amer. J. Hyg. 5:275 - 301.
Jorgensen, N. M. 1969. The systematics, occurrence, and host preference of Culicoides (Diptera:
Ceratopogonidae) in Southeastern Washington. Melanderia 3:1 - 47.
Kettle, D. S. 1977. Biology and bionomics of bloodsucking Ceratopogonids. Ann. Rev. Entomol. 22:23-51.
McMullen, R. D. 1978. Culicoides (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae) of the South Okanagan area of British Col-
umbia. Can. Ent. 110:1053 - 1057.
Messersmith, D. H. 1965. Culicoides (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae) associated with poultry in Virginia.
Mosq. News. 25:321-324.
Pickard, E. and W. E. Snow, 1955. Light trap collections of punkies (family Heleidae, genus Culicoides)
McMinn County, Tennessee, April - September, 1952. J. Tenn. Acad. Sci. 30:15 - 18.
Rowley, W. A. 1967. Observations on larval habitats and the winter bionomics of some common species of
Culicoides (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae) in the Central Columbia basin. Mosq. News 27:499 - 505.
Shemanchuk, J. A. 1972. Observations on the abundance and activity of three species of Ceratopogonidae
(Diptera) in Northeastern Alberta. Can. Ent. 104:445 - 448.
Wirth, W. W. 1952. The Heleidae of California. Univ. Calif. Pubs. in Entomol. 9:95 - 266.
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEC. 31, 1982 71
AN ANNOTATED CHECKLIST OF THE
CADDISFLIES (TRICHOPTERA) OF SE ALASKA
RICHARD N. VINEYARD
Pacific Northwest Forest and Range Experiment Station,
Forestry Sciences Laboratory,
P.O. Box 909, Juneau, Alaska 99802
ABSTRACT
An annotated checklist of the caddisflies (Trichoptera) of southeast Alaska is
presented. The list contains 11 families, including 74 named, and 5 new species, 44
of which are new for the region. The Family Limnephilidae includes 38 species and
Family Rhyacophilidae 14. The annotations cover locations, types of habitats and
months of capture.
This paper brings together the few previous records of caddisflies
(Trichoptera) collected from southeast Alaska (Banks 1900; Denning 1964, 1970;
Ellis 1978a, 1978b; Yamamoto and Wiggins 1964) and the results of my recent
studies there. The list contains 74 species, 44 of which are new for the region. This
is the first attempt to collect and identify Trichoptera on a wide basis in southeast
Alaska. Although many new records are included, we still know only about
60% -70% of the caddisfly fauna. Many species are known from a single adult
specimen or by larvae only. Undoubtedly, future collecting will add many species
to the present list.
METHODS
Southeast Alaska lies east of the 141st meridian,
including the mainland strip from Dixon Entrance
to Icy Bay and the islands of the Alexander Ar-
chipelago. Locations of collections within southeast
Alaska are referenced by the U.S. Geological Survey
(USGS) 1:63,360 topographic map quadrangles
(fig. 1). The quadrangles within the region are:
TR) Taku River
YT) Yakutat
*no collections from these quadrangles.
(AT) Atlin*
(BC) Bradfield Canal
(CR) Craig
(DE) Dixon Entrance
(JU) Juneau
(KT) Ketchikan
(MF) Mt. Fairweather
(PB) Petersburg
(PR) Prince Rupert*
(PX) Port Alexander
(SG) Skagway
(SI) Sitka
(SM) Sumdum
(
(
Within each quadrangle, maps are designated
by row and column; i.e. Al is row A, column 1. A
collection made at a location on map C4 of the Sitka
quadrangle would be designated SIC4. There are
four rows (A to D) and five to seven columns in each
quadrangle. The habitat types from which collec-
tions have been made and the time periods during
which adults were collected are included for each
species. Habitat type classifications are:
Ist to 3rd order glacial stream
4th order and larger glacial stream
Type I
Type II
Type III 1st and 2nd order, clearwater, high
gradient (>2%) stream
Type IV Ist and 2nd order, clearwater, low
gradient (<2%) stream
Type V 33rd and 4th order, clearwater, high
gradient stream
Type VI 3rd and 4th order, clearwater, low
gradient stream
Type VII 5th order and larger clearwater
stream
Type VIII muskeg drainage stream
Type IX small, shallow pond
Type X large, deep lake
Type XI muskeg pond
During the summer and fall of both 1978 and
1980, and during the spring and summer of 1979,
an extensive collection was made of southeast
Alaska Trichoptera. Many collecting methods were
employed depending on the type of habitat being
sampled, availability of sampling equipment and
the life stage sought. Larvae were collected in
streams using kick screens, Surber and Hess
samplers, or by hand picking from rocks and debris.
Most collections from lentic habitats were made
near shore by handpicking from floating or
submerged debris and from emergent vegetation.
Wire minnow traps baited with salmon eggs were
also effective in capturing several taxa. Many adults
were collected using light traps with a gasoline
lantern as a light source. Others were collected by
sweeping riparian vegetation and by hand picking
from vegetation, bridges and culverts.
The arrangement of families, genera within
families, and species within genera is alphabetical
and is consistent with Wiggins (1977). The
nomenclature follows Fischer (1960-73) except in
cases where more recent work has _ indicated
necessary changes.
72 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEc. 31, 1982
%
hee
i:
J
Haines @ \
omy @Sitka yo yKake <
‘@ = |
LYS ae ae
( AN
coat
\ Ss) Ny) \oey —s
\
>
en ars
a3 ee = eee
Fig. 1. Southeast Alaska, showing USGS map quadrangles.
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEc. 31, 1982
Family Brachycentridae
Brachycentrus sp. (larvae)
Taku River, British Columbia. Type II
habitat.
Micrasema bactro Ross
KTC5. Type X habitat. July.
Micrasema sp. (larvae)
PXB2, CRD4, JUC3, SIA5, SIC7. Type III
and IV habitats.
Family Glossosomatidae
Glossosoma alascense Banks
SGB2. Type VII habitat. July-August.
G. penitum Banks
PBA2, JUB2. Type IV habitat. July-August.
G. verdona Ross
KTB2. Type VII habitat. April.
Family Hydropsychidae
Cheumatopsyche sp. (larvae)
CRC4, CRD4, SIB6, SIB7. Type VII
habitats.
Hydropsyche amblis Ross
KTC5. Type X habitat. July.
H. sp. (Larvae)
CRC4, KTB2. Type IV and VI habitats.
Parapsyche elsis Milne
PXB2 (Ellis 1978a), JUB2, KTB2, MFB1,
MFB2, PXC3, SGB2, SIC4, SID2. Habitat
Types I, HI, IV, V, and VII.
Family Hydroptilidae
Agraylea saltesea Ross
KTC5. Type X habitat. July.
Hydroptila sp. (larvae)
CRC4. Type VI habitat.
Oxyethira sp.
CRD4, PXB3. Type IV and X habitats.
August.
Stactobiella sp.
CRD4. Type III habitat. July.
Family Lepidostomatidae
Lepidostoma roafi (Milne)
PYB2 (Ellis 1978a), CRD4, PBA2. Type III
and IV habitats. June-September.
L. n. sp.
CRD4. Type IV habitat. August-September.
Family Leptoceridae
Ceraclea sp. (larvae)
CRD4, SIC7. Type VI habitat.
Mystacides alafimbriata Hill-Griffin
YTC4 (Banks 1900, Yamamoto and Wiggins
1964), BCC6, CRC3, CRD4, JUC3, MFD1,
PXB2, PXB3, PXD4, SIC4, SID2, TRB6,
YTC4. Type IX and X habitats. June-
August.
Oecetis inconspicua (Walker)
YTC4. Habitat type unknown. July.
Family Limnephilidae
Apatania sp. (larvae)
73
CRC2, CRC3, CRC4, PBA2, SID7. Type
VI and X habitats.
Chyranda centralis (Banks)
PXB2 (Ellis 1978a), CRD4, JUB2, JUB3,
KTB5, PBA2, PXC3, SIC4, SID2, TRB6.
Type III, IV, V, VI, and X habitats. July-
August.
Clistoronia flavicollis (Banks)
YTC4 (Banks 1900). June.
C. magnifica (Banks)
YTC4. Habitat type unknown. July.
Cryptochia sp. (larvae)
KTB2, PXB2, SIC4, SID2, SID4. Type I,
V, VII, and X habitats.
Dicosmoecus atripes (Hagen)
PXB2 (Ellis 1978a), CRD4, KTB2, KTC5,
PBA2, SGB2, SIC4. Type II, II, IV, V, VI,
and X habitats. June-October with a peak in
August.
Ecclisomyia conspersa Banks
PXB2 (Ellis 1978a), JUB2, KTB2, PBA2,
PXB2, SGB2, SIC4, YTC4. All habitat
types. April-September with a peak in
August.
Ecclisocosmoecus scylla (Milne)
PXB2 (Ellis 1978a), CRD4, JUA3, JUC3,
PBA2, SIA5, SIC4. Type I, IV, V, and VII
habitats. June-October.
Glyphopsyche irrorata (Fabricius)
JUB2 (Ellis 1978b), BCC6, JUB2, JUB3,
JUC3, KTB2, SIC4. Type II, III, and IX
habitats. October-May.
Grensia praeterita (Walker) (larvae)
CRD4, SIA5, SIC4. Type IV and VI
habitats.
Haleoschila taylori (Banks)
CRD4, JUA3, JUC3. Type HI habitats.
June-July.
Hesperophylax sp. (larvae & pupae)
MFB2, MFC1, SID7. Type I and X habitats.
Homophylax andax Ross
45 mi. S. of Petersburg (no other location
data available) (Denning 1964), PXB2 (Ellis
1978a), CRD4. Type III and IV habitats.
June-July.
Hom. isp.
CRD4, SIC4. Type VI habitat. July-August.
Imania tripunctata (Banks)
YTC4 (Banks 1900). June.
Imania sp. (larvae)
CRC3, JUC3, MFBI, MFB2, SIB1, SIC4.
Type I, HI, and V habitats.
Lenarchus rillus (Milne)
CRD4. July.
L. vastus (Hagen)
PXB2 (Ellis 1978a), BCC6, CRD4, JUC3,
SIB1, SIC4, YTC4. Type II, IV, V, VI, IX
and X habitats. June-September.
74 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BriT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), Dec. 31, 1982
Limnephilus atercus Denning
PBA2. July.
L. externus Hagen
CRD4, JUB2, PBA2, PBB1, SIC4, SID2,
YTC4. Type IV, VI, and X habitats. July-
August.
L. fagus Ross
TRAS. Type X habitat. August.
L. fumosus Banks
MFBI (Banks 1900). June.
harrimani Banks
SIA5, (Banks 1900), PXB2 (Ellis 1978a),
CRD4, JUB3, SIC4. Type III, IV, and VI
habitats. July-September with a peak in
August.
L. lunonus Ross
SID2, YTC4. Type X habitat. July-August.
L. nogus Ross
PBX2 (Ellis 1987a), JUA3, JUC3, KTB2,
PBA2, PXB4, SIC4. Type II, III, IV, VI,
and VII habitats. June-September.
L. partitus Walker
TRAS. Type X habitat. August.
L. saltus Denning
JUB3, PBC1, SID2. Type IX and X habitats.
July-August.
L. sericeus (Say)
JUB2, PBA2, SIC4, SID2, TRAS5. Type IV,
VI, and X habitats. July-August.
L. sitchensis Kolenati
PXB2 (Ellis 1978a). Type V habitat. August.
Nemotaulius hostilis (Hagen) (larvae)
JUD3, PBC1, SIC4. Type IX and X habitats.
Neophylax rickeri Milne
CRD4. Type IV habitat. August-September.
N. sp. (larvae)
CRD4, JUB2, JUC3, PBA4, SIB1, SIC4,
SID2. Type III, IV, and VI habitats.
Neothremma sp. (larvae)
JUB2. Type III and IV habitats.
Oligophlebodes sierra Ross
JUA3. Type III habitat. July.
O. sp. (larvae)
KTC5, SGB2. Habitat types unknown.
Onocosmoecus unicolor Banks
PXB2 (Ellis 1978a), CRD4, JUB2, JUB3,
KTB2, PBA2, SGB2, SIC4, TRAS. All
habitat types except XI. July-September
with a peak in August.
Psychoglypha alaskensis (Banks)
YTC4 (Banks 1900), BCC6, CRD4, JUB3,
JUC4, PBA2, PBC1, SIC4. Type II, II, IV,
VI, and IX habitat. June-December.
P. subborealis (Banks)
KTB2 (Denning 1964), JUB2 (Ellis 1978b),
PBA2 (Ellis 1978a), JUB2, JUC3, JUC4,
KTB2. Type II, II, IV, V, and VII habitat.
September-June.
Family Philopotamidae
Dolophilodes pallidipes (Banks)
PBA2. Habitat type unknown. July.
D. n. sp.
CRD4. Type IV habitat. August.
Wormaldia sp.
PBA2. Habitat type unknown. July.
Family Phryganeidae
Agrypnia glacialis Hagen
JUB2, MFBl1, PBCl. Type II and IX
habitats. June.
Ptilostomis oceliffera (Walker)
CRD4, JUB2, JUC3, CRD4. Type IV
habitat. June-August.
Family Polycentropodidae
Polycentropus flavus Banks
BCC6. Type IX habitat. July.
P. halidus Milne
PXB2 (Ellis 1978a). Type V habitat. August.
P. remotus Banks
CRD4. Habitat type unknown. July.
Family Rhyacophilidae
Rhyacophila alberta Banks
PXB2 (Ellis 1978a). Type V habitat. April-
May and August-October.
R. chilsia Denning
JUB2. Type III habitat. September.
R. grandis Banks
PXB2 (Ellis 1978a), CRD4, PXB2. Habitat
types unknown. June-August.
R. kincaidi Schmid
SIC4. Type III habitat. August.
R. narvae Navas
PXB2 (Ellis 1978a). Type V habitat. April
and July-August.
R. rickeri Ross
PXB2 (Ellis 1978a), SIC4. Type III and V
habitats. July.
R. tucula Ross
JUB2, PXB2, SID2. Type III and V habitats.
August-September.
R. vaccua Milne
PXB2 (Ellis 1978a), CRD4, JUB2, PBA2.
Type III and IV habitats. July-September.
R. vagrita Milne
JUB2. Type III habitat. September.
R. valuma Milne
British Columbia, Nakina River. Type II
habitat. August.
R. vao Milne
PXB2 (Ellis 1978a), JUA3, JUB2, PBA2,
SIC4. Type III, IV, and VI habitats. May-
September.
R. verrula Milne
PXB2 (Ellis 1978a). JUA3. JUB2, PBAQ,
Type III, IV, and V habitats. July-October.
R. vobara Milne
SIC4. Type III habitat. August.
R. vofixa Milne
SIC4. Type VI habitat. August.
J. ENTOMOL. SOC. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), Dec. 31, 1982 75
REFERENCES
Banks, N. 1900. Papers from the Harriman Alaska Expedition. X. Entomological results (4): Neuropteroid
insects. Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., II: 465-467.
Denning, D. G. 1964. The genus Homophylax (Trichoptera: Limnephilidae). Ann. Ent. Soc. Am.
57:253-260.
Denning, D. G. 1970. The genus Psychoglypha (Trichoptera: Limnephilidae). Can. Ent. 102:15-30.
Ellis, R. J. 1978a. Seasonal abundance of adult caddisflies of Sashin Creek, Baranof Island, southeastern
Alaska (Trichoptera). Pan-Pacif. Ent. 54:199-206.
Ellis, R. J. 1978b. Over-winter occurance and maturation of gonads in adult Psychoglypha subborealis
(Banks) and Glyphopsyche irrorata (Fabricius) (Trichoptera: Limnephilidae). Pan-Pacif. Ent.
54:178-180.
Fischer, F. C. J. 1960-73. Trichoptorum catalogus. vols. 1-15. Nederland, Ent. Veren., Amsterdam.
Wiggins, G. B. 1977. The larvae of the North American caddisfly genera (Trichoptera). Univ. of Toronto
Press, Toronto. 401 pp.
Yamamoto, T., and G. B. Wiggins. 1964. A comparative study of the North American species in the cad-
disfly genus Mystacides (Trichoptera: Leptoceridae). Can. J. Zool. 42:1105-1126.
THE APHIDS (HOMOPTERA:APHIDIDAE) OF
BRITISH COLUMBIA
10. FURTHER ADDITIONS
A. R. FORBES', C. K. CHAN! AND R. FOOTTIT?
‘Research Station, Agriculture Canada
Vancouver, British Columbia
and
"Department of Biological Sciences
Simon Fraser University, Burnaby, B.C.
ABSTRACT
Five species of aphids and new host records were added to the taxonomic
list of the aphids of British Columbia.
INTRODUCTION
Six previous lists uf the aphids of British Colum-
bia (Forbes, Frazer and MacCarthy 1973; Forbes,
Frazer and Chan 1974; Forbes and Chan 1976,
1978, 1980, 1981) recorded 336 species. This in-
cludes aphids collected from 636 hosts and com-
prises 1173 aphid-host plant associations.
The present list adds 5 species of aphids (in-
dicated with an asterisk in the list) and 125 aphid-
host plant associations to the previous lists. Seventy-
two of the new aphid-host plant associations are
plant species not in the previous lists. The additions
bring the number of known aphid species in British
TABLE 1. Localities where aphids were collected, with airline distances from reference points.
Locality Reference Distance
Point Dir. km mi
Enderby Kamloops SE 85 53
Fraser Lake Prince George NW 139 87
Haney Vancouver S 48 30
Hudson’s Hope Prince George NE 237 148
Lytton Kamloops SW 102 64
MacKenzie Prince George NW 157 98
Moricetown Falls Prince George NW 325 203
108 Mile House Williams Lake SE 78 49
Osoyoos Kelowna S 93 58
Parksville Victoria NW 128 80
Westbridge Kelowna SE 85 53
White Lake Kelowna SW 62 39
Wilson Creek Vancouver NW 42 26
Wilson Landing Kelowna NW 14 9
76 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEc. 31, 1982
Columbia to 341. Aphids have now been collected
from 708 different host plants and the total number
of aphid-host plant associations is 1298.
The names of aphids are in conformity with
Eastop and Hille Ris Lambers (1976) and are ar-
ranged alphabetically by species. Fourteen new
collection sites are tabulated in Table 1. The loca-
tion of each collection site can be determined from
Table 1 or from the tables of localities in the
previous papers. The reference points are the same
as those shown on the map which accompanies the
basic list.
LIST OF SPECIES
AEGOPODII (Scopoli), CAVARIELLA
Foeniculum vulgare var. dulce:
(UBC), Aug 1/80.
ALBIFRONS Essig, MACROSIPHUM
Lupinus sp.: Burnaby (SFU), Jun 6/80; Diamond
Head, Aug 13/74.
*ARMORACIAE Cowen, APHIS
Centaurea diffusa: Summerland, Jun 6/81: Sep
17/80.
ASCALONICUS Doncaster, MYZUS
Alchemilla mollis: Vancouver (UBC), Jun 8/82.
Colutea arborescens: Vancouver (UBC), May
8/81.
Dianthus deltoides:
10/80.
Eryngium maritimum: Vancouver (UBC), May
28/82.
Vancouver
Vancouver (UBC), Jun
Lilium ‘Cinnabar’: Vancouver (UBC), May
30/78.
ASPARAGI Mordvilko, BRACHYCOLUS
Asparagus officinalis: Oliver, Aug 22/81;
Osoyoos, Aug 21/81; Summerland, Aug 22/81.
AVENAE (Fabricius), SITOBION
Asparagus officinalis: Summerland, Jun 4/81.
Equisetum arvense: Vancouver, June 13/81.
ATRIPLICIS (Linnaeus), HAYHURSTIA
Chenopodium glaucum: Dawson Creek, Jul
11/80.
BRASSICAE (Linnaeus), BREVICORYNE
Brassica oleracea ‘Waltham 29’: Abbotsford, Sep
8/81.
CALIFORNICA(Davidson), THELAXES
Quercus garryana: Vancouver (UBC),
12/80.
CALIFORNIENSIS (Shinji), PERIPHYLLUS
Acer circinatum: Burnaby (SFU), May 30/78.
Acer macrophyllum: Burnaby (SFU), May 30/78.
CANAE Williams, APHIS
Artemesia tridentata: White Lake, Jul 16/79.
CARPINI (Koch), MYZOCALLIS
Carpinus betulus ‘Fastigiata’: Vancouver (UBC),
Jun 4/82.
CIRCUMFLEXUM (Buckton), AULACORTHUM
Alchemilla vulgaris; Vancouver (UBC), Jun
23/81.
May
Epiphyllum sp.: Richmond, Aug 11/81.
Equisetum arvense: Vancouver (UBC), Sep
24/81, Nov 13/81.
Lilium ‘Cinnabar’: Vancouver (UBC), May
30/78.
Osmunda regalis: Vancouver (UBC), Jun 24/81,
Jul 7/81.
Pilularia globulifera: Vancouver (UBC), Jul 7/81.
Polystichum lonchitis: Vancouver (UBC), Jul
7/81.
Solanum tuberosum: Vancouver (CDA), Aug
11/81.
CITRICOLA van der Goot, APHIS
Morus alba: Osoyoos, Aug 22/81.
COWEN I (Cockerell), TAMALIA
Arctostaphylos uva-ursi: Burns lake, Aug 1/80;
MacKenzie, Aug 6/80.
CRATAEGARIUS (Walker), OVATUS
Verbena ‘Sangria’: Vancouver (UBC),
15/80.
DIRHODUM (Walker), METOPOLOPHIUM
Potentilla argyrophylla ‘Leucochroa’: Vancouver
(UBC), Jun 11/78.
Rosa ‘Coral Dawn’: Vancouver (UBC), Feb
26/81.
Rosa nutkana: Vancouver (UBC), Oct 2/80.
Rosa ‘Westerland’: Vancouver (UBC), Feb 26/81.
EQUISETI Holman, SITOBION
Equisetum arvense: Vancouver (UBC), Aug
12/81.
ERIOPHORI (Walker), CERURAPHIS
Carex leporina: Vancouver (UBC), Jul 22/77.
Carex limosa: Vancouver (UBC), Jul 22/77.
Carex pendula: Vancouver (UBC), Jul 22/77.
EUPHORBIAE (Thomas), MACROSIPHUM
Dianthus barbatus: Vancouver (CDA),
15/82.
Gomphrena_ globosa: Vancouver (CDA), Jul
15/81.
FABAE Scopoli, APHIS
Beta vulgaris: Westham Island, Jul 6/81.
Spinacia oleracea: Vancouver, Jul 12/81.
Styrax obassia: Vancouver (UBC), Jul 23/81.
FRAGARIAE (Walker), SITOBION
Carex capitata ssp. capitata: Vancouver (UBC),
Jul 22/77.
Hierochloe odorata ssp. hirta: Vancouver (UBC),
May 25/79.
Sitanion hystrix var. hystrix: Vancouver (UBC),
Jun 10/79.
Trisetum spicatum: Vancouver
11/79.
FRAXINIFOLII(Riley), PROCIPHILUS
Fraxinus excelsior: Vancouver, May 1/77, Oct
25/77, Oct 31/77, Nov 7/77.
GLYCERIAE (Kaltenbach), SIPHA
Arrhenatherum elatius ‘Variegatum’: Vancouver
(UBC), Aug 24/79.
Aug
Mar
(UBC), Jun
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEc. 31, 1982 4A
GOSSYPII Glover, APHIS
Cyclamen persicum: Vancouver, Jan 30/77.
Dieffenbachia maculata; Vancouver, Mar 27/77.
Gardenia jasminoides: Vancouver, Oct 25/77.
HELIANTHI Monell, APHIS
Cornus sericea: Westbridge, Jul 19/79.
HELICHRYSI (Kaltenbach), BRACHYCAUDUS
Alchemilla mollis: Vancouver (UBC), Jun 8/82.
Coriandrum sativum: Vancouver (UBC), May
28/82.
Mertensia paniculata var. borealis: Vancouver
(UBC), May 26/81.
Parthenium hysterophorus: Vancouver (UBC),
Aug 29/79.
Phacelia sericea ssp. sericea: Vancouver (UBC),
Jun 10/79.
KONOI Takahashi, CAVARIELLA
Apium graveolens: Vancouver (CDA), Sep 24/81.
Salix acutifolia ‘pendulifolia’: Vancouver (UBC),
Jul 22/81.
LACTUCAE (Linnaeus), HYPEROMYZUS
Ribes nigrum: Cloverdale, May 13/82,
*MALVAE (Mosley), ACYRTHOSIPHON
Geranium dalmaticum: Vancouver (UBC), Mar
27/81.
MANITOBENSE (Robinson), SITOBION
Cornus sericea: Vancouver (UBC), Apr 11/76,
May 14/76.
ORNATUS Laing, MYZUS
Alchemilla vulgaris: Vancouver (UBC), Aug
12/81.
Apocynum androsaemifolium: Vancouver
(UBC), Jun 2/81.
Barbarea orthoceras: Vancouver (UBC), Mar
NEEL
Bellis perennis: Vancouver (UBC), Jun 12/81.
Buddleja davidii: Vancouver (UBC), Jun 30/81.
Chrysanthemum leucanthemum: Vancouver
(UBC), Jun 23/81.
Clarkia pulchella: Vancouver (UBC), Jun 23/81.
Dieffenbachia maculata; Vancouver, Mar 27/77.
Euphorbia pelpus: Vancouver (UBC), Apr 4/77.
Fragaria vesca ‘Alpine’: Vancouver (CDA), Oct
8/81.
Geum aleppicum: Vancouver (UBC), May 27/81.
Leonurus cardiaca: Vancouver (UBC), May
28/82.
Liquidambar styraciflua; Vancouver (UBC), Nov
10/81.
Origanum vulgare: Vancouver, Dec 7/81.
Rosa rugosa ‘Alba’: Vancouver (UBC), Jun 18/81.
Senecio vulgaris: Vancouver (UBC), Oct 26/81.
Verbena ‘Coral Reef’: Vancouver (UBC), Sep
15/81.
PADI (Linnaeus), RHOPALOSIPHUM
Carex pendula: Vancouver (UBC), Jul 22/77.
Ranunculus occidentalis; Vancouver, Dec 15/76.
PARVIFLORI Hill, AMPHOROPHORA
Rubus parviflorus: Lytton, May 22/78.
PERSICAE (Sulzer), MYZUS
Aethionema schistosum: Vancouver (UBC), Jun
9/80.
Aloysia triphylla: Vancouver (UBC), May 28/82.
Alyogyne huegelii: Vancouver (UBC), Jun 15/81.
Anthericum liliago: Vancouver (UBC), Jun 9/80.
Apocynum androsaemifolium: Vancouver
(UBC), Jun 2/81.
Asparagus officinalis: Agassiz, Jul 9/81; Van-
couver (UBC), Aug 12/81.
Brassica oleracea ‘Waltham 29’: Abbotsford, Sep
8/81.
Calceolaria crenetiflora: Vancouver (CDA), Jun
23/82.
Cannabis sativa: Vancouver, Nov 23/79.
Capsella ‘bursa-pastoris: Vancouver (UBC), Dec
7/81.
Coriandrum sativum: Vancouver (UBC), May
28/82.
Cynara scolymus: Agassiz, May 13/81.
Datura inoxia: Vancouver (UBC), Aug 24/79.
Datura stramonium: Vancouver (CDA), Jun
17/82.
Euonymus japonica ‘Albomarginata’: Vancouver
(CDA), Jun 18/79.
Gomphrena globosa; Vancouver (CDA), Jul
15/81.
Mikania scandens: Vancouver (CDA), Oct 1/79.
Verbena ‘Coral Reef’: Vancouver (UBC), Sep
15/81.
PISUM (Harris), ACYRTHOSIPHON
Medicago sativa: Vancouver (UBC), Apr 17/74.
Melilotus officinalis: Hudson’s Hope, Jul 12/80;
Wilson Landing, Jun 12/82.
PLATANI (Kaltenbach), TINOCALLIS
Ulmus americana; Summerland, Aug 21/81.
*POPULICONDUPLIFOLIUS (Cowen),
THECABIUS
Populus sp.: 108 Mile House, Jul 16/80.
POPULIMONILIS (Riley), THECABIUS
Populus trichocarpa; Moricetown Falls, Jul
13/80.
PTERIDIS (Wilson), SITOBION
Pteridium aquilinum: Vancouver (UBC), Jun
TH 79;
RARA Mordvilko, TRAMA
Taraxacum officinale: Mission, Nov 2/81.
RIBISNIGRI (Mosley), NASONOVIA
Capsella bursa-pastoris: Vancouver (CDA), Jun
16/82.
Catalpa speciosa; Vancouver, Jun 11/82.
Catharanthus roseus: Vancouver (CDA), Jun
17/82.
Datura stramonium: Vancouver (CDA), Jun
17/82.
Lactuca sativa; Cloverdale, Jun 14/82, Sep
28/81.
Ribes nigrum: Cloverdale, May 13/82.
ROBINIAE (Gillette), APPENDISETA
Robinia pseudoacacia: Haney, Aug 26/79.
78 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEc. 31, 1982
Robinia pseudoacacia ‘Inermis’: Summerland,
Aug 21/81.
ROSAE (Linnaeus), MACROSIPHUM
Rosa ‘Coral Dawn’: Vancouver (UBC), Feb
26/81.
Rosa ‘Handel’: Vancouver (UBC), Feb 26/81.
Rosa ‘Mimi’: Vancouver (UBC), Feb 26/81.
SACCULI (Gillette), PACHYPAPPA
Populus tremuloides: Princeton, Jun 19/80.
SIJPKENSI Hille Ris Lambers,
MACULOLACHNUS
Rosa sp.: Fraser Lake, Aug 1/80.
SIPHUNCULATA Richards, PLACOAPHIS
Rosa rugosa ‘Rubra’: Vancouver (UBC), Nov.
9/81.
SOLANI (Kaltenbach), AULACORTHUM
Alchemilla mollis: Vancouver (UBC), Jun 8/82.
Alchemilla vulgaris: Vancouver (UBC), Jun
23/81.
Aloysia triphylla: Vancouver (UBC), May 28/82.
Arctostaphylos uva-ursi: Vancouver (UBC), Jun
17/80.
Asclepias tuberosa: Vancouver (UBC), May
28/82.
Aucuba japonica ‘“Variegata’: Vancouver (UBC),
May 20/78.
Bellis perennis: Vancouver (UBC), Jun 12/81.
Catalpa speciosa: Vancouver (UBC), Jun 3/81,
Oct 16/80.
Deutzia gracilis: Vancouver (UBC), Jun 4/82,
Jun 16/81.
Eryngium maritimum: Vancouver (UBC), May
28/82.
Euphorbia pelpus: Vancouver (UBC), Aug
29/79, sep: 19/79.
Galega officinalis: Vancouver (UBC), May
28/82.
Geum macrophyllum: Vancouver (UBC), Jun
23/81.
Hypericum perforatum: Vancouver (UBC), May
28/82.
Kolkwitzia amabilis: Vancouver (UBC), Jun
16/81.
Liquidambar styraciflua: Vancouver (UBC), Nov
10/81.
Osmunda regalis: Vancouver (UBC), Jun 24/81.
Polystichum munitum: Vancouver, May 2/58.
Potentilla atrosanguinea: Vancouver (UBC), Jun
11/79.
Potentilla gracilis var.
(UBC), May 8/81.
STANLEYI Wilson, MACROSIPHUM
Sambucus racemosa ssp. pubens var. ar-
borescens; Burnaby (SFU), Aug 18/74.
STAPHYLEAE (Koch), RHOPALOSIPHONINUS
Apocynum androsaemifolium: Vancouver
(UBC), Jun 2/81.
TANACETARIA (Kaltenbach),
MACROSIPHONIELLA
Tanacetum vulgare: Port Coquitlam, Jul 28/81.
TESTUDINACEUS (Fernie), PERIPHYLLUS
Acer cappadocicum: Vancouver (UBC), Jun
4/82.
Acer macrophyllum: Burnaby (SFU), May 29/78;
Delta, Apr 29/78; Duncan, May 22/75;
Parksville, Jun 25/74.
Aesculus hippocastanum: Port Coquitlam, Jun
1/79; Vancouver Sep 15/80.
TILIAE (Linnaeus), EUCALLIPTERUS
Tilia americana; Enderby, Sept 6/78; Port Co-
quitlam, Aug 1/76.
*“UTRICULARIA (Passerini), GEOICA
Tanacetum vulgare; Wilson Creek Jul 7/81.
VARIABILIS Richards, BOERNERINA
Alnus viridis ssp. sinuata: Diamond Head, Jul
27/73; Revelstoke, Jun 22/80.
VARIANS Patch, APHIS
Epilobium angustifolium: Vancouver (UBC), Jul
20/81.
VERRUCOSA Gillette, THRIPSAPHIS
Carex pendula: Vancouver (UBC), Jul 22/77.
*WOODSIAE Robinson, SITOBION
Cryptogramma crispa: Vancouver (UBC), Jul
7/81.
*Aphid species not in the previous lists.
gracilis: Vancouver
REFERENCES
Eastop, V. F., and D. Hille Ris Lambers. 1976. Survey of the world’s aphids. Dr. W. Junk b.v., Publisher,
The Hague.
Forbes, A. R., and C. K. Chan. 1981. The aphids (Homoptera: Aphididae) of British Columbia. 9. Further
additions. J. ent. Soc. Brit. Columbia 78:53-54.
Forbes, A. R., and C. K. Chan. 1980. The aphids (Homoptera: Aphididae) of British Columbia. 8. Further
additions. J. ent. Soc. Brit. Columbia 77:38-42.
Forbes, A. R., and C. K. Chan. 1978. The aphids (Homoptera: Aphididae) of British Columbia. 6. Further
additions. J. ent. Soc. Brit. Columbia 75:47-52.
Forbes, A. R., and C. K. Chan. 1976. The aphids (Homoptera: Aphididae) of British Columbia. 4. Further
additions and corrections. J. ent. Soc. Brit. Columbia 73:57-63.
Forbes, A. R., B. D. Frazer and C. K. Chan. 1974. The aphids (Homoptera: Aphididae) of British Colum-
bia. 3. Additions and corrections. J. ent. Soc. Brit. Columbia 71:43-49.
Forbes, A. R., B. D. Frazer and H. R. MacCarthy. 1973. The aphids (Homoptera: Aphididae) of British
Columbia. 1. A basic taxonomic list. J. ent. Soc. Brit. Columbia 70:43-57.
J. ENTOMOL. SOC. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEC. 31, 1982 79
NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS
This society has no support except from subscriptions. It has become necessary to
institute a page charge. This has now been set at $35.00. The page ;charge includes
all extras except coloured illustrations, provided that such extras do not comprise
more than 40% of the published pages. Coloured illustrations will be charged
directly to the author. Authors, not attached to universities or official institutions,
who must pay these charges from their personal funds and are unable to do so, may
apply for assistance when submitting a manuscript.
Reprints are sold only in even hundreds and at the following prices:
Number of pages 1-4 5-8 9-12 13-16 17-20 21-24 25-28
First 100 copies $41.00 58.50 81.00 103.00 131.00 163.00 199.00
Each extra 100 9.00 12.00 15.00 18.00 21.00 24.00 27.00
Author’s discounts (up to 40%) may be granted to authors who certify at the
time of ordering that they are buying reprints at personal expense. Authors ordering
personal reprints in addition to those ordered by an institution will be billed at the
rate for extra hundreds.
Membership is open to anyone with an interest in entomology. Dues are $8.00
per year; for students $4.00.
Papers for the Journal need not have been presented at meetings of the
Entomological Society of British Columbia, nor is it mandatory, although preferable,
that authors be members of this society. The chief condition for publication is that
the paper have some regional origin, interest, or application.
Contributions should be sent to:
H. R. MacCarthy
6660 N.W. Marine Drive
Vancouver, B.C. V6T 1X2
Manuscripts should be typed double-spaced on one side of white, line-spaced
numbered paper if possible, leaving generous margins. The original and two copies,
mailed flat, are required. Tables should be on separate, numbered sheets, with the
caption on the sheet. Captions for illustrations should also be on separate numbered
sheets, but more than one caption may be on a sheet. Photographs should be glossy
prints of good size, clarity and contrast. Line drawings should be in black ink on good
quality white paper.
The style, abbreviations and citations should conform to the Style Manual for
Biological Journals published by the American Institute of Biological Sciences.
BACK NUMBERS
Back numbers of this journal are available from the Secretary-Treasurer, from
volume 45 (1949) to the present, at $8.00 per volume. Certain earlier back numbers
are also available, but only on special request to the Secretary-Treasurer.
Address inquiries to:
Dr. Emery Otvos, Secretary-Treasurer
Pacific Forest Research Centre
506 West Burnside Road
Victoria, B.C. V8Z 1M5
80
J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 79 (1982), DEC. &
iv
/ x4
“aa, 4
F j
i
4
=
‘
a
A
z
7 »
i : 2
A . ‘
'
4
hu
’
i ¢
f
a
i
vane
nf | ! Y :
: re fi
t 7 1 i
r 5 i
' saul oe * cael =
|ITHSONIAN_ INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNINVINOSHLINS. SJIYVYSIT LIBRARIES
. ~ = a a — z
Thy © : Z : : :
> > 20 =
ras > ke > =
= ag vo = a _Y és
Z o Z . z |
INOSHLINS S3iyuvyugi7 ae B RARI ES |, SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLE
5S Ws 2 5 = Gilly &
7D VAS 2 2 oO JE ES a
A \ e =, ML =
= ON = = = a =
ITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI_NVINOSHLINS S23 lyYVvugd ie ee BRARIES SMITHSONIA
=> wo — 7p) :
a hd oes ms = bt ,
G2 ; a ‘acl aie '
= = ~ Sj ba
Ao = 2 SY < 2 <
3 te RN \a= = =
5 os oO Py MS — Oo ly
z am) = - = ll
INOSHLINS S3IYVUSIT LIBRARIES _ SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI
z i = ae = .
NS Oo wo =? mee) = Oo
\ ‘Se 5 29 5 2 a oe)
SS "Se »> = Y fw >
VS = a a = ~ =
~ S m oh m ro m
. «£ wn _ ” _ 27)
ITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILOLILSNI SStYVYUEIT LIBRARIES
ane. es Ww Padi Ww = sy Ww
<q 6S =z fos = x =
= SS et Ae = = 5
2 i ff Mf 2 oe: ee 2
= 9 Wi), i a iE Z
= > G = > } = >
Tp) » = wy ake (79) * PA
INOSHLINS SAINVYGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI
. n 3 a Zz a 2
we 4 i. = a =
= c o = o =
a ro) uaa “a oO now oO
2} Ze a | = a 4 “a
NOILNLILSNi NVINOSHLINS S3IYVHNSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIA
= = fer ig z r =
= S Be ee eee = ——
20 S 2B = 70 S Gilby,
i > eh > - > ra Vy wi,
Ba - an 5 2 r v
m 2 4 Zz 2 :
w = = z )
INOSHIINS S31yvyai7 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILOLILSNI NVINOSHLIN
= my = = 2 * = my = |
= 5 = 5 ‘Ny 2 9G5
S = 9 a \3 fA?
3 ‘= \ 2 = ; 7 fe tee
>" = » 8s = WY = a
i ” 7) # Zz 7) |
THSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI_NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN
, 2 a - Me S o a
Yin, 4 ~ 4 on 4 = Vi
ili 2 < : : : Oli
Mg Bs = Pa = oO = a.
re) = Oo = re) = =
ra J = at = 3. «=
NOSHLINS S31YWHa yee BRARI ES _ SMITHSONIAN _INSTITUTION NOHALILSNI NVINOSHI N
z= ;
Ne oO os O = o i a
\\ ‘3 aa oe a rtf aa a E = ‘S
\ WE Re Riff if » > Ve
SQ. E EB Gay a = a
2 m & Yl m 2h ~ +: 2. ae |
y ps a w a wo ome (22) ie Be bos
ITHSONIAN _ NSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS $3 iyVUdit LIBRARIES. SMITHSONIA
ae Vv wweY
| Zz i age me Ar PA c~ od
- eo) a =] ae rae 5
=a > = > = L> = (
= Z - i E 2 FE
= 2 z o z D z
LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3iyvugI7_L!
jaiq tlk * a iN - E - | 4s
y = " = z ‘y = iY 4 = = fy s
Vy = 4 = = a iy, = = ,; yy a
ZA D NA 2 & FE jy 2 g ip iy 2
‘FE NY 2 = 9 OG fi’ = yt k =
= “SS > = ‘ a = > 22
(op) & = ya ae i w & alt
TION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
“ z=) f z . z #
= il = hi ~ 77) om
oe = & = fia D = or
ox ps m S oe =r ec
co = oO a fo - ~ ise)
aa Oo _ o) a oO am
y@Git LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3ZIYVudtT L
> © 3 _ 5 = w. 68 =
: Ear galt S = ° c 2
Acei Si a | 4 = > |
> = Gylp _ = a i D
= - Gy = I a a .
: 3° a 2 °
Ww on» — ad
TION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IuVualt N
w z w = w” > w
\ = = = / f= s < =
to ae 5 = Bip S = 5 2
g : S$ UYE TF 5 2 g
dD 2 E = Ly = 2 = 2
an: 5 3 . 2 = 7.
Y¥gitT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLIWS Satyvugit L
2 of = ni 2 Sk. ss z
“ z= a® _ 7) aa vn)
~ o. = a = a =
4 < = - a < C
= e - - = = 3
S Bee net 5 5 aa
2 a | al
ITION NOILNLILSN! NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYUEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION A
z cs eas ay “
© oe fn ~ =A
E 2 : * 5 : :
= = - > be a cm
i~ . Ee e =, = F
Z 1 z - z 2 Z
ygi7 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3luvUugIT_l
= * Y Zs ” . z W” . =
= = ae = Wy = = S
x eas Ye fi <=
5 a S 2 typ 5 = rs)
— . 2 MA ~~ Wk GB JOE a” wn ve
= Ne SS: zr ANS o YK = 2 =
oars ~~ — ~ XY WS Zs / oe =p me
Bee se : 3 i
NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS SJIYVYGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION A
w” 2 ” = uy > ”
uw 7) i 7) » 7 =
[a = 8 a pa feed to 22. ao
faa — a 4 faa al ce
. 5 = S i 3 “=
gal = J = aad 2 -
Yait LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYUSIT_L
i re ii z . Be z | a
ow = ‘ow oS fee] Oo oO
Be) > 1 oe) = Pe) - Fs)
> me > = > ‘4 “a >
: ty = ; é - 2
T C SA wwinosurs S32IYVYEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION !
2) — tte w = eg Wy a = ly". n
|
3 9088 01053 7942
|
Bi
£ Gs Fe Ke Hi A
aed, ae
‘Ships Wire 3
AE PR es
‘
Fide tink stoe Goi eat
neces ahot AOR A
4 Het
ceree 2
Cantieit ® nb t
Bs atin Uy hiv f
13 Bt PE: ELVA AG
7
gpatt nines ict
kes ate tie
SOs le Nabe
Jp inet Pig MIAEP URED cau tyes wha .
Rati te ae ad ate if :
4 vate eb eA, eae
EL i tt ha on ' ie iat 4
shi sg OY. aie 8% : ‘ te
4 . Lae . , .
Ss Oo LAnts? . : A
a Ee: t iy PAPA thats BSL
‘ 's } on 4
; oe 5 ‘
it di . Aare
yk, WaT RIV: ¥ Ad é
ty apse rt Sian telah a eta
GALE Fie Be Ne AE Ia dx
C ‘ ? i A
weet ‘ , ‘
ash eae iT UEREOLe! De aaa ‘ ‘ : Fg
waype Cowanniemiy 7 Weep gz MAE PATS/Y : : (
: CE LP Tal BAR yee DD aires ; 1 :
faba RB ER Hugi) i Oey Scr at, ik
x vie ‘ ;
Pad ayy uw saren }
PRT ER ARN RH OH Raa ;
Lyte WEA BY, Hedi gO) 9 PE WA vent) .
wie aga ster WY? pea : oF
Dad alae SUL ae ’ ora, 4 yore 3 '
Peres 0 AA he i ‘ i voy Fs
jail ayary a ue it t, : i, ; i
‘ \ V 1 \ F «at
sown! tay k :
Fe SP etek ral ies Pap ag IR AL ‘ ; ;
vayaee se vitiverinsenire ks Kae Atay : .
Veo ase yek inter ,
Whe
by ‘
Ape AeA WAY ry !
ie aceege te oN shy is .
pare i eu tt ; | tet
, 4 ni q
i vt 1 ‘ ' ‘ )
4 ‘ é 4
’ LC and i ‘ ‘ ,